Allen-Bradley PhotoSwitches

PHOTOSWITCHR Photoelectric Sensors
Contents
General Information
Quick Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--2 New in this section!
Product Application Selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--14
42CS Cylindrical
Technical Definitions & Terminology . . . . . . . . . . page 1--18
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--19
42JS & 42JT VisiSight
45LMS Laser Measurement
45CRM Contrast
General Purpose Sensors 45FPL Long Range
42EF RightSightt 18 mm Right Angle . . . . . . . . page 1--31
42JS & 42JT VisiSight t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New Clear Object Detection
44R AccuSightt 18 mm Right Angle . . . . . . . . . page 1--48 ClearSightt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--147
42CA 18 mm Cylindrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--52
Label Sensors
42CS Cylindrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New
45LPT Optical Label Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--151
42CM 18 mm Metal Cylindrical Style . . . . . . . . . page 1--57
45LFM Capacitive Label Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--153
42CF 12 mm Metal Cylindrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--62
Fork Sensors
Harsh Duty Sensors
45LSP Optical Fork Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--155
Series 9000 Standard and Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--65
45LST Optical Fork Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--157
Background Suppression
Light Arrays
44B Adjustable Background and
Foreground Suppression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--72 45MLA Measuring Arrays and Controllers . . . . page 1--160
42BT Long Range Background Suppression . . page 1--76 45DLA Discrete Light Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--166
42BC Long Range Background Suppression . . page 1--78 45AST Area Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--169
42BA Short-Range Background Suppression . . page 1--81 45PVA Verification Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--171
Miniature Sensors Zero Pressure Accumulation Control

42JS VisiSightt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--84 44N Zone Control Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--177
42KA Ultra-Miniature Flat Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--88 22ZC Zone Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--180
42KB Micro Rectangular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--92 Hazardous Location
42KC Miniature Rectangular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--98 Series 9000 Intrinsically Safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--184
Series 7000 Miniature Rectangular . . . . . . . . . . page 1--102 Series 5000 Intrinsically Safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--187
Series 7000 LTD Miniature Rectangular . . . . . . . . . . page [ Vision Sensors
Laser Sensors 48MS MultiSightt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--191
LaserSightt RightSightt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--108 Specialty Series
LaserSightt 9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--112 Series 9000 Gate Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--198
42CM LaserSightt 18 mm Cylindrical . . . . . . . page 1--115 Series 9000 Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--201
45MLD Laser Background Suppression . . . . . . page 1--119 Series 9000 Darkroom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [
45LMS Laser Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New Series 6000 Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--207
45CPD Analog and Discrete Output . . . . . . . . . page 1--121 Series 5000 Modular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--213
45BPD Analog and Discrete Output . . . . . . . . . page 1--123 Series 4000B Long Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--227
45BRD Analog Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--125 Series 10,000 Teachable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [
Color Mark Sensors Fiber Optic Cables
42CRC Color Registration Control . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--127 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--231
True Color Sensors Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--234
ColorSightt 9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--130 Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--270
45CLR ColorSightt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--134 Cross Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--292
45CRM Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New Accessories
DIN Rail Mount Fiber Optic Sensors Brackets, Reflectors & Replacement Parts . . . page 1--293
45FVL Digital Fiber Optic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--137 Barriers & Isolators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12--1
45FSL Fiber Optic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--139 Indexes
42FT Visible Red or Green Plastic Fiber Optic page 1--141 Cat. No. Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 13--1
42FA Slim Fiber Optic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--144 Comprehensive Product Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 14--1
45FPL Long Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New
[ For information on these products, please visit our web site at

www.ab.com/catalogs.
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Preferred availability cat. nos. are printed in bold.
1--1
Quick Selection Guide
42EF 42KL 44R 42CA

RightSightt MiniSightt AccuSightt 18 mm Cylindrical
Specifications
Features • Patented housing design with • Industry standard housing design • Patented status indicators • Industry standard 18 mm housing
1200 psi washdown rating with 1200 psi washdown rating • Low profile housing design design
• Universal 18 mm and thru-hole • Universal 18 mm and thru-hole • Universal 18 mm and thru-hole • Patented ASIC design offers linear
mounting options mounting options mounting options sensitivity adjustment, stability
• 360_ visible status indicators • 360_ visible status indicators • 360_ visible status indicators indication, and excellent noise
• DC only and universal supply • 2- and 3-wire models • Low voltage DC operation immunity
models • Variety of sensing modes • Variety of sensing modes • Stability Indication for ease of
• Variety of sensing modes • 2 m cable and micro QD • 2 m cable and micro QD alignment and forewarning against
• Variety of output types connections connections detection of background
• Complementary light/dark outputs
Applications • Medium range, general purpose • Medium range, general purpose • Medium range, general purpose • Medium range, general purpose
sensing sensing sensing sensing
• Washdown applications • Washdown applications • Conveyors • Embedded mounting
Sensing Modes • Polarized retroreflective 3 m (10 ft) • Retroreflective 5 m (16.4 ft) or • Polarized retroreflective 3 m (10 ft) • Retroreflective 4.8 m (15.7 ft) and
• Retroreflective 4.5 m (14.7 ft) 2.5 m (8.2 ft) • Diffuse 300 mm (12 in.) 7 m (23 ft)
and Max. Range • Diffuse 500 mm (20 in.) • Polarized retroreflective 2 m (6.6 ft) • Wide angle diffuse 200 mm (7.8 in.) • Polarized retroreflective 3.8 m
• Background suppression 50 mm or 1 m (3.3 ft) (12.5 ft)
(2 in.), 100 mm (4 in.) • Diffuse 380 mm (15 in.) or 190 mm • Diffuse 100, 400 and 1000 mm
• Transmitted beam 20 m (60 ft), 4 m (7.5 in.) (3.94, 15.75, and 39.37 in.)
(13 ft), 8 m (26 ft) • Wide angle diffuse 180 mm (7 in.) • Transmitted Beam 16 m (52.5 ft)
• Large aperture fiber optic or 90 mm (3.5 in.)
• Sharp cutoff diffuse 130 mm (5 in.) • Fixed focus diffuse 43 mm (1.7 in.)
or 16 mm (0.63 in.)
• Transmitted beam 30 m (98 ft) or
10 m (33 ft)
• Large aperture fiber optic
• Small aperture fiber optic
Operating Voltage • 10.8…30V DC • 10.8…30V DC • 10…30V DC • 10…30V DC

• 21.6…264V AC/DC • 21.6…250V AC/DC
Output Type • NPN or PNP 100 mA • Dual NPN/PNP 100 mA • NPN or PNP 100 mA • NPN or PNP 100 mA
• Dual NPN/PNP 100 mA • 2-wire AC 100 mA • NPN and PNP 100 mA
• MOSFET 100 mA
Response Time • 1…16 ms • DC = 1 ms • 10 ms • 1 ms

• DC high speed=300 μs • 0.5 ms (background suppression)
• AC = 8.3 ms
Connections • 300V PVC cable 2 m • 300V PVC cable 2 m • 300V PVC cable 2 m • 2 m cable
• Micro and pico QD • Micro and pico QD • Micro QD (6 in.) pigtail • Micro QD
Enclosure • Mindel, Acrylic • NorylR, Acrylic • ValoxR • PBT

• NEMA 4X, 6P; IP67, IP69K • NEMA 4X, 6P; IP67 • NEMA 12; IP51 • IP67
• 1200 psi washdown • 1200 psi washdown
Additional Info • See page 1--31 • See page 1--40 • See page 1--48 • See page 1--52
1--2 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

42CM 42CF Series 9000 44B 42BT

18 mm Metal Cylindrical 12 mm Metal Cylindrical Standard and Timing Adjustable Background and Long Range
Foreground Suppression Background Suppression
• 18 mm industry standard • Industry standard 12 mm • Industry standard housing design • Adjustable background and • Adjustable long range
package housing design with 1200 psi washdown rating Foreground suppression models background suppression sensing
• Wide selection of sensing modes • Durable metal housing • Universal 30 mm and thru-hole • Power, output and stability status mode
• 30V DC operation • Low voltage DC operation mounting options indication • Industry accepted housing
• NPN or PNP outputs • Fast response time • 360_ visible status indicators • Micro QD connection with 90° design
• Fast response time • Variety of sensing modes • DC and AC only models swivel • 360_ visible status indicators
• Variety of connection types • 2 m cable and micro QD • Variety of sensing modes • Low voltage DC operation
connections • Variety of output types • Dual NPN and PNP outputs
• 2 m cable, pico and micro QD
connections
• Short range, general purpose • Short range, general purpose • Long range, general purpose • Medium range background • Long range, background
sensing sensing sensing suppression, foreground suppression sensing
• Embedded mounting • Embedded mounting • Washdown applications suppression • Light duty industrial
• Material handling and packaging environments
applications
• Retroreflective 3 mm…4 m • Polarized retroreflective 2 m • Retroreflective 9.14 m (30 ft) • Background suppression • 1 m or 2 m (3.28 or 6.56 ft)
(0.12 in…13.2 ft) (6.6 ft) • Polarized retroreflective 5 m 300 mm (11.8 in.) mechanically adjusted
• Polarized retroreflective • Standard diffuse 100 mm (16 ft) • Foreground suppression 200 mm background suppression
3 mm…3 m (0.12 in…9.9 ft) (3.9 in.) and 300 mm (11.8 in.) • Standard diffuse 1.5 m (5 ft) (7.87 in.)
• Standard diffuse 0…100 mm • Transmitted beam 4 m (13.1 ft) • Long range diffuse 3 m (10 ft)
(3.9 in.) (Adjustable) and • Transmitted beam 61 m (200 ft)
0…400 mm (13.6 in.) • Long range transmitted beam
(Adjustable) 152 m (500 ft)
• Background Suppression 50 mm • Large aperature fiber optic
(1.97 in.) and 100 mm (3.9 in.) • Small aperature fiber optic
• Transmitted beam 3 mm…14 m
(0.12 in…45.9 ft) (Adjustable)
• 10…30V DC • 10…30V DC • 10…40V DC • 20…30V DC • 12…24V DC

• 10…55V DC; 20…40V AC
• 70…264V AC/DC
• 45…264V AC; 40…264V DC
• NPN or PNP 100 mA • NPN or PNP 100 mA • NPN and PNP 250 mA • NPN and PNP 100 mA • NPN or PNP 100 mA
• EM relay 2 A
• Isolated NO solid state 300 mA
• 2 ms (0.5 ms for background • 1.25…2.0 ms • 2…15 ms • 1 ms • 2 ms
suppression)
• 2 m cable • 300V PVC cable 2 m • 300V PVC cable 2 m • Micro QD • 300V PVC cable 2 m
• 4-pin DC micro QD • Micro QD • Mini QD • Pico QD
• Micro QD • Micro QD
• Nickel-plated brass • Nickel-plated brass • ValoxR • Acrylic • Polyarylate
• IP67 • IP67 • NEMA 3, 4X, 6P, 12 & 13; IP67, • NEMA 3, 4X,6P,12,13,IP67 • IP65
IP69K
• 1200 psi washdown
• See page 1--57 • See page 1--62 • See page 1--65 • See page 1--72 • See page 1--76

1--3
42BC 42BA 42JS 42KA

Long Range Short-Range Background VisiSightt Subminiature Flat Pack
Specifications Background Suppression Suppression
Features • Adjustable long range background • Adjustable short range background • Visible light source offered on all • Subminiature form factor
suppression sensing mode suppression sensing mode models for ease of alignment • Side and end-view options
• Industry accepted housing design • Industry accepted housing design • Patented ASIC design offers linear • High visibility LED status indicators
• 360_ visible status indicators • 360_ visible status indicators sensitivity adjustment, stability • Variety of sense modes
• DC and AC only models • Low voltage DC operation indication and excellent noise • Low voltage DC operation
• Transistor or EM-Relay output • Fast response time immunity • 2 m cable connection
models • Diagnostic output • Compact sealed housing and
• Screw terminal connections • 2 m cable connections cavity-free design to minimize
collection of dust and debris while
allowing for easy sensor cleanup
Applications • Long range, background • Short range, background • Medium range, general purpose • Short range general purpose
suppression sensing suppression sensing sensing sensing
• Light duty industrial environments • Small parts assembly • Material handling, packaging and • Small parts assembly
assembly
Sensing Modes • Background Suppression 1 m • Sharp cutoff diffuse: small sensor • Polarized retroreflective 3.5 m • Standard diffuse 3…5 cm
(3.3 ft) and 2 m (6.6 ft) 3…5 cm (1.18…1.97 in.); large (11.5 ft) (1.18…1.97 in.)
and Max. Range sensor 10…20 cm (3.94…7.87 in.) • Diffuse 800 mm (31.5 in.) • Sharp cutoff diffuse 3 cm (1.18 in.)
• Transmitted Beam: • Transmitted beam 50 cm (19.7 in.)
Red LED source 10 m (32.8 ft)
Infrared LED source 10 m (32.8 ft)
Operating Voltage • 12…24V DC ±10% 30 mA • 11…26V DC • 10…30V DC • 12…24V DC

• 24…240V AC/DC ±10% • 24V DC ±10% (transmitted beam)
30 mA (DC)
15 mA (AC)
Output Type • NPN/PNP Selectable 100 mA • NPN: 100 mA stability -- 50 mA • NPN or PNP 100 mA • NPN or PNP 80 mA
• S.P.S.T. N.O. Relay • PNP: 100 mA
3A (250V AC, 750V A)
3A (30V DC, 90 W)
Response Time • 20 ms • 0.35 ms • 1 ms • 0.5 ms

• 30 ms
Connections • Screw terminals accepts up to two • 300V PVC cable 2 m • 2 m cable • 300V PVC cable 2 m
16 AWG (1.3 mm sq.) conductors • Micro QD
• Pico QD
Enclosure • Polycarbonate • Polyarylate/ABS • ABS/PMMA • Polyester

• NEMA 1, 12, 13 IP65 (IEC529) • NEMA 1, 4, 6P, 12 & 13; IP67 • IP67 • NEMA 1 & IP40

42KB 42KC Series 7000 Series 7000 42EF

Micro Rectangular Miniature Rectangular Miniature Rectangular LTD Miniature Rectangular LaserSightt RightSightt
• Industry standard form factor • Industry standard form factor • Industry standard form factor • Economy with performance • Universal 18 mm and thru-hole
• Diagnostic output • Diagnostic output • High visibility LED status • Industry standard form factor mounting options
• High visibility LED status • High visibility LED status indicator • High visibility LED status • 360° visible status indicators
indicator indicator • Variety of sense modes indicator • Class 1 eye--safe visible laser
• Variety of sense modes • Variety of sense modes • Complimentary light/dark • Standard sense modes
• Low voltage DC operation • Low voltage DC operation outputs • Low voltage DC operation
• 2 m cable or pico QD • 2 m cable or pico QD • Low voltage DC operation • 2 m cable or micro QD
connections connections • 2 m cable or micro QD connections
connections
• Short range general purpose • Short range general purpose • Short range general purpose • Short range general purpose • Medium range, general purpose
sensing sensing sensing sensing sensing
• Small parts assembly • Small parts assembly • Small parts assembly • Small parts assembly • Material handling, assembly and
packaging
• Retroreflective 2 m (6.56 ft) • Polarized retroreflective 1.5 m • Retroreflective 3.66 m (12 ft) • Retroreflective 0.76/2.13/3.65 m • Polarized retroreflective 15 m
• Standard diffuse (5 ft) • Polarized retroreflective 1.98 m (2.5/7/12 ft) (49 ft)
70/200/300/400 mm • Standard diffuse 50 cm (6.5 ft) • Standard diffuse 0.30 m (12 in.) • Diffuse 300 mm (11.8 in.)
(2.75/7.87/11.81/15.75 in.) (19.68 in.) • Standard diffuse 0.30 m (12 in.) • Antiglare retroreflective 1/2 m • Transmitted Beam 40 m (131 ft)
• Transmitted beam 1/7/10 m • Transmitted beam 7 m (22.96 ft) • Wide angle diffuse 0.28 m (3.28/6.5 ft)
(3.3/22.75/32.8 ft) (11 in.)
• Sharp cutoff diffuse 30/40 mm • Fixed focus diffuse 17.8 mm
(0.18/1.57 in.) (0.60 in.)
• Transmitted beam 7.62/9.15 m
(25/30 ft)
• Small aperature fiber optic
• Transparent object detection
• NPN or PNP 100 mA • NPN or PNP 100 mA • NPN or PNP 100 mA • NPN or PNP 100 mA • NPN and PNP 100 mA
• 0.35 ms • 0.5 ms • 0.5…1 ms • 1 ms • 1 ms (4 ms for transmitted

beam)
• 300V PVC cable 2 m • 300V PVC cable 2 m • PVC cable 3 m • PVC cable 3 m • 2 m cable
• Pico QD • Micro QD • Micro QD • Micro QD
• Polyarylate • Polyarylate • ValoxR • ValoxR • Mindel/Acrylic

• NEMA 1, 4, 6, 12 & 13; IP67 • NEMA 1, 4, 6P, 12 & 13; IP67 • NEMA 3, 4X, 6P, 12 & 13; IP67 • NEMA 12 & 13; IP62 • IP54
• See page 1--92 • See page 1--98 • See page 1--102 • www.ab.com/catalogs • See page 1--108

1--5
Series 9000 42CM 45MLD 45CPD

LaserSightt 18 mm Cylindrical Laser Background Analog and Discrete Output
Specifications LaserSightt Suppression
Features • Class 2 visible red laser source • Industry standard 18 mm housing • Short range laser background • Multiple programming modes
• Polarized retroreflective and design suppression sensing mode (object detection, object position)
transmitted beam sensing modes • Metal housing for heavy duty • Adjustable sensing range and beam • Easy set-up using teach-in buttons
• Industry standard housing design industrial applications focus (0.5 mm (0.02 in.)) • Class 1 eye safe visible laser for
with 1200 psi washdown rating • Class 1 eye safe visible laser • Industry accepted housing design operation
• Universal 30 mm and thru-hole • Small spot size • Low voltage DC operation • Class 2 visible red laser for set-up
mounting options • Fast response time
• 360_ visible status indicators • Pico QD connections
• DC and AC only models
Applications • Long range, general purpose • Medium range, general purpose • Short range, precise sensing • Long range, general purpose
sensing sensing • Small parts assembly analog sensing
• Small parts placement • Embedded mounting • Object positioning, analog
measuring
Sensing Modes • Polarized retroreflective 40 m • Polarized retroreflective 30 m • Background suppression diffuse • Diffuse 6 m (20 ft)
(130 ft) (98 ft) 50…300 mm (1.9…11.8 in.)
and Max. Range • Transmitted beam 300 m (1000 ft) • Diffuse 300 mm (11.8 in.)
• Transmitted Beam 50 m (164 ft)
Operating Voltage • 10…40V DC • 10…30V DC • 10…30V DC • 18…30V DC

• 70…264V AC/DC
Output Type • NPN and PNP 250 mA • NPN or PNP 100 mA • NPN or PNP 100 mA • Analog output: 4…20 mA;
• Em-Relay 2 A Discrete: two PNP outputs
Response Time • 500 μsec…15 ms • 0.7 ms • 200 μsec • Fast/slow: 13 ms/30 ms
Connections • 300V PVC cable 2 m • 2 m cable • 4-pin pico QD • Micro QD

• Mini QD • Micro QD
• Micro QD
Enclosure • Valox®, Acrylic • Nickel-plated brass/glass • Polyamide • ABS/PMMA

• NEMA 3, 4X, 6P, 12 & 13; IP67 • IP67 • IP65 • IP67

45BPD 45BRD 42CRC Series 9000 45CLR

Analog and Discrete Output Analog Output Color Registration ColorSightt ColorSightt
• Industry accepted 50 mm • Industry accepted 50 mm • Selectable red or green light • Teachable true RGB color • Three channel color matching
(1.97 in.) compact enclosure (1.97 in.) compact enclosure sources sensor (3 outputs)
• Self-contained laser • 20 μm resolution • Manual or teachable operation • Fiber optic sensing for • Wide sensing range tolerance
measurement solution • Class 2 visible red laser • Diagnostic output application flexibility (±6 mm (±0.24 in.))
• Class 2 visible red laser • 270° rotatable connector • Fast response time • Industry standard housing • Adjustable tolerance for high
• Selectable pulse stretcher output design with 1200 psi washdown precision general color matching
• Durable IP66 housing design rating • External teach capability
• Universal 30 mm and thru-hole • Compact size enclosure
mounting options • RS--485 communication models
• 8 color match precision levels available
• Low voltage DC operation
• Medium range, general purpose • Short range, precision general • High speed contrast sensing • Precise color match sensing • Precise color match sensing
analog sensing purpose measurement • Color registration • Part inspection and sortation • Part inspection and sortation
• Object positioning, analog • Object positioning, analog
measuring measuring
• Diffuse 300 mm (11.8 in.) • Diffuse 85 mm (3.35 in.) • Color registration mark control • Large aperture fiber optic • Diffuse 12…32 mm
12.7 mm (0.5 in.) (0.47…1.26 in.)
• Analog output: 4…20 mA; • Analog output: 0…10V DC • NPN and PNP 100 mA • Bipolar output • 3 PNP outputs (discrete models)
Discrete: PNP (100 mA) • Diagnostic alarm NPN 30 mA • RS485 models: 1 PNP or 1 NPN
output by cat. no.
• 0.4 ms • 30 ms • 0.25 ms • Selectable 1.5…16 ms • 1 ms
• Micro QD • Micro QD • Micro QD • 300V PVC cable 2 m • Micro QD
• Micro QD
• ABS/PMMA • ABS/PMMA • Epoxy-coated aluminum • Valoxr, Acrylic • ABS/PMMA

• IP67 • IP67 • NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12 & 13; IP66 • NEMA 4; IP54 • IP67

1--7
45FVL 45FSL 42FT 42FA

Digital Fiber Optic Slim DIN-Rail Fiber Optic 42FT Visible Red or Green Slim Fiber Optic
Specifications Plastic Fiber Optic
Features • Teachable contrast sensor • Adjustable plastic fiber optic • Red or green light source • In-line fiber optic sensor
• Accepts all plastic fiber optic cables contrast sensor • Local and remote self-teach • Accepts all plastic fiber optic cables
• Automatic and manual configuration • Fast response time operation • Fast response time
with LCD display • Red or white light source models • Supports 1.5 mm and 1.25 mm • Red light source models
• Red, green, blue, and white light • “Power bus” feature reduces wiring plastic fiber optic cables • Low voltage DC operation
source models • Crosstalk protection • Selectable pulse-stretcher • DIN Rail mount option
• “Power bus” feature reduces wiring • DIN Rail mountable housing design • Selectable hysteresis
• DIN Rail mountable housing design • Dual “RUN” modes to prevent
crosstalk with other sensors
Applications • General contrast sensing • High speed contrast sensing • General contrast sensing • Short range sensing
• Color registration, part inspection • Color registration, part inspection • Color registration, part inspection • Small part assembly
and sortation and sortation and sortation
Sensing Modes • Retroreflective (bifurcated fiber) • Retroreflective (bifurcated fiber) • Small aperature fiber optic • Small aperature fiber optic
• Standard diffuse (bifurcated fiber) • Standard diffuse (bifurcated fiber)
and Max. Range • Transmitted beam (individual fiber) • Transmitted beam (individual fiber)
Operating Voltage • 12…24V DC • 12…24V DC • 12…24V DC • 12…24V DC ±10%

• 12…24V DC ±10%
Output Type • NPN or PNP 100 mA • NPN or PNP 100 mA • NPN or PNP by model • NPN 100 mA
• Stability 100 mA • PNP 100 mA
Response Time • 600 μsec • 30 μsec, 250 μsec • 500 μsec • 500 μsec
Connections • 300V PVC cable 2 m • 300V PVC cable 2 m • 2 m 500V 5 conductor cable • 3-pin pico QD
• 4 pin pico QD • 4 pin pico QD
• Power Bus • Power Bus
Enclosure • ABS • ABS • ABS resin • NorylR

• NEMA 1 & IP40 • NEMA 1 & IP40 • NEMA 1, 4X, 12, 13; IP66 • NEMA 1, 12, 13; IP65 (IEC 529)
(IEC 529)

ClearSightt Seriesk 45LPT 45LFM 45LSP 45LST

Optical Label Sensor Capacitive Label Sensor Optical Fork Sensor Optical Fork Sensor
• Optimized for clear object • One-touch local and remote • Senses wide variety of label • Teach-in sensitivity adjustment • Ideal for small parts detection
detection teach operation colors and material • Light or dark operate selectable • Manual adjustment with LED
• Three types from high • Industrial aluminum housing • Industrial aluminum housing • Remote teach capability (4-pin status indicators
performance (Series 9000, k design design models) • Rugged aluminum construction
pictured), to economical • Highly visible LED status • Highly visible LED status • Plastic housing • Seven fork widths to choose
(RightSight and Series 7000) indicators indicators from
• Washdown rated models • Low voltage DC operation • Low voltage DC operation • Fast response time
• DC and AC only models • Fast response time • Fast response time • Pico QD connections
• Variety of output types • Pico QD connection • Micro QD connection
• Clear object sensing • Optical label sensing • Capacitive label sensing • Smart parts detection • Beam breakage sensing
• Plastic and glass bottles, films • Translucent labels • Translucent, clear, metalized • Beam breakage sensing • Small parts assembly
labels
• Polarized retroreflective • Transmitted beam (3 mm • Capacitive (0.76 mm (0.03 in.) • Transmitted beam gap • Transmitted beam (2…225 mm
(0.12 in.) gap) gap) (30…120 mm (1.18…4.72 in.)) (0.08…8.86 in.) gap)

• 40…264V AC/DC
• 70…264V AC/DC
• NPN and PNP 250 mA • NPN or PNP 100 mA • NPN or PNP 150 mA • PNP or NPN 100 mA • NPN or PNP 100 mA
• SPDT EM relay 2 A
• Isolated NO solid state 300 mA
• 1…10 ms • 50 μsec • 10 μsec • 250 μs • 30 μs…1 ms
• 300V PVC cable 2 m • 4-pin pico QD • 5-pin micro QD • Pico QD • 4-pin pico QD
• Mini QD
• Micro QD
• ValoxR, Acrylic • Aluminum • Anodized aluminum • Polycarbonate • Aluminum
• NEMA 3, 4X, 6P, 12 & 13; IP67 • IP65 • IP54 • IP67 • IP65

1--9
45MLA 45DLA 45AST 45PVA

Measuring Arrays & Controllers Discrete Light Arrays Area Arrays Verification Array
Specifications
Features • Height measuring capability • Integrated light array controller • Two-dimensional array scanning • 35 mm object resolution
• Slim profile array housing • Simple, flexible mounting technology • Robust aluminum enclosure
• Long operating range • Optically synchronized • 11…17 mm resolution • Four heights to choose from
• Fast reaction time and • Wiring selectable range and output • 50, 100, 150 mm scanning height • Highly visible JOB and FAULT
measurement speed state (light/dark operate) models indicators
• Controllers available in I/O and • 30mm resolution • Durable aluminum housing • Crosstalk immunity
serial communications (RS485 and • Bracket-free mounting • Low voltage DC operation
CAN) models • Low voltage DC operation
Applications • Height based measurement • Error proofing • Small parts assembly • Error proofing
and sorting • Part detection • Parts ejection sensing • Bin picking
• Overheight/overhang detection
Sensing Modes • Transmitted beam up to 4 m (13 ft) • Transmitted beam upto 8 m • Transmitted beam up to 2.5 m • Transmitted Beam 2 m (6.5 ft)
(26.2 ft) (8 ft)
and Max. Range
Operating Voltage • 12…24V DC • 12…24V DC • 12…24V DC • 12…24V DC
Output Type • NPN and PNP or serial • NPN and PNP (single push/pull) • NPN or PNP 100 mA • NPN or PNP 50 mA
communications (selectable by
model)
Response Time • See 45MLA Controller User Manual • 25…165 ms by cat. no. • 4…8 ms • 25…98 ms
Connections • PVC cable with 8 pin micro--QD, • PVC cable with 4--pin DC micro • 300V PVC cable 2 m • 300V PVC cable with micro QD
500 mm (19.7 in) between array (M12), 150 mm (6 in.) cable pigtail
and controller
Enclosure • Arrays: Aluminum housing, • Aluminum housing, • Aluminum housing, acrylic window • Aluminum housing, acrylic window
polycarbonate lens, IP54 polycarbonate lens • IP67 • IP62
• Controller: ABS housing IP54 • IP54
• Terminal strip: IP20

44N 22ZC Series 9000 Series 5000

Zone Control Sensor Zone Controller Intrinsically Safe Intrinsically Safe
• Integral zone control logic • Selectable pneumatic or powered roller • FM approved intrinsically safe design • FM approved intrinsically safe design
• Supports singulation and slug operation zone control logic • Transmitted beam sensing mode • Multiple sensing modes
• Compatible with variety of valves • Selectable advanced zone logic functions • Compatible with Series 897H IS barriers • Compatible with Series 897H IS barriers
• Polarized retroreflective sense mode • Selectable RUN/STOP delay timers • Industry standard housing design with • Modular housing design
• Durable housing and connections • Accepts mechanical or photoelectric 1200 psi washdown rating • Screw terminal connections
• Low voltage DC operation sensor inputs • Universal 30 mm and thru-hole mounting
• Drives pneumatic valve or powered roller options
driver • 360_ visible status indicators
• Proven flat cable IDC technology
• Zero pressure accumulation conveyors • Accumulation conveyors • Intrinsically safe systems • Intrinsically safe systems
• Pneumatically driven systems • Pneumatically and powered roller driven • Hazardous (Classified) locations • Hazardous (Classified) locations
systems
• Polarized Retroreflective 50.8…4.87 m • Compatible with a wide variety of • Transmitted Beam • Retroreflective 10 m (33 ft)
(2…16 ft) photoelectric and mechanical switches • 106 m (350 ft) • Polarized retroreflective 6 m (20 ft)
• Standard diffuse 2.1 m (7 ft)
• Large aperature fiber optic/fixed
focus/wide angle diffuse
• 10…30V DC • 24V DC • 13…30V DC • 13…29.5V DC
25 mA
• PNP 100 mA • Output signal for powered roller and drive • PNP/8.5 mA • NPN and PNP 20 mA at 29.5V DC
for pneumatic valve NPN/15 mA
• Variable 200 ms…10 s • 1 ms • 10 ms max. • 1 ms

• 838 mm (33 in.) pigtail • IDC flat cable • 2 m 300V cable • Screw terminals
• 381 mm (15 in.) pigtail • 4-pin micro QD
• Pico (M8) connector • 4-pin mini QD
• ValoxR • ValoxR • ValoxR • ValoxR
• NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 12, IP67 • NEMA 1, IP20 (IEC 529) • NEMA 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13, IP67, 1200 psi • NEMA 3, 4, 12, 13 (IP66)
washdown
• See page 1--177 • See page 1--180 • See page 1--184 • See page 1--187

1--11
48MS Series 9000 Series 9000 Series 9000

MultiSightt Gate Entry Diagnostic Darkroom
Specifications
Features • Ten or 32 virtual detectors • UL325 and UL508 approved • Selectable static or dynamic • 880 nm wavelength for darkroom
• Standalone vision sensor • Industry standard housing design operation applications
• Compact, sturdy industrial housing with 1200 psi washdown rating • Industry standard housing design • Fast response time
with IP67 rating • Offered as kits or individual with 1200 psi washdown rating • Industry standard housing design
• Optional EtherNet/IP with RSLogix components • Universal 30 mm (1.18 in.) and • DC and AC only models
5000 Add-On profile for I/O data thru-hole mounting options • Variety of sensing modes
• Multiple evaluation methods: • 360_ visible status indicators • Variety of output types
pattern matching, brightness, • DC and AC only models
contrast and contour matching. • Variety of sensing modes
Applications • Error proofing applications • Automatic access control • Long range, general purpose • Darkroom, general purpose sensing
• Packaging, assembly • Vehicle access systems sensing • Film processing
• Requirement for diagnostic output
Sensing Modes • Vision sensor (infinite depending on • Retroreflective 9 m (30 ft) • Retroreflective 9.14 m (30 ft) • Retroreflective 9.14 m (30 ft)
lighting conditions) • Transmitted beam 61 m (200 ft) • Polarized retroreflective 5 m (16 ft) • Standard diffuse 0.91 m (3 ft)
and Max. Range • Standard diffuse 1.5 m (5 ft) • Transmitted beam 30 m (100 ft)
• Transmitted beam 61 m (200 ft)
Operating Voltage • 24V DC • 10…55V DC/20…40V AC • 10…30V DC • 10…40V DC

• 70…264V AC/DC • 90…264V AC • 70…264V AC/DC
95…264V DC
Output Type • 4 x PNP (200 mA per output) • SPDT EM Relay • Switch selectable NPN and PNP • NPN and PNP 250 mA
NO—NC 100 mA • SPDT EM relay, 2 A
• EM relay: sensor -- 2 A diagnostic --
1A
Response Time • 50…250 ms • 23 ms • 2…15 ms • 2…23 ms
Connections • Power I/O • 2 m cable • Mini quick-disconnect • 300V PVC cable 2 m

• Ethernet • AC mini QD • Micro quick-disconnect • Mini quick-disconnect
• Micro quick-disconnect
Enclosure • Polycarbonate • Valox/Acrylic • ValoxR • NEMA 3,4X, 6P, 12 & 13; IP67
• IP67 • NEMA 2, 4, 4X, 6P, IP67, 1200 psi • NEMA 3, 4X, 6P, 12 & 13; IP67
(8270 kPa) washdown
Additional Info • See page 1--191 • See page 1--198 • See page 1--201 • www.ab.com/catalogs

Series 6000 Series 5000 Series 4000B Series 10,000

Compact Modular Long Range Teachable
• Compact cylindrical housing design • Multiple connection base and photohead • Durable housing design • Manual or teachable operation
• Manual sensitivity adjustment options • DC and AC only models • LCD display for easy setup
• Dual NPN and PNP outputs • Multiple plug-in output modules • Variety of sensing modes • Automatic sensitivity control with
• Variety of sense modes • Multiple plug-in logic modules • Multiple plug-in output modules diagnostic output
• DC and AC only models • DC and AC only models • Multiple plug-in logic modules • Industry standard housing design with
• 2 m cable and micro QD connections • Screw terminal connections 1200 psi washdown rating
• Low voltage DC operation
• Variety of sensing modes
• Medium range, general purpose sensing • Long range, general purpose sensing • Long range, general purpose sensing • Precise contrast sensing
• Cold temperature environments • Modular approach for maximum flexibility • Harsh duty installations • Small parts assembly
• Retroreflective 8.5 m (28 ft) • Retroreflective 6…10 m (20…33 ft) • Retroreflective 10.6 m (35 ft) • ClearSight 1.2 m (48 in.)
• Polarized retroreflective 3 m (10 ft) • Polarized retroreflective 6 m (20 ft) • Polarized retroreflective 7 m (23 ft) • Retroreflective 9 m (30 ft)
• Standard diffuse 0.76 m (30 in.) • Standard diffuse 1.5…3 m (5…10 ft) • Standard diffuse 3.6 m (12 ft) • Polarized retroreflective 4.6 m (15 ft)
• Wide angle diffuse 0.46 m (18 in.) • Background suppression diffuse • Transmitted beam 274 m (900 ft) • Standard diffuse 2.7 m (8.9 ft)
• Fixed focus diffuse 27.9 mm 6.3…30.5 cm (2.5…12 in.) • Large aperature fiber optic
(1.1 in.) • Wide angle diffuse 0.46 m (18 in.) • Small aperature fiber optic
• Transmitted beam 36.5 m (120 ft) • Fixed focus diffuse 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) • Green fiber optic
• Large aperture fiber optic • Large aperture fiber optic
• Small aperture fiber optic
• Sharp cutoff diffuse 0.25…7.6 cm
(0.1…3 in.)
• 10…30V DC • 102…132V AC • 102…132V AC • 10…30V DC
• 20…132V AC/DC • 204…254V AC • 195…253V AC
• 20…264V AC/DC • 10…30V DC • 40…58V AC
• 40…54V AC/DC • 18…28V AC/DC
• 20…30V AC/DC
• NPN and PNP 220 mA • EM relay 2 A • EM relay 5 A • NPN and PNP
• Power MOSFET 150…300 mA • Triac 750 mA • Triac 1 A • Diagnostic alarm, NPN or PNP
• FET 30 mA • FET 30 mA
• NPN and PNP 100 mA • NPN 250 mA
• DCV 30 mA
• 0.2…18 ms • 1…20 ms • 5…20 ms • Selectable 250 μsec…4 ms

• PVC cable 3 m • Vinyl cable 3 m • Terminals • 300V PVC cable 2 m
• Screw terminals • Mini QD
• Mini QD • Micro QD
• NorylR • ValoxR • NorylR • ValoxR
• NEMA 3, 4X 6, 12 & 13; IP67 • NEMA 3, 4, 12 & 13; IP66 • NEMA 3, 4, 12 & 13; IP66 • NEMA 3, 4X, 6P, 12 & 13; IP67
• See page 1--207 • See page 1--213 • See page 1--227 • www.ab.com/catalogs

1--13
Product Application Selector
Standard Industrial Application Sensing Modes Maximum Sensing Range Series Page
4.8 m (15.7 ft) 42CA 1-- 52
Retroreflective
7.2 m (23.6 ft) 42CA 1-- 52
4.5 m (14.7 ft) RightSight 1-- 31
Retroreflective 5 m (16.4 ft) MiniSight 1-- 40
9 m (30 ft) Series 9000 1-- 68
Object 3 m (9.8 ft) AccuSight 1-- 48
to be
Sensed
3 m (9.8 ft) RightSight 1-- 31
Polarized Retroreflective 3 m (9.8 ft) 42CA 1-- 52
2 m (6.6 ft) MiniSight 1-- 40
5 m (16 ft) Series 9000 1-- 69
500 mm (20 in.) RightSight 1-- 31
380 mm (15 in.) MiniSight 1-- 40
380 mm (1.5 in.) AccuSight 1-- 48
Object Standard Diffuse 1.5 m (5 ft) Series 9000 1-- 69

to be 400 mm (13.6 in.) 42CA 1-- 52
Sensed
100 mm (4 in.) 42CA 1-- 52
1000 mm (39.4 in.) 42CA 1-- 52
300 mm (11.8 in.) 44B 1-- 72
1 m (3.3 ft) 42BT 1-- 76
2 m (6.5 ft) 42BC 1-- 78
1 m (3.3 ft) 42BT 1-- 76
Background Suppression 2 m (6.5 ft) 42BC 1-- 78
30 mm (1.2 in.) 42BA 1-- 81
Object
50 mm (2 in.) 42CA 1-- 52
to be 50 mm (2 in.) 42BA 1-- 81
Sensed
100 mm (4 in.) 42CA 1-- 52
100 mm (4 in.) 42BA 1-- 81
200 mm (8 in.) 42BA 1-- 81
100 mm (4 in.) AccuSight 1-- 48
Sharp Cutoff Diffuse 30 mm (1.2 in.) 42KA 1-- 88
30 mm (1.2 in.) 42KB 1-- 96
40 mm (1.6 in.) 42KB 1-- 96
4 m (15 ft) RightSight 1-- 31
16 m (52.5 ft) 42CA 1-- 52
Transmitted Beam
20 m (65 ft) MiniSight 1-- 40
Object 61 m (200 ft) Series 9000 1-- 65
to be
Sensed 152 m (500 ft) Series 9000 1-- 65

Varies with FO cable MiniSight 1-- 40
Fiber Optic, Infrared Glass Varies with FO cable RightSight 1-- 31
Varies with FO cable Series 9000 1-- 65
Fiber Optic, Visible Red Varies with FO cable 45FVL 1-- 137
Plastic
Varies with FO cable 42FA 1-- 144
Object
to be Varies with FO cable 45FSL 1-- 139
Sensed
Fiber Optic, Visible Green
Varies with FO cable 45FVL 1-- 137
Plastic
Fiber Optic, Visible Blue
Varies with FO cable 45FVL 1-- 137
Plastic
Fiber Optic, Visible White Varies with FO cable 45FSL 1-- 139
Plastic Varies with FO cable 45FVL 1-- 137
Clear Bottles, Films ClearSight 9000 1-- 147

1.4 m (4.5 ft)
ClearSight 10000 1-- 147
Clear Object
1.5 m (5 ft) ClearSight 7000 1-- 150
1 m (3.28 ft) ClearSight RightSight 1-- 150
Color Registration
Up to 25.5 mm (1 in.) ColorSight 1-- 130
Color Recognition
12…32 mm (0.4…1.26 in.) 45CLR ColorSight 1-- 134
Color Registration
Up to 12 mm (0.5 in.) 45FVL 1-- 137
Contrast
12.7 mm (0.5 in.) 42CRC 1-- 127
Long Range Sensing

Transmitted Beam 152 m (500 ft) Series 9000 1-- 65
Laser 300 m (1000 ft) LaserSight 1-- 112

Object
to be
Sensed
High Temperature (70…480_C) Fiber Optic Varies with FO cable 45FVL 1-- 137
Fiber Optic Varies with FO cable 42FT 1-- 141
Fiber Optic Varies with FO cable 45FSL 1-- 139
Fiber Optic Varies with FO cable RightSight 1-- 31
Fiber Optic

1--15
Retroreflective 5 m (16.4 ft) MiniSight 1-- 40
Polarized Retroreflective 2 m (6.6 ft) MiniSight 1-- 40
High Speed (250 ms or better)
Standard Diffuse 380 mm (15 in.) MiniSight 1-- 40
Wide Angle Diffuse 180 mm (7 in.) MiniSight 1-- 40
Transmitted Beam 30 m (98 ft) MiniSight 1-- 40
Glass (Infrared) Fiber Optic Varies with FO cable MiniSight 1-- 40
Plastic (Visible) Fiber Optic
Varies with FO cable 45FSL 1-- 139
Retroreflective 10 m (33 ft) Series 5000 1-- 213
Polarized Retroreflective 6 m (20 ft) Series 5000 1-- 213
Hazardous (Classified) Location
Standard Diffuse 2 m (7 ft) Series 5000 1-- 213
Fixed Focus Diffuse 50 mm (2 in.) Series 5000 1-- 213
Wide Angle Diffuse 500 mm (20 in.) Series 5000 1-- 213
Transmitted Beam 106 m (350 ft) Series 9000 1-- 186
Glass Fiber Optic Varies with FO cable Series 5000 1-- 213
Analog Output
Retroreflective 4.6 m (15 ft) Series 5000 1-- 213
Positive Standard Diffuse 1.5 m (5 ft) Series 5000 1-- 213

Slope Negative
DC Current (mA)
Slope
Fixed Focus Diffuse 50 mm (2 in.) Series 5000 1-- 213
Glass (Infrared) Fiber Optic 500 mm (20 in.) Series 5000 1-- 213
Operating Distance
Retroreflective 9 m (30 ft) SmartSight 9000 10-- 10

3 m (9.8 ft) RightSight 10-- 4
Polarized Retroreflective
5 m (16 ft) SmartSight 9000 10-- 10
Standard Diffuse
1.5 m (5 ft) SmartSight 9000 10-- 11
Transmitted Beam
61 m (200 ft) SmartSight 9000 10-- 11
130 m (425 ft) SmartSight 9000 10-- 11
Varies with FO cable RightSight 10-- 7
Fiber Optic, Infrared Glass
Varies with FO cable SmartSight 9000 10-- 11

Miniature- UltraMiniature Sensors Sensing Modes Maximum Sensing Range Series Page
2 m (6.5 ft) 42KB 1-- 95
Retroreflective
3.6 m (12 ft) Series 7000 1-- 102
1.5 m (4.9 ft) 42KC 1-- 98
2 m (6.5 ft) Series 7000 1-- 102
2 m (6.5 ft) 42CF 1-- 62
3.5 m (11.5 ft) 42JS 1-- 84
30 mm (1.2 in.) 42KA 1-- 88
50 mm (2 in.) 42KA 1-- 88
70 mm (2.8 in.) 42KB 1-- 96
200 mm (8 in.) 42KB 1-- 96
300 mm (11.8 in.) 42KB 1-- 96
Standard Diffuse 400 mm (15.8 in.) 42KB 1-- 96

500 mm (20 in.) 42KC 1-- 98
100 mm (4 in.) 42CF 1-- 62
300 mm (11.8 in.) 42CF 1-- 62
300 mm (11.8 in.) Series 7000 1-- 102
800 mm (31.5 in.) 42JS 1-- 84
30 mm (1.2 in.) 42BA 1-- 81
50 mm (2 in.) 42BA 1-- 81
100 mm (4 in.) 42BA 1-- 81
200 mm (8 in.) 42BA 1-- 81
30 mm (1.2 in.) 42KA 1-- 88
Sharp Cutoff Diffuse 30 mm (1.2 in.) 42KB 1-- 96

40 mm (1.6 in.) 42KB 1-- 96
500 mm (20 in.) 42KA 1-- 88
1 m (3.3 ft) 42KB 1-- 97
7 m (23 ft) 42KB 1-- 97
10 m (33 ft) 42KB 1-- 97
7 m (23 ft) 42KC 1-- 98
Transmitted Beam
7.6 m (25 ft) Series 7000 1-- 102
9.2 m (30 ft) Series 7000 1-- 102
533 mm (21 in.) Series 7000 1-- 102
4 m (13 ft) 42CF 1-- 62
10 m (33 ft) 42JS 1-- 84

1--17
Technical Definitions and Terminology
AC Coupled Amplifier: An amplifier in Excess Gain: See operating margin. Operating Mode: See light and dark
which only pulsed (AC) signals are False Pulse: An undesired change in operate.
amplified and direct (DC) signals are the state of the output of the proximity Optical Crosstalk: Optical crosstalk
ignored. (Direct signals generated by switch that lasts for more than two occurs when a photoelectric receiver
sunlight, heat sources and other.) milliseconds. responds to the signal from an adjacent
Alignment: Positioning of light source False Pulse Protection: Circuitry emitter. Crosstalk can usually be
and receiver, reflector, or target in which designed to avoid false pulses during resolved by repositioning the sensors.
a maximum signal strength is obtained. power on or power down action. Photoelectric Sensor: Electronic
Ambient Light: Illumination of a Ferrule: Tip or termination of a fiber device recognizing changes in light
receiver not generated by its light optic cable. intensity and converting these changes
source. into a change in output state.
Field of View: The region that is
Analog: Electronic circuit with a current illuminated by the light source and that Pulse: A sudden fast change of a
or voltage output signal that varies as a can be seen by the receiver. Field of normally constant or relatively slow
function of the light intensity received by view is expressed in degrees but is changing value such as voltage, current
the photodetector. three dimensional. or light intensity.
Angstrom: Unit of measurement used Gating: The provision to apply an Response Time: The sum of the time
to determine the wavelength of light. 10 external signal to a sensor in order to needed for a string of electronic circuits
Angstrom (A) is equal to 1 nanometer prevent undesirable operation. to translate a change in light into a
(nm) change of output status.
Hysteresis: The distance between the
Attenuation: The reduction of signal operating point and the release point. Reverse Polarity Protection: A circuit
strength. An example is when light that uses a diode to avoid damage to
travels through a fiber optic cable. The Infrared: Invisible light radiation starting the control in case the polarity of the
degree of attenuation depends on the at a wavelength of 690 nanometer (or power supply is accidentally reversed.
fiber material and on the total length of 6900 Angstrom) and longer.
Ripple %: The percentage of
the fiber optic cable. Intrinsic Safety: A design technique alternating component left on a DC
Bifurcated: A fiber optic bundle that applied to electrical equipment and signal after rectifying. Measured peak to
divides in two legs, forming a Y. wiring for hazardous locations. It is peak of the alternating component and
based on limiting electrical and thermal compared to the DC signal value.
Complementary Output: Output circuit energy to a level below that required to
with a dual output device such that ignite hazardous atmospheric mixtures. Rise Time (10% Levels): The time
when one output is energized the other required for an analog voltage or
output is de-energized (similar to SPDT LED (Light Emitting Diode): current output value to rise from 10% of
contact. Semi-conductor that generates its maximum value to 90% of its
monochromatic light when current flows maximum value.
Dark Operate: A dark operate sensor in the conductive direction. An LED is
energizes an output when the light the standard light source for most Sink (Current): Transistor output that
intensity on the photodetector has photoelectric sensors. requires the current to flow from positive
sufficiently decreased. ( + ) through the load and then through
Leakage Current: Small current flowing the output to negative ( -- ). A current
Diagnostic: Advanced warning of loss through a solid state output when in the
in signal strength due to misalignment, sink output uses an NPN transistor.
off state.
dust and more, prior to loss of control Source (Current): Transistor output
output signal. Light Operate: A light operate sensor that requires the current to flow from
energizes an output when the light positive ( + ) through the output and
Differential Travel (Hysteresis): The intensity on the photodetector has
distance between the operating point then through the load to negative ( -- ).
sufficiently increased. A current source output uses a PNP
and the release point (see hysteresis).
Nanometer (nm): 1 Nanometer is equal transistor.
Diffuse Reflection (Proximity): A to 10--9 meter.
photoelectric sensing method in which Transmitted Beam: A sensing mode
the light emitted by the light source hits Noise: Presence of undesirable where the light source and the receiver
the target surface and is then diffused voltage, current, or light that may cause are opposite each other and where the
from the surface in all directions. the sensor to malfunction. target breaks the beam.
Digital Output: An output circuit with Normally Closed: Output opens when Wavelength: Distance traveled by light
only two operating states that are either an object is detected in the active while completing one complete
“On” or “Off.” These operating states switching area. sine-wave. Is expressed in nanometers
often are called “Hi” or “Low.” Normally Open: Output closes when (nm). Each color has a specific
an object is detected in the active wavelength.
Dwell-Time: The adjustable or fixed
time length of an output pulse, switching area. White Paper Response: A calibration
independent of input signal duration. Operating Margin: The ratio of procedure performed on retroreflective
electrical signal available at a given sensors to eliminate all response to
sensing range to the minimum signal white paper with 90% reflectance.
required to trigger the amplifier and
output.

Introduction
Basic Concepts and Photoelectric sensors are used in many • What voltage and current supply are
Components . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--19 applications and industries to provide available to operate the sensor?
Light Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--19 accurate detection of objects without • What is the ambient temperature
Light Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--20 physical contact. surrounding the photoelectric
Lens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--20 In its most basic form, a photoelectric sensor?
Output Device . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--20 sensor can be thought of as a “limit • Are there other environmental
Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--20 switch-like” device, where the conditions such as dirt or high
LED Modulation . . . . . . . . . . page 1--20 mechanical actuator or lever arm humidity that are unique to the area
Synchronous Detection . . . . page 1--21 function is replaced by a beam of light. surrounding the photoelectric
Photoelectric Photoelectric sensors operate by sensor?
sensing a change in the amount of light There are a vast number of
Sensing Modes . . . . . . . . page 1--21 that is either reflected or blocked by an
photoelectric sensors to choose from.
Transmitted Beam . . . . . . . . page 1--21 object to be detected (target). The Each offers a unique combination of
Retroreflective . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--22 change in light could be the result of the sensing performance, output
Diffuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--23 presence or absence of the target, or as characteristics and mounting options.
Sharp Cutoff Diffuse . . . . . . . page 1--24 the result in a change of the size, Many sensors also offer unique
Background Suppression shape, reflectivity or color of a target. embedded logic or device networking
Diffuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--24 capabilities.
Fixed Focus Diffuse . . . . . . . page 1--24 A photoelectric sensor can be used in
Wide Angle Diffuse . . . . . . . page 1--24 applications to sense targets at This introduction will help you select the
Fiber Optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--24 distances from less than 5 mm (0.2 in.) optimal photoelectric sensor for each
Clear Object Detection . . . . page 1--25 to over 250m (820 ft). application.
Successful sensing with a photoelectric
Photoelectric Sensor sensor requires that the object to be Basic Concepts and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . page 1--26 detected (target) causes a sufficient Components
Light/Dark Operate Output . page 1--26 change of light level detected by the
Maximum Sensing sensor and that the user has a clear There are four basic components to any
Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--26 understanding of the sensing photoelectric sensor:
Minimum Sensing Distance page 1--26 requirements. • Light source
Typical Response Curve . . . page 1--26 The following must be clearly • Light detector
Response Time . . . . . . . . . . page 1--26 understood:
• Lenses
Field of View . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--26
Beam Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--27 • The sensing requirements, • Output switching device
Hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--28 • The sensing environment, and Light Source
• The capabilities and limitations of the A light emitting diode (LED) is a
Aligning a Photoelectric photoelectric sensor.
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--28 solid-state semiconductor that emits
Be prepared to answer the following light when current is applied. Figure 1
Retroreflective or Polarized questions: (on page 1--20) shows the construction
Retroreflective . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--28 of an LED. LEDs are made to emit
Diffuse (all types) . . . . . . . . . page 1--28 • What is the size, shape and/or specific wavelengths or colors of light.
Transmitted Beam . . . . . . . . page 1--28 opacity of the object to be detected?
Infrared, visible red, green, and blue
• Does the object to be detected have LEDs are used as the light source
Output Devices . . . . . . . . page 1--28 any reflective properties? (emitter) in most photoelectric sensors.
Electromechanical Relay . . page 1--28 • What response time is required of
FET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--29 Different LED colors offer different
the sensor? desirable characteristics. Infrared LEDs
Power MOSFET . . . . . . . . . . page 1--29
TRIAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--29 • What mounting configuration is are the most efficient, they generate the
NPN/PNP Transistor . . . . . . page 1--29 required for the sensor? Are there most light and the least heat of any LED
Analog Output . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--29 position or physical restraints to color. Infrared LEDs are used in
consider? sensors where maximum light output is
Timing and Logic . . . . . . page 1--29 • What is the frequency of operation required for an extended sensing range.
On Delay and Off Delay . . . page 1--29 and what requirement does the In many applications, a visible beam of
One-Shot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--29 operating rate impose on the output light is desirable to aid setup or confirm
Delayed One-Shot . . . . . . . . page 1--29 device? sensor operation. Visible red is most
Motion Detector . . . . . . . . . . page 1--29 • What are the load requirements, efficient for this requirement.
such as voltage, current, load
impedance?

1--19
Introduction
Figure 1 Figure 3
LED Light-Emitting Diode Lenses
Gold Bond Encapsulation

Wire
Bonding Semiconductor
Post LED Chip
Base
LED Radiation Pattern

without Lens Photodetector Field of View
without Lens
Visible red, blue, and yellow LEDs are

also used in special applications where
specific colors or color contrasts must
be detected. These LEDs are also used
as status indicators on photoelectric LED with Lens Photodetector with Lens
sensors.
LEDs are rugged and reliable
Lens Margin is a measurement of the amount
components, making them ideal for use
LEDs typically emit light and of light from the light source that is
in photoelectric sensors. They operate
photodetectors are sensitive to light detected by the receiver. Margin is best
over a wide temperature range and are
over a broad area. Lenses are used explained by example:
very resistant to damage from shock
and vibration. with LED light sources and • A margin of zero occurs when none
photodetectors to narrow this area. As of the light emitted by the light source
Light Detector the area is narrowed, the range of the can be detected by the light detector.
A photodetector is the component used LED or photodetector increases. As a
• A margin of one is obtained when
to detect the light source. A photodiode result, lenses also increase the sensing
just enough light is detected to switch
or phototransistor is a robust solid-state distance of photoelectric sensors (see
the state of the output device (from
component that provides a change in Figure 3).
OFF to ON or from ON to OFF).
conducted current depending on the The light beam from an LED and lens
amount of light detected. • A margin of 20 is reached when 20
combination is typically conical in
times the minimum light level
Photodetectors are more sensitive to shape. The area of the cone increases
required to switch the state of the
certain wavelengths of light. The with distance.
output device is detected.
spectral response of a photodetector Some photoelectric sensors are
determines its sensitivity to different Margin is defined as:
optimized for extra sensing distance.
wavelengths in the light spectrum. To The light beam (or field of view) emitted Actual amount of light detected
improve sensing efficiency, the LED and by these sensors is fairly narrow. Minimum amount required to change
photodetector are often spectrally However, alignment can be difficult if the output device state
matched. An example is shown in the field of view is too narrow. Other
Figure 2. photoelectric sensors are designed for and is usually expressed as a ratio or
detection of objects within a broad area. as a whole number followed by “X.” A
Figure 2 margin of 6 may be expressed as 6:1 or
Spectral Response These sensors have a wider field of
view, but a shorter overall range. as 6X.
Ultra Visible Light Infrared
Violet Output Device LED Modulation
Infrared
(Invisible) Led Once a sufficient change of light level is The amount of light generated by the
detected, the photoelectric sensor LED in the light source is determined by
switches an output device to provide an the amount of current it is conducting.
Relative
Efficiency Visible Red Photodiode interface to machine logic. Many types To increase the range of a photoelectric
LED
of discrete and variable (analog) sensor, the amount of current must be
outputs are available, each with increased. However, LEDs also
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 particular strengths and weaknesses. generate heat—there is an upper limit
of heat that can be generated before an
Wavelength Microns Margin LED is damaged or destroyed.
The invisible (infrared) LED is a spectral match for this
silicon phototransistor, and has much greater efficiency Margin (operating margin, excess gain) Photoelectric sensors rapidly switch on
than a visible (red) LED. is an important concept to understand and off or modulate the current
when applying photoelectric sensors. conducted by the LED. A low duty cycle
The photodetector and associated The amount of maintenance required (typically less than 5%) allows the
circuitry are referred to as the receiver. for a photoelectric sensing application amount of current, and therefore the
can be minimized by obtaining the best amount of emitted light, to far exceed
margin levels for that application.

Introduction
what would be allowable under Synchronous detection is only possible Transmitted Beam
continuous operation, see Figure 4. when the light source and receiver are In this mode (Figure 5) the light source
in the same housing, which is true for all and receiver are contained in separate
Figure 4 sensing modes except transmitted housings. These two units are
Modulation beam as explained below. positioned opposite each other so that
the light from the light source shines
Photoelectric Sensing Modes directly on the receiver. Targets must
break (block) the beam between light
Different methods of sensing are
The modulation rate or frequency is source and receiver.
referred to as sensing modes. There
often in excess of 5 kHz, much faster
are three basic types: Figure 5
than can be detected by eye. Transmitted Beam Sensing
• Transmitted beam (sometimes called
Synchronous Detection through-beam or thru-beam)
The receiver is designed to detect a • Retroreflective (sometimes referred
pulsed light source from a modulated to as reflex)
light source. To further enhance sensing Object
reliability, the receiver and light source • Diffuse (also known as proximity) to be
• While many applications can be Sensed
are synchronized. The receiver watches
for light pulses that are identical to the handled by any of these sensing
pulses generated by the light source. modes, each offers specific strengths Light Receiver
Synchronous detection helps a and weaknesses to consider. These Source
photoelectric sensor to ignore light strengths and weaknesses are
pulses from other photoelectric sensors summarized in Table 1.
nearby or from other pulsed light
sources such as fluorescent lights.
Table 1
Photoelectric Sensing Modes Advantages and Cautions
Sensing Mode Applications Advantages Cautions
Transmitted Beam General purpose sensing S High margin for contaminated environments S More expensive because of separate light source
Parts counting S Longest sensing distances and receiver required, more costly wiring
S Not affected by second surface reflections S Alignment important
S Probably most reliable when you have highly S Avoid detecting objects of clear material
reflective objects
Retroreflective General purpose sensing S Moderate sensing distances S Shorter sensing distance than transmitted beam
S Less expensive than transmitted beam because S Less margin than transmitted beam
simpler wiring S May detect reflections from shiny objects (use
S Ease of alignment polarized instead)
Polarized General purpose sensing of shiny objects S Ignores first surface reflections S Shorter sensing distance than standard
Retroreflective S Uses visible red beam for ease of alignment retroreflective
S May see second surface reflections
Standard Diffuse Applications where both sides of the object cannot S Access to both sides of the object not required S Can be difficult to apply if the background behind
be accessed S No reflector needed the object is sufficiently reflective and close to the
S Ease of alignment object
Sharp Cutoff Diffuse Short-range detection of objects with the need to S Access to both sides of the object not required S Only useful for very short distance sensing
ignore backgrounds that are close to the object. S Provides some protection against sensing of S Not used with backgrounds close to object
close backgrounds
S Detects objects regardless of color within
specified distance
Background General purpose sensing S Access to both sides of the target not required S More expensive than other types of diffuse
Suppression Diffuse Areas where you need to ignore backgrounds that S Ignores backgrounds beyond rated sensing sensors
are close to the object distance regardless of reflectivity S Limited maximum sensing distance
S Detect objects regardless of color at specified
distance
Fixed Focus Diffuse Detection of small targets S Accurate detection of small objects in a specific S Very short distance sensing
Detects objects at a specific distance from sensor location S Not suitable for general purpose sensing
S Object must be accurately positioned
Detection of color marks
Wide Angle Diffuse Detection of objects not accurately positioned S Good at ignoring background reflections S Short distance sensing
Detection of very fine threads over a broad area S Detecting objects that are not accurately
positioned
S No reflector needed
Fiber Optics Allows photoelectric sensing in areas where a S Glass fiber optic cables available for high ambient S More expensive than lensed sensors
sensor cannot be mounted because of size or envir- temperature applications S Short distance sensing
onment considerations S Shock and vibration resistant
S Plastic fiber optic cables can be used in areas
where continuous movement is required
S Insert in limited space
S Noise immunity
S Corrosive areas placement

1--21
Introduction
Transmitted beam sensors provide the Transmitted beam sensing may not be The maximum available sensing
longest sensing distances and the suitable for detection of translucent or distance of a sensor and reflector will
highest level of operating margin. For transparent targets. The high margin depend in part upon the efficiency of the
example, PHOTOSWITCH® levels allow the sensor to “see through” reflector or reflective tape. These
Series 4000B Transmitted Beam these targets. While it is often possible reflective materials (page 1--306) are
sensors are capable of sensing to reduce the sensitivity of the receiver, rated with a reflective index.
distances of up to 274 m (900 ft). retroreflective or diffuse sensing may The PHOTOSWITCH standard 78 mm
Transmitted beam application margins provide a better solution. (3 in.) diameter round reflector (catalog
at ranges of less than 10 m (3.1 ft) can Retroreflective number 92--39) is used to determine the
exceed 10,000X. For this reason, maximum sensing distance of most
Retroreflective (reflex) is the most
transmitted beam is the best sensing PHOTOSWITCH sensors.
popular sensing mode. A retroreflective
mode when operating in very dusty or The 92--39 reflector has a reflective
sensor contains both the light source
dirty industrial environments. index of 100. The 92--99 reflective tape
and receiver in one housing. The light
Another example: Series 9000 beam emitted by the light source is has a reflective index of 77 meaning
Transmitted Beam photoelectric reflected by a special reflective object that it will reflect only 77% as much light
sensors offer 300X margin at a sensing and detected by the receiver. The target as a 92--39 reflector.
distance of 3 m (9.8 ft). At this distance, is detected when it breaks this light Retroreflective sensors are easier to
these sensors will continue to operate beam (Figure 8). install than transmitted beam sensors.
even if 99.67% of the combined lens Only one sensor housing must be
area of the light source and receiver is Figure 8
Retroreflective Sensing installed and wired. However, margins
covered with contamination. when the target is absent are typically
The “effective beam” of a 10 to 1000 times lower than transmitted
transmitted beam sensor is equivalent beam sensing, making retroreflective
to the diameter of the lens on the light sensing less desirable in highly
source and receiver (Figure 6). Reliable Object Retroreflective contaminated environments.
to be Target
detection occurs when the target is Sensed Caution must be used when applying
opaque and breaks at least 50% of the standard retroreflective sensors in
effective beam. applications where shiny or highly
Sensor
Figure 6 reflective targets must be sensed.
Effective Beam Special reflectors or reflective tapes are Reflections from the target itself may be
used for retroreflective sensing. Unlike detected. It may be possible to orient
Field of View
Field of View mirrors or other flat reflective surfaces, the sensor and reflector or reflective
these reflective objects do not have to tape so that the shiny target reflects
be aligned perfectly perpendicular to light away from the receiver. However,
the sensor. Misalignment of a reflector for most applications with shiny targets,
Effective Beam or reflective tape of up to 15_ will polarized retroreflective sensing offers a
typically not significantly reduce the better solution.
Detection of objects smaller than the margin of the sensing system (see
effective beam can best be achieved by Polarized retroreflective sensors
Figure 9). contain polarizing filters in front of the
reducing the beam diameter through
means of apertures placed in front of Figure 9 light source and receiver. These filters
the light source and receiver (Figure 7). Retroreflective Materials are perpendicular or 90_ out of phase
Apertures are available for most 42KL, with each other (Figure 10, on page
42KB and 42EF transmitted beam 1--23).
sensors. Some users have created their The sensor cannot see light reflected by
own apertures for other sensor families. most targets. The reflected polarized
light cannot pass through the polarizing
Figure 7
Effective Beam with Apertures filter located in front of the receiver.
Mirror Reflector or
Reflectors depolarize reflected light.
Field of View
Aperture Field of View Retroreflective Tape Some of the reflected depolarized light
can pass though the polarizing filter in
front to the receiver and can be
detected by the sensor.
Reduced In summary, the sensor can “see” the
Aperture “Corner-Cube” Reflector Glass Bead Reflectors
Effective Beam reflection from a reflector, and it cannot
A wide selection of reflectors and “see” the reflection from most shiny
The most reliable transmitted beam targets.
applications have a very high margin reflective tapes are available.
when the target is absent, and a margin
of zero (or close to zero) when the
target is present.

Introduction
Figure 10
Polarized Retroreflective Sensing
LED
Polarizing Filters
Photodetector
Corner Cube Reflector

Depolarizes Light
Shiny target does not depolarize light

and is detected by the sensor
Polarized retroreflective sensors offer Diffuse diffuse, wide angle diffuse, and
30…40% shorter range (and less Transmitted beam and standard or background suppression diffuse, are
margin) than standard retroreflective polarized retroreflective sensing creates explained in later sections.
sensors. Instead of infrared LEDs, a beam of light between light source The goal of standard diffuse sensing is
polarized retroreflective sensors must and receiver or between sensor and to obtain a relatively high margin when
use a less efficient visible light source reflector. Access to opposite sides of sensing the target. When the target is
(typically a visible red LED). There are the target is required. absent, reflections from any
additional light losses caused by the background behind the target should
polarizing filters. Sometimes it is difficult, or even
impossible, to obtain access on both provide a margin as close to zero as
Polarized sensors will only ignore “first sides of a target. In these applications, possible.
surface” reflections from an exposed it is necessary to point the light source Target reflectivity can vary widely.
reflective surface. Polarized light is directly at the target. Light is scattered Relatively shiny surfaces may reflect
depolarized as it passes through most by the surface at all angles and a small most of the light away from the receiver,
plastic film or stretch wrap. Therefore, a portion is reflected back to be detected making detection very difficult. The
shiny object may create reflections that by the receiver contained in the same sensor face must be parallel with these
are detected by the receiver when it is housing. This mode of sensing is called types of target surfaces.
wrapped in clear plastic film. In the latter diffuse or proximity (see Figure 11).
case, the shiny object becomes the Very dark, matte objects may absorb
“second surface” behind the plastic Figure 11 most of the light and reflect very little for
wrap. Other sensing modes must be Diffuse Sensing detection. These targets may be hard to
considered for these applications. detect unless the sensor is positioned
very close.
All standard reflectors depolarize light
and are suitable for polarized The specified maximum sensing
retroreflective sensing. However, most Sensor Object distance of a photoelectric sensor is
reflective tapes do not depolarize light to be determined using a calibrated diffuse
Sensed target. Allen-Bradley uses a 216 x
and are suitable only for use with
standard retroreflective sensors. A sensing mode in which light strikes an object 292 mm (8.5 x 11 in.) sheet of white
surface, is diffused from the surface at all angles and paper that has been specially
Specially constructed reflective tapes detected by the sensor.
for polarized retroreflective sensing are formulated to be 90% reflective—
available. Look for reflective tapes There are a number of different types of meaning that 90% of the light energy
specifically identified as suitable for use diffuse sensing. The simplest, standard from the light source will be reflected by
with polarized retroreflective sensors. diffuse, is discussed here. Other types, the paper.
sharp cutoff diffuse, fixed focus

1--23
Introduction
“Real world” diffuse targets are often Background Suppression Diffuse These sensors are ideal for two
considerably less reflective, as shown Instead of attempting to ignore the applications:
in Table 2. background behind a target, • Thread detection—a wide angle
Table 2 background suppression sensors use diffuse sensor can detect the
sophisticated electronics to actively presence of extremely thin strands of
Typical sense the presence of both the target thread or other material positioned
Relative and the background. The two signals close to the sensor. The presence or
Target Reflectivity are compared, and the output will absence (thread break) of the thread
Polished aluminum 500 change state upon active detection of can be reliably detected even when
the target, or active detection of the the thread moves from side to side in
White paper (reference) 100
background.
White typing paper 90 front of the sensor.
In simple terms, background • Ignoring holes or imperfections in
Cardboard 40 suppression sensing can allow the targets—because wide angle diffuse
Cut lumber 20 sensor to ignore the presence of a very sensors can sense over a broad
reflective background almost directly area, they can ignore small holes or
Black paper 10
behind a dark, less-reflective target. For
Neoprene 5 imperfections in diffuse targets.
many applications, it is the ideal diffuse
Tire rubber 4 sensing mode. However, background Figure 13
suppression sensors are more Wide Angle Diffuse
Black felt 2
complex, and therefore more expensive
than other diffuse sensors.
Detecting targets positioned close to
reflective backgrounds can be Fixed Focus Diffuse Object
to be
particularly challenging. It may be In a fixed focus (convergent beam) Sensed
impossible to adjust the sensor to sensor, the light beam from the light
obtain sufficient margin from the target source and the detection area of the
without detecting, or coming close to receiver are focused to a very narrow
detecting, the background (Figure 12). point (focal point) at a fixed distance in
Other types of diffuse sensing may be front of the sensor. The sensor is very Sensor
more appropriate. sensitive at this point, and much less
Figure 12 sensitive before and beyond this focal Fiber Optics
point. Fiber optic sensors permit the
Fixed focus sensors have three primary attachment of “light pipes” called fiber
Object applications: optic cables. Emitted light from the light
to be source is transmitted through
Sensed • Reliable detection of small targets. transparent fibers in the cables and
Because the sensor is very sensitive emerges at the end of the fiber. The
Background at the focal point, a small target can transmitted or reflected beam is then
be readily detected. carried back to the receiver through
Sensor • Detection of objects at a fixed different fibers.
distance. As a fixed focus sensor is Fiber optic cables can be mounted in
Sharp Cutoff Diffuse
most sensitive at the focal point, it locations that would otherwise be
Sharp cutoff diffuse sensors are can be used in some applications to inaccessible to photoelectric sensors.
designed so that the light beam from detect a target at the focal point, and They can be used where there is a high
the light source and the area of ignore it when it is in front of or ambient temperature and in
detection of the receiver are angled behind the focal point. applications where extreme shock and
towards each other. This makes these vibration or continuous movement of
sensors more sensitive at short range, • Detection of color printing marks
(color registration mark detection). In the sensing point is required (as
and less sensitive than a longer range. described below).
This can provide more reliable sensing some applications, it is important to
of targets that are positioned close to detect the presence of a printing Both glass and plastic are used as
reflective backgrounds. mark on a continuous web of transparent materials to create fiber
wrapping material. A fixed focus optic cables.
Note that this sensing mode provides sensor with a specific visible light
some degree of improvement over Glass
source color (typically red, green or
standard diffuse sensing when a Glass fiber optic cables contain multiple
blue) may be selected to provide the
reflective background is present. strands of very thin glass fiber that are
greatest sensitivity to the mark.
However, a background that is very bundled together in a flexible sheath.
reflective may still be detected. Wide Angle Diffuse
Glass fiber optic cables are typically
An even better solution is provided by Wide angle diffuse sensors project the more durable than plastic fiber optic
background suppression diffuse light source and detection area of the cables. Glass cables will withstand
sensors. receiver over a wide area (Figure 13).

Introduction
much higher temperatures. Standard Comparison of Fiber Optic Cables

Allen-Bradley glass fiber optic cables
with a stainless steel sheath rated up to Glass Plastic
260_C (500_F). Special order cables Construction Thin glass strands bundled in Single acrylic monofilament
can be obtained with temperature stainless steel or PVC sheath
ratings of up to 480_C (900_F). Temperature Range - 40…260_C (-- 40…500_F) with - 30…70_C (-- 20…158_F)
Most glass cables are available with a stainless steel sheath. Special
choice of PVC or flexible stainless steel order up to 480_C (900_F).
sheath. PVC-sheathed cables are Durability Very durable Adequate for many applications
typically less expensive. Stainless steel Continuous Flexing Will quickly break glass fibers Will work very well, coiled versions
sheathing adds even greater durability available
and allows the cables to operate at
Light Source Visible or infrared OK Must use visible light
higher temperatures
Range Can be longer range because of Adequate for many applications
Plastic larger diameter
Plastic fiber optic cables are typically
constructed of a single acrylic
monofilament. There is no protective Bifurcated cables are used for diffuse or Clear Object Detection
sheathing, making plastic fiber optic retroreflective sensing modes. Standard
cables less durable, but typically less Clear materials present a unique
diffuse sensing with fiber optic cables
expensive than glass cables. application challenge for photoelectric
are similar to sensing with lensed
sensors. Most clear objects and films
Plastic cables can be used in photoelectric sensors.
provide insufficient contrast to be
applications where continuous flexing of Retroreflective sensing is possible with reliably detected using general purpose
the fiber optic cable is required. Coiled either reflectors or reflective tapes. retroreflective or polarized
plastic cables are also available for Polarized retroreflective sensing is not retroreflective sensors. Various forms of
these applications. possible. In some applications it will be diffuse sensing do not offer a preferred
Fiber optic cables are available in necessary to reduce the sensitivity of solution because the exact location of
individual or bifurcated configurations the sensor to prevent diffuse detection the clear target cannot be detected.
(Figure 14). of the target.
Rockwell Automation/Allen-Bradley
Figure 14 Glass fibers can be used with infrared offers ClearSightt photoelectric
Fiber Optic Cables or visible LEDs. Plastic fibers absorb sensors that are specifically designed
infrared light and therefore are most for clear object and clear film sensing
Individual Cables
efficient when used with visible red applications. These modified polarized
LEDs. retroreflective sensors contain special
A wide selection of fiber optic cables is optical assemblies designed to optimize
available and many special the amount of contrast generated by
configurations can be obtained. clear objects and films. Special
Bifurcated Cable electronics and software features
further enhance sensing reliability.
For detailed information about solving
Two individual cables are used for the challenges of clear object detection,
transmitted beam sensing. Some refer to the white paper “Clear Object
individual cables are packaged Detection Using Photoelectric Sensors.”
separately, others are sold in packages
of two. Order carefully to receive two
cables.

1--25
Introduction
45FVL/FSL Light Source Selector Guide for Color Contrast Sensing Figure 15
Blind Area
Target
Background White Yellow Orange Red Green Blue Black
White B B B R R R
Yellow B G G R R R Light
Source Receiver
Orange B G G G G R
Red B G G R B R
Minimum
Green R R G R B G Sensing
Distance
Blue R R G B B B
Black R R R R G B
R = Red; B = Blue; G = Green
42QA ColorSight sensor suggested for shades of same color.
Note: White LED light source can be used selectively in place of red, blue and green.
Photoelectric This sensing distance is guaranteed by Figure 16

Sensor Specifications the manufacturer. PHOTOSWITCH Margin
photoelectric sensors are
Light/Dark Operate Output conservatively rated; the actual
100
The terms ‘light operate‘ and ‘dark available sensing distance will typically 8
Operating Margin
exceed this specification. 4
operate’ are used to describe the action 2
Rated
of a sensor output when a target is Operating
Note that this distance is specified at a 10
8 Distance 7 ft
present or absent. margin of 1X, meaning that just enough 4
A light operate output is ON (energized, light from the light source will be 2
1
logic level one) when the receiver can detected by the receiver to change the 0.1 10 mm 30 mm100 mm 500 mm1 m 2 m 5 m
“see” sufficient light from the light state of the output. Operating Distance to White Paper
source. Most industrial environments will create
For transmitted beam and retroreflective contamination on the sensor lenses and Response Time
sensing, a light operate output is ON reflectors or targets. Sensors should be The response time of a sensor is the
when the target is absent and light can applied at shorter distances to increase amount of time that elapses between
travel from the light source to the the margin to an acceptable value and the detection of a target and the change
receiver. For diffuse sensing (all types), enhance application reliability. of state of the output device from ON to
the output is ON when the target is OFF or from OFF to ON. It is also the
Minimum Sensing Distance
present and reflecting light from the light amount of time it takes for the output
source to the receiver. Many retroreflective, polarized device to change state once the target
retroreflective, and diffuse (most types) is no longer detected by the sensor.
A dark operate output is ON (energized, sensors have a small “blind” area near
logic level one) when the receiver For most sensors, the response time is
the sensor (Figure 15). Reflectors,
cannot “see” the light from the light a single specification for both the ON
reflective tapes, or diffuse targets
source. time and OFF time. For other sensors,
should be located further away from the
two different values may be given.
For transmitted beam and retroreflective sensor than this minimum sensing
sensing, a dark operate output is ON distance for reliable operation. Response times are dependent on
when the target is present and light sensor design and choice of output
Typical Response Curve device. Slower sensors usually offer
from the light source is blocked and
cannot reach the receiver. For diffuse The catalog pages for most longer sensing ranges. Very fast
sensing (all types), a dark operate PHOTOSWITCH photoelectric sensors sensors typically have shorter sensing
output is ON when the target is absent. contain a curve that shows what the ranges. PHOTOSWITCH photoelectric
typical margin will be depending on sensors response times vary from 30 μs
Maximum Sensing Distance sensing distance. to 30 ms.
This specification refers to the sensing A margin of at least 2X is generally
distance from: Field of View
recommended for industrial
For most photoelectric sensors, the light
• Sensor to reflector in retroreflective environments.
beam from the light source and the area
and polarized retroreflective sensors, Figure 16 shows an example curve for of detection in front of the receiver
• From sensor to specified target in all a diffuse sensor. The maximum sensing project away from the sensor in a
types of diffuse sensors, and, range (margin=1X) of this sensor is 1 m conical shape. Field of view is a
• Light source to receiver in (39.4 in.) to a specified white paper measurement (in degrees) of this
transmitted beam sensors. target. A margin of 4X can be achieved conical area.
at approximately half that distance, or
500 mm (19.7 in.).

Introduction
The Field of View is a useful Retroreflective Beam Patterns Figure 17

specification to determine the available Beam patterns for retroreflective and Field of View Diameter vs. Distance
sensing area at a fixed distance away polarized retroreflective sensors
from a photoelectric sensor. represent the boundary within which the 20” 100’
90’
Refer to Figure 17 for this example. The sensor will respond to a retroreflective 18 80’
16 70’
42SRU-6002 retroreflective sensor has target as it passes by the sensors 14
12 60’
a 3_ field of view. The figure shows that optics. The retroreflective target is held
10” 50’
at a sensing distance of 3.0 m (10 ft) perpendicular to the sensor’s optical
9” 40’
the detection area will be a circle that is axis while the beam diameter is plotted. 8”
approximately 168 mm (6.6 in.) The model 92--39 76 mm diameter 7”
30’ Distance
6”
diameter (56 mm (2.2 in.) per degree). retroreflective target is used to generate
retroreflective beam patterns unless 5”
Sensors with a wide field of view 20’
otherwise noted. 4”
18
typically have shorter sensing One Degree
For reliable operation, the object to be Field of View 16
distances. However, a wider field of Diameter 3”
view can make alignment easier. sensed must be equal to or larger than
the beam diameter indicated in the 2” 10’
Beam Patterns 9’
beam pattern. A smaller retroreflective 8’
Beam patterns are included for several target should be used for accurate 7’
6’
lines of Allen-Bradley photoelectric detection of smaller objects.
5’
sensors to help predict the performance 1”
.9”
of these sensors in a variety of Diffuse, Sharp Cutoff, and 4’
Background Suppression .8”
applications. A beam pattern is defined Beam Patterns
.7”
3’
as the sensing area for a photoelectric .6”
sensor. It is the pattern generated by The beam pattern for a diffuse sensor .5”
represents the boundary within which 2’
comparing the response of the receiver .4”
to the emitted signal over the operating the edge of a white reflective target that
distance of the sensor. will be detected as it passes by the
sensor. Diffuse beam patterns are .3”
All beam patterns are drawn in two generated using a 90% reflective sheet .2” 1’
11”
dimensions and are assumed to be of 216 x 279 mm (8.5 x 11 in.) white 10”
symmetrical in all planes about the paper held perpendicular to the 9”
optical axis of the sensor. The 8”
sensor’s optical axis. The sensing area 7”
maximum operating margin is located at will be smaller for materials that are less 0.1” 6”
the optical axis and decreases towards .09” 5”
reflective, and larger for more reflective .08”
the outer boundary of the beam pattern. materials. Smaller objects may .07” 4”
decrease the size of the beam pattern .06”
All beam patterns are generated under
of some diffuse sensors at longer .05” 3”
clean sensing conditions with optimal
sensor alignment. The beam pattern ranges. Diffuse targets with surfaces .04”
represents the largest typical sensing that are not perpendicular to the 2”
.03”
area, and should not be considered sensor’s optical axis will also
exact. Dust, contamination, fog, etc. will significantly decrease sensor response.
.02”
decrease the sensing area and
1”
operating range of the sensor.
It is important to note that the effective
Transmitted Beam Patterns
size of the beam of the retroreflective
The beam pattern for a transmitted control is equal to the size of the
beam sensor represents the boundary retroreflective target. Additional
where the receiver effectively receives reflective targets in the field of view will
the signal of the emitter, assuming there increase the excess gain and operating
is no angular misalignment. Angular distance, if the field of view is bigger
misalignment between the emitter and than the initial target as depicted in
receiver will decrease the size of the (Figure 18, on page 1--28).
sensing area. Beam patterns for
transmitted beam sensors are useful for
determining the minimum spacing
required between adjacent transmitted
beam sensor pairs to prevent optical
crosstalk from one pair of sensors to the
next.

1--27
Introduction
Figure 18 Aligning a Digital Output Devices

Retroreflective Sensors Photoelectric Sensor Once the sensor has detected the
Proper alignment of the sensor will target, an output device switches the
Field of View
create a more rugged sensing solution electrical power in the user’s control
that requires less maintenance. circuit. The output is either ON or OFF,
Target making the sensor a digital device.
Retroreflective or
Polarized Retroreflective There are many types of outputs
available, each with different benefits
Effective Beam Aim the sensor at the reflector (or
and weaknesses. The types available
reflective tape). Slowly pan the sensor
with Allen-Bradley PHOTOSWITCH
left until the reflector is no longer
photoelectric sensors are described
detected. Note this position, then slowly
below, and summarized in Table 3.
scan the sensor to the right and note
Hysteresis when the reflector is no longer detected. Electromechanical Relay
Photoelectric sensors exhibit hysteresis Center the sensor between these two An electromechanical relay (or simply
(or differential). positions, then pan it up and down to “relay”) offers a reliable, positive means
center it in the vertical plane. of switching electrical energy. Its major
The hysteresis of a photoelectric sensor
is the difference between the distance Diffuse (all types) advantages are high switching current
when a target can be detected as it and electrical isolation from the sensor
Aim the sensor at the target. Pan the
moves towards the sensor, and the power source.
sensor up and down, left and right to
distance it has to move away from the Because of the electrical isolation from
center the beam on the target.
sensor to no longer be detected. the power source of the sensor, and
Reduce the sensitivity just until the
An example is shown in Figure 19. As due to the absence of leakage current,
target is no longer detected and note
the target moves toward the sensor, it relays from multiple sensors can readily
the position of the sensitivity
will be detected at distance X. As it then be connected in series and/or parallel.
adjustment.
moves away from the sensor, it will still Contact ratings will vary from 1…5 A at
be detected until it gets to distance Y. Remove the target and increase the
120/240V AC 50/60 Hz resistive,
sensitivity until the background is
Figure 19 depending on the sensor selected.
detected. Adjust the sensitivity to the
Hysteresis mid point between detection of the There are a number of different contact
Object target and detection of the background. arrangements available:
Transmitted Beam • SPST—Single pole, single throw
Travel
Distance Aim the receiver at the light source. • SPDT—Single pole, double throw
Slowly pan the receiver left until the light • DPDT—Double pole, double throw
Operating Point
Distance x source is no longer detected. Note this Relays have a finite life span, typically
position, then slowly scan the receiver measured in millions of operations.
Drop--out Point to the right and note when the reflector Inductive loads can shorten the life
Distance Y is no longer detected. Center the span considerably. Solid-state outputs
receiver between these two positions, should be considered for applications
Distance “y” — Distance “x”
then pan it up and down to center it in that require frequent switching by the
= % differential the vertical plane. sensor.
Distance “x”
Table 3
The high hysteresis in most
photoelectric sensors is useful for Output Type Strengths Weaknesses
detecting large opaque objects in Electromechanical Relay S Output is electrically isolated from S No short circuit protection
retroreflective, polarized retroreflective supply power possible
AC or DC switching S Easy series and/or parallel S Finite relay life
and transmitted beam applications. In
diffuse applications a large difference in connection of sensor outputs
S High switching current
reflected light from target and
background also allows the use of high FET S Very low leakage current S Low output current
hysteresis sensors. S Fast switching speed
AC or DC switching
Low hysteresis requires smaller Power MOSFET S Very low leakage current S Moderately high output
changes in light level. The AC or DC switching
S Fast switching speed current
Series 10,000 and 42FT allow selection
of low hysteresis for these applications. TRIAC S High output current S Relatively high leakage
current
AC switching only
S Slow output switching
NPN or PNP Transistor S Very low leakage current S No AC switching
S Fast switching speed
DC switching only

Introduction
Response times of relays are typically Transistors exhibit very low leakage One-shot operation can provide
15…25 ms, much slower than most current (measured in μA) and relatively different application solutions:
solid-state outputs. high switching current (typically • In high speed operations—provides
100 mA) for easy interface to most DC
FET a pulse each time a target moves
loads. Response times of sensors with
The FET (Field Effect Transistor) is a past the sensor that is sufficiently
transistor outputs can vary from 2 ms to
solid-state device that provides for fast as fast as 30 μs. long to allow other slower logic to
switching of AC or DC power and very respond.
low leakage current. Its switching Analog Output • In slower speed operations—
current is limited. The FET output on Analog sensors provide an output that provides a brief pulse each time a
the Series 4000B switches only 30 mA is proportional, or inversely proportional, target moves past the sensor to
of current. to the quantity of light seen by the trigger a solenoid or other impulse
FET outputs can be connected in receiver. device.
parallel like electromechanical relay Series 5000 analog output sensors • Provides a leading edge signal
contacts. provide a selectable voltage or current regardless of target length.
output that is proportional or inversely • Provides a trailing edge signal
Power MOSFET proportional to the amount of light regardless of target length.
A Power MOSFET (Metal Oxide detected by the receiver.
Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor) Delayed One-Shot
provides the very low leakage and fast Delayed one-shot logic adds an
Timing and Logic
response time benefits of an FET with adjustable time delay before the
high switching current capacity. Photoelectric sensors are somewhat one-shot output pulse occurs.
unique among presence sensors
The Power MOSFET used in Series Motion Detector
because many offer timing or logic
6000 and Series 9000 sensors can
functions. These functions may be Motion detection logic provides the
switch up to 300 mA of current.
available in special versions of the unique capability to detect the
TRIAC sensors, or in plug-in modules. continuous movement of targets. The
A TRIAC is a solid-state output device sensor will provide an output if it does
On Delay and Off Delay
designed for AC switching only. TRIACs not detect the motion of successive
On Delay and Off Delay are the most targets within the adjustable delay time.
offer high switching current, making
common timing modes.
them suitable for connection to large Motion detector logic is useful to detect
contactors and solenoids. An On Delay timer will delay the a jam or void in material handling
operation of an output after a target is applications.
TRIACs exhibit much higher leakage
detected.
current than FETs and Power
MOSFETs. Leakage current from An Off Delay timer will delay the
TRIACs can exceed 1 mA, making operation of an output after the target is
them unsuitable as input devices for no longer detected.
programmable controllers and other The delay time of most sensors is
solid-state inputs. A zero crossing of the adjustable from less than a second to
50/60 Hz AC power cycle is required to 10 seconds or more.
activate a TRIAC, meaning that the
minimum response time is 8.3 ms. Some high speed sensors (less than
1ms response time) such as the 42FB
For most applications, Power MOSFETs and 42FT contain a selectable 50 ms
provide better output characteristics. off delay time. This “pulse stretcher” is
NPN/PNP Transistor useful when it is necessary to slow
down the OFF response time to allow a
Transistors are the typical solid-state slower PLC or other machine logic to
output device for low voltage DC respond to the movement of materials
sensors. in high speed applications.
A sensor with an NPN transistor output
device has a sinking output. The load One-Shot
must be connected between the sensor One-shot logic provides a single pulse
output and the (+) power connection. output regardless of the speed that a
target moves past the sensor. The
A sensor with a PNP transistor output
length of the pulse is adjustable.
device has a sourcing output. The load
must be connected between the sensor
output and the (--) power connection.

1--29
Notes

42EF RightSightt
18 mm Right Angle
Specifications
Environmental
Certifications UL Listed, CSA Certified and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Operating Environment NEMA 4X, 6P, IP67 (IEC 529); 1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown, IP69K
Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+70° (-- 13…+158°) ≤ 132V AC/DC
- 25…+55° (-- 13…+131°) ≥ 132V AC/DC
Vibration 10…55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, meets or exceeds IEC 60068-- 2-- 6
Shock 30 g with 1 ms pulse duration, meets or exceeds IEC 60068-- 2-- 27
Relative Humidity 5…95% (noncondensing)
Ambient Light Immunity Incandescent light 5000 lux
Optical
RightSight DC model Sensing Modes Retroreflective, polarized retroreflective, diffuse, background
with short 18 mm base suppression, sharp cutoff, fixed focus, fiber optic, transmitted beam
Sensing Range See Product Selection table on page 1-- 34
Field of View See Product Selection table on 1-- 34
Features Light Source Visible red LED (660 nm) or infrared LED (880 nm)
LED Indicators See User Interface below
S Compact right angle housing
Adjustments Sensitivity potentiometer, teach button, or fixed by cat. no.
S Flexible 18 mm mounting options Electrical
S 1200 psi washdown rating Voltage 10.8…30V DC, 21.6…264V AC
S Non-adjustable, adjustable and Current Consumption 35 mA max (DC), 25 mA max (AC)

teach versions Sensor Protection False pulse, reverse polarity, overload, short circuit
S 360_ visible LED indicators Outputs

Response Time 1 ms (4 ms for transmitted beam) DC models
S Reverse polarity protection 8.3 ms (16.6 ms for transmitted beam) AC models
S Short-circuit protected outputs Output Type PNP or NPN by cat. no., PNP and NPN, N-- MOSFET
Output Mode Complementary light or dark operate, light or dark operate by cat. no.
S Fast 1 ms response time (DC)
Output Current 100 mA
S False pulse protection Output Leakage Current 0.1 mA max (DC); 0.4 mA max (AC)
S Variety of output types Mechanical
S Laser models available (see page Housing Material Mindel
1--108) Lens Material Acrylic
Cover Material Udel
Connection Types 2 m cable, 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD, 4-pin pico (M8) QD
Supplied Accessories 18 mm fastening nuts
Optional Accessories See mounting brackets, reflectors, and cordsets on page 1-- 39
User Interface
Color State Status—Nonteach Version Status—Teach Version

No Manual
Adjustment Adjustment Teach OFF Output de-energized Output de-energized
Single Yellow ON Output energized Output energized
Button
Turn Knob Flashing SCP active NA
OFF Margin < 2.5 Normal operation
Orange ON Margin > 2.5 Teach mode active
Flashing Output SCP active (AC models only) Teach mode active or output SCP active
Sensor not powered, SCP active, output
OFF Sensor not powered
active
Green ON Sensor powered Sensor powered
Unstable margin condition or output SCP
Flashing NA
active
Note: For DC models output and margin LEDs alternate flashing when SCP active.

1--31
42EF RightSightt
18 mm Right Angle
Wiring Diagrams
21.6…264V AC/DC Sensors
AC Wiring for 42EF- _ _ _C_ _- _ _ Models DC Wiring for 42EF- _ _ _C_ _- _ _ Models
Blue 2 Red/White
L1 L1
Brown
+ 1 Red/Black +
Black 3 Red Black Load
3 Red Load
Load Load
Brown
L2
1 Red/Black
L2 Blue -- 2 Red/White
--
Cable Quick-Disconnect Cable Quick-Disconnect
AC Wiring for 42EF- _ _ _F_ _- _ _ Models DC Wiring for 42EF- _ _ _F_ _- _ _ Models
Brown L1 Red/Black
L1
Black Load 3 Red
Load
Brown + 1 Red/Black +
Black 3 Red
Load Load
Blue 2 Red/White
L2 L2 Blue Red/White
-- 2
--
Transmitted Beam Source
21.6…264V AC/DC All Models
1 Red/Black Brown 1 Brown
Brown L1/+ + +
T
L1/+
T T T 3
2
1 1
2 4
3
4
Blue 2 Red/White Blue 3 Blue
L2/-- L2/-- -- --
Cable Quick-Disconnect Cable Quick-Disconnect DC Micro Pico
10.8…30V DC Sensors
Models with Dual NPN and PNP Outputs
Brown 1 Brown
White
+ White
+ 2
Load
2
Load 3 1
Black 4 Black
Load Load 4
Blue 3 Blue
-- --
Cable Quick-Disconnect DC Micro
Models with Complementary NPN Outputs Models with Complementary PNP Outputs
Brown 1 Brown Brown 1 Brown
White Load
+ + + +
2 White 2 2 4 Black 4 Black Load
Load Load
Black 4 Black 3 1 1 3
White
Load Load 2 White
4 Load Load
Blue 3 Blue
-- -- Blue
-- 3 Blue
--
Cable Quick-Disconnect DC Micro Pico Cable Quick-Disconnect
For Rockwell Automation programmable controller compatible interface, refer to publication 42--2.0.
All wire colors on quick-disconnect models refer to Rockwell Automation cordsets.
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)]

AC/DC and DeviceNet Models DC Models
34.5 (1.36) 34.5 (1.36)
20.5 27 20.5 27
(0.81) (1.06) (0.81) (1.06)
10 10
(0.40) 32.7 (0.40)
32.7 46.7
(1.29) 69 (1.29) (1.84)
(2.72)
27.5
49.7 (1.08)
9.6 (1.96) 10 9.6
(0.38) (0.40) (0.38)
M18 X 1.0 4 4
Thread (0.16) M18 X 1.0 Thread (0.16)
26.5 19 3.6 (0.145) dia.
(1.04) 19 Clearance for
(0.75)
(0.75) 3.6 (0.145) dia. #6--32 Screw
Clearance for #6--32 Screw (2 Places)
(2 places) 16.5
16.5 (0.65)
(0.65)
152.4
(6) Sensitivity Adjustment Pico
2m (6.56 ft) (Diffuse, Sharp Cutoff, Quick-
cable and Fiber Optic Only) Disconnect
Micro 37
Quick-Disconnect Indicators (1.46)
10
14.48 (0.57) M18 mounting nut (0.39)
Note: All sensors supplied with one M18 mounting nut (Cat. No. 75012--097--01) except fiber optic models which come with two M18 mounting nuts (Cat. No.
75012--025--01).

42EF RightSightt
18 mm Right Angle
Typical Response Curve Beam Pattern Typical Response Curve Beam Pattern
Retroreflective Polarized Retroreflective
100 150 6 20
Beam Diameter [mm]
Beam Diameter [mm]

100 5
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
10
50
4
10 0 0
3
- 50
2 - 10
- 100
1 - 150 1 - 20
0.1 1 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 mm 100 mm 1m 10 m 0 1 2 3
(0.32) (3) (32.8) (3) (7) (10) (13) (16) (20) (0.4 in.) (3.9 in.) (3.3 ft) (33 ft) (3.3) (6.6) (9.8)
Distance to 76 mm dia. reflector [m (ft)] Distance [m (ft)] Distance to 76 mm dia. reflector [92- 39] Distance [m (ft)]
Standard Diffuse—Nonteach Standard Diffuse—Teach

100 15 100 30
Beam Diameter—mm
10 20
Beam Width (mm)

Operating Margin
5
10
Margin
10 0 10
- 10
-5
- 10 - 20
1 - 15 1 - 30
1 10 100 1000 0 100 300 500 1 10 100 1000 0 10 30 50 70 90
(0.04) (0.4) (4) (40) (3.9) (11.8) (19.7) (0.04) (0.39) (3.94) (39.4) (3.9) (11.8) (19.7) (27.5) (35.4)
Distance to White Target [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [cm (in.)]
Background Suppression Background Suppression

50 mm 50 mm 100 mm 100 mm
100 4 1000 4
Beam Diameter [mm]
Beam Diameter [mm]

Operating Margin
Operating Margin
2 2
100
10 0 0
10
-2 -2
1 -4 1 -4
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
(0.39) (0.78) (1.2) (1.6) (2.0) (0.39) (0.78) (1.2) (1.6) (2.0) (0.78) (1.6) (2.4) (3.1) (3.9) (0.78) (1.6) (2.4) (3.1) (3.9)
Distance to White Target [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)] Distance to White Target [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)]
Transmitted Beam Transmitted Beam

4 m Receiver Models 20 m Receiver Models
1000 0.2 0.5
Beam Diameter [m]
Beam Diameter [m]
8m 0.1 0.25
Operating Margin
100 0 0
4m 20 m
- 0.1 - 0.25
1 - 0.2 - 0.5
0.1 1 10 100 0 1 2 3 4 0 5 10 15 20
(0.3) (3) (33) (328) (3) (7) (10) (13) (17) (33) (50) (66)
Distance to White Target [m (ft)] Distance [m (ft)] Distance [m (ft)]
Fixed Focus Sharp Cutoff Diffuse

100 5 100 4
Beam Diameter [mm]
Red 3
Beam Width (mm)
Operating Margin
2
1
Margin
10 10 0
Green -1
-2
-3
1 -5 1 -4
1 10 100 1000 0 20 60 100 140 180 2.54 25.4 254 0 20 40 60 80 100
(0.04) (0.39) (3.94) (39.4) (0.79) (2.36) (3.94) (5.51) (7.0) (0.1) (1.0) (10) (0.78) (1.6) (2.4) (3.1) (3.9)
Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)] Distance to White Target [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)]

1--33
42EF RightSightt
18 mm Right Angle
Product Selection
Output Type/
Current @ Sensing Adjustment Output Capacity Connection
Sensing Mode Voltage Distance Type Energized Response Time Type Cat. No.
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- U2KBB-- A2
Dark
Operate NPN and PNP 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- U2KBB-- F4
35 mA @ 100 mA
10.8…30V DC 1 ms 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- U2JBB-- A2
Object
Light
to be Operate 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- U2JBB-- F4
Sensed 25 mm…4.5 m
No Adjustment
(1 in…14.7 ft) 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- U2SCB-- A2
Dark
Operate N-- MOSFET* 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- U2SCB-- G4
Retroreflective 15 mA @ 100 mA
21.6…264V AC/DC 8.3 ms 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- U2RCB-- A2
Field of View: 2.5_ Light
Emitter LED: Visible red 660 nm Operate 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- U2RCB-- G4
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- P2KBB-- A2

Dark
Operate NPN and PNP 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- P2KBB-- F4
100 mA
1 ms 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- P2JBB-- A2
Light
Operate 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- P2JBB-- F4
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- P2MNB-- A2

35 mA @ NPN
10.8…30V DC 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- P2MNB-- F4
Object Complemen- 1 ms
to be 4-pin pico QD 42EF-- P2MNB-- Y4
Sensed 25 mm…3 m tary
No Adjustment Light and
(1 in…9.8 ft) 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- P2MPB-- A2
Dark
Operate PNP
100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- P2MPB-- F4
1 ms
Field of View: 1.5_ 4-pin pico QD 42EF-- P2MPB-- Y4
Emitter LED: Visible red 660 nm
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- P2SCB-- A2
Dark
Operate N-MOSFET 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- P2SCB-- G4
15 mA @
21.6…264V AC/DC 100 mA
Light 8.3 ms 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- P2RCB-- A2
Operate 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- P2RCB-- G4
P--MOSFET models are available. Refer to www.ab.com/sensors.
ATTENTION
P--MOSFET models have a lower in-rush current threshold for short-circuit protection than
N--MOSFET. Therefore, they may be susceptible to false trigger of short-circuit protection
due to induced noise.
Refer to page 1--39 for cordsets and accessories.

42EF RightSightt
18 mm Right Angle
Product Selection (continued)

Output Type/
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- D1KBAK-- A2
Dark
Operate NPN and PNP 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- D1KBAK-- F4
35 mA @ 3…500 mm Single-Turn 100 mA
10.8…30V DC (0.12…20 in.) Knob 1 ms 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- D1JBAK-- A2
Light
Operate 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- D1JBAK-- F4
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- D1JBCK-- A2
Light
3…700 mm Operate NPN and PNP 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- D1JBCK-- F4
30 mA @ (0.12…27.6 100 mA
Teach Button
10.8…30V DC in.) 1 ms 4-pin pico QD 42EF-- D1KBCK-- A2
Dark
Operate 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- D1KBCK-- F4
Object
to be 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- D1MNAK-- A2
Sensed NPN
100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- D1MNAK-- F4
Comple--
1 ms
mentary 4-pin pico QD 42EF-- D1MNAK-- Y4
Standard Diffuse 35 mA @
Light and
10.8…30V DC 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- D1MPAK-- A2
Field of View: 5_ Dark PNP
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm Operate 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- D1MPAK-- F4
3…500 mm Single-Turn
(0.12…20 in.) Knob 1 ms
4-pin pico QD 42EF-- D1MPAK-- Y4
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- D1RCAK-- A2
Light
Operate N-- MOSFET* 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- D1RCAK-- G4
15 mA @ 100 mA
21.6…264V AC/DC 8.3 ms 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- D1SCAK-- A2
Dark
Operate 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- D1SCAK-- G4
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- S1KBA-- A2
Dark
Operate NPN and PNP 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- S1KBA-- F4
100 mA
1 ms 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- S1JBA-- A2
Light
Operate 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- S1JBA-- F4
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- S1MPA-- A2
25 mA @ PNP
10.8…30V DC 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- S1MPA-- F4
Complemen-
Object 1 ms
to be tary 4-pin pico QD 42EF-- S1MPA-- Y4
3…130 mm Single-Turn
Sensed Light and
(0.12…5 in.) Knob 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- S1MNA-- A2
Dark NPN
Operate 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- S1MNA-- F4
1 ms
Field of View: 7_ 4-pin pico QD 42EF-- S1MNA-- Y4
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- S1RCA-- A2
Light
Operate N-- MOSFET 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- S1RCA-- G4
15 mA @ 100 mA
21.6…264V AC/DC 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- S1SCA-- A2
Dark 8.3 ms
Operate 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- S1SCA-- G4
ATTENTION

1--35
42EF RightSightt
18 mm Right Angle

Output Type/
Dark 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- B1KBBC-- A2
50 mm Operate 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- B1KBBC-- F4
(1.97 in.) 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- B1JBBC-- A2
Light
Operate NPN and PNP 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- B1JBBC-- F4
100 mA
Dark 1 ms 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- B1KBBE-- A2
100 mm Operate 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- B1KBBE-- F4
(3.94 in.) 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- B1JBBE-- A2
Light
Operate 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- B1JBBE-- F4
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- B1MNBC-- A2
NPN
35 mA @ 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- B1MNBC-- F4
No Adjustment 1 ms
10.8…30V DC 4-pin pico QD 42EF-- B1MNBC-- Y4
3…50 mm
(0.12…2 in.) 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- B1MPBC-- A2
PNP
Complemen- 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- B1MPBC-- F4
tary 1 ms 4-pin pico QD 42EF-- B1MPBC-- Y4
Light and
Dark 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- B1MNBE-- A2
NPN
Operate 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- B1MNBE-- F4
Background 1 ms 4-pin pico QD 42EF-- B1MNBE-- Y4
3…100 mm
Object
to be (0.12…3.9 in.) 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- B1MPBE-- A2
PNP
Sensed 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- B1MPBE-- F4
100 mA
1 ms 4-pin pico QD 42EF-- B1MPBE-- Y4
Field of View: 50 mm (2 in.): 20_ Light 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- B1RFBC-- A2
100 mm (3.9 in.): 8_ Operate 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- B1RFBC-- G4
3…50 mm
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm (0.12…2 in.)
Dark 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- B1SFBC-- A2
Operate PNP-- FET 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- B1SFBC-- G4
15 mA @ 100 mA
21.6…132V AC/DC 8.3 ms 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- B1RFBE-- A2
Light
Operate 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- B1RFBE-- G4
3…100 mm
(0.12…3.9 in.) 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- B1SFBE-- A2
Dark
Operate 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- B1SFBE-- G4
No Adjustment
Light 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- B1RCBC-- A2
Operate 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- B1RCBC-- G4
3…50 mm
(0.12…2 in.) 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- B1SCBC-- A2
Dark
Operate N-- MOSFET 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- B1SCBC-- G4
15 mA @
100 mA
21.6…264V AC/DC 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- B1RCBE-- A2
Light 8.3 ms
3…100 mm Operate 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- B1RCBE-- G4
(0.12…3.9 in.) 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- B1SCBE-- A2
Dark
Operate 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- B1SCBE-- G4
ATTENTION

42EF RightSightt
18 mm Right Angle

Output Type/
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- F2JBC-- A2

Light
Operate
Background
Object
4-pin DC micro 42EF-- F2JBC-- F4
to be
Red LED NPN and PNP
10.8…30V DC @ 43 mm 100 mA
Sensed Teach Button
30 mA max. 1 ms
(1.69 in.)
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- F2KBC-- A2
Fixed Focus Diffuse
Dark
Spot Size: 4 mm Operate
Emitter LED: Visible red 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- F2KBC-- F4
(660 nm)
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- E1EZB-- A2
10.8…30V DC 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- E1EZB-- F4

25 mA
Depends on 4-pin pico QD 42EF-- E1EZB-- Y4

Object NA NA NA
to be Receiver
Sensed
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- E1QZB-- A2
Transmitted Beam 21.6…264V AC/DC
15 mA
Field of View: 7_ 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- E1QZB-- G4
Emitter LED: Infrared 880nm

1--37
42EF RightSightt
18 mm Right Angle
Product Selection for Receivers

Sensing Output Type/
Current @ Distance Adjustment Output Capacity Connection
Sensing Mode Voltage [m (ft)] Type Energized Response Time Type Cat. No.
Dark 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9KBB-- A2
Operate 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- R9KBB-- F4
20 m (65.6 ft)
Light 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9JBB-- A2
Operate 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- R9JBB-- F4
Dark 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9KBBV-- A2
Operate NPN and PNP 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- R9KBBV-- F4
4 m (13.1 ft) 100 mA
Light 4 ms 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9JBBV-- A2
Operate 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- R9JBBV-- F4
Dark 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9KBBT-- A2
Operate 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- R9KBBT-- F4
8 m (26.25 ft)
Light 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9JBBT-- A2
Operate 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- R9JBBT-- F4
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9MNBV-- A2
NPN
100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- R9MNBV-- F4
4 ms 4-pin DC pico 42EF-- R9MNBV-- Y4
25 mA @
4 m (13 ft)
10.8…30V DC 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9MPBV-- A2
PNP
100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- R9MPBV-- F4
4 ms 4-pin DC pico 42EF-- R9MPBV-- Y4
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9MNBT-- A2
NPN
100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- R9MNBT-- F4
Complemen- 4 ms
tary Light 4-pin DC pico 42EF-- R9MNBT-- Y4
Object 8 m (26.25 ft) No Adjustment
to be and Dark 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9MPBT-- A2
Operate PNP
Sensed 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- R9MPBT-- F4
Transmitted Beam 4 ms 4-pin DC pico 42EF-- R9MPBT-- Y4
Field of View: 7_ NPN
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9MNB-- A2
Emitter LED: Infrared 880nm 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- R9MNB-- F4
(See Note 2.) 4 ms 4-pin DC pico 42EF-- R9MNB-- Y4
20 m (65.6 ft)
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9MPB-- A2
PNP
100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- R9MPB-- F4
4 ms 4-pin DC pico 42EF-- R9MPB-- Y4
Dark 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9SCBV-- A2
Operate N-- MOSFET 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- R9SCBV-- G4
4 m (13 ft) 100 mA
Light 16.6 ms 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9RCBV-- A2
Operate 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- R9RCBV-- G4
Dark 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9SCBT-- A2
Operate N-- MOSFET 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- R9SCBT-- G4
15 mA @ 8 m (26.25 ft) 100 mA
21.6…264V AC/DC Light 16.6 ms 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9RCBT-- A2
Operate 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- R9RCBT-- G4
Dark 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9SCB-- A2
Operate N-- MOSFET 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- R9SCB-- G4
20 m (65.6 ft) 100 mA
Light 16.6 ms 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R9RCB-- A2
Operate 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- R9RCB-- G4
ATTENTION

42EF RightSightt
18 mm Right Angle

Output Type/
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- G1KBA-- A2
Dark
Operate NPN and PNP 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- G1KBA-- F4
100 mA
1 ms 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- G1JBA-- A2
Light
Operate 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- G1JBA-- F4
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- G1MNA-- A2

35 mA @ NPN
Object
to be 10.8…30V DC 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- G1MNA-- F4
Sensed Complemen- 1 ms
Depends on
Single-Turn tary 4-pin pico 42EF-- G1MNA-- Y4
Glass Fiber
Knob Light and
Optic cable 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- G1MPA-- A2
Large Aperture Fiber Optic Dark
selected PNP
(See Note 3.) Operate
100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42EF-- G1MPA-- F4
Field of View: Depends on Glass 1 ms
Fiber Optic cable 4-pin pico 42EF-- G1MPA-- Y4
selected
Emitter LED: Infrared 880nm 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- G1RCA-- A2
Light
Operate N-- MOSFET 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- G1RCA-- G4
15 mA @
21.6…264V AC/DC 100 mA
Dark 8.3 ms 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- G1SCA-- A2
Operate 4-pin AC micro 42EF-- G1SCA-- G4
ATTENTION
Note 1: For color registration mark applications, refer to light source selection guide at www.ab.com/sensors.
Note 2: For maximum performance, transmitted beam sources should be combined with matched operating voltage receivers, i.e., AC/DC source with AC/DC
receiver or DC source with DC receiver. Reduced operating distance and margin will result from mixed operating voltage pairs.
Note 3: For use with glass fiber optic cables. See page 1--231 for more information.
Cordsets and Accessories

Description Cat. No. Description Cat. No. Description Cat. No.
DC Micro QD Cordset, Straight, 76 mm (3 in.) Diameter
889D-- F4AC-- 2 92-- 39 Apertures, 1 mm Slot 60-- 2660
4-pin, 2 m Reflector
AC Micro QD Cordset, Straight, 32 mm (1.25 in.) Diameter
889R-- F4AEA-- 2 92-- 47 Apertures, 2 mm Slot 60-- 2661
4-pin, 2 m Reflector
Apertures, 4 mm Slot 60-- 2662
Pico QD Cordset, Straight, Mounting Bracket
889P-- F4AB-- 2 60-- 2649
4-pin, 2 m Swivel/Tilt Aperture Set 60-- 2659
Bifurcated Fiber Optic Cable— Individual Fiber Optic Cable—
43GR-- TBB25SL 43GT-- FAS25SL
38 mm (1.5 in.) typical range 457 mm (18 in.) typical range
Bifurcated Fiber Optic Cable— Individual Fiber Optic Cable—
43GR-- TFS10ML 43GT-- TFS10ML
21 mm (0.8 in.) typical range 152 mm (6 in.) typical range
Glass Fiber Optic Cables

Retaining
Clip
Sensitivity Groove in
Adjustment end tip

1--39
PHOTOSWITCH® Photoelectric Sensors
42JS & 42JT VisiSight™
7-Encoders
20 mm Rectangular
General Specifications
cULus Listed and CE Marked for all
Certifications
applicable directives
Environmental
10…55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, meets or
Vibration
exceeds IEC 60947-5-2
30 g with 1 ms pulse duration, meets or
Shock
1-Photoelectric
Sensors
42JS Adaptor User Interface
42JS 42JT
Indicator LEDs Green LED, Yellow LED
Electrical
Description Operating Voltage 10…30V DC
The 42JS VisiSight™ family of photoelectric sensors features a full
False pulse, reverse polarity, overload,
range of sensing modes in a miniature rectangular enclosure. The Protection Type
short circuit
small housing combined with minimal adjustments; makes the 42JS
Outputs
VisiSight ideal for material handling applications where simplified
2-Photoelectric
installation and maintenance are required. A strong and visible light Load Current 100 mA max.
source is offered in all models for ease of alignment and a fast Mechanical
Sensors
installation. The sensors can be mounted using the industry Housing Material ABS
standard 25.4 mm hole spacing or using 18 mm hole mount when
Lens Material PMMA
using the 60-AJS-18 snap-on adaptor.
The 42JT VisiSight models add flexibility by offering a tactile
pushbutton that simplifies sensitivity and parameter setup. This Specifications for 42JS VisiSight
makes the 42JT VisiSight a great solution for packaging and
assembly applications that require some configuration in order to Environmental
operate at optimal conditions. The 42JT offers unique "Auto Enclosure Type Rating IP67
PNP/NPN" output that continuously monitors how the load is Operating Temperature [C (F)] -20...+60° (-4...+140°)
connected and automatically configures the output for proper
User Interface
3-Ultrasonic
operation and output LED to indicate correct output status.
Sensitivity Adjustment Potentiometer or fixed by cat. no.
Sensors
Electrical
Features
Current Consumption 25mA max.
42JS VisiSight
Outputs
Visible red LED for ease of alignment
Output Type PNP or NPN by cat. no.
Complementary light and dark operate outputs
Output Function Complementary light and dark operate
Linear sensitivity adjustment knob or no adjustment models
Mechanical
Optional snap-on adaptor enables 18 mm mount and makes
sensor replacement a snap 2 m cable, 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD, 4-pin
Connection Type
Proximity Sensors
pico (M8) QD
IP67 rated enclosure
4-Capacitive
42JT VisiSight
Specifications for 42JT VisiSight
Class 1 "Eye Safe" red laser beam (for small object and contrast
detection) and visible LED models Environmental
Unique "Auto PNP/NPN" output reduces stocking cost and Enclosure Type Rating IP67 and IP69K
simplifies selection, installation, and maintenance Operating Temperature [C (F)] -20…+60° (-4…+140°)
Teach pushbutton for sensitivity and L.O./D.O. selection User Interface
IP69K enclosure rating and ECOLAB certified to withstand food Sensitivity Adjustment Potentiometer or fixed by cat. no.
industry cleaning chemicals Electrical
Laser etched markings for durability
Current Consumption 30 mA max. 5-Limit Switches
Outputs
Available Models Output Type PNP or NPN by cat. no.
42JS VisiSight 42JT VisiSight Output Function Teachable light or dark operate
Polarized Retroreflective Polarized Retroreflective Mechanical
Standard Diffuse Standard Diffuse 2 m cable, 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD on
Connection Type
pigtail, 4-pin pico (M8) integral QD
Fixed Background Suppression Adjustable Background Suppression
Transmitted Beam Transmitted Beam
Clear Object
Color Mark
6-Encoders
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

2-1
7-Encoders
20 mm Rectangular
Product Selection
Sensing Sensitivity
Sensing Mode Light Source Distance Adjustment Output Function Output Type Cat. No.‡
NPN 42JS-P2MNB1-F4
No adjustment
0.025…3.5 m Complementary light PNP 42JS-P2MPB1-F4
42JS Object
to be (0.08…11.5 ft.)§ or dark operate NPN 42JS-P2MNA2-F4
1-Photoelectric
Sensed
Visible red Adjustment knob
PNP 42JS-P2MPA2-F4
Sensors
0.1…6 m
42JT-P2LAT1-P4
(0.33…19.7 ft)♣ Teachable light or Auto PNP or
42JT Teach button
Object
to be 0.05…13 m dark operate NPN
Sensed
Class 1 laser 42JT-P8LAT1-P4
(0.16…42.7 ft)Δ
Clear Object Detection
Teachable light or Auto PNP or

42JT Visible red 2 m (6.6 ft)Δ Teach button 42JT-C2LAT1-P4
Object
to be
Sensed
dark operate NPN
Diffuse
2-Photoelectric
3…250 mm NPN 42JS-D2MNA2-F4

Sensors
Object (0.12…9.84 in.) Complementary light PNP 42JS-D2MPA2-F4

42JS to be
Sensed Adjustment knob
Visible red or dark operate NPN 42JS-D2MNA1-F4
3…800 mm
PNP 42JS-D2MPA1-F4
(0.12…31.5 in.)
Object
42JT-D2LAT1-P4
to be Teachable light or Auto PNP or
42JT Sensed
5…250 mm Teach button
Class 1 laser dark operate NPN 42JT-D8LAT1-P4
(0.20…9.84 in.)
6…55 mm NPN 42JS-B2MNB1-F4
Object (0.24…2.17 in.) Complementary light PNP 42JS-B2MPB1-F4
42JS to be
No adjustment
3-Ultrasonic
Sensed
2…130 mm and dark operate NPN 42JS-B2MNB2-F4
Sensors
(0.07…5.12 in.) PNP 42JS-B2MPB2-F4

Visible red
1…180 mm
42JT-B2LAT1-P4
(0.04…7.1 in.)
Object
to be 3…400 mm Teachable light or Auto PNP or
42JT Sensed
Teach button 42JT-B2LAT2-P4
(0.12…15.75 in.) dark operate NPN
4…120 mm
Class 1 laser 42JT-B8LAT1-P4
(0.16…4.72 in.)
Color Mark
Proximity Sensors
4-Capacitive
12 mm (0.47 in.) Teachable light or PNP or NPN

42JT White LED Teach button 42JT-F5LET1-P4
±2.5 mm dark operate (push pull)
Transmitted Beam (emitter and receiver sold separately)

No adjustment NA (emitter) NA 42JS-E2EZB1-F4
Visible red 10 m (32.8 ft.) Complementary light NPN 42JS-R9MNA1-F4
Adjustment knob
or dark operate PNP 42JS-R9MPA1-F4
42JS
No adjustment NA (emitter) NA 42JS-E1EZB1-F4
Infrared 10 m (32.8 ft.) Complementary light NPN 42JS-R9MNA2-F4
Adjustment knob
or dark operate PNP 42JS-R9MPA2-F4
5-Limit Switches
No adjustment NA (emitter) NA 42JT-E2EZB1-P4

Visible red 13 m (42.65 ft) Teachable light or Auto PNP or
Teach Button 42JT-R9LAT1-P4
dark operate NPN
42JT
No adjustment NA (emitter) NA 42JT-E8EZB1-P4
Class 1 laser 18 m (59.05 ft) Teachable light or Auto PNP or
Teach button 42JT-R8LAT1-P4
dark operate NPN
Recommended DC micro (M12) quick-disconnect cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m 889D-F4AC-2
Recommended DC pico (M8) quick-disconnect cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m 889P-F4AB-2
§ Sensing distance with 92-124 reflector.
♣ Sensing distance with 92-125 reflector.
Δ Sensing distance with 92-118 reflector.
6-Encoders
‡ 42JS connection options: The -F4 suffix describes a 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD connector on a 150 mm (6 in.) pigtail. For additional connection options,
replace the -F4 suffix with:
-A2 for a 2 m cable without QD connection (for example, 42JS-P2MPB1-A2 ).
-Y4 for a 4-pin DC pico (M8) QD connection on a 150 mm (6 in.) pigtail (for example, 42JS-P2MPB1-Y4).
42JT connection options:The -P4 suffix describes a 4-pin DC pico (M8) integral QD connector. For additional connection options, replace the -P4 suffix with:
-A2 for a 2 m cable without QD connection (for example, 42JT-P2LAT1-A2 ).
-F4 for a 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD connection on a 150 mm (6 in.) pigtail (for example, 42JT-P2LAT1-F4).

2-2
7-Encoders
20 mm Rectangular
Optical and Response Time Characteristics

Polarized Clear Object Background
Sensing Mode Retroreflective Detection Diffuse Suppression Color Mark Transmitted Beam
42JS VisiSight—Visible red 645 nm
5.5° for 250 mm, 4° 14° for 55 mm, 17°
Field of View 2.8° ⎯ ⎯ 4°
for 800 mm for 130 mm
40 mm @ 250 mm, 7.6 mm @ 55 mm,
Spot Size 175 mm @ 3.5 m ⎯ ⎯ 700 mm @ 10 m
1-Photoelectric
60 mm @ 800 mm 11.5 mm @ 130 mm
Visible red and
Light Source Visible red ⎯ Visible red Visible red ⎯
Sensors
infrared
Response Time 1 ms ⎯ 1 ms 1 ms ⎯ 1 ms
42JT VisiSight—Visible red 660 nm (except for color mark models)
15 mm @ 180 mm, 1 x 4 mm @ 12 mm
Spot Size 500 mm @ 6 m 40 mm @ 1 m 70 mm @ 800 mm 1.1 m @ 13 m
27 mm @ 400 mm (white LED)
Response Time 0.5 ms 0.5 ms 0.5 ms 0.5 ms 50 μs 0.5 ms
42JT VisiSight—Class 1 laser 650 nm
Spot Size 14 mm @ 13 m — 0.6 mm @ 250 mm 1.3 mm @ 120 mm — 13 mm @ 18 m
Response Time 0.25 ms — 0.333 ms 0.5 ms — 0.25 ms
2-Photoelectric
Note: For more information on spot size, refer to the typical response curves.
Sensors
Cat. No. Structure
Product Family
42JS P 2 M P B 1 F4
3-Ultrasonic
Sensors
Polarized Retroreflective P
D
Infrared LED 1
Red LED 2
LO & DO M
TB Emitter E
PNP P
NPN N
Adjustable A
Fixed B
Sensing 1
Distance .. 2 m cable A2
4-pin Micro (M12)
Diffuse
Background Suppression B TB Receiver 9 TB Emitter Z
Designator
9
. QD on pigtail F4
4-pin Pico (M8)
TB Emitter E QD on pigtail Y4
TB Receiver R
Product Family
42JT P 2 L A T 1 P4
Proximity Sensors
4-Capacitive
Polarized Retroreflective P
D
Red LED
White LED
2 Selectable LO or DO L
5
Auto PNP/NPN A Fixed B
PNP or NPN (push pull) E Pushbutton and
Sensing 1
Distance ..
2 m cable A2
4-pin Micro (M12)
Diffuse
Clear Object C Laser 8
TB Emitter E
TB Emitter Z
Remote Teach T Designator
9
.
QD on pigtail F4
4-pin Pico
Background Suppression B TB Receiver 9 (M8) Integral QD P4
Color Mark F LO = Light operate
TB Emitter E DO = Dark operate
TB Receiver R 5-Limit Switches
The cat. no. structure is for reference only. Please do not use this to create a cat. no. as the result may be unavailable.
6-Encoders

2-3
7-Encoders
20 mm Rectangular
42JS User Interface

Green LED Yellow Output LED Color State Status
LED Sensitivity OFF Power is Off
Adjustment
Knob ON Power is On
Green Flashing (6 Hz) Unstable (0.5 < Margin < 2)
Output short-circuit protection
Flashing (1.5 hz)
min max active
1-Photoelectric
OFF Output de-energized‡

Yellow
Sensors
ON Output energized‡
‡ Black wire or pin 4 of connector.
42JT User Interface

The table below provides LED status in the RUN mode, i.e., during operation the sensor is always in RUN mode, except when being taught.
Pushbutton LED Color State Status
Yellow LED
OFF Power is Off
Green LED
2-Photoelectric
ON Power is On
Green Flashing (6 Hz) Unstable (0.5 < Margin < 2)
Sensors
Output short-circuit protection

Flashing (1.5 hz)
active
OFF Output de-energized
Yellow§
ON Output energized
§ Except for color mark sensors: color mark sensors have PNP or NPN (push-pull) output. The above table shows LED status when output is connected as PNP.
If connected as NPN, the yellow LED is ON when the output is de-energized and OFF when it is energized.
Wiring Diagrams
3-Ultrasonic
Cable connections are shown in the following diagrams. Pin numbers correspond to an M12 or M8 male connector on the sensor.
Sensors
42JS VisiSight 42JT VisiSight

1 4 1 4
2 4 2 4
1 3 1 3
2 3 2 3
M12 Male M8 Male M12 Male M8 Male
Output wiring Transmitted beam emitter
PNP models with NPN models with Brown (1) Brown (1)
+V +V
Proximity Sensors
complementary outputs complementary outputs White (2)

Brown (1) Brown (1) +
Remote teach/lock 1
+
4-Capacitive
LO Black (4) DO White (2) Black (4) Output (Auto NPN or PNP) 3 White (2) 2
Load Load
DO White (2) LO Black (4)
Load
Blue (3) -V Blue (3) -V
Load
Blue (3) – Blue (3) – 1 Normal operation: no connection.
Remote teach: Refer to the Teach section.
Transmitted beam emitter Push button lock: connect to a -V. Refer to the Push Button Lock/Unlock section.
Brown (1) 2 For Normal operation , white wire (pin 2) needs no connection. To disable light
+
Black (4) source, connect white wire (pin 2) to +V.
1
3 Output is PNP or NPN (push-pull) for color mark sensors.
Blue (3) –
1 For normal operation, black wire (pin 4) needs no connection. To

5-Limit Switches
disable light source, connect black wire (pin 4) to +V.
42JT Push Button Lock/Unlock 42JT Remote Teach (RT)

The push button or remote teach (RT) can be used to prevent The sensor can be taught remotely via the white wire (pin 2).
unauthorized users from changing teach settings. Connection to +V acts the same as the button being pressed and
no connection is the same as the button not being pressed. The
To lock the push button: press and release the button three times
sensor can be taught by following the same teach/timing sequence
within three seconds. Both LEDs flash synchronously for three
as used in the push button teach (e.g., connect to the +V for more
seconds indicating that the push button is now locked.
than three seconds to teach the “target,” disconnect from the +V;
To unlock the push button: press and release the button three times remove the target and connect to the +V for less than one second
within three seconds. Both LEDs flash asynchronously for three to teach the “no target” condition. All push button functions can
seconds indicating that the push button is now unlocked. also be carried out via RT.
Permanent lock: The push button may be permanently locked by
6-Encoders
connecting the white wire (pin 2) to –V.

2-4
7-Encoders
20 mm Rectangular

42JS VisiSight 42JT VisiSight
20.6 (0.81) 12 20
(0.47) (0.79)
20.0 (0.79)
Sensitivity 22.9
33.0
1-Photoelectric
(1.30) Adjustment 34 (0.90)
26.4 (1.34) 25.4
35.0 (1.04) (1.0)
Sensors
(1.38) 25.4
16.0 (1.00)
(0.63)
Clearance for
M3 or #4--
40 screw
14.0 (2 places) 2.8
3.0 2.6
(0.55) (0.12) (0.11) (0.10)
12 20
32.3 (1.27) (0.47) (0.79)
31.6 (1.24)
2-Photoelectric
10.0
(0.40)
22.9
Sensors
34 (0.90)
(1.34) 25.4
(1.0)
M18 X 1.0
thread
M18 Mounting Nut M8 x 1 2.6
17.3
(0.68) (0.10)
The 42JT mounting holes are located toward the rear end of the sensor while the 42JS mounting holes are located towards the front. Both
sensors are compatible with the industry standard 25.4 mm mounting. The 42JT flexible mounting hole spacing ranges of 22.9…25.4 mm
3-Ultrasonic
(0.9…1 in.), makes it compatible with the 24.1 mm (0.95 in.) hole spacing sensors.
Sensors
Refer to www.ab.com/e-tools for 2D and 3D CAD drawings.

Cat. No.
Description Cat. No. Description
DC Micro (M12) QD Cordset, Straight, 4-pin, 2 m 889D-F4AC-2 Reflector, Corner Cube, 76 mm (3 in.) diameter 92-124
DC Pico (M8) QD Cordset, Straight, 4-pin, 2 m 889D-F4AB-2 Reflector, Corner Cube, 84 mm (3.3 in.) diameter 92-125
Proximity Sensors
DC Pico (M8) QD Cordset, Right Angle, 4-pin, 2 m 889P-R4AB-2 Reflector, Corner Cube, 32 mm (1.5 in.) diameter 92-47
4-Capacitive
Mounting Bracket, Stainless Steel, L-Shaped for 42JT
60-BJS-L1 Reflector, Corner Cube, 100 x 100 mm ( 4 x 4 in.) 92-108
and 42JS
Mounting Bracket, Stainless Steel, L-Shaped for 42JS
60-BJS-L2 Reflector, Corner Cube, 51 x 61 mm (2 x 2.5 in.) 92-109
VisiSight
Reflector, Micro Cube, 51 x 61 mm (2 x 2.5 in.) for
Mounting Bracket, Stainless Steel 60-BKTL-SS 92-118
laser and clear object models
Mounting Bracket, Stainless Steel, L-Shaped for 42JT Mounting Bracket, Plastic, swivel/tilt for 42JS
60-BJT-L2 60-2619
and 42JS VisiSight VisiSight.
Replacement Mounting Bracket, Stainless Steel, for Protective Mounting Bracket, Stainless Steel, U-
60-BJT-RCS 60-BJT-U1
replacing larger (50 x 50 mm) sensors. Shaped for 42JT and 42JS
Replacement Mounting Bracket, Stainless Steel, for 5-Limit Switches
Protective Mounting Bracket, Stainless Steel,
compatible sensors using holes towards the front with 60-BJT-P2 60-BJT-H1
Horizontal and Vertical for 42JT and 42JS VisiSight
42JT VisiSight.
6-Encoders

2-5
7-Encoders
20 mm Rectangular
Typical Response Curves

42JS VisiSight
Standard Diffuse Standard Diffuse—Beam Pattern
1000 40
30
20 800 mm
Beam Diameter (mm)

1-Photoelectric
100
Operating Margin
10 250 mm
800 mm
Sensors
-10
10
-20
250 mm
-30
1 -40
10 100 1000 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
(0.39) (3.9) (39.4) (3.9) (7.87) (11.8) (15.7) (19.6) (23.6) (27.5) (31.5) (35.4)
Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)]
2-Photoelectric
with 18 mm snout without 18 mm snout

Sensors
Background Suppression (55 mm) Background Suppression (55 mm)—Beam Pattern

10000 5
4
Without 18 mm
adaptor Without 18 mm
3 adaptor
1000
Beam Diameter (mm)
2
Operating Margin
With 18 mm
With 18 mm 1 adaptor
adaptor
100 0
-1
3-Ultrasonic
-2
Sensors
10
-3
-4
1 -5
0.1 1 10 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
(0.004) (0.04) (0.39) (3.9) (0.39) (0.78) (1.18) (1.57) (1.96) (2.36)
Background Suppression (130 mm) Background Suppression (130 mm)—Beam Pattern

10000 10
Proximity Sensors
8
4-Capacitive
Without 18 mm
6 adaptor
1000
Without 18 mm 4
Beam Diameter (mm)
adaptor
Operating Margin
2 With 18 mm
100 With 18 mm adaptor
adaptor 0
-2
-4
10
-6
1 -8
5-Limit Switches
-10
0.1 1 10 100 1000 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
(0.004) (0.04) (0.39) (3.9) (39.3) (0.79) (1.57) (2.36) (3.15) (3.93) (4.72) (5.51)
6-Encoders

2-6
7-Encoders
20 mm Rectangular
42JS VisiSight
Polarized Retroreflective Polarized Retroreflective—Beam Pattern
100 100
80
60 92-124
Reflector
Beam diameter [mm]

40
Operating Margin
1-Photoelectric
92-47 with 92-124 20
10 18 mm adaptor Reflector 92-47
0 Reflector
Sensors
-20
92-124 with -40
92-47 18 mm adaptor
-60
1 -80
0.01 0.1 1 10 0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
(0.03) (0.33) (3.28) (32.8) (1.3) (2.6) (39.4) (5.2) (6.6) (7.9) (9.2) (10.4) (11.8)
Distance [m (ft)] Distance [m (ft)]
2-Photoelectric
Transmitted Beam—Visible Red and Infrared Transmitted Beam—Beam Pattern
Sensors
1000 250
200 Infrared
Beam Diameter [mm]

Operating Margin
150
100 Without 18 mm 100

adaptor
50 Visible red
0
-50
10 With 18 mm
adaptor -100
3-Ultrasonic
-150
Sensors
-200
1
-250
0.1 1 10 100 0 2 4 6 8 10
(0.33) (3.28) (32.8) (328) (6.56) (13.1) (19.7) (26.2) (32.8)
Proximity Sensors
4-Capacitive
5-Limit Switches
6-Encoders

2-7
7-Encoders
20 mm Rectangular
42JT VisiSight
Red Polarized Retroreflective (6 m) Polarized Retroreflective Spot Size (6 m)
100 600
1 92-109
2 92-125
500
3 92-108
3
400
Excess Gain
1-Photoelectric
Size [mm]
10 300
2
Sensors
1 200
100
1 0
0.1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(3.3) (6.6) (9.9) (13.1) (16.4) (19.7) (23) (3.3) (6.6) (9.9) (13.1) (16.4) (19.7) (23)
Laser Polarized Retroreflective — Margin Curve (13 m) Laser Polarized Retroreflective Spot Size (13 m)
30 20
2-Photoelectric
Sensors
15
20
92-118
Excess Gain
Size [mm]
10
10
5
0 0
0 3 6 9 12 15 0 5 10 15
3-Ultrasonic
(9.9) (19.7) (29.5) (39.4) (49.2) (16.4) (32.8) (49.2)

Sensors

Standard Diffuse (800 mm) Diffuse Spot Size (800 mm)
1000 70
60
50
100
40
Excess Gain
Size [mm]
Proximity Sensors
30
4-Capacitive
10
20
10
1 0
10 200 400 600 800 0 200 400 600 800
(0.4) (7.87) (15.75) (23.6) (31.5) (7.87) (15.75) (23.6) (31.5)
Laser Diffuse (250 mm) Laser Diffuse Spot Size (250 mm)
30 2.0
5-Limit Switches
25
1.5
20
Excess Gain
Size [mm]
15 1.0
10
0.5
5
0 0.0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
(1.96) (3.94) (5.91) (7.87) (9.84) (1.96) (3.94) (5.91) (7.87) (9.84)
6-Encoders

2-8
7-Encoders
20 mm Rectangular
42JT VisiSight
Background Suppression (180 mm) Background Suppression (180 mm) — Spot Size
20 15
1 black/white shift
6/90%
15 grey/white shift
2
18/90% 10
Size [mm] 1
Excess Gain
3 hysteresis
1-Photoelectric
10 90/90%
Sensors
5
5
1 2
3
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 0 50 100 150 200
(1.96) (3.94) (5.91) (7.87) (1.96) (3.94) (5.91) (7.87)
Background Suppression (400 mm) Background Suppression (400 mm) — Spot Size
20 30
2-Photoelectric
black/white shift
1 6/90% 25
Sensors
15 grey/white shift
2 18/90% 20
Size [mm] 1
Excess Gain
3 hysteresis
10 90/90% 15
2
10
5
1 5
3
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 0 100 200 300 400
3-Ultrasonic
(3.94) (7.87) (11.8) (15.7) (3.94) (7.87) (11.8) (15.7)
Sensors
Laser Background Suppression (120 mm) Laser Background Suppression (120 mm) — Spot Size
20 3.0
black/white shift
1 6/90%
2.5
15 grey/white shift
2 18/90%
2.0
Excess Gain
hysteresis
Size [mm]
3 90/90%
10 1.5
Proximity Sensors
4-Capacitive
1 1.0
5 2
0.5
3
0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
(0.79) (1.57) (2.36) (3.15) (3.94) (4.72) (0.79) (1.57) (2.36) (3.15) (3.94) (4.72)
Color Mark
120
5-Limit Switches
Excess Gain [%]
100
80
60
0
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Distance [mm (in.)]
6-Encoders
1 The spot is square in shape with one side dimension per graph.

2-9
7-Encoders
20 mm Rectangular
42JT VisiSight
Red Transmitted Beam (13 m) Red Transmitted Beam (13 m) — Spot Size
1000 1200
1000
100
Excess Gain
800
Size [mm]
1-Photoelectric
600
Sensors
10 400
200
1 0
0 2.5 5 7.5 10 12.5 15 0 3 6 9 12 15
(8.2) (16.4) (24.6) (32.8) (41) (49.2) (9.9) (19.7) (29.5) (39.4) (49.2)
2-Photoelectric
Laser Transmitted Beam (18 m) Laser Transmitted Beam (18 m) — Spot Size
15 15
Sensors
10
Size [mm]
10
Excess Gain
5 5
3-Ultrasonic
0 0
Sensors
0 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20
(16.4) (32.8) (65.6) (65.6) (16.4) (32.8) (65.6) (65.6)
Clear Object Spot Size

40
30
Proximity Sensors
Size [mm]*
4-Capacitive
20
10
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
(0.66) (1.31) (1.97) (2.62) (3.28)
Distance [m (ft)]
5-Limit Switches
6-Encoders

2-10
42KL MiniSightt
18 mm Compact Rectangular
Specifications
Environmental
Certifications UL, CSA and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Operating Environment NEMA 4X, 6P, IP67, 1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown
Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 20…+70° (-- 4…+158°)
Relative Humidity 5…95%
Optical
Sensing Modes Retrotreflective, polarized retroreflective, diffuse, wide angle diffuse,
fixed focus diffuse, transmitted beam, fiber optic
Features
Field of View See Product Selection table on page 1-- 45
S Compact rectangular size with
standard 18 mm mounting nose Light Source Visible red LED (660 nm), infrared LED (880 nm)
S Visible indicators for power, output, LED Indicators See User Interface below
and 2.5X margin/short circuit Adjustments Multi-turn potentiometer
S Short circuit protection in all Electrical

versions, including two-wire Voltage 10.8…30V DC, 21.6…250V AC/DC
universal voltage versions Current Consumption 30 mA max. (DC)
S False pulse protection Sensor Protection Overload, short circuit, reverse polarity, false pulse
S Switch selectable light or dark Outputs
operation Response Time See Product Selection table on page 1-- 45
S Access to sensor adjustments Output Type PNP and NPN (DC), MOSFET (AC/DC)
through captive cover that does not Output Mode Light operate or dark operate selectable
require tools for access
Output Current 100 mA @ 30V DC max
S Eight sensing modes available
Output Leakage Current 0.1 mA max (DC), 1.7 mA (AC/DC)
S Rated to withstand high Mechanical
temperature 1200 psi washdowns
Housing Material Noryl 190X
S 300 μs high speed DC versions Lens Material Acrylic
S No tools are required to attach fiber Connection Types 2 m cable (24 AWG), 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD, 3-pin AC micro (M12)
optic cables to either glass or
Supplied Accessories 75012-- 097-- 01 18 mm locknut
plastic fiber optic sensors
User Interface
Light/Dark Sensitivity Light/Dark Sensitivity
Operate Switch Adjustment Operate Switch Adjustment
Power Indicator Output Indicator
Margin/Short Cir- (Green) Margin/Short Cir- (Amber)
cuit Indicator Output Indicator cuit Indicator Power Indicator
(Orange) (Amber) (Orange) (Green)
NOTE: The power indicator will turn off when the output indicator is on. NOTE: The power indicator will turn off when the output indicator is on.
The cat. no. for the Rear Snap Cover is 60--2679. The cat. no. for the Rear Snap Cover is 60--2679.

42KL MiniSightt
Wiring Diagrams
11…30V DC Sensors
NPN/PNP Micro Pico
Brown
White
+ 1
2
Brown
White
+
4 Black
2 4
Black 2
3 1
4 1 3
Blue
-- 3 Blue
--
Cable Quick-Disconnect
Transmitted Beam Source Micro Pico
Brown
+ 1 Brown
+ 2 4
T T 4 2
1
3
2
4 1 3
Blue
-- 3 Blue
--
22…250V AC/DC Sensors
AC Wiring Micro DC Wiring Micro
Red/Black 1 Brown
+
2 Red/Black
+ 1
~ ~
Brown 2 L1
L1
1 Green 1 Green
~ ~2
Red/White Red/White
Blue L2 3
L2 3
Blue
-- 3
-- 2 3
Note: Load can be switched to pin 2 or brown.
AC Wiring Micro DC Wiring Micro
Red/Black
T
Brown
L1
~ T
2 Red/Black
L1
~ 1 Brown
+ 2
+ 1
1 Green T T 1 Green
3 Red/White
Blue
L2
~ L2
~2 3
Blue
-- 3 Red/White
-- 2 3
For Rockwell Automation programmable controller compatible interface, refer to PHOTOSWITCH R Photoelectric Sensors and
Programmable Controller Interface Manual at www.ab.com/literature.
Quick-disconnect wiring codes shown are valid for Rockwell Automation cables only.

1--41
42KL MiniSightt

DC Sensors
18 (0.71) Dia. 39.6 (1.56)
M18 x 1 mm 15 4-pin Micro Style
(0.60) 12.2 (0.48) Quick Disconnect
thread
24.1 30.7
(0.95) (1.21)
14.48
3.5 (0.13) 152.4 (6) (0.57)
18 mm Mounting Nut Dia. Thru for #4 screw
(supplied with sensor)
2 m (6.56 ft) 4-conductor cable
12.7
(0.49)
AC/DC Sensors
18 (0.71) Dia. 52.3 (2.06)
M18 x 1 mm 15
12.2 (0.48)
thread (0.60) 3-pin Micro Style
Quick Disconnect
30.7
24.1 (1.21)
(0.95)
14.48
3.5 (0.13)
152.4 (6) (0.57)
Dia. Thru for #4 screw
18 mm Mounting Nut
(supplied with sensor) 2 m (6.56 ft) 2-conductor cable
12.7
(0.49)
Infrared Glass Fiber Optic Sensors

Fiber Retaining Clip
20.5 16.6
(0.80) (0.65)
25.3
(0.99)
Visible Red Plastic Fiber Optic Sensors

Fiber Retaining Cap
16.3 (supplied with sensor)
(0.64)
Adaptor Cap
Fiber Retaining Cap
Turn clockwise to secure
Adaptor
fiber optic cables. Retaining Clip
23 Plastic Fiber Optic Cable
(0.90) 2.2 mm (0.09 in.) jacket
2.2 mm Diameter
diameter on control end tip 1.25 mm Diameter
Cable Adaptor
Cable
Special Glass Fiber Optic cables are also available with 2.2 mm (0.09 in.) diameter control end tips.
NOTE: Cat. No. 61--6731 adaptors are required for smaller fiber optic cables with jacket diameters of 1.25 mm (0.05 in.).

42KL MiniSightt
Retroreflective Polarized Retroreflective
100 50 100 25
30 15
Field of View—mm
Field of View—mm
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
10 5
10 0 10 0
- 10 -5
- 30 - 15
1 1
- 50 - 25
0.01 0.10 1 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 0.01 0.10 1 10 0 0.50 1 1.5 2 2.5
(0.03) (0.3) (3.3) (33) (3.3) (6.5) (9.8) (13) (16) (0.03) (0.3) (3.3) (33) (1.6) (3.3) (4.9) (6.5) (8.2)
Operating Distance [m (ft)] Operating Distance [m (ft)] Operating Distance [m (ft)] Operating Distance [m (ft)]
Standard Diffuse Wide Angle Diffuse

1000 15 1000 20
10 15
Field of View—mm
Field of View—mm
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
5 10
100 100
5
0
0
10 -5 10 -5
- 10
- 10
- 15
1 - 15 1 - 20
1 10 100 1000 0.1 100 200 300 400 1 10 100 0 50 100 150 200
(0.03) (0.4) (3.9) (39) (0.003) (3.9) (7.9) (12) (16) (0.03) (0.4) (3.9) (2.0) (3.9) (5.9) (7.9)
Operating Distance [mm (in.)] Operating Distance [mm (in.)] Operating Distance [mm (in.)] Operating Distance [mm (in.)]
Fixed Focus Diffuse Fixed Focus Diffuse

16 mm Red LED 16 mm Red LED 16 mm Green LED 16 mm Green LED
16 1.5 16 1.5
14 1.0 14 1.0
Field of View—mm
Field of View—mm
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
12 12
0.5 0.5
10 10
8 0 8 0
6 6
- 0.5 - 0.5
4 4
- 1.0 - 1.0
2 2
0 - 1.5 0 - 1.5
0 5 10 15 20 25 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25 10 15 20 25
(0.2) (0.4) (0.6) (0.8) (1.0) (0.4) (0.6) (0.8) (1.0) (0.2) (0.4) (0.6) (0.8) (1.0) (0.4) (0.6) (0.8) (1.0)
Fixed Focus Diffuse Transmitted Beam

43 mm Red LED 43 mm Red LED
16 1.5 1000 1
0.8
14 1.0
0.6
Field of View—mm
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Field of View—m
12
0.5 100 0.4
10 0.2
8 0 0
6 - 0.2
- 0.5 10
4 - 0.4
- 0.6
- 1.0
2 - 0.8
0 - 1.5 1
1
0 20 40 60 80 5 20 40 60 80 0 1 10 100 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
(0.8) (1.6) (2.4) (3.1) (0.2) (0.8) (1.6) (2.4) (3.1) (3.3) (33) (330) (16) (33) (49) (66) (82) (98) (110)
Operating Distance [mm (in.)] Operating Distance [mm (in.)] Operating Distance [m (ft)] Operating Distance [m (ft)]

1--43
42KL MiniSightt
Large Aperture Fiber Optic Large Aperture Fiber Optic
Retroreflective (using 3 in. dia. reflector) Diffuse
100 400 1000 15
300 43GR-- TBB25SL
10
43GR-- TFS10ML
Field of View—mm
Field of View—mm
200 43GR-- TBB25SL
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
100 100 5
43GR-- TBB25SL
43GR-- TFS10ML
10 0 0
- 100 43GR-- TFS10ML 43GR-- TBB25SL
43GR-- TFS10ML 10 -5
- 200
- 300 - 10
1 - 400 1
1 1000 10000 400 800 1200 1600 2000 1 10 100 1000 - 15 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
(0.03) (39) (390) (16) (31) (47) (63) (79) (0.03) (0.39) (3.9) (39) (0.8) (1.6) (2.3) (3.1) (3.9) (4.7) (5.5)
Large Aperture Fiber Optic Small Aperture Fiber Optic

Transmitted Beam Retroreflective (using 3 in. dia. reflector)
100 150 100 100
43GT-- TBB25SL
100 43PR-- NESP57ZS 43PR-- NGS53ZM
Field of View—mm
Field of View—mm
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
50
50
10 10
43GT-- TBB25SL 0 0 43PR-- NESP57ZS
43PR-- NGS53ZM
- 50
- 50
- 100
1 - 150 1 - 100
1 1000 0 100 300 500 700 900 1 10 100 1000 0 200 400 600
(0.03) (39) (3.9) (11) (20) (28) (35) (0.03) (0.4) (3.9) (39) (7.9) (16) (24)
Small Aperture Fiber Optic Small Aperture Fiber Optic

Diffuse Transmitted Beam
1000 2.5 100 40
2.0 30
1.5 43PR-- NESP57ZS
Field of View—mm
Field of View—mm
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
20
1.0
100 10
43PR-- NESP57ZS 0.5
10 43PT-- NJS56FS
0 43PR-- NGS53ZM 0 43PT-- NJS56FS
- 0.5 - 10
10 - 1.0 - 20
- 1.5
43PR-- NGS53ZM - 30
- 2.0
1 - 2.5 1 - 40
1 10 1000 0 5 10 15 20 10 100 1000 10 50 110 150 200
(0.03) (0.4) (3.9) (0.2) (0.4) (0.6) (0.8) (0.4) (3.9) (39) (0.4) (2.0) (4.3) (5.9) (7.9)

42KL MiniSightt
Product Selection
Output Type
Operating Voltage Sensing Output Capacity Connection
Sensing Mode Supply Current Distance Energized Response Time Type Cat. No.
2 m 300V cable 42KL-- U2LB-- A2
NPN/PNP
25 mm…5 m
100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- U2LB-- F4
(0.98 in…16.4 ft)
1 ms
Object 4-pin pico QD 42KL-- U2LB-- Y4
to be 10.8…30V DC
Sensed 35 mA 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- U2LBQ-- A2
Light/Dark NPN/PNP
25 mm…2.5 m 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- U2LBQ-- F4
Selectable
Retroreflective (0.98 in…8.2 ft) 300 μs
4-pin pico QD 42KL-- U2LBQ-- Y4
Field of View: 1.5_
Emitter LED: Visible red 660 nm Power MOSFET 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- U2TC-- A2
25 mm…5 m 2-wire
21.6…250V AC/DC
(0.98 in…16.4 ft) 100 mA
8.3 ms 3-pin AC micro 42KL-- U2TC-- G3
2 m 300V cable 42KL-- P2LB-- A2

NPN/PNP
25 mm…2 m 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- P2LB-- F4
(0.98 in…6.6 ft) 1 ms
4-pin pico QD 42KL-- P2LB-- Y4
10.8…30V DC
Object 35 mA 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- P2LBQ-- A2
to be NPN/PNP
Light/Dark
Sensed 25 mm…1 m 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- P2LBQ-- F4
Selectable
(0.98 in…3.3 ft) 300 μs
4-pin pico QD 42KL-- P2LBQ-- Y4
Power MOSFET 2 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- P2TC-- A2
Field of View: 1.5_ 21.6…250V AC/DC
25 mm…2 m wire
Emitter LED: Visible red 660 nm (0.98 in…6.6 ft) 100 mA
8.3 ms 3-pin AC micro 42KL-- P2TC-- G3
2 m 300V cable 42KL-- D1LB-- A2

NPN/PNP
1…380 mm 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- D1LB-- F4
(0.04…15 in.) 1 ms
Object 4-pin pico QD 42KL-- D1LB-- Y4
to be 10.8…30V DC
Sensed 35 mA 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- D1LBQ-- A2
Light/Dark NPN/PNP
1…190 mm 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- D1LBQ-- F4
Selectable
Standard Diffuse (0.04…7.5 in.) 300 μs
4-pin pico QD 42KL-- D1LBQ-- Y4
Field of View: 5_
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm Power MOSFET 2 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- D1TC-- A2
1…380 mm wire
21.6…250V AC/DC
(0.04…15 in.) 100 mA
8.3 ms 3-pin AC micro 42KL-- D1TC-- G3
2 m 300V cable 42KL-- W1LB-- A2

NPN/PNP
1…180 mm 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- W1LB-- F4
(0.04…7.0 in.) 1 ms
Object 4-pin pico QD 42KL-- W1LB-- Y4
to be 10.8…30V DC
Sensed 35 mA 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- W1LBQ-- A2
Light/Dark NPN/PNP
Selectable 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- W1LBQ-- F4
Wide Angle Diffuse 300 μs
1…90 mm 4-pin pico QD 42KL-- W1LBQ-- Y4
Field of View: 18_ (0.04…3.5 in.)
Power MOSFET 2 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- W1TC-- A2
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm wire
21.6…250V AC/DC
100 mA
8.3 ms 3-pin AC micro 42KL-- W1TC-- G3

1--45
42KL MiniSightt

Output Type
2 m 300V cable 42KL-- F2LBS-- A2
NPN/PNP
100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- F2LBS-- F4
Object 1 ms
to be 4-pin pico QD 42KL-- F2LBS-- Y4
Sensed
10.8…30V DC
35 mA 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- F2LBSQ-- A2
NPN/PNP
100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- F2LBSQ-- F4
Fixed Focus Diffuse 300 μs
4-pin pico QD 42KL-- F2LBSQ-- Y4
Emitter LED: Visible red Power MOSFET 2 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- F2TCS-- A2
(660 nm) 21.6…250V AC/DC
wire
16 mm (0.63 in.) 100 mA
8.3 ms 3-pin AC micro 42KL-- F2TCS-- G3
2 m 300V cable 42KL-- F3LBS-- A2

Object NPN/PNP
to be
Sensed 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- F3LBS-- F4
1 ms
4-pin pico QD 42KL-- F3LBS-- Y4
Light/Dark
Selectable 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- F3LBSQ-- A2
Fixed Focus Diffuse NPN/PNP
100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- F3LBSQ-- F4
Emitter LED: Visible green 300 μs
(525 nm) 10.8…30V DC 4-pin pico QD 42KL-- F3LBSQ-- Y4
35 mA
2 m 300V cable 42KL-- F2LBL-- A2
NPN/PNP
100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- F2LBL-- F4
Object 1 ms
to be 4-pin pico QD 42KL-- F2LBL-- Y4
Sensed
2 m 300V cable 42KL-- F2LBLQ-- A2
NPN/PNP
43 mm (1.7 in.) 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- F2LBLQ-- F4
Fixed Focus Diffuse 300 μs
4-pin pico QD 42KL-- F2LBLQ-- Y4
Emitter LED: Visible red Power MOSFET 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- F2TCL-- A2
(660 nm) 21.6…250V AC/DC
2-wire
100 mA
8.3 ms 3-pin AC micro 42KL-- F2TCL-- G3
2 m 300V cable 42KL-- E1EZB-- A2

10.8…30V DC 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- E1EZB-- F4
— —
35 mA
Object 1…30 m (98 ft) 4-pin pico QD 42KL-- E1EZB-- Y4
to be
Sensed 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- E1QZB-- A2
21.6…250V AC/DC
— —
5 mA 3-pin AC micro 42KL-- E1QZB-- G3
Transmitted Beam 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- E1EZBQ-- A2
Light Source
10.8…30V DC 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- E1EZBQ-- F4
1…10 m (33 ft) — —
Field of View: 7_ 35 mA
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm 4-pin pico QD 42KL-- E1EZBQ-- Y4
For color registration mark applications, refer to light source selection guide at www.ab.com/sensors.

42KL MiniSightt

Output Type
2 m 300V cable 42KL-- RLB-- A2
NPN/PNP
10.8…30V DC 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- RLB-- F4
25 mA 1 ms
Light/Dark 4-pin pico QD 42KL-- RLB-- Y4
Object 30 m (98 ft)
to be
Selectable
Sensed
Power MOSFET 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- RTC-- A2
2-wire
21.6…250V AC/DC
100 mA
16 ms 3-pin AC micro 42KL-- RTC-- G3
Transmitted Beam
Receiver 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- RLBQ-- A2
NPN/PNP
10.8…30V DC Light/Dark 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- RLBQ-- F4
Field of View: 7_ 10 m (33 ft)
25 mA Selectable
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm 900 μs
4-pin pico QD 42KL-- RLBQ-- Y4
2 m 300V cable 42KL-- G1LB-- A2

NPN/PNP
100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- G1LB-- F4
1 ms
Object 4-pin pico QD 42KL-- G1LB-- Y4
to be 10.8…30V DC
Sensed 35 mA 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- G1LBQ-- A2
Depends on
Light/Dark NPN/PNP
Fiber Optic 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- G1LBQ-- F4
Selectable 100 mA
Large Aperture Fiber Optic cable selected 300 μs
4-pin pico QD 42KL-- G1LBQ-- Y4
Field of View: Depends on Fiber
Optic cable Power MOSFET 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- G1TC-- A2
selected 2-wire
21.6…250V AC/DC
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm 100 mA
8.3 ms 3-pin AC micro 42KL-- G1TC-- G3
2 m 300V cable 42KL-- L2LB-- A2

NPN/PNP
100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- L2LB-- F4
1 ms
Object 4-pin pico QD 42KL-- L2LB-- Y4
to be 10.8…30V DC
Sensed 35 mA 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- L2LBQ-- A2
Depends on
Fiber Optic Light/Dark NPN/PNP
Selectable 100 mA 4-pin DC micro 42KL-- L2LBQ-- F4
Small Aperture Plastic Fiber Optic cable selected
300 μs
4-pin pico QD 42KL-- L2LBQ-- Y4
Field of View: Depends on Fiber
Optic cable Power MOSFET 2 m 300V cable 42KL-- L2TC-- A2
selected 21.6…250V AC/DC 2-wire
Emitter LED: Visible red 660nm 15 mA 100 mA
3-pin AC micro 42KL-- L2TC-- G3
8.3 ms
For fiber optic selection guide, see pages 1--231.

DC Micro QD Cordset, Straight, Pico QD Cordset, Straight, 32 mm (1.25 in.) Diameter
889D-- F4AC-- 2 889P-- F4AB-- 2 92-- 47
4-pin, 2 m 4-pin, 2 m Reflector
AC Micro QD Cordset, Straight, 76 mm (3 in.)
889R-- F3AEA-- 2 92-- 39
3-pin, 2 m Diameter Reflector
Transmitted Beam—Maximum Operating Distance with Apertures

Maximum Range
Aperture Slot Size Standard Speed High Speed Cat. No.
1 mm 2.1 m (6.9 ft) 0.7 m (2.3 ft) 60-- 2673
2 mm 10.5 m (34.5 ft) 3.5 m (11.4 ft) 60-- 2674
4 mm 18.6 m (61.0 ft) 6.1 m (20.1 ft) 60-- 2675
1, 2, 4 mm kit — — 60-- 2676

1--47
44R AccuSightt
18 mm Right Angle
Specifications
Environmental
Certifications cULus and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Operating Environment NEMA 12, IP51
Operating Temperature [C (F)] 0…+50° (32…+122°)
Optical
Sensing Modes Diffuse, polarized retroreflective, wide angle, sharp cutoff
Features Field of View See Product Selection table on page 1-- 51
S Narrow 27 mm deep housing Light Source Visible red LED (660 nm), infrared LED (880 nm)
S 18 mm nose and through-hole LED Indicators See User Interface below
mounting options Adjustments None
S LED indicators with 360_ visibility Electrical
S No user adjustments required Voltage 10…30V DC
Current Consumption 35 mA max
S Multiple sensing modes
Sensor Protection Overload, short circuit, reverse polarity, false pulse
S Low voltage 24V DC operation
Outputs
S Variety of connection types Response Time 10 ms
Output Type PNP or NPN by cat. no., both PNP and NPN models
Output Mode Light or dark operate by cat. no.
Output Leakage Current 0.1 mA max
Mechanical
Housing Material Valoxr
Lens Material Acrylic
Connection Types 2 m cable ( 24 AWG), 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD
Supplied Accessories 75012-- 097-- 01 18 mm locknut
User Interface
Label Color State Status
OFF Sensor output de-activated
Output Yellow
ON Sensor output activated
OFF Margin < 1.2
Margin Red
ON Margin > 1.2
Power Green
ON Sensor powered

44R AccuSightt
18 mm Right Angle
Wiring Diagrams
Models with Dual NPN and PNP Outputs
Brown 1 Brown
+ +
White Load 2 White Load 2
Black 4 Black 3 1
Load Load 4
Blue
-- 3 Blue
--
DC Micro
Models with NPN Outputs Models with PNP Outputs

Brown 1 Brown
+ + 2
Brown
+ 1 Brown +
Black 4 Black Load
White 2 White 3 1 Load
Load Load 4
Blue
-- 3 Blue
-- Blue
--
3 Blue
--
Cable Quick-Disconnect DC Micro Cable Quick-Disconnect
All wire colors on quick-disconnect models refer to Rockwell Automation 889D cordsets.

Polarized Retroreflective and Wide Angle Diffuse Models
Standard Diffuse Models 14.0
26.4 (0.55)
(1.04) 35.0 (1.38)
35.0 (1.38)
12.0
12.0 13.97 (0.47)
1.57
(0.47) (0.55) (0.06)
2.4 38.1
(1.5) 2.4
(0.09) (0.09)
28.6 38.1 28.6
(1.12) (1.5) (1.12)
3.3
(0.13)
Clearance for #6--32 17.0
screw (2 places) (0.67) Clearance for #6--32
screw (2 places)
152.4
(6.0) 152.4
(6.0)
Models without 18 mm
snout
4-pin DC Molded 18
mm x 1--6g 4-pin DC
micro QD or
threads on micro QD or
2 m (6.5 ft)
snout 2 m (6.5 ft)
cable
cable
14.48 14.48
18 mm mounting nut
(0.57) (0.57)
(1 supplied per sensor)
Note: All sensors except wide angle diffuse models are supplied with one M18 mounting nut (Cat. No. 75012--097--01).

1--49
44R AccuSightt
18 mm Right Angle
Typical Response Curve Typical Response Curve

Polarized Retroreflective Sharp Cutoff Diffuse
100
100
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
10 10
1 1
25.4 254 2.5m 3.9m 1 10 100
(1.0) (10) (8.3 (13 (0) (0.4) (4.0)
ft) ft)
Operating Distance [m (ft)] Operating Distance [m (ft)]
Beam Pattern Beam Pattern

Standard Diffuse Wide Angle Diffuse
0.8 100 4
2
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
0.4
Beam Width—in
Beam Width—in
10 10
0 0
- 0.4 -2
1 - 0.8 1 -4
25.4 254 914 0 254 508 762 1016 25.4 127 254 406 0 101.6 203.2 304.8 406.4
(1.0) (10) (36) (10) (20) (30) (40) (1.0) (5.0) (10) (16) (4) (8) (12) (16)

44R AccuSightt
18 mm Right Angle
Product Selection
Output Type/
Operating Voltage/ Sensing Output Capacity Connection
Sensing Mode Current Distance Energized Response Time Type Cat. No.
2 m 300V cable 44RSP-- 2KBE1-- A2
25 mm…1.5 m Dark
(1 in…4.9 ft) Operate 4-pin DC micro 44RSP-- 2KBE1-- F4
NPN and PNP 2 m 300V cable 44RSP-- 2JBE3-- A2

Light 100 mA
Operate 10 ms 4-pin DC micro 44RSP-- 2JBE3-- F4
Object 2 m 300V cable 44RSP-- 2KBE3-- A2

to be Dark
Sensed 10…30V DC Operate 4-pin DC micro 44RSP-- 2KBE3-- F4
35 mA
25 mm…3 m 2 m 300V cable 44RSP-- 2JNE3-- A2
(1 in…9.8 ft)
Polarized Retroreflective NPN/100 mA 4-pin DC micro 44RSP-- 2JNE3-- F4
10 ms
Field of View: 1.5_ Light
Emitter LED: Visible red 660 nm 3-pin Molex 44RSP-- 2JNE3-- Z6
Operate
2 m 300V cable 44RSP-- 2JPE3-- A2
PNP/100 mA
10 ms 4-pin DC micro 44RSP-- 2JPE3-- F4
2 m 300V cable 44RSD-- 1JNC38-- A2

NPN/100 mA
10 ms
Object 4-pin DC micro 44RSD-- 1JNC38-- F4
to be
Sensed 10…30V DC 3…380 mm Light
35 mA (0.12…15 in.) Operate
2 m 300V cable 44RSD-- 1JPC38-- A2
Standard Diffuse PNP/100 mA
10 ms
Field of View: 5_ 4-pin DC micro 44RSD-- 1JPC38-- F4
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm
2 m 300V cable 44RSS-- 1JNB1-- A2

Object Background
to be
Sensed 10…30V DC 3…100 mm Light NPN/100 mA
35 mA (0.12…4 in.) Operate 10 ms
Sharp Cutoff Diffuse 4-pin DC micro 44RSS-- 1JNB1-- F4

Field of View: 5_
2 m 300V cable 44RSW-- 1JNC20-- A2

NPN/100 mA
10 ms
Object 4-pin DC micro 44RSW-- 1JNC20-- F4
to be 10…30V DC 3…200 mm Light
Sensed
35 mA (0.12…7.8 in.) Operate
2 m 300V cable 44RSW-- 1JPC20-- A2
Wide Angle Diffuse PNP/100 mA
10 ms
Field of View: Approx. 60_ 4-pin DC micro 44RSW-- 1JPC20-- F4

Description Cat. No. Description Cat. No.
DC Micro QD Cordset, Straight, 4-pin, 2 m 889D-- F4AC-- 2 Right Angle Mounting Bracket 60-- 2657
76 mm (3 in.) Diameter Reflector 92-- 39 Mounting Screws (not supplied) 2 x #6-- 32
32 mm (1.25 in.) Diameter Reflector 92-- 47

1--51
42CA
18 mm Cylindrical
Specifications
Environmental
Operating Environment IP67
Optical
Description Sensing Modes Retroreflective, polarized retroreflective, diffuse, background suppression,
transmitted beam
The 42CA 18 mm cylindrical family of
general purpose photoelectric sensors Sensing Range See Product Selection table on page 1-- 55
is intended for light to medium duty Light Source Visible red LED (660 nm) or infrared LED (880 nm)
industrial applications.
LED Indicators Green and yellow, see User Interface below
The 42CA family provides an Adjustments Sensitivity potentiometer on select models
indication if the sensor operation is
Electrical
unstable. An indicator flashes if the
signal level is too close to the Voltage 10…30V DC
detection threshold. This helps for Current Consumption 30 mA max
easy alignment of the sensor and
Sensor Protection Reverse polarity, overload, short circuit
forewarns against detection of a
background. Outputs
Response Time See Product Selection table on page 1-- 55
Features Output Type PNP or NPN by cat. no.
S 18 mm industry standard enclosure Output Mode Complementary light or dark operate, selectable light or dark operate for
background suppression models
S Extended range high--speed
models Output Current 100 mA
S Patented ASIC design offers linear Output Leakage Current 10 μA max

sensitivity adjustment, stability Mechanical
indication and excellent noise
Housing Material PBT
immunity
Lens Material PMMA
S Two LED indicators provide status
of power, output, unstable Connection Types 2 m cable, 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD
operation and short-circuit Supplied Accessories 18 mm fastening nuts
protection
S Complementary light and dark
User Interface Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)]

LED
Color State Status
OFF Output de-energized 66.5 (2.62) 74.5 (2.93)
Yellow 17 41.7 (1.64) 1.8 9.7 17 41.7 (1.64) 1.8
ON Output energized (0.67) (0.07) (0.38) (0.67) (0.07)
OFF Power is OFF 16.5 16.5
(0.65) M18 x 1 (0.65) M12 x 1 M18 x 1
ON Power is ON
Dia. Dia.
Green Flashing Unstable (0.5 < LED LED
(6 Hertz) Margin < 2) Sensitivity Sensitivity
Adjustment Adjustment
Flashing Output short-circuit
(1.5 Hertz) protection active
Black wire or pin 4 of connector.

42CA
18 mm Cylindrical
Wiring Diagrams
PNP Models with Complementary Outputs NPN Models with Complementary Outputs
Brown (1) + Brown (1) + 1 4
LO Black (4) DO White (2) Load
Load
DO White (2) LO Black (4)
Load Load
Blue (3) – Blue (3) – 2 3
M12 Male
Transmitted Beam Emitter
Brown (1)
+
Black (2)

Blue (3) –
For normal operation, black wire (pin 2) needs no connection. To disable light source, connect black wire (pin 2) to –V.
Additional Wiring Options for Background Suppression and Transmitted Beam

Face View Male
NPN Output Receptacle (Sensor)
Brown 1 Brown 1 4
White + 2 White
+

Black 4 Black
Load Load
Blue 3 Blue
-- -- 2 3
Open circuit or tie white (2) and brown (1) conductors together for L.O. Tie white (2) and blue (3) conductors together for D.O.
Face View Male

PNP Output Receptacle (Sensor)
Brown 1 Brown
+ 2 White
+ 1 4
White

Black 4 Black
Load Load
Blue 3 Blue
-- -- 2 3
Tie white (2) and brown (1) conductors together for L.O. Open circuit or tie white (2) and blue (3) conductors together for D.O.

Standard Diffuse [100 mm] Background Suppression [50 mm] Background Suppression [100 mm]
100 100 100
White Paper
White Paper
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
10 White Paper
10 10
1 Black Paper Black

6% Paper 6%
Grey Paper
18%
0.1 1 1
0 20 60 100 140 0 1 10 100 0 1 10 100
(0.79) (2.36) (3.9) (5.51) (0.04) (0.39) (3.9) (0.04 (0.39 (3.94)
Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)]

1--53
42CA
18 mm Cylindrical
Typical Response Curves (continued)

Operating Margin
Retroreflective [4.8 m] Retroreflective [7.2 m] Polarized Retroreflective [3.8 m]
100 1000 100
with 92--124
reflector with 92--124
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
reflector
100
10 10
with 92--47 10 with 92--47

reflector
reflector
1 1 1
0.01 0.1 1 10 0.1 1 10 0.01 0.1 1 10
(0.03) (0.33) (3.28) (32.8) (0.33) (3.28) (32.8) (0.03) (0.33) (3.28) (32.8)
Distance [m (ft)] Distance [m (ft)] Distance [m (ft)]
Beam Pattern
Retroreflective [4.8 m] Retroreflective [7.2 m] Polarized Retroreflective [3.8 m]
--80 --80 --60
--60 --60 --40
Beam Diameter (mm)

Beam Diameter (mm)
Beam Diameter (mm)
--40 --40
--20
--20 --20
0 0 0
20 20 20
40 40
60 40
60
80 80 60
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 2 4 6 7.5 0 1 2 3 4
(3.3) (6.56) (9.8) (13.1) (16.4) (6.56) (13.1) (19.7) (24.6) (3.3) (6.56) (9.8) (13.1)
Distance [m (ft)] Distance [m (ft)] Distance [m (ft)]
Operating Margin
Standard Diffuse [400 mm] Standard Diffuse [1 m] Transmitted Beam [16 m]
100 100 1000
Operating Margin (X)
100
10 10
10
1 1 1
1 10 100 1000 1 10 100 1000 10000 0.1 1 10 100
(0.04) (0.39) (3.9) (39.4) (0.04) (0.39) (3.9) (39.4) (393.7) (0.33) (3.28) (32.8) (328)
Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [m (ft)]
Beam Pattern
Standard Diffuse [400 mm] Standard Diffuse [1 m] Transmitted Beam [16 m]
--8 --20 --0.6
--6 --15 --0.4
Beam Diameter (mm)
Beam Diameter (m)

Beam Diameter (m)
--4 --10
--0.2
--2 --5
0 0 0
2 5
0.2
4 10
15 0.4
6
8 20 0.6
0 100 200 300 400 0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 4 8 12 16 20
(3.94) (7.87) (11.8) (15.7) (7.87) (15.75)(23.6) (31.5) (39.4) (13.1) (26.2) (39.4) (52.5) (65.6)

42CA
18 mm Cylindrical
Product Selection
Operating Output Type/
Voltage Sensing Output Response Sensitivity
Sensing Mode Supply Current Distance Energized Time Adjust Cat. No.
NPN
No
100 mA 42CA-U2MNB-D4
adjustment
1 ms
Object Complementary
10…30V DC 2 mm…4.8 m light and dark
to be 25 mA max. (0.08 in…15.7 ft)
Sensed operate
PNP
Retroreflective No
100 mA 42CA-U2MPB-D4
adjustment
Field of View: 1.2_ 1 ms
NPN
Single turn
100 mA 42CA-U2MNA-D4
potentiometer
0.5 ms
Object
Complementary
to be 25 mA max. (0.08 in…23.6 ft)
Sensed operate
PNP
Retroreflective Single turn
100 mA 42CA-U2MPA-D4
potentiometer
Field of View: 1.2_ 0.5 ms
NPN
No
100 mA 42CA-P2MNB-D4
adjustment
1 ms
to be
Sensed 25 mA max. (0.08 in…12.5 ft) operate
PNP
Polarized Retroreflective No
100 mA 42CA-P2MPB-D4
adjustment
NPN
Single turn
100 mA 42CA-D1MNAE-D4
potentiometer
1 ms
Complementary
Object 10…30V DC 0…100 mm light and dark
to be 30 mA max. (0…3.94 in.) operate
Sensed PNP
Standard Diffuse Single turn
100 mA 42CA-D1MPAE-D4
potentiometer
Field of View: 3_ 1 ms
NPN
Single turn
100 mA 42CA-D1MNAJ-D4
potentiometer
1 ms
Complementary
Sensed PNP
100 mA 42CA-D1MPAJ-D4
potentiometer
NPN
Single turn
100 mA 42CA-D1MNAL-D4
potentiometer
0.5 ms
Complementary
Sensed PNP
100 mA 42CA-D1MPAL-D4
potentiometer
Field of View: 5_ 0.5 ms
Suffix --D4 denotes 4-pin DC micro connection type. For 2 m cable without QD replace suffix --D4 with --A2 (e.g. 42CA--P2MPB--A2).
Refer to www.ab.com/sensors for updated information.

1--55
42CA
18 mm Cylindrical

Operating Output Type/
Voltage Sensing Output Response Sensitivity
Sensing Mode Supply Current Distance Energized Time Adjust Cat. No.
NPN
No
100 mA 42CA-B2LNBC-D4
adjustment
0.5 ms
Object 10…30V DC Selectable light
to be Back- 30 mA max.
50 mm (1.97 in.)
or dark operate
Sensed ground
PNP
Background Suppression No
100 mA 42CA-B2LPBC-D4
Field of View: 5.7_ adjustment
0.5 ms
NPN
No
100 mA 42CA-B2LNBE-D4
adjustment
0.5 ms
Object 10…30V DC 100 mm Selectable light
to be Back- 30 mA max. (3.94 in.) or dark operate
Sensed ground
PNP
Background Suppression No
100 mA 42CA-B2LPBE-D4
Field of View: 3.4_ adjustment
0.5 ms
NA
10…30V DC No
infrared light NA 42CA-E1EZB1-D4
30 mA max. adjustment
source
Object
to be NPN
3 mm…16 m Single turn
Sensed 100 mA 42CA-R1MNA1-D4
(0.12 in…52.5 ft) Complementary potentiometer
10…30V DC 1 ms
Transmitted Beam light and dark
25 mA max. operate PNP
Field of View: 1.5_ Single turn
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm 100 mA 42CA-R1MPA1-D4
potentiometer
1 ms
Suffix --D4 denotes 4-pin DC micro connection type. For 2 m cable without QD replace suffix --D4 with --A2 (e.g. 42CA--P2MPB--A2).
Refer to www.ab.com/sensors for updated information.

Cordset Accessories
DC Micro QD Cordset,
889D-- F4AC-- 2 Mounting Bracket 60-- 2657 Reflector 92-- 124
4-pin, 2 m
Right Angle DC Micro QD
889D-- R4AC-- 2 Straight Mounting Bracket 60-- 2656 Reflector 92-- 47
Cordset, 4-- pin, 2 m
Snap-- Clamp Mounting
871A-- SCBP18
Bracket
Right Angle Mounting
60-- 2654
Bracket

42CS Cylindrical
Food and Beverage
Specifications
Certifications cULus and CE marked for all applicable directives
Environmental
Operating Environment IP69K rated, ECOLAB and Johnson Diversey certified
Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+85° (-- 13…185°)
Vibration 10…55Hz, 1 mm amplitude; meets or exceeds IEC 60947-- 5-- 2
Ambient Light Immunity 5000 Lux (Incandescent light) and 100000 Lux (Sunlight)
Optical
Sensing Modes Diffuse, background suppression, polarized retroreflective, clear object,
and transmitted beam
Sensing Range See product selection table
Description
Light Source Visible red (660 nm) or infrared (880 nm)
The 42CS family of sensors offers a LED indicators See user interface
wide range of sensing modes in a
Sensitivity Adjustments Ferromagnetic teach
smooth 316L stainless steel housing,
ideal for food, beverage and Electrical
pharmaceutical applications. Voltage 10…30V DC
The innovative ferromagnetic teach
feature makes the sensor easy to Sensor Protection Short circuit, transient noise, reverse polarity and overload
setup by simply placing a Outputs
ferromagnetic metal object on a Response Time 1 ms (diffuse, polarized retroreflectived, clear object),
section of the sensor’s housing to 1.25 ms (background suppression),
initiate the teach process. Its smooth 2 ms (transmitted beam)
and clean design minimizes the Output Type PNP or NPN by cat. no.
collection and accumulation of Output Mode Complementary light and dark operate
undesired particles allowing for a fast
and easy clean up. There are also
18 mm threaded models available. Output Leakage Current 10 µA max.
Mechanical
Features Housing Material Stainless steel 316L
S Patented ferromagnetic teach for Lens Material PMMA

easy sensor programming Connector Material PPS (grilamid)
S Smooth barrel design minimizes Connection Types 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD

the accumulation of undesired Supplied Accessories Stainless steel teach rod, mounting nuts (threaded models only)
particles and allows for fast and Optional Accessories Mounting brackets, cordsets, reflectors
easy clean up.
S Extended temperature operating User Interface
range LED Status
S 18 mm stainless steel 316L
enclosure with laser etched OFF Teach function is locked
markings Green ON Teach function is enabled
S Background suppression models
Flashing (8 Hz) Short Circuit
for improved detection of shiny
objects OFF Output de-energized
S Two teach modes: standard and Yellow
ON Output energized
precision
S Teach lockout feature prevents Flashing (3 Hz) Output energized (Margin < 2)
unauthorized users from changing Pin 4 of Micro (M12) QD. L.O for diffuse, background suppression. D.O for polarized retroreflective and transmitted
the settings beam
S Input to disable light source on
transmitted beam emitter
S IP69K, ECOLAB and Johnson
Diversey rated
New1
42CS Cylindrical
Food and Beverage
Wiring Diagrams
Pin numbers correspond to an M12 male connector on the sensor connected to an 889DS--F4AC--x cordset (featuring a
stainless steel coupling nut).
Diffuse and Background Suppression
Brown (1) + Brown (1) +
LO Black (4) Load DO White (2)
Load
DO White (2) Load LO Black (4)
Load
Blue (3) – Blue (3) –
Polarized Retroreflective, Clear Object and Transmitted Beam Receiver

Brown (1) + Brown (1) + 1 4
DO Black (4) LO White (2)
Load Load
LO White (2) DO Black (4) Load
Load
Blue (3) Blue (3) –
– 2 3
M12 Male
Transmitted Beam Emitter
Brown (1)
+
White (2)

Blue (3) –
For normal operation, white wire (pin 2) needs no connection. To disable light source, connect white wire (pin 2) to +V.
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Accessories

Threaded Barrel Models Smooth Barrel Models 60-BCS-18B—Smooth Mounting Bracket
98.3 (3.87) 15.8 98.3 (3.87)
15.8 82.5 (3.25) (0.63) 82.5 (3.25)
11.5 (0.63) 65 (2.56) 65 (2.56) 17.5
(0.45) 11.5
(0.45) (0.69) Dia.
M12 x 1 M18 x 1 M12 x 1
LED 2.2 (0.87) LED 2.2 (0.87)
Teach 71 (2.80) Teach 71 (2.80)

point point
6 (0.24)

Standard Diffuse (100 mm) Beam Pattern (100 mm)
1000 15
90% white
Beam Diameter (mm)
10
Operating Margin
paper
100 90% white 5
paper 0
10 --5
18% grey
18% grey --10
1 --15
0 1 10 100 1000 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
(0.03) (0.39) (3.9) (39.37) (0.39) (1.9) (3.9)
2
New Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.
42CS Cylindrical
Food and Beverage

1000 30
Beam Diameter (mm)

90% white 20
Operating Margin
paper 90% white

100 10 paper
0 18% grey
18% grey
10 --10
--20
1 --30
0 1 10 100 1000 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
(0.03) (0.39) (3.9) (39.37) (1.9) (3.8) (5.9) (7.8) (9.8) (11.8) (13.7) (15.7)

1000 200
90% white
Beam Diameter (mm)

Operating Margin
paper 100
18% grey
10 0
--100
1 --200
0 1 10 100 1000 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 700 800
(0.03) (0.39) (3.9) (39.37) (3.8) (19.6) (31.5)
Polarized Retroreflective (4 m) Beam Pattern (4 m)

100 50
40
Beam Diameter (mm)
30
Operating Margin
20
92--39 10
10 0
--10
92--47 --20
--30
--40
1 --50
0.01 0.10 1.00 10.00 0 10 20 30 40
(0.03) (0.32) (3.28) (32.8) (32.8) (65.6) (98.4) (131.2)
Clear Object (1 m) Beam Pattern (1 m)

100 50
40
Beam Diameter (mm)
30
Operating Margin
20
10
10 0
--10
--20
--30
--40
1 --50
0.01 0.10 1.00 10.00 0 1 2
(0.03) (0.32) (3.28) (32.8) (3.28 (6.56)
Transmitted Beam (20 m) Beam Pattern (20 m)

10000 250
200
Beam Diameter (mm)
150
Operating Margin
1000
100
100 50
0
10 --50
--100
1 --150
--200
0 --250
0 1 10 100 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
(0.03) (0.39) (3.9) (16.4) (32.8) (49.2) (65.6) (82) (98.4)
New3
42CS Cylindrical
Food and Beverage
Product Selection
Sensing Mode Sensing Output Output Type Sensitivity
(max. range) Distance Energized Capacity Adjustment Cat. No.
NPN 42CSS-- P2MNB1-- D4
to be 4 m (13.1 ft) light and dark No adjustment
sensed operate
Polarized Retroreflective PNP 42CSS- P2MPB1- D4
Field of View: 3°
NPN 42CSS-- C2MNA1-- D4
Ferromagnetic
to be 1 m (3.2 ft) light and dark
sensed Teach
operate
Clear Object Detection PNP 42CSS- C2MPA1- D4
Field of View: 3°
Complementary NPN 42CSS-- D2MNA1-- D4
Ferromagnetic
100 mm (3.9 in.) light and dark
PNP Teach 42CSS- D2MPA1- D4
operate
Object
to be Complementary NPN 42CSS-- D1MNA2-- D4
Ferromagnetic
Standard Diffuse
sensed 400 mm (15.8 in.) light and dark
operate
Field of View: 6° for 100 and 400 mm
8° for 800 mm Complementary NPN 42CSS-- D1MPNA3-- D4
Ferromagnetic
Emitter LED: Visible red 660 nm 800 mm (31.5 in.) light and dark
operate
NPN 42CSS-- B2MNA1-- D4

Object
Complementary
60…100 mm Ferromagnetic
to be light and dark
sensed back-- (2.4…3.9 in.) Teach
Background Suppression operate
Field of View: 9°
ground
PNP 42CSS- B2MPA1- D4
NA
NA 42CSS- E1EZB1- D4
Object to Light Source
be sensed
Transmitted Beam 20 m (65.6 ft) Complementary NPN No adjustment 42CSS-- R9MNB1-- D4
Field of View: 4° light and dark
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm operate PNP 42CSS- R9MPB1- D4
Note: All sensor models are rated for 10…30V DC and can drive loads requiring up to 100 mA.
The prefix 42CSS denotes smooth enclosure. For threaded models replace the 42CSS with 42CST (e.g., 42CST-- P2MPB1-- D4).

Cordset/Patchcords Accessories
Description Cat. No. Description Cat. No. Description Cat. No. Description Cat. No.
Block Mounting Bracket Right Angle Mounting
DC Micro (M12) QD Reflector, 76 mm (3 in.)
889DS-- F4AC-- for Smooth Barrel 60-- BCS-- 18B Bracket for Threaded 60-- 2657 92-- 39
Cordset, 4-pin dia. with center mount hole
Housing Models
DC Micro (M12) QD Straight Mounting Bracket Stainless Steel Right Reflector, 32 mm (1.5 in.)
889D-- F4ACDM-- 60-- 2656 871A-- BRS18 92-- 47
Patchcord, 4-pin for Threaded Models Angle Mounting Bracket dia.
Reflector, 76 mm (3 in.)
92-- 90
dia. for clear object sensors
Replace symbol with 2 (2 m), 5 (5 m), or 10 (10 m) for standard cable lengths.
Replace symbol with 0M3 (1 ft), 1 (1 m) 2 (2 m), 5 (5 m), or 10 (10 m) for standard cable lengths.
4
New Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.
42CM
18 mm Metal Cylindrical
Specifications
Environmental
Optical
Sensing Modes Retroreflective, polarized retroreflective, diffuse, background
Features suppression, transmitted beam
S 18 mm industry standard package
S Wide selection of sensing modes
Light Source Visible red LED (660 nm) or infrared LED (880 nm)
S 30V DC operation LED Indicators Yellow LED for output indication
S NPN or PNP outputs Adjustments Sensitivity potentiometer (diffuse models only)
S Fast response time Electrical
S Variety of connection types Voltage 10…30V DC
S Laser models available
(see page 1--115) Sensor Protection Reverse polarity, overload, short circuit
Outputs
Response Time 2 ms (0.5 ms for background suppression)
Output Mode Complementary light operate or dark operate, selectable light operate
or dark operate for background suppression models
Output Leakage Current 10 μA max
Mechanical
Housing Material Nickel-plated brass
Lens Material PMMA/PC
Connection Types 2 m cable, 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD
Supplied Accessories 18 mm fastening nuts
User Interface Panel
Label Color State Status LED

Output Yellow
11 (0.43) Sensitivity Adjustment (Diffuse models only)

1--57
42CM
Wiring Diagrams
Diffuse
Face View Male
NPN Output Receptacle (Sensor) PNP Output
Cable Quick-Disconnect DC Micro Cable Quick-Disconnect
Brown + 1 Brown + Brown + 1 Brown +
DO DO DO DO
White 2 White Load 2 White Load 2 White
Load 3 1
Load
LO 4 Black LO Black LO 4 Black LO
Black 4
Load Load Load Load
Blue 3 Blue Blue - 3 Blue -
- -
Transmitted Beam, Retroreflective, Polarized Retroreflective

Brown 1 Brown
+ +
Blue 3 Blue
- - Face View Male
NPN Output Receptacle (Sensor) PNP Output
DC Micro 2
LO LO LO LO
White 2 White Load 1 White Load 2 White
Load Load
DO 4 Black DO Black DO 4 Black DO
Black
Load Load Load Load
Blue 3 Blue 3 Blue 3 Blue
- - 4 - -
Background Suppression Face View Male

Receptacle (Sensor)
NPN Output DC Micro 2 PNP Output
White 2 White 1 White 2 White

Black 4 Black Black 4 Black
Load Load Load Load
Blue 3 Blue 3 Blue 3 Blue
- - 4 - -
Open circuit or tie white (2) and brown (1) conductors together for L.O. Tie white (2) and blue (3) conductors together for D.O.
Tie white (2) and brown (1) conductors together for L.O. or tie white (2) and blue (3) conductors together for D.O.

79.4 (3.12)
1.2
17.6 2.3 16.4 15.6 17.6 3.7
(0.04) 42.5 (1.67) 42.5 (1.67)
(0.69) (0.09) (0.64) (0.61) (0.69) (0.14)
LED Dia.
M18 x 1 M12 x 1 M18 x 1
3
(0.11)

42CM
Typical Response Curve

Retroreflective Polarized Retroreflective Standard Diffuse Standard Diffuse
100 mm 400 mm
100
10 100 100
10 White Paper
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
10
White Paper
10
1
1
Grey Paper
18%
0.1 Grey Paper
1 0.1 1 18%
0 2 4 6 0 1 2 3 4 0 40 80 120 0 100 200 300 400 500
(6.5) (13) (19.7) (3.2) (6.5) (9.8) (13) (1.57) (3.15) (4.72) (3.94) (7.87) (11.81) (15.75) (19.69)
Distance [m (ft)] Distance [m (ft)] Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)]
Background Suppression Background Suppression Transmitted Beam

50 mm 100 mm
100 100 1000
White Paper
White Paper
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
10 10 100
10
Black Paper Black Paper
6% 6%
1 1
1
0 1 10 100 0 1 10 100 0 4 8 12 16 20
(0.04) (0.39) (3.9) (0.04 (0.39 (3.94) (13.1) (26.2) (39.3) (52.5) (65.6)

1--59
42CM
Product Selection
Sensing Output Type
Operating Voltage Distance Output Capacity Connection
Sensing Mode Supply Current @ 1X Margin Energized Response Time Type Cat. No.
NPN 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- U1MNB-- A2

100 mA
Object 4 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- U1MNB-- D4
to be 3 mm…4 m LO/DO
Sensed 10…30V DC (0.12 in… Complemen-
30 mA 13.2 ft) tary
PNP 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- U1MPB-- A2
Retroreflective
100 mA
Field of View: 1.9_ 4 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- U1MPB-- D4
2 m 300V cable 42CM-- P2MNB-- A2

NPN
100 mA
Object 4 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- P2MNB-- D4
to be LO/DO
Sensed 10…30V DC 3 mm…3 m Complemen-
30 mA (0.12 in…9.9 ft) tary 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- P2MPB-- A2
Polarized Retroreflective PNP
100 mA
Field of View: 1.8_ 4 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- P2MPB-- D4
NPN 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- D2MNAE-- A2

100 mA
2 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- D2MNAE-- D4
Object 100 mm LO/DO
to be (3.9 in.) Complemen-
Sensed (Adjustable) tary
PNP 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- D2MPAE-- A2
Standard Diffuse
100 mA
Field of View: 6.6_ 2 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- D2MPAE-- D4
Emitter LED: Visible Red 660 nm 10…30V DC
30 mA
NPN 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- D1MNAL-- A2
100 mA
2 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- D1MNAL-- D4
Object 400 mm LO/DO
to be (13.6 in.) Complemen-
Sensed (Adjustable) tary
PNP 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- D1MPAL-- A2
Standard Diffuse
100 mA
Field of View: 6.6_ 2 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- D1MPAL-- D4
NPN 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- B2LNBC-- A2
100 mA
0.5 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- B2LNBC-- D4
50 mm (1.97 in.)
PNP 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- B2LPBC-- A2
100 mA
Object 0.5 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- B2LPBC-- D4
to be 10…30V DC L.O./D.O.
Sensed
30 mA Selectable NPN 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- B2LNBE-- A2
100 mA
Field of View: 50 mm = 5.7_ 0.5 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- B2LNBE-- D4
100 mm = 3.4_ 100 mm (3.9 in.)
Emitter LED: Visible red 660 nm PNP 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- B2LPBE-- A2
100 mA
0.5 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- B2LPBE-- D4

42CM

Output Type
2 m 300V cable 42CM-- E1EZB-- A2
NA
Light Source 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- E1EZB-- D4
Object
to be 3 mm…20 m NPN 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- R1MNB-- A2
Sensed 10…30V DC (0.12 in… 100 mA
25 mA 65.6 ft) L.O./D.O. 2 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- R1MNB-- D4
Transmitted Beam Complemen-
tary PNP 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- R1MPB-- A2
Field of View: 1.6_ 100 mA
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm 2 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- R1MPB-- D4

Cordset Accessories
889D-- F4AC-- 2 Mounting Brackets 60-- 2657 Reflectors 92-- 39
4-pin, 2 m
889D-- F4AC-- 2 Mounting Brackets 60-- 2649 Mounting Brackets 60-- 2664
4-pin, 2 m
871A-- SCBP18
Brackets

1--61
42CF
Specifications
Environmental
Relative Humidity 5....95%
Features Ambient Light Immunity Incandescent light 3000 lux
S 12 mm industry standard package Optical

Sensing Modes Polarized retroreflective, standard diffuse, transmitted beam
S Wide selection of sensing modes
S 30V DC operation
S NPN or PNP outputs Light Source Visible red LED (660 nm) or infrared LED (880 nm)
S Fast response time LED Indicators Yellow LED for output indication
S Variety of connection types Adjustments Sensitivity potentiometer
S Local teach button Electrical

Voltage 10…30V DC
S Accepts remote (diffuse and
polarized retroreflective only) teach Current Consumption 30 mA max
input Sensor Protection Reverse polarity, overload, short circuit
Outputs
Response Time 2 ms (transmitted beam), 1.25 ms (diffuse and polarized retroreflective)
Output Mode Selectable light operate or dark operate
Mechanical
Housing Material Nickel plated brass

54.5 (2.14) 4.0 (0.15)
4.4 12.3
LED (0.17) (0.48)
OFF Sensor output de-activated 3.75 (0.14)
Output Yellow Dia.
Sensitivity Adjustment

42CF
Wiring Diagrams
Diffuse, Polarized Retroreflective and Transmitted Beam
Cable Quick-Disconnect Face View Male Receptacle
Brown 1 Brown
(Sensor) DC Micro
+ + 2
Blue - 3 Blue
- 1
NPN Output 3 PNP Output
Cable Quick-Disconnect 4 Cable Quick-Disconnect
Brown
+
1 Brown
+ Face View Male Receptacle Brown
+
1 Brown
+
White 2 White (Sensor) DC Micro White 2 White

Black Load 4 Black Load 2 Black 4 Black Load
Load
Blue 3 Blue Blue 3 Blue
- - - -
3
4
Polarized retroreflective: Open circuit for dark operate. Connect white (2) and brown (1) together for light operate. Connect white (2) and blue (3) together
for remote teach.
Diffuse: Open circuit for light operate. Connect white (2) and brown (1) together for dark operate. Connect white (2) and blue (3) together for remote teach.
Transmitted beam: Open circuit for dark operate. Connect white (2) and brown (1) together for light operate. Connect white (2) and blue (3) together for dark
operate. This model does not have remote teach.

Diffuse and Polarized Retroreflective
55 (2.16) 4.0 (0.15) 66 (2.60)
2.5 2.5 6.5
34 (1.33) 17.7 (0.69) 0.8 (0.03) 34 (1.33) 22 (0.86) 1.0 (0.04)
(0.09) (0.09) (0.25)
M12 x 1 M12 x 1
Transmitted Beam
54.5 (2.14) 4.0 (0.15) 65.5 (2.57)
4.4 12.3 2.0 4.4 22.3
LED (0.17) (0.48) 1.0 (0.04)
3.75 (0.14) (0.07) (0.17) (0.87)
Dia.
Sensitivity Adjustment

Polarized Retroreflective Standard Diffuse Standard Diffuse Transmitted Beam
100 mm 300 mm
1000 1000 1000 1000
White Paper
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
White Paper 100 100

100 100
10 10 10 10
Black Paper
Black Paper 6%
1 1 6% 1 1
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 100 200 300 0 1 2 3 4 5

(1.6) (3.2) (4.9) (6.5) (8.2) (0.78) (1.57) (2.36) (3.15) (3.9) (4.72) (3.94) (7.87) (11.81) (3.3) (6.6) (9.8) (13) (16.4)
Distance [m (ft)] Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [m (ft)]

1--63
42CF
Product Selection
Sensing Output Type
Operating Voltage Distance Output Capacity Connection
Sensing Mode Supply Current @ 1X Margin Energized Response Time Type Cat. No.
2 m 300V cable 42CF-- P2LNA1-- A2

NPN
100 mA
Object 1.25 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CF-- P2LNA1-- D4
to be
Sensed 10…30V DC 3 mm…2 m L.O./D.O.
30 mA (0.12 in…6.5 ft) Selectable
2 m 300V cable 42CF-- P2LPA1-- A2
PNP
100 mA
Field of View: 2.3_ 1.25 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CF-- P2LPA1-- D4
NPN 2 m 300V cable 42CF-- D1LNA1-- A2
100 mA
0…100 mm 1.25 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CF-- D1LNA1-- D4
(0…3.9 in.)
(adjustable) PNP 2 m 300V cable 42CF-- D1LPA1-- A2
Object 100 mA
to be 1.25 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CF-- D1LPA1-- D4
Sensed 10…30V DC L.O./D.O.
30 mA Selectable NPN 2 m 300V cable 42CF-- D1LNA2-- A2
Standard Diffuse 100 mA
Field of View: 11.4_ (100 mm) 0…300 mm 1.25 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CF-- D1LNA2-- D4
5.3_ (300 mm) (0…12.2 in.)
(adjustable) PNP 2 m 300V cable 42CF-- D1LPA2-- A2
100 mA
1.25 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CF-- D1LPA2-- D4
3 mm…4 m 2 m 300V cable 42CF-- E1EZB-- A2

10…30V DC (0.12 in… —
25 mA 13.2 ft) 4-pin DC micro 42CF-- E1EZB-- D4
Object
to be NPN 2 m 300V cable 42CF-- R1LNB1-- A2
Sensed 100 mA
2 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CF-- R1LNB1-- D4
Transmitted Beam 10…30V DC L.O./D.O.
20 mA Selectable PNP 2 m 300V cable 42CF-- R1LPB1-- A2
Field of View: 1.4_ 100 mA
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm 2 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CF-- R1LPB1-- D4

Cordset Accessories
889D-- F4AC-- 2 Mounting Bracket 871A-- BRNR Reflectors 92-- 39
4-pin, 2 m
871A-- SCBP12
Bracket

Series 9000
Standard and Timing
Specifications
Environmental
Certifications UL Listed, CSA Approved, CE Marked for all applicable directives
Operating Environment NEMA 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC529) 1200 psi (8270 kPa)
washdown, IP69K, ECOLAB certification on cable models
Optical
Sensing Modes Retroreflective, polarized retroreflective, diffuse, long range diffuse,
Features fiber optic, extended range fiber optic, transmitted beam
S Wide selection of sensing modes Sensing Range See Product Selection table on page 1-- 69
S Wide selection of operating modes Field of View See Product Selection table on page 1-- 69
S Both DC and AC/DC operation
Light Source Visible red (660 nm), Infrared (880 nm)
S Models with teach function
LED Indicators See User Interface table below
S Standard ON/OFF and timing
versions Adjustments Single-turn potentiometer for sensitivity
S Fast response time Electrical

S Variety of connection types Voltage 10…30V DC , 40…264V AC/DC models (see Product Selection table
on page 1-- 69)
S Laser models available
(see page 1--112) Current Consumption 30 mA max (DC models), 15 mA max (AC/DC models)
Outputs
Response Time 2 ms (DC models), 15 ms (AC/DC models), 2 ms (MOSFET models)
Output Type PNP and NPN (DC models), SPDT relay (AC/DC models), MOSFET
(AC/DC models)
Output Mode Light operate or dark operate selectable
Output Current 250 mA @ 30V DC (all models except 42GLP and 42GSP); 2 A @
132 V AC (SPDT relay models), 1 A @ 264V AC (SPDT relay); 300 mA
@ 264V AC (MOSFET models)
Output Leakage Current 10 μA max (DC) , 1 mA (AC)
Mechanical
Cover Material Neoprene
Connection Types 2 m (6.5 ft) cable, 4-pin DC micro QD, 4-pin DC mini QD, 5-pin DC
micro QD
Supplied Accessories 129-- 130 mounting kit
User Interface—Standard Models (Refer to installation instructions for 42GLP and 42GSP versions)
Output Green
OFF Margin < 2.5
Margin/SCP Red ON Margin >2.5
Flashing Output SCP active
Power Yellow
ON Sensor powered

1--65
Series 9000
Standard and Timing
42GTx Versions—Top View Detail 42GRx Versions—Top View Detail
Select Short/Long Sensitivity Red Margin/

Off Delay Adjustment SCP Indicator
Light/Dark
Select Short/Long Green Output Operate Switch
On Delay Indicator
Select Light/Dark
Operate
Yellow Power Sensitivity
Indicator Adjustment
Select One Shot/
Time Delay
On Delay Adjustment Off Delay
Adjustment Red Indicator
Green Indicator Yellow Indicator
Push button on 42GSP models.
Wiring Diagrams
All Models Except Transmitted Beam Source
Cable Model: 9_ _0 4-pin DC Micro QD Model: 9_ _0- QD 4-pin DC Mini QD Model: 9_ _0- QD1
Brown 1 Brown 3 Brown
(+) (+) (+)
White: NPN 2 White: NPN 2 4 White: NPN
Load Load Load
Black: PNP 4 Black: PNP 3 1
1 Black: PNP Load
Load Load 4
Blue 3 Blue 2 Blue
( -- ) ( -- ) ( -- )
Cable Model: 9_ _1, 9_ _2 5-pin AC/DC Mini QD Model: 9_ _1- QD, 9_ _2- QD
Brown
Black (NO)
(+) ~ 4 Brown
1 Black (NO)
(+) ~
White (NC) 5 White (NC)
Orange (C) 3 Orange (C)
Blue
( -- ) ~ 2 Blue
( -- ) ~
Cable Model: 9_ _3 AC/DC Mini QD Model: 9_ _3- QD AC/DC Micro QD Model: 9_ _3- QD1
Brown
White
(+) ~ 3 Brown
4 White
(+) ~ 2 Red w/White
4 Green No Conn.
(+) ~
Load

Black Load 1 Black 3 Red
Load
Blue
( -- ) ~ 2 Blue
( -- ) ~ 1 Red w/Black
( -- ) ~
Cable Model: 42GRL- 90_ _ AC/DC Mini QD Model: 42GRL- 90_2- QD
~
3 Brown
(+) ~
T Brown
(+) T 1 Black
Not Used
4 White
(- )~
Blue Not Used
2 Blue
(-) ~
DC Micro QD Model: 42GRL- 90_0- QD 4-pin DC Micro QD Model: 42GRL- 90_3- QD1
1 Brown
(+) ~ 1 Red w/Black
(+) ~
T 2 White
4 Black
Not Used 3
2
1
T 4 Green
Not Used
3 Red
Not Used 4 Not Used
3 Blue
(-) ~ 2 Red w/White
(-) ~
For Allen-Bradley programmable controller compatible interface, refer to publication 42--2.0.
Quick-disconnect wiring codes shown are valid for Allen-Bradley cables only.
Load can be placed on either black or white wire to create sourcing or sinking respectively.

Series 9000
Standard and Timing

All Versions Except Fiber Optic Fiber Optic
55.62 Cable Version 55.62 Cable Version
(2.190) (2.19)
15.24 13.33
(0.600) 15.24
(0.52) (0.60)
7.62 (0.300) 20.96 103.63 20.96
103.63 (0.825) (4.08) 7.62 (0.30) (0.82)
(4.080) 27.05 Max. Travel
Max. Travel (1.065) 27.05
74.93 74.93 6.12 (1.06)
(2.950) Ref (2.95) Ref (0.24)
69.85 42.41 69.85 42.42
47.75 (1.670) 47.75 5.21 (0.20) X
(2.750) 31.75 (2.75) 31.75 (1.88) (1.67) 8.13 (0.32)
(1.250) (1.880) (1.25) Slot, 2 Plcs
5.21 (0.205) X
Cable Length M30 X 1.5 15.87 8.13 (0.320) M30 X 1.5 15.87 (0.62)
2 m (6.5 ft ) External (0.625) Slot, 2 PLCS External Thread
Cable Length
6.5 (0.255/0.245) Thread 5.46 1/2 in. NPSM 5.46
Internal Thread 2 m (6.5 ft) (0.21) 24.64
Dia. 1/2 in. NPSM (0.215) 6.47/6.22
Internal Thread 24.69 (0.97)
(0.970) 16.76 (0.66) (0.25/0.24) Dia.
16.76 (0.660) 30.35
32.66 (1.28)
32.66 (1.286) 41.91 (1.19)
41.91 30.35 40.0 (1.65)
(1.650) (1.195) (1.57) Mounting Hole
40.00
Centerline
(1.575)
Connector Version Micro Style Mini Style Thread Size

AC DC
1/2--20 UNF M12 x 1

Micro Style
2 Keyways 1 Keyway
7/8--16 UN
13.97 (0.550) 17.78 (0.700) Mini Style
1 Keyway

1--67
Series 9000
Standard and Timing

Retroreflective Polarized Retroreflective Standard Diffuse Long Range Diffuse
100 100 100 1000
80 80 80 White Paper,
216 x 279.4
40 76 (3) 40 40
76 (3) (8.5 x 11)
Reflector 9072
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Reflector 100
20 20 20
10 10 10
8 32 (1.25) 8
8
32 (1.25) Reflector 10 9040
4 Reflector 4 4
2 16 (0.625) 2
2 16 (0.625) Reflector
Reflector 1 1
1 1
51 0.3m 0.6m 1.5m 3m 15m 51 152 0.3m 1.5m 3m 6m 15m 51 152 0.3m 0.6m 1.5m 3m 6m 25.4 254 2540 25400
(2) (1ft) (2ft) (5ft) (10ft) (50ft) (2) (6) (1ft) (5ft) (10ft)(20ft) (50ft) (2) (6) (1ft) (2ft) (5ft) (10ft) (20ft) (1) (10) (100) (1000)
Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)]
Transmitted Beam Visible Red Fiber Optic Visible Red Fiber Optic Small Aperture Fiber Optic
with 61m (200ft) Light Source Standard Diffuse Transmitted Beam Retroreflective
10000 10000 10000 10000
White Paper With 76 (3)
4000 4000 216 X 279.4 4000 1.5 (0.6) Glass Fiber 4000 Reflector
2.3 (0.09) Glass Fiber (8.5 x 11) 0.5 (0.02)
1000 1000 1000 1000 Plastic Fiber
904X 1.0 (0.04) Plastic Fiber 1.0 (0.04) Plastic Fiber
400
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
400 400 400
1.0 (0.04) Plastic 2.3 (0.09)
100 1.0 (0.04) Plastic Fiber-Coiled Fiber-Coiled
100 100 100 Glass Fiber
900X 40 0.5 (0.02) Plastic Fiber
40 40 40 1.0 (0.04) Plastic
0.5 (0.02) Plastic Fiber
Fiber Coiled
10 10 0.5 (0.02) Plastic Fiber Bundle 10 0.5 (0.06) Plastic 10 0.5 (0.02)
4 Fiber-Coiled 1.0 (0.04)
4 4 4 Plastic Fiber
Coiled Plastic Fiber
1 1 1 1
0.3 1.8 3 15 30 150 2.54 25.4 76.2 0.3m0.6m 2.54 25.476.2 0.3m 0.6m 2.54 25.4 76.2 0.3m0.6m 1.5m
(1) (5) (10) (50) (100) (500) (0.1) (1.0) (3.0) (12in.)(2ft) (0.1) (1.0)(3.0) (12in.)(2ft) (0.1) (0.1) (3.0) (12ft)(24ft) (5ft)
Distance [m (ft)] Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)]
Large Aperture Fiber Optic Large Aperture Fiber Optic Large Aperture Fiber Optic
Standard Diffuse Transmitted Beam Retroreflective
10000 10000 10000
White Paper With 78 (3)
4000 216 x 279.4 4000 4000 Reflector
(8.5 x 11) 3.18 (1.25) Glass Fiber
1000 1000 1000 3.18 (0.125)
1.52 (0.060) Glass Fiber
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin

100 100 100 1.52 (0.060)
40 1.52 (0.06) Glass Fiber 40 40 Glass Fiber
0.69 (0.027)
4 4 4
1 1 1
2.54 25.4 152.4 0.3m 0.61m 2.54 25.4 152.4 0.3m 0.61m 2.54 25.4 0.3m 1.5m
(0.1) (1.0) (6.0) (12.0) (2ft) (0.1) (1.0) (6.0) (12.0) (2ft) (0.1) (1.0) (12.0) (5ft)
Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)]
Product Selection for On/Off and Timing Sensors

Output Type
2 m 300V cable 42G⊗U-- 9000
NPN/PNP
10…30V DC 250 mA 4-pin DC micro 42G⊗U-- 9000-- QD
30 mA 2 ms
4-pin mini 42G⊗U-- 9000-- QD1
50.8 mm… SPDT EM Relay

2 m 300V cable 42G⊗U-- 9002
70…264V AC/DC 9.14 m 2 A/132V AC
50/60 Hz (2 in…30 ft) Light/Dark 1 A/264V AC
15 mA with Selectable 1 A/150V DC 5-pin mini 42G⊗U-- 9002-- QD
Object 15 ms
to be 76 mm (3 in.)
Sensed
Reflector 2 m 300V cable 42G⊗U-- 9003
Retroreflective 70…264V DC/ Solid State Isolated
40…264V AC N.O. 2 m 600V cable 42G⊗U-- 9003H
Field of View: 1.5_
50/6 0Hz 300 mA 4-pin mini 42G⊗U-- 9003-- QD
Emitter LED: Visible red 660 nm 15 mA 2 ms
4-pin AC micro 42G⊗U-- 9003-- QD1
⊗ R for standard (i.e. 42GRU--9000); T for timing (i.e. 42GTU--9000)

Series 9000
Standard and Timing
Product Selection for On/Off and Timing Sensors

Output Type
2 m 300V cable 42G⊗U-- 9200
NPN/PNP
10…30V DC 4-pin DC micro 42G⊗U-- 9200-- QD
250 mA
30 mA
2 ms
4-pin mini 42G⊗U-- 9200-- QD1
50.8 mm… SPDT EM Relay

70…264V DC/ 2 m 300V cable 42G⊗U-- 9202
4.87 m 2 A/132V AC
60…264V AC 1 A/264V AC
50/60 Hz (2 in… Light/Dark
16 ft) Selectable 1 A/150V DC 5-pin mini 42G⊗U-- 9202-- QD
Object 15 mA 15 ms
to be with 76 mm
Sensed (3 in.) Reflector 2 m 300V cable 42G⊗U-- 9203
Polarized Retroreflective 70…264V DC/ Solid State Isolated
2 m 600V cable 42G⊗U-- 9203H
40…264V AC N.O.
Field of View: 1.5_ 50/60 Hz 300 mA 4-pin mini 42G⊗U-- 9203-- QD
Emitter LED: Visible red 660 nm 15 mA 2 ms
4-pin AC micro 42G⊗U-- 9203-- QD1
Linear pot. 2 m 300V cable 42GLP-- 9000
Light/Dark
Selectable 4-pin DC micro 42GLP-- 9000-- QD
NPN/PNP
Teach 100 mA
2 m 300V cable 42GSP-- 9000
function 2 ms
10…30V DC
Light/Dark 4-pin DC micro 42GSP-- 9000-- QD
30 mA
Selectable
2 m 300V cable 42G⊗P-- 9000
NPN/PNP
Object 250 mA 4-pin DC micro 42G⊗P-- 9000-- QD
50.8 mm…
to be
1.52 m 2 ms 4-pin mini 42G⊗P-- 9000-- QD1
Sensed
(2 in…5 ft) to
White Paper SPDT EM Relay
70…264V DC/ 2 m 300V cable 42G⊗P-- 9002
2 A/132V AC
60…264V AC 1 A/264V AC
50/60 Hz Light/Dark
Selectable 1 A/150V DC 5-pin mini 42G⊗P-- 9002-- QD
Standard Diffuse 15 mA 15 ms
Field of View: 3.5_ 2 m 300V cable 42G⊗P-- 9003
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm 70…264V DC/ Solid State Isolated
40…264V AC N.O. 2 m 600V cable 42G⊗P-- 9003H
50/60 Hz 300 mA 4-pin mini 42G⊗P-- 9003-- QD
15 mA 2 ms
4-pin AC micro 42G⊗P-- 9003-- QD1
2 m 300V cable 42GRP-- 9040
NPN/PNP
10…30V DC 250 mA 4-pin DC micro 42GRP-- 9040-- QD
30 mA 2 ms 4-pin mini 42GRP-- 9040-- QD1
SPDT
EM Relay 2 m 300V cable 42GRP-- 9042
70…264V AC/DC
50.8 mm… 2 A/132V AC
50/60 Hz Light/Dark
3.04 m 1 A/264V AC
15 mA Selectable
(2 in…10 ft) 1 A/150V DC 5-pin mini 42GRP-- 9042-- QD
15 ms
Object
to be 2 m 300V cable 42GRP-- 9043
Sensed 70…264V DC/ Solid State Isolated
40…264V AC N.O. 2 m 600V cable 42GRP-- 9043H
50/60 Hz 300 mA 4-pin mini 42GRP-- 9043-- QD
15 mA 2 ms
4-pin AC micro 42GRP-- 9043-- QD1
Long Range Diffuse
Field of View: 6.5_ NPN/PNP 2 m 300V cable 42GRP-- 9070
10…40V DC
250 mA
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm 30 mA 4-pin DC micro 42GRP-- 9070-- QD
2 ms
50.8 mm…4.2 m Light/Dark SPDT 2 m 300V cable 42GRP-- 9072

(2 in…14ft) Selectable EM Relay
70…264V AC/DC
2 A/132V AC 3 m 300V cable 42GRP-- 9072-- 3
50/60 Hz
1 A/264V AC
15 mA
1 A/150V DC
15 ms 5-pin mini 42GRP-- 9072-- QD


1--69
Series 9000
Standard and Timing

Output Type
2 m 300V cable 42GRL-- 9000
2 m 600V cable 42GRL-- 9000H
25.4 mm…61 m
(1 in…200 ft) 4-pin DC micro 42GRL-- 9000-- QD
10…264V AC/DC 4-pin mini 42GRL-- 9002-- QD
50/60 Hz NA
15 mA Light Source 2 m 300V cable 42GRL-- 9040
25.4 mm… 4-pin DC micro 42GRL-- 9040-- QD
152 m
(1 in…500 ft) 4-pin mini 42GRL-- 9042-- QD
4-pin AC micro 42GRL-- 9043-- QD1
Object
to be 2 m -300V
Sensed 42G
R-- 9000
NPN and PNP cable
10…30V DC 250 mA
25 mA 4-pin DC micro 42G
R-- 9000-- QD
5 ms
4-pin mini 42G
R-- 9000-- QD1
Transmitted Beam
SPDT EM Relay
Receiver 2 m 300V cable 42G
R-- 9002
Field of View: 1.5_ 70…264V AC/DC, 2 A/132V AC,
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm 50/60 Hz Light or Dark 1 A/264V AC
10 mA Depends on
Output 1 A/150V DC 5-pin mini 42G
R-- 9002-- QD
Light Source
Selectable 23 ms
2 m 300V cable 42GRR-- 9003
70…264V DC, Solid State Isolated
40…264V AC N.O. 2 m 600V cable 42GRR-- 9003H
50/60 Hz 300 mA 4-pin mini 42GRR-- 9003-- QD
10 mA 15 ms
4-pin AC micro 42GRR-- 9003-- QD1
NPN/PNP 2 m 300V cable 42G
F-- 9100
10…30V DC 250 mA
30 mA 2 ms 4-pin DC micro 42G
F-- 9100-- QD
SPDT EM Relay
2 m 300V cable 42G
F-- 9102
70…264V AC/DC 2 A/132V AC,
Object 50/60 Hz Depends on
to be Light/Dark 1 A/264V AC
15 mA Fiber Optic
Sensed Selectable 1 A/150V DC 5-pin mini 42G
F-- 9102-- QD
cable
15 ms
70…264V DC/ Solid State Isolated 2 m 300V cable 42G
F-- 9103
Small Aperture Red Fiber Optic
40…264V AC N.O. 4-pin mini 42G
F-- 9103-- QD
Emitter LED: Visible red 660 nm 50/60 Hz 300 mA
15 mA 2 ms 4-pin AC micro 42G
F-- 9103-- QD1
NPN/PNP 2 m 300V cable 42G
F-- 9000
10…30V DC 250 mA
30 mA 2 ms 4-pin DC micro 42G
F-- 9000-- QD
SPDT EM Relay
2 m 300V cable 42G
F-- 9002
70…264V AC/DC, 2 A/132V AC,
50/60 Hz Depends on 1 A/264V AC
Object Light/Dark
to be 15 mA Fiber Optic 1 A/150V DC 5-pin mini 42G
F-- 9002-- QD
Sensed cable Selectable 15 ms
2 m 300V cable 42G
F-- 9003
Large Aperture Fiber Optic 70…264V DC/ Solid State Isolated
40…264V AC N.O. 2 m 600V cable 42G
F-- 9003H
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm 50/60 Hz 300 mA 4-pin mini 42G
F-- 9003-- QD
15 mA 2 ms
4-pin AC micro 42G
F-- 9003-- QD1

Series 9000
Standard and Timing

Output Type
10…264V AC/DC, 2 m 300V cable 42GRLF-- 9040
56/60 Hz NA
See table below.
15 mA Light Source 4-pin DC micro 42GRLF-- 9040-- QD
NPN/PNP 2 m 300V cable 42GRRF-- 9000

10…40V DC 250 mA
Object 30 mA 2 ms 4-pin DC micro 42GRRF-- 9000-- QD
to be
Sensed Light/Dark
See table below. SPDT EM Relay
Selectable 2 m 300V cable 42GRRF-- 9002
70…264V AC/DC, 2 A/132V AC,
Extended Range Large Aperture Fiber Optic 50/60 Hz 1 A/264V AC
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm 15 mA 1 A/150V DC 5-pin mini 42GRRF-- 9002-- QD
15 ms
Typical Sensing Distance—Extended Range Infrared Fiber Optic

Sensing
Range Distance
Sensing Mode Sensor Fiber Optic Cable Extender (1X margin.)
43GT-- FAS25SL Individual Fiber Optic Cable,
smooth tip
none 914 mm (36 in.)
43GT-- TBB25SL Individual Fiber Optic Cable, with
42GRLF-- 9040 with individual 5/16 inch threaded tip
fiber optic cable 60-- 1844 6 m (20 ft)
43GT-- FAS25SL Individual Fiber Optic Cable,
smooth tip 60-- 2559 12 m (40 ft)
43GT-- TBB25SL Individual Fiber Optic Cable, with 60-- 2323 6 m (20 ft)
Transmitted Beam 5/16 inch threaded tip 60-- 2738 12 m (40 ft)
43GR-- FAS25SL Bifurcated Fiber Optic Cable,
smooth tip
none 1.2 m (48 in.)
43GR-- TBB25SL Bifurcated Fiber Optic Cable, with
5/16 inch threaded tip
42GRLF-- 9040 with bifurcated
fiber optic cable 43GR-- FAS25SL Bifurcated Fiber Optic Cable, with 60-- 1844 7.6 m (25 ft)
smooth tip 60-- 2559 15.2 m (50 ft)
43GR-- TBB25SL Bifurcated Fiber Optic Cable, with 60-- 2323 7.6 m (25 ft)
5/16 inch threaded tip 60-- 2738 15.2 m (50 ft)
1. Sensing ranges are for fiber optic cables shown. Range will vary with other fiber optic cable types.
2. When using individual fiber optic cable, second port must be blocked with the provided plug (60--2744).
3. Receiver Sensor (42GRRF) requires only individual fiber optic cable.

1.8 m (6 ft) 4-pin, Mini QD Cordset 889N-- F4AF-- 6F 32 mm (1.25 in.) Diameter Reflector 92-- 47
1.8 m (6 ft) 5-pin, Mini QD Cordset 889N-- F5AF-- 6F Range Extender 60-- 1844
2 m (6.5 ft) 4-pin, DC Micro QD Cordset 889D-- F4AC-- 2 Range Extender 60-- 2559
2 m (6.5 ft) 4-pin, AC Micro QD Cordset 889R-- F4AEA-- 2 Range Extender 60-- 2738
76 mm (3 in.) Diameter Reflector 92-- 39 Replacement Plug 60-- 2744

1--71
44B Adjustable Background and Foreground Suppression
50 mm Rectangular
Specifications
Environmental
Operating Environment NEMA 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13, IP67
Vibration 10…55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude, meets or exceeds IEC 947--5--2
Shock 30 g with 1 ms pulse duration, meets or exceeds IEC 947--5--2
Optical
Sensing modes Background suppresion or foreground suppression
Sensing Range 20…300 mm (0.78…11.8 in.) adjustable for background suppression

20…200 mm (0.78…7.8 in.) adjustable for foreground suppression
Spot Size See Product Selection table on page 1--74
Features Light Source Infrared LED (880 nm)
S Adjustable background and LED Indicators See User Interface Panel below
foreground suppression models Adjustments 6-turn adjustment knob
S Power, output, and stability status
Electrical
indicators
Voltage 20…30V DC
S Micro QD connection with 90_
swivel Current Consumption 22 mA max
S Low voltage 24V DC operation Sensor Protection False pulse, reverse polarity, overload, output short circuit
S Protected from miswiring Outputs

S Dual NPN and PNP outputs Response Time 1 ms max
S Fast 1 ms response time Output Type PNP and NPN
Mechanical
Housing Material Acrylic

Connection Types 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD
Supplied Accessories None
Optional Accessories See mounting brackets and cordsets on page 1--73

Adjustable
Color State Status Knob
LED Status
OFF Indicators
Sensor not powered, SCP active
Green ON Sensor powered
Flashing Unstable margin

Micro QD
OFF Output not activated Swivel
Orange
ON Output activated

50 mm Rectangular
14.99
(0.59)
42.55 (1.67)
Optional Dovetail
Bracket 44B--BKT
51.18
(2.01)
63.50 67.38
(2.50) (2.65)
13.97
(0.55)
7.11
(0.28) 13.98
Optional Dovetail
(0.55)
Bracket 44B--BKT 10
(0.39)
30.7 (1.21)
Wiring Diagram
NPN/PNP Dovetail Bracket
Micro (Optional)
1 Brown 1
+
2 White 44B- BKT
4 Black
2
3 Blue
-
4
Quick-Disconnect 3
Cordsets & Accessories

Description Cat. No.
2 m (6.5 ft) 4-pin, DC Micro QD Cordset 889D-- F4AC-- 2
Dovetail Bracket 44B-- BKT

Mounting Bracket 60-- BKTL-- SS

1--73
50 mm Rectangular
Typical Response Curve Typical Response Curve

Suppression Point Sensing Distance
Suppression Point
Background Background
Sensing Suppression
Distance Distance
Background Suppression Foreground Suppression

300 300
90%
250 White 250
3%
Black
Sensing Distance [mm (in.)]
Sensing Distance [mm (in.)]

200 200
150 150
3%
100 Black 100 90%
White
50 50
0 0
0 100 200 300 0 50 100 150 200

Suppression Distance [mm (in.)] Suppression Distance [mm (in.)]
Example: With a suppression point set at 200 mm, the Example: With a suppression point set at 50 mm, the
sensing distance will be between the sensor face and just sensing distance will be between just over 50 mm and 150
under 200 mm for 90% white reflective targets and mm for 90% white reflective targets and between just over
between 12 mm and 185mm for 3% black reflective 50 mm and 100 mm for 3% black reflective targets.
targets.
Product Selection
Sensing Output Type/
Operating Voltage Distance LED Output Capacity Connection
Sensing Mode Supply Current (Adjustable) Source Energized Response Time Type Cat. No.
Light
44BSB-- 1JBA1-- D4
Object Operate
to be
Sensed 20…300 mm
Back- (0.78…11.8 in)
ground
Dark
44BSB-- 1KBA1-- D4
Background Suppression Operate
20 mm spot size @ 300 mm PNP and NPN
20…30V DC Infrared 100 mA 4-pin DC micro
22 mA 880 nm 1 ms
Dark
44BSN-- 1KBA1-- D4
Operate
20…200 mm
Object Back- (0.78…7.9 in)
to be ground
Sensed Light
44BSN-- 1JBA1-- D4
Foreground Suppression Operate
15 mm spot size @ 200 mm
Detection by presence of reflected light from the target.
Detection by absence of reflected light from the background.

50 mm Rectangular
Application Notes 4. The performance curves for the Operation of Adjustable Background
44BSN and 44BSB are based on a Suppression
1. Due to the detection method used by
90% white and 3% black reflective Adjustable
these sensors, it is important that the
paper. Use the table below to Suppression
sensor be mounted in such a way as Point
compare reflectivity levels of various
to ensure that the target passes in an
industrial targets.
orientation perpendicular to the
sensor’s lenses.
Typical Relative
Target Reflectivity
Polished aluminum 500
R2 R1
White paper (reference) 100
E1
White typing paper 90 Target
Cardboard 40
Cut lumber 20 Adjustable
Sensing
Black paper 10
Range
Neoprene 5 R1 = Near
2. For installations with a fixed R2 = Far
Tire rubber 4 R1 > R2:output = on
background up to 300 mm from the
44BSB sensor, set the suppression Black felt 2
point to just before the background. If
no background is present, set the 5. For foreground suppression dark
suppression point to just beyond the operate model (44BSN--1KBA1--D4),
target to be sensed so that adequate the output turns on when a target is
margin is achieved. detected. For light operate model
(44BSN--1JBA1--D4), the output
3. Avoid installing the 44BSB sensor
turns off when a target is detected.
directly perpendicular to a mirror-like
background. This can cause a false 6. For background suppression light
output. If this occurs, use a operate model (44BSB--1JBA1--D4),
nonreflective background or angle the output turns on when a target is
the sensor or background to detected. For dark operate model
minimize this condition. (44BSB--1KBA1--D4), the output
turns off when the target is detected.
Application Examples
Background Suppression Foreground Suppression

1--75
42BT Long Range Background Suppression
Slim Flatpack
Specifications
Environmental
Certifications cULus Listed and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Operating Temperature [C (F)] --5…+55° (+23…+131°)
Shock 30 g with 1 ms pulse duration, meets or exceeds IEC 60947--5--2
Ambient Light Immunity Incandescent light: 3000 lux, sunlight immunity: 10000 lux
Optical
Sensing Modes Background suppression
Features Sensing Range 1 m or 2 m by cat. no.
S Long range background Field of View See Product Selection table on page 1--77
suppression diffuse sensing mode Light Source Visible red LED (650 nm), infrared LED (880 nm)
S Adjustable range settings LED Indicators See User Interface Panel below
S Slim flatpack housing design Adjustments 5-turn sensitivity potentiometer
S Highly visible LED Indicators Electrical
S Pico QD and 2 m cable versions Voltage 12…24V DC
S Both NPN and PNP outputs Current Consumption 30 mA
S Short-circuit protected outputs Sensor Protection Short circuit
S Fast 2 ms response time Outputs
Response Time 2 ms max
Output Type PNP and NPN
Output Current 100 mA @ 24V DC
Mechanical
Housing Material Polyarilate
Lens Material Polyarilate
Connection Types 2 m cable, 4-pin pico (M8) QD on 6-inch pigtail
Supplied Accessories Screwdriver
Optional Accessories See mounting brackets and cordsets on page 1--77
Label Color State Status Range Adjustment

Display Range Adjustment
OFF Margin < 2.5 Selector
Margin Green Margin
ON Margin > 2.5 Indicator
OFF Output not activated

Status Red Output
ON Output activated Indicator
Light/Dark
Operate Switch

42BT Long Range Background Suppression
Slim Flatpack
Wiring Diagrams Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)]

NPN/PNP
Pico 20
40
Brown 1 Brown (1.57)
Black
+ 4 Black + 2 4 (0.78) 2-- 4.2 (0.17)
Dia.
White 2 White
1 3
70 57.5
Blue
-- 3 Blue
-- (2.75) (2.26)
Cable Quick-Disconnect Axis
Micro 2 15 (0.59) 2 m cable
4.2 (0.17) Dia.
1
4
Brown
Black +
2 White 5.5 (0.21)
20.5 (0.80)
1
3 Blue
-- 3
Quick-Disconnect 4
42BT--B1LBSN 42BT--B2LBSL
701
20 20
601
201
Beam Diameter—mm
Beam Diameter—mm
501 10 10
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
151
401
0 0
301 101
- 10 - 10
201
51
101 - 20 - 20
1 1
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 0 360 720 1080 1440 1800 2040 0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
(1.3) (2.6) (3.9) (5.2) (6.5) (14.1) (28.3)(42.5) (56.7) (70.9) (80.3) (1.3) (2.6) (3.9) (5.2) (6.5) (7.87) (15.7)(23.6) (31.5) (39.4) (47.2)
Distance [m (ft)] Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [m (ft)] Distance [mm (in.)]
Product Selection
Output Type/
Operating Voltage Sensing LED Output Capacity Connection
Sensing Mode Supply Current Distance Source Energized Response Time Type Cat. No.
2 m 300V cable 42BT-- B2LBSL-- A2
0.2…1 m Visible Red

4-pin DC micro 42BT-- B2LBSL-- F4
(0.66…3.3 ft) 650 nm
Background Suppression 4-pin DC pico 42BT-- B2LBSL-- Y4

Field of View: 1.7_ 12…24V DC 10% L.O./D.O. PNP and NPN
30 mA selectable 2 ms (max)
2 m 300V cable 42BT-- B1LBSN-- A2
0.2…2 m Infrared
4-pin DC micro 42BT-- B1LBSN-- F4
(0.66…6.4 ft) 880 nm
Background Suppression 4-pin DC pico 42BT-- B1LBSN-- Y4

Field of View: 2.8_

2 m (6.5 ft) 4-pin, DC Micro QD Cordset 889D-- F4AC-- 2 Vertical Mounting Bracket 61-- 6738
2 m (6.5 ft) 4-pin, Pico QD Cordset 889P-- F4AB-- 2 Horizontal Mounting Bracket 61-- 6739

1--77
42BC Long Range Background Suppression
Slim Housing
Specifications
Environmental
Certifications UL Listed, CSA Certified and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Operating Environment NEMA 1, 12, 13, IP65
Ambient Light Immunity Incandescent light: 3000 lux, sunlight immunity: 10000 lux
Optical
Sensing Modes Background suppression
Features Sensing Range 1 m or 2 m by cat. no.
S Long range background Field of View See Product Selection table on page 1-- 80
suppression diffuse sensing mode
Light Source Infrared LED (880 nm)
S Adjustable range settings
LED Indicators See User Interface Panel below
S Slim housing style Adjustments Sensitivity potentiometer
S Highly visible LED Indicators Electrical
S Screw terminal connections Voltage 12…24V DC, 24…240V DC
S Both NPN and PNP outputs (DC) Current Consumption 30 mA
S SPST relay output (AC) Sensor Protection Short circuit for DC models, reverse polarity, false pulse, transient
S Short-circuit protected outputs Outputs

Response Time 20 ms max (DC models), 30 ms max (AC models)
Output Type PNP and NPN, SPDT N.O. relay (AC models)
Output Current 100 mA @ 24V DC, 3 A @ 240V AC
Mechanical
Housing Material Polycarbonate
Lens Material Polycarbonate
Cover Material Acrylic
Connection Types Screw terminal, 16 AWG (1.3 mm2 )
Supplied Accessories Right angle mounting bracket
Optional Accessories See mounting brackets and cordsets on page 1-- 80
Label Color State Status Light Operate/Dark

Operate Switch Output Indicator
OFF 0.8>margin<1.2
Margin Green
Far
ON 0.8<margin>1.2

Near
Output Red
ON Output activated
Stability Indicator
Range Adjustment

Slim Housing
Wiring Diagrams
Terminal Version
Relay Output Type Solid-State Output Type Terminal No.
Terminal No.
1 1 +12…24V DC
24…240V AC/DC
2 2 --DC
3 3 PNP Output
Output 24…250V
AC/DC 3 A Max 4
4 NPN Output

Removable, see-through 17
snap on wiring Cover (0.669)
69
Lens (2.71)
23.5 (0.92)
35 68
(1.37) (2.67)
11.5 (0.45)
Optical 5.5 (0.21)
50 (1.96) 2--Dia. 5.2 26
Axis 12 (0.20) (1.02)
(0.47) 68 (2.67) 2 Places
Detection Direction
Due to the detection method, the sensor must be positioned such that the target passes in the direction illustrated.
Motion in up/down direction cannot be detected.
Minimum Sensing Distances
Near Setting
2.5% black 8 cm (3.15 in.) at 2X margin
Target 100% white 3 cm (1.18 in.) at 2X margin
Far Setting
2.5% black 20 cm (7.9 in.) at 2X margin
100% white 4 cm (1.57 in.) at 2X margin
1 m Background Suppression 2 m Background Suppression
100 3 100 8
6
2
4
1
Beam Diameter—cm
Beam Diameter—cm
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
2
10 0 10 0
-2
-1
-4
-2
-6
1 -3 1 -8
0 0.1 1 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0.1 1 10 0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2
(0.3) (3.2) (0.67) (1.31) (1.97) (2.63) (3.28) (0.3) (3.2) (32.8) (1.31) (2.63) (3.94) (5.25) (6.56)
Distance [m (ft)] Distance [m (ft)] Distance [m (ft)] Distance [m (ft)]

1--79
Slim Housing
Product Selection
Output Type
1 m (3.3 ft) 42BC-- B1LBAL-- T4

Object NPN/PNP
12…24V DC ±10%
to be 100 mA
30 mA Screw
Sensed 20 ms
2 m (6.6 ft) terminals 42BC-- B1LBAN-- T4
Light/Dark accepts up to
Background
Selectable (2) 16 AWG
Background Suppression 1 m (3.3 ft) S.P.S.T. N.O. Relay 42BC-- B1CRAL-- T4
24…240V AC/DC (1.3 mm sq.)
3 A (250V AC,
Field of View: 3.5_ ±10% conductors
750V AC)
Minimum Sensing Distance: 30 mm (1.2 in.) 30 mA (DC)
2 m (6.6 ft) 3 A (30V DC, 90 W) 42BC-- B1CRAN-- T4
15 mA (AC)
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm 30 ms

DC Micro QD Cordset, Straight, 4-pin, 2 m 889D-- F4AC-- 2
Receptacle, 4-pin DC Micro QD 888D-- M4AC1-- 0M3
Mounting Bracket 60-- 2637
Replacement Cover 60-- 2669
Receptacle, 4-pin Mini QD 60-- 2668

42BA Short Range Background Suppression
Compact Housing
Specifications
Environmental
Certifications UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Operating Environment NEMA 1, 4, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC 529)
Features Optical
S Short-range background Sensing Mode Background suppression
suppression diffuse sensing mode
S Adjustable range settings Field of View See Product Selection table on page 1-- 83
S Compact housing style Light Source Visible red LED (700 nm), infrared LED (880 nm)
S Highly visible LED indicators LED Indicators See User Interface Panel below
S NPN or PNP output models Adjustments Sensitivity potentiometer

Electrical
S Diagnostic output
Voltage 10…30V DC
S Short-circuit protected outputs Current Consumption 33 mA max
S 2 m cable connection Sensor Protection Short circuit, reverse polarity, false pulse, transient noise
Outputs
Response Time 350 μs
Output Current 100 mA max @ 24V DC
Mechanical
Housing Material Polyarylate (30 mm and 50 mm models)
ABS resin (100 mm and 200 mm models)
Lens Material Polyarylate (30 mm and 50 mm models)
Polysulfone (100 mm and 200 mm models)
Connection Types 2 m cable
Supplied Accessories 60-- 2636 mounting bracket

Label Color State Status Sensitivity
Stability Sensitivity
OFF 0.8>margin<1.2 Stability Potentiometer Potentiometer
Indicator Light Operate/Dark
STB Green Indicator
ON 0.8<margin>1.2 Output Operate Switch
Output Indicator
OFF Output not activated Indicator
OUT Red
ON Output activated
Wiring Diagrams
NPN Output Cable PNP Output Cable
Brown: +12V…24V DC Brown: +12V…24V DC
Load
Black: Output Load
Orange: Stability Output Black: Output
Load
Blue: --DC
Blue: --DC
Note: Details regarding connection of Rockwell Automation 42BA photoelectric sensors to Rockwell Automation Programmable Controllers
can be found in “PHOTOSWITCHR Photoelectric Sensors and Programmable Controller Interface Manual” on
www.ab.com/Literature.

1--81
Compact Housing

30 mm and 50 mm Sensing Distance Versions 100 mm and 200 mm Sensing Distance Versions
15 (0.59) 1
2--Dia. 3.1 2--Dia. 3.1 (0.122) 25 (0.98)
3 (0.04) 2 Places
(0.12) 3
2 Places (0.12) (0.12) 2
Light (0.08)
Operate/Dark
12.7 Lens Operate 17.5
(0.5) Switch 16.4 (0.69)
25.4 (0.65) 29 35
19 (1.38)
(0.75) (1.0) (1.14)
D.O.
L.O.
8
2 (0.31)
(0.08) Lens
3.2
(0.13) 8
(0.31)
Stainless Steel Mounting Bracket—60--2636

Stainless steel mounting bracket and hardware supplied with all 42BA sensors.
15.0 (0.59) 15.0 (0.59) 21.0 (0.8)
Bottom View Side View
11.5 6.0 15 (0.59)
8.0
(0.31) (0.59) (0.23)
Dia. 3.2 (1.2)
7.8 2 Places
14.0 (0.30) 39.5
(0.55) (1.5)
R 0.5 (0.01) 2 Pl 43.5

3.5 (1.7) 25
R 2 (0.1) 2 Pl
(0.14) (0.9)
Dia. 3.5
(0.2) R5 2 Places
3.2
(0.1)
11
(0.4) 16° 16°
Note: Replacement mounting assemblies and reflectors available on page 1--293. 30 (1.2)
30 mm 50 mm
100 2 100 3
Beam Diameter—mm
Beam Diameter—mm
1
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
10 0 10 0
-1
-1
1 -2 1 -3
1 10 100 0.1 1 10 100 0 10 30 50
(0.03) (0.39) 0 10 20 30
(3.93) (0.003) (0.03) (0.39) (3.93) (0.39) (1.18) (1.96)
(0.39) (0.78) (1.18)
100 mm 200 mm
100 5 100 5
4
3
Beam Diameter—mm
Beam Diameter—mm
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
2 2
1
10 0 10 0
-1 -1
-2
-3 -3
-4
1 -5 1 -5
1 10 100 0 20 60 100 1 10 100 1000 0 40 80 120 160 200
(0.03) (0.39) (3.93i) (0.78) (2.36) (3.93) (0.03) (0.39) (3.93) (39.3) (1.57) (3.15) (4.72) (6.29) (7.87)

Compact Housing
Product Selection
Sensing Field Output Type
Operating Voltage Distance of Output LED Capacity Connection
Sensing Mode Supply Current [mm (in.)] View Energized Source Response Time Type Cat. No.
NPN
12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA,
42BA-- S2LNAA-- A2
27 mA Stability: 50 mA
10…30 350 μs
(0.39…1.2)
PNP
12…24V DC ±10%
Output: 100 mA, 42BA-- S2LPAA-- A2
30 mA
350 μs
NPN
12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA,
42BA-- S2LNAC-- A2
10…50 Visible red 350 μs
9_
(0.39…2.0) 700 nm
PNP
Output: 100 mA, 42BA-- S2LPAC-- A2
Object Light/Dark 350 μs 2 m 500V
to be
Sensed 12…24V DC ±10%
Selectable NPN cable
30 mA
Output: 100 mA
42BA-- S2LNAE-- A2
Stability: 50 mA
10…100 350 μs
(0.39…3.9)
PNP
12…24V DC ±10%
Output: 100 mA 42BA-- S2LPAE-- A2
33 mA
350 μs
NPN
12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA
42BA-- S1LNAG-- A2
10…200 Infrared 350 μs
5_
(0.39…7.9) 880 nm
PNP
12…24V DC ±10%
Output: 100 mA 42BA-- S1LPAG-- A2
33 mA
350 μs
Operating Distance with White Paper

Min Sensitivity [mm (in.)] Max Sensitivity [mm (in.)] Cat. No.
12…25 2…30 42BA-- S2LNAA-- A2
(0.47…0.98) (0.078…1.18) 42BA-- S2LPAA-- A2
9.5…39 2.7…50 42BA-- S2LNAC-- A2

(0.37…1.54) (0.106…1.97) 42BA-- S2LPAC-- A2
17…75 6…100 42BA-- S2LNAE-- A2

(0.67…2.95) (0.24…3.94) 42BA-- S2LPAE-- A2
25…160 1…200 42BA-- S1LNAG-- A2

(0.98…6.29) (0.039…7.87) 42BA-- S1LPAG-- A2
Detection Direction
Due to the detection method, the sensor must be positioned such that the target passes in the horizontal direction illustrated.
Target
Motion in the vertical direction cannot be reliably detected.

1--83
42KA
Ultra-Miniature Flat Pack
Specifications
Environmental
Certifications UL Listed, CSA Approved, and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Operating Environment NEMA 1, IP40
Operating Temperature [C(F)] - 25…+55° (-- 13…+131°)
Optical
Sensing Modes Diffuse, sharp cutoff, transmitted beam
Features Field of View See Product Selection table on page 1-- 91
S Subminiature package style Light Source Visible red LED (660 nm)
S Three sensing modes LED Indicators See User Interface below
S Models with and without sensitivity Adjustments See Product Selection table on page 1-- 91
adjustment Electrical
S Highly visible LED Indicators Voltage 12…24V DC
S NPN or PNP output models
Sensor Protection Reverse polarity for standard diffuse without adjustment, transient
S 2 m cable connection noise
Outputs
Response Time 500 μS
Output Mode See Product Selection table on page 1-- 91
Mechanical
Housing Material Polyester
Connection Types 2 m cable
User Interface Panel Wiring Diagrams

Label Color State Status NPN Output PNP Output
OFF 0.8<margin<1.2 Cable Brown: 24V DC (Transmitted Beam) Cable Brown: 24V DC (Transmitted Beam)
STB Green 12…24V DC (All Other Models) 12…24V DC (All Other Models)
ON 0.8>margin>1.2 Load
Black: Output Black: Output
Load
OUT Red Blue: --DC Blue: --DC
ON Output activated
Note: Details regarding connection of Rockwell Automation Bulletin 42KA photoelectric sensors to Rockwell Automation Programmable Controllers
can be found in publication 42-2.0.

42KA

Transmitted Beam Face View Sensors
Receiver Indicators Light Source
12.5 (0.49) 12.5 (0.49)
4 2.5 2.5 4
3.5 (0.16) (0.10) (0.10) (0.16)
(0.14)
1.2 3.5
(0.04) (0.14)
1.5 11 11
(0.06) Through 18
18 (0.43) (0.43) Light (0.07)
(0.71) Beam Optical Source
Photo Axis Is
Detector Position of
LED/Detector
Dia. 3.8 Dia. 2.3
Dia. 2.3
(0.15) (0.09)
(0.09)
2 Places
2 Places
Dia. 2.8 Dia. 2.8
(0.11) (0.11)
Transmitted Beam Side View Sensors Indicators
Receiver 9 (0.35) 9 (0.35) Light Source

7 (0.28) 7 (0.28)
2
Photo (0.08) Light
Detector Source
Optical 13 7.8 Dia. 3.2 (0.13) Optical 7.8 Dia. 3.2 (0.13)
13
Axis (0.51) (0.31) Axis (0.51) (0.31)
6.8 6.8
(0.27) (0.27)
2.3 2.3
(0.09) (0.09)
3.5 3.5
(0.14) (0.14)
Dia. 2.8 (0.11) Dia. 2.8 (0.11)
Face View Sensors Light Source and Side View Sensors

9 (0.35)
Photo Detector 2 7 Indicators
19.5 (0.77) (0.08) (0.28) 2.3 (Red = Power,
(0.09) Green = Stability)
3.5 2.5 (0.10) 2.5
(0.10) Dia. 2.9
(0.14) 3.5 (0.14) (0.14)
Indicators Light Source
and Photo
Detector
1.5 14
11 20 2.9
(0.06) 18 (0.55)
(0.79)
(0.71) 4.5 (0.43) 11.7 (0.11)
4.5
(0.18) (0.46) (0.18)
Dia. 3.8 Dia. 2.3 (0.09)
(0.15) 2 Places Optical
Axis
Dia. 2.8 (0.11)
Dia. 2.8 (0.11)

1--89
42KA
Standard Diffuse—30 mm Standard Diffuse—50 mm
100 20 100 20
10
10
Beam Diameter—mm
Beam Diameter—mm
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
5
10 0 10 0
-5
- 10
- 10
1 - 20 1 - 20
0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 0 13 25.4 38 51 0 13 25.4 38 51
(0.4) (0.8) (1.2) (0.4) (0.8) (1.2) (0.5) (1.0) (1.5) (2.0) (0.5) (1.0) (1.5) (2.0)
Sharp Cutoff Diffuse Transmitted Beam

100 10 10000 127
8
6 76.2
Beam Diameter—mm
Beam Diameter—mm
1000
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
4
2 25.4
10 0 100 0
-2 - 25.4
-4
10
-6 - 76.2
-8
1 - 10 1 - 127
0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 2.54 25.4 254 2540 0 101 203 304 406 508
(0.4) (0.78) (1.18) (0.4) (0.78) (1.18) (0.1) (1.0) (10) (100) (4) (8) (12) (16) (20)

42KA
Product Selection
Output Type Face or
Operating Voltage Sensing Output Capacity Side Sensitiv. Connection
Sensing Mode Supply Current Distance Energ. Response Time View Adjust. Type Cat. No.
NPN
12…24V DC ±10%
80 mA 42KA-- D2JNHC-- A2
20 mA
Object 0.5 ms
to be Face No
Sensed PNP
12…24V DC ±10%
3…50 80 mA 42KA-- D2JPHC-- A2
29 mA
mm 0.5 ms 2 m 500V
Light
(0.12… NPN cable
Standard Diffuse 12…24V DC ±10% 2.0 in.) 80 mA 42KA-- D2JNFC-- A2
27 mA
Field of View: 18_ 0.5 ms
Emitter LED: Visible red 660 nm Face Yes
PNP
Face or Side View: Face View 12…24V DC ±10%
80 mA 42KA-- D2JPFC-- A2
29 mA
0.5 ms
Object NPN
to be 12…24V DC ±10% 80 mA
Sensed 42KA-- S2JNSA-- A2
27 mA 3…30 0.5 ms
mm Light 2 m 500V
Side Yes
(0.12… Operate cable
Sharp Cutoff Diffuse 1.2 in.) PNP
12…24V DC ±10% 80 mA 42KA-- S2JPSA-- A2
0.5 ms
Emitter LED: Red 660 nm
Object
to be
Sensed
Face 42KA-- T2KNHK-- A2
24V DC ±10%
Transmitted Beam Source: 15 mA No
eld of View: 40_ Receiver: 15 mA
mitter LED: Red 660 nm NPN
80 mA
0.5 ms
Side 42KA-- T2KNTK-- A2
Object
to be
Sensed
24V DC ±10%
Transmitted Beam Source: 15 mA Face Yes 42KA-- T2KNFK-- A2
Field of View: 50_ Receiver: 22 mA
3…500
Emitter LED: Red 660 nm mm 2 m 500V
Dark
(0.12… cable
19.7 in.)
Object
to be
Sensed
Face 42KA-- T2KPHK-- A2
24V DC ±10%
Transmitted Beam Source: 15 mA No
Emitter LED: Red 660 nm PNP
80 mA
0.5 ms
Side 42KA-- T2KPTK-- A2
Object
to be
Sensed
24V DC ±10%
Transmitted Beam Source: 15 mA Face Yes 42KA-- T2KPFK-- A2
Emitter LED: Red 660 nm
See page 1--89 for detailed dimensions.

Both a light source (emitter) and receiver are included in the package. To identify the light source, replace the “T” in the cat. no. with “E.” To identify the
receiver, replace the “T” in the cat. no. with “R.” Example: 42KA-- T2KNHK--A2 contains one 42KA-- E2KNHK--A2 light source and one 42KA-- R2KNHK--A2
receiver. Light sources and receivers are not available separately.

1--91
42KB
Micro Rectangular
Specifications
Environmental
Operating Environment NEMA 1, 4, 6, 12, 13; IP67 (IEC 60529)
Shock 30g with 1 ms pulse duration, meets or exceeds IEC 60947-- 5-- 2
Optical
Sensing Mode Retroreflective, diffuse, sharp cutoff diffuse, transmitted beam
Features Light Source Visible red LED (660 nm), infrared LED (880 nm)
S Compact rectangular package LED Indicators See User Interface Panel below
S Four sensing modes Adjustments Sensitivity potentiometer
S Sensitivity adjustment Electrical

Voltage 12…24V DC
S Selectable light/dark operate
S Highly visible LED Indicators
Sensor Protection Short circuit (NPN models only), reverse polarity, false pulse, transient
S NPN or PNP output models noise
Outputs
S 2 m cable or pico connections
Output Type PNP or NPN by cat. no., stability output for NPN models only
Output Mode Light or dark operate selectable
Mechanical
Housing Material Polyarylate
Lens Material Acrylic, polycarbonate, polyarylate by cat. no.
Connection Types 2 m cable, 3-pin DC pico (M8) QD
Supplied Accessories Mounting bracket, adhesive apertures (transmitted beam models),
screwdriver, reflector (retroreflective models)

Label Color State Status Stability Indicator Stability Indicator (Green)
Output (Green) Output Indicator
OFF 0.8<margin<1.2 Indicator (Red) (Red)
STB Green
ON 0.8>margin>1.2

OUT Red Sensitivity Sensitivity
ON Output activated Potentiometer Potentiometer

42KB
Micro Rectangular
Wiring Diagrams
Cable
NPN Output PNP Output
Cable Cable
Brown: +12…24V DC Brown: +12…24V DC
Black: Output Load
Load
Orange: Stability Output
Black: Output
Load
Blue: --DC Blue: --DC
Quick-Disconnect
1 Brown 1 Brown Pico
4 Black 4
4 Black
1 3
3 Blue 3 Blue
Note: Details regarding connection of Rockwell Automation Bulletin 42KB photoelectric sensors to Rockwell Automation Programmable
Controllers can be found in “PHOTOSWITCHR Photoelectric Sensors and Programmable Controller Interface Manual” on
www.ab.com/literature.

End View Sensors Side View Sensors
3 15
Dia. 3.1 (0.12) 30 (1.18) (0.12) (0.59) 1.0
2 Places 16 (0.04) 10.3
3
(0.62) (0.40)
(0.12)
15 3
(0.59) (0.12)
Lens 16.4
Optical 7.5 Dia. 3.2
(0.13) (0.65)
Axis (0.29) 19 25.4
(0.74) (1.0)
Lens
Optical 12.7
D.O.
L.O.
D.O.
L.O.
Axis (0.50)
10 (0.39)
21.8 3.2 2 Dia. 3.2

(0.86) (0.13) (0.08) (0.13)

1--93
42KB
Micro Rectangular
Retroreflective Standard Diffuse—70 mm
100 40 100 8
30 6
20 4
Beam Diameter—mm
Beam Diameter—mm
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
100
10 2
0 10 0
10 - 10 -2
- 20 -4
- 30 -6
1 - 40 1 -8
0 0.1 1 10 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 0 20 40 60 0 20 40 60
(0.33) (3.28) (32.8) (1.64) (3.28) (4.92) (6.56) (0.8) (1.6) (2.4) (0.8) (1.6) (2.4)
Distance to 92- 93 Distance [m (ft)] Distance to White Target [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)]
Reflector [m (ft)]
Standard Diffuse—200 mm Standard Diffuse—300 mm

100 10 100 10
8 8
6 6
Beam Diameter—mm
Beam Diameter—mm
Operating Margin
4 4
Operating Margin
2 2
10 0 10 0
-2 -2
-4 -4
-6 -6
-8 -8
1 - 10 1 - 10
0 50 100 150 200 0 50 100 150 200 0 100 200 300 0 100 200 300
(2) (3.9) (5.9) (7.87) (2) (3.9) (5.9) (7.87) (3.9) (7.87) (11.8) (3.9) (7.87) (11.8)
Standard Diffuse—400 mm
100 15
10
Beam Diameter—mm
Operating Margin
10 0
-5
- 10
1 - 15
0 100 200 300 400 0 100 200 300 400
(3.9) (7.87) (11.8) (15.7) (3.9) (7.87) (11.8) (15.7)
Distance to White Target [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)]

42KB
Micro Rectangular
Sharp Cutoff Diffuse—30 mm Sharp Cutoff Diffuse—40 mm
100 20 100 3
2
10
Beam Diameter—mm
Beam Diameter—mm
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
1
10 0 10 0
-1
- 10
-2
1 - 20 1 -3
0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40
(0.39) (0.78) (1.18) (0.39) (0.78) (1.18) (0.39) (0.78) (1.18) (1.57) (0.39) (0.78) (1.18) (1.57)
Operating Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)] Operating Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)]
Transmitted Beam—1 m Transmitted Beam—7 m

1000 25 10000 800
20 600
15
Beam Diameter—mm
Beam Diameter—mm
1000 400
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
100 10
5 200
0 100 0
-5 - 200
10 - 10
10 - 400
- 15
- 20 - 600
1 - 25 1 - 800
0 0.1 1 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 0.1 1 10 0 1 3 5 7
(0.32) (3.28) (0.6) (1.3) (1.9) (2.6) (3.28) (0.32) (3.28) (32.8) (3.28) (9.8) (16.4) (22.9)
Operating Distance [m (ft)] Distance [m (ft)] Operating Distance [m (ft)] Distance [m (ft)]
Transmitted Beam—10 m
10000 30
20
1000
Beam Diameter—mm
Operating Margin
10
100 0
- 10
10
- 20
1 - 30
0 1 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
(3.28) (32.8) (6.5) (13.1) (19.6) (26.2) (32.8)
Operating Distance [m (ft)] Distance [m (ft)]
Product Selection
Output Type End or
Operating Voltage Sensing Output LED Capacity Side Connection
Sensing Mode Supply Current Distance Energized Source Response Time View Type Cat. No.
NPN 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- U2LNSN-- A2

12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA
Object 350 μs
to be 3 mm… 3-pin pico 42KB-- U2LNSN-- Y3
Sensed
2m Light/Dark
— Side
(0.12 in… Selectable
6.6 ft) 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- U2LPSN-- A2
Retroreflective PNP
12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA
Emitter LED: Visible red 350 μs
3-pin pico 42KB-- U2LPSN-- Y3
660 nm

1--95
42KB
Micro Rectangular

Sensing Output Type End or
Operating Voltage Distance Output LED Capacity Side Connection
Sensing Mode Supply Current [mm (in.)] Energized Source Response Time View Type Cat. No.
2 m 500V cable 42KB-- D1LNED-- A2
NPN End
3-pin pico 42KB-- D1LNED-- Y3
12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA,
25 mA Stability: 50 mA 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- D1LNSD-- A2
350 μs Side
3-pin pico 42KB-- D1LNSD-- Y3
3…70
IR 950 nm
(0.12…2.8) 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- D1LPED-- A2
End
PNP 3-pin pico 42KB-- D1LPED-- Y3
12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA
28 mA 350 μs 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- D1LPSD-- A2
Side
3-pin pico 42KB-- D1LPSD-- Y3
NPN 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- D1LNEG-- A2

12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA,
3…200 350 μs 3-pin pico 42KB-- D1LNEG-- Y3
IR 900 nm
(0.12…7.9)
Object PNP 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- D1LPEG-- A2
to be 12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA
Sensed
25 mA 350 μs 3-pin pico 42KB-- D1LPEG-- Y3
End
Light/Dark NPN
Standard Diffuse Selectable 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- D2LNEH-- A2
12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA,
Field of View: 50 mm Infrared 20 mA Stability: 50 mA
Red 700 350 μs 3-pin pico 42KB-- D2LNEH-- Y3
sensors: 20_; All others: 12_
Emitter LED: See Product nm
PNP 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- D2LPEH-- A2
Selection 12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA
25 mA 350 μs 3-pin pico 42KB-- D2LPEH-- Y3
3…300
(0.12…11.8) NPN 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- D1LNSH-- A2
12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA,
350 μs 3-pin pico 42KB-- D1LNSH-- Y3
IR 900 nm
PNP 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- D1LPSH-- A2
12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA
25 mA 350 μs 3-pin pico 42KB-- D1LPSH-- Y3
Side
NPN 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- D2LNSG-- A2
12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA,
3…400 Red 700 350 μs 3-pin pico 42KB-- D2LNSG-- Y3
(0.12…15.8) nm
PNP 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- D2LPSG-- A2
12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA
25 mA 350 μs 3-pin pico 42KB-- D2LPSG-- Y3
2 m 500V cable 42KB-- S2LNSA-- A2

12…24V DC ±10% 3…30 Red 660
20 mA (0.12…1.2) nm NPN
Object 3-pin pico 42KB-- S2LNSA-- Y3
to be Output: 100 mA
Sensed
Stability: 50 mA 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- S1LNSB-- A2
12…24V DC ±10% 3…40 350 μs
IR 900 nm
22 mA (0.12…1.6) 3-pin pico 42KB-- S1LNSB-- Y3
Sharp Cutoff Diffuse Light/Dark
Side
Selectable 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- S2LPSA-- A2
Field of View: Infrared 3…30 Red 660
sensors: 15_; Visible red (0.12…1.2) nm PNP 3-pin pico 42KB-- S2LPSA-- Y3
sensors: 20_ 12…24V DC ±10%
Output: 100 mA
Emitter LED: Infrared 900 nm 25 mA 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- S1LPSB-- A2
3…40 350 μs
or Visible red 660 nm (See IR 900 nm
Product Selection) (0.12…1.6) 3-pin pico 42KB-- S1LPSB-- Y3

42KB
Micro Rectangular

Output Type End or
Operating Voltage Sensing Output LED Capacity Side Connection
Sensing Mode Supply Current Distance Energized Source Response Time View Type Cat. No.
2 m 500V cable 42KB-- T1LNEL-- A2
End
3-pin pico 42KB-- T1LNEL-- Y3
3 mm…1 m
(0.12 in… 42KB-- T1LNSL-- A2
3.2 ft) 2 m 500V cable
Side
12…24V DC ±10%
IR 880 nm 3-pin pico 42KB-- T1LNSL-- Y3
Source: 23 mA
Receiver: 18 mA NPN
2 m 500V cable 42KB-- T1LNEQ-- A2
Output: 100 mA,
End
3 mm…7 m Stability: 50 mA 3-pin pico 42KB-- T1LNEQ-- Y3
(0.12 in… 350 μs
23 ft) 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- T1LNSQ-- A2
3-pin pico 42KB-- T1LNSQ-- Y3
3 mm… Side
Object
to be 12…24V DC ±10% 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- T2LNSR-- A2
Sensed 10 m Red 700
Source: 20 mA
(0.12 in… nm
Receiver: 18 mA Light/Dark 3-pin pico 42KB-- T2LNSR-- Y3
32.8 ft)
Transmitted Beam Selectable
2 m 500V cable 42KB-- T1LPEL-- A2
Field of View: 1 m sensors:
End
50_; All others: 24_ 3 mm…1 m 3-pin pico 42KB-- T1LPEL-- Y3
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm (0.12 in…
or Visible red 700 nm (See 3.2 ft) 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- T1LPSL-- A2
Product Selection) Side
12…24V DC ±10% PNP 3-pin pico 42KB-- T1LPSL-- Y3
Source: 23 mA IR 880 nm Output: 100 mA
Receiver: 21 mA 350 μs 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- T1LPEQ-- A2
End
3 mm…7 m 3-pin pico 42KB-- T1LPEQ-- Y3
(0.12 in…
23 ft) 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- T1LPSQ-- A2
Side
3-pin pico 42KB-- T1LPSQ-- Y3
3 mm… 2 m 500V cable 42KB-- T2LPSR-- A2

12…24V DC ±10% PNP
10 m Red 700
Source: 20 mA Output: 100 mA Side
(0.12 in… nm
Receiver: 21 mA 350 μs 3-pin pico 42KB-- T2LPSR-- Y3
32.8 ft)
Adhesive 1 mm apertures are included with these sensors.
Optional metal apertures are available for these sensors under Accessories .
receiver, replace the “T” in the cat. no. with “R.” Example: 42KB-- T2KNHK--A2 contains one 42KB-- E2KNHK--A2 light source and one 42KB-- R2KNHK--A2
Maximum Operating Distance with Apertures

Aperture Cat. No.
61- 6726 61- 6727 61- 6728 61- 6729 Sensor Cat. No.
100 mm (3.93 in.) 300 mm (11.8 in.) 400 mm (15.7 in.) 300 mm (11.8 in.) 42KB-- T1LNSL-- A2 42KB-- T1LPSL-- A2
400 mm (1.57 in.) 1 m (39.3 in.) 3 m (9.8 ft) 2 m (6.56 ft) 42KB-- T2LNSR-- A2 42KB-- T2LPSR-- A2
300 mm (11.8 in.) 1 m (39.3 in.) 2.5 m (8.2 ft) 1.7 m (5.6 ft) 42KB-- T1LNSQ-- A2 42KB-- T1LPSQ-- A2

Pico QD Cordset, 3-pin 2 m 889P-- F3AB-- 2 Aperture, 2 mm (10 pcs) 61-- 6727
End View Bracket (included) 60-- 2632 Aperture, 3 mm (10 pcs) 61-- 6728
Side View Bracket (included) 60-- 2633 Aperture, 1 x 5 mm (10 pcs) 61-- 6729
Aperture, 1 mm (10 pcs) 61-- 6726 Reflectors (included) 92-- 93

1--97
42KC
Miniature Rectangular
Specifications
Environmental
Operating Environment NEMA 1, 4X, 6P, 12, 13; IP67
Optical
Sensing Mode Polarized retroreflective, diffuse, transmitted beam
Light Source Visible red LED (700 nm)
Features
S Compact rectangular package
Electrical
S Three sensing modes Voltage 12…24V DC
S Diagnostic output Current Consumption 35 mA max
Sensor Protection Short circuit (NPN models only), reverse polarity, false pulse, transient
S Sensitivity adjustment noise
S Selectable light/dark operate Outputs
S Highly visible LED indicators Response Time 350 μS
S NPN or PNP output models
S 2 m cable or pico connections
Mechanical
Housing Material Polyarylate
Connection Types 2 m cable, 4-pin DC pico (M8) QD
Supplied Accessories Mounting bracket, screwdriver, reflector (retroreflective models)

Label Color State Status Stability Indicator Light Operate/Dark
(Green) Operate Switch Light Operate/Dark Output Indicator
OFF 0.8<margin<1.2 Operate Switch (Red)
Output
STB Green Indicator
ON 0.8>margin>1.2 Stability Indicator
(Red) (Green)
OUT Red Sensitivity
Sensitivity Potentiometer
ON Output activated Potentiometer

42KC
Wiring Diagrams
Cable Version
NPN Output Cable PNP Output Cable
Brown: 12…24V DC Brown: 12…24V DC
Load
Black: Output Load Black: Output
Orange: Stability Output Orange: Stability Output

Load
Blue: --DC Blue: --DC Load
Pico Quick-Disconnect Version

Face View Male Receptacle (Sensor) Face View Male Receptacle (Sensor)
Stability Output
Stability Output Output
(White) Output
Load (White) (Black)
(Black) Load
2 4 2 4
Load Load
1 3 ( -- ) 12…24V DC 1 3 ( -- )
12…24V DC (Brown) (Blue) (Brown) (Blue)
Note: Details regarding connection of Rockwell Automation Bulletin 42KC photoelectric sensors to Rockwell Automation Programmable Controllers
can be found in publication 42-2.0.

End View Sensors End View Sensors
Cable Version Pico Quick-Disconnect Version
2
11.5 35
(0.078) 3
(0.45) (1.38) (0.12) Dia. 8
Dia. 3.2 (0.13) (0.31)
2 Places
Optical 3
Axis 20 (0.12)
Dia. 4.2
(0.79) (0.17) 11
10
(0.43)
(0.39) 3.6
(0.14)
11.5 20
(0.45) (0.79)
Side View Sensors 20 2 11.5 Side View Sensors

Cable Version (0.79) (0.08) (0.45) Pico Quick-
Disconnect Version
35
(1.377)
Optical
Dia. 3.2 (0.13) 3
Axis 20
2 Places (0.12)
(0.79)
3.5 11
(0.14) 3 (0.43)
(0.12)
12
(0.47) Dia. 4.2 (0.17)

1--99
42KC
Polarized Retroreflective Standard Diffuse
100 80 100 3
60 2
Beam Diameter—mm
Beam Diameter—mm
40
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
1
20
10 0 10 0
- 20
-1
- 40
-2
- 60
1 1 -3
- 80
0 1 10 0 0.2 0.6 1 1.4 0.1 1 10 100 1000 0 100 200 300 400 500
(3.28) (32.8) (0.6) (1.9) (3.28) (4.59) (0.003) (0.03) (0.39) (3.93) (39.3) (3.93) (7.87) (11.8) (15.7) (19.6)
Distance to 92- 93 Reflector [m ( ft)] Distance [m ( ft)] Distance to White Target [mm (in.)] Distance [mm (in.)]
Transmitted Beam
1000 150
100
Beam Diameter—mm
Operating Margin
100 50
10 - 50
- 100
1 - 150
0.1 1 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(0.3) (3.28) (32.8) (3.28) (6.5) (10) (13.1) (16.4) (19.6)(22.9)
Operating Distance [m ( ft)] Distance [m ( ft)]

42KC
Product Selection
Output Type End or
Operating Voltage Sensing Output Capacity Side Connection
Sensing Mode Supply Current Distance Energized Response Time View Type Cat. No.
2 m 500V cable 42KC-- P2LNEM-- A2
NPN End
4-pin pico 42KC-- P2LNEM-- P4
12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA
30 mA Stability: 50 mA 2 m 500V cable 42KC-- P2LNSM-- A2
0.5 ms Side
4-pin pico 42KC-- P2LNSM-- P4
Object 50 mm… 2 m 500V cable 42KC-- P2LPEM-- A2

to be 1.5 m Light/Dark PNP End
Sensed (1.9 in… Selectable 4-pin pico 42KC-- P2LPEM-- P4
12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA
35 mA 4.9 ft) Stability: 50 mA 2 m 500V cable 42KC-- P2LPSM-- A2
0.5 ms Side
4-pin pico 42KC-- P2LPSM-- P4
NPN 2 m 500V cable 42KC-- P2YNSM-- A2
Field of View: 8_ 5V DC 10% Output: 100 mA
Side
Emitter LED: Visible red 700 nm 25 mA Stability: 50 mA
0.5 ms 4-pin pico 42KC-- P2YNSM-- P4
2 m 500V cable 42KC-- D2LNEK-- A2

NPN End
4-pin pico 42KC-- D2LNEK-- P4
12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA
Object 30 mA Stability: 50 mA
to be 2 m 500V cable 42KC-- D2LNSK-- A2
Sensed 0.5 ms Side
3…500 mm 4-pin pico 42KC-- D2LNSK-- P4
Light/Dark
(0.12…
Selectable 2 m 500V cable 42KC-- D2LPEK-- A2
19.7 in.)
PNP End
Standard Diffuse 4-pin pico 42KC-- D2LPEK-- P4
12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA
Field of View: 7_ 35 mA Stability: 50 mA 2 m 500V cable 42KC-- D2LPSK-- A2
Emitter LED: Visible red 700 nm 0.5 ms Side
4-pin pico 42KC-- D2LPSK-- P4
2 m 500V cable 42KC-- T2LNGP-- A2

NPN End
12…24V DC ±10% 4-pin pico 42KC-- T2LNGP-- P4
Output: 100 mA
Source: 20 mA
Stability: 50 mA 2 m 500V cable 42KC-- T2LNTP-- A2
Receiver: 20 mA
0.5 ms Side
Object 50 mm…
to be 4-pin pico 42KC-- T2LNTP-- P4
Sensed 7m Light/Dark
(1.9 in… Selectable 2 m 500V cable 42KC-- T2LPGP-- A2
23.0 ft) End
PNP
Transmitted Beam 12…24V DC ±10% 4-pin pico 42KC-- T2LPGP-- P4
Output: 100 mA
Source: 20 mA
Field of View: 10_ Stability: 50 mA 2 m 500V cable 42KC-- T2LPTP-- A2
Receiver: 25 mA
Emitter LED: Visible red 700 nm 0.5 ms Side
4-pin pico 42KC-- T2LPTP-- P4
receiver, replace the “T” in the cat. no. with “R.” Example: 42KC-- T2LNGP--A2 contains one 42KC-- E2LNGP--A2 light source and one 42KC-- R2LNGP--A2

Pico QD Cordset, 4-pin 2 m 889P-- F4AB-- 2
End View Bracket 60-- 2634
Side View Bracket 60-- 2635
Reflectors (included) 92-- 93

1--101
Series 7000
e
et
ol
bs
O
1-- 102 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Series 7000
e
et
ol
bs
O

1-- 103
Series 7000
e
et
ol
bs
O

Series 7000
e
et
ol
bs
O

1-- 105
Series 7000
e
et
ol
bs
O

Series 7000
e
et
ol
bs
O

1-- 107
LaserSightt RightSightt
18 mm Right Angle
Specifications
Environmental
Operating Environment IP54 (IEC 60529)
Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 10…+40° (14…+104°)
Optical
Sensing Modes Polarized retroreflective, diffuse, transmitted beam
Features
Light Source Class 1 visible red laser (660 nm)
S Class 1 eye safe visible laser
S Models with teach function
Electrical
S Compact right angle housing Voltage 24V DC ± 10%
S Flexible 18 mm mounting options Current Consumption 30 mA max
S 360_ visible LED indicators Sensor Protection Overload, short circuit, reverse polarity, false pulse
S Reverse polarity protection Outputs

Response Time 1 ms (4 ms for transmitted beam)
S Short-circuit protected outputs Output Type PNP and NPN
S 1 ms response time Output Mode Light or dark operate by cat. no.
S False pulse protection Output Current 100 mA @ 24V DC max
S NPN and PNP outputs Output Leakage Current 0.1 mA max
Mechanical
Housing Material Mindel
Connection Types 2 m cable (24 AWG), 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD
Supplied Accessories 18 mm mounting nut
User Interface
Status—Teachable and Status—Transmitted Beam
LED Color State
Adjustable Versions Receiver
No Adjustment Manual Adjustment Teach
Single Yellow ON Output energized

Button
Turn Knob Flashing NA Output SCP active
OFF Normal operation Margin < 2.5x
ON Teach mode active Margin > 2.5x
Orange
Output SCP active
Flashing NA
Teach mode active
Sensor not powered, output
on, or SCP active
Green ON Sensor powered
Unstable margin condition
Flashing NA
(0.7x…2.0x) or output SCP active
Note: For laser models, output and margin LEDs flash simultaneously when SCP active.

18 mm Right Angle
Wiring Diagrams
Output Versions Transmitted Beam Source
Brown 1 Brown Brown 1 Brown
White + 2 White + 2 + + 2
Load Load 3 1 T T 3 1
Black 4 Black 4 4
Load
Blue 3 Blue Load Blue 3 Blue
- - - -
Cable Quick- Disconnect DC Micro Cable Quick- Disconnect DC Micro
For Rockwell Automation programmable controller compatible interface, refer to publication 42--2.0.
All wire colors on quick-disconnect models refer to Rockwell Automation 889D cordsets.

Teach Function Models Adjustable Models
20.5 34.5 (1.36) 20.5 34.5 (1.36)
27 27
(0.81) (1.06) (0.81) (1.06)
10 10
(0.40) 32.7 (0.40) 32.7
(1.29) 70.8 (1.29) 69
(2.8) (2.72)
49.7 49.7
9.6 (1.96) 9.6 (1.96)
(0.38) (0.38)
M18 X 1.0 4 M18 X 1.0 4
Thread (0.16) Thread (0.16)
26.5 26.5
(1.04) 19 (1.04) 19
(0.75) 3.6 (0.145) dia. (0.75) 3.6 (0.145) dia.
Clearance for #6--32 Screw Clearance for
(2 places) #6--32 Screw
16.5 16.5 (2 places)
(0.65) (0.65)
152.4 152.4
(6) (6)
2m (6.56ft) 2m (6.56ft)
cable cable
Micro Micro
Quick--Disconnect Quick--Disconnect
14.48 (0.57) 14.48 (0.57)

Note: All sensors supplied with one M18 mounting nut (Cat. No. 75012--097--01).

1--109
18 mm Right Angle

Standard Diffuse—Margin Standard Diffuse—Beam Pattern
100
2
1
Beam Diameter (mm)

Operating Margin
10 0
-1
-2
1
1 10 100 1000 0 100 200 300 400
(0.04) (0.39) (3.94) (39.4) (3.9) (7.8) (11.8) (15.7)
Polarized Retroreflective—Margin Polarized Retroreflective—Beam Pattern

100 6
92-- 118 92-- 39 4
Beam Diameter (mm)

Operating Margin
2
10 0
-2
-4
1 -6
0.01 0.1 1 10 100 0 5 10 15 20
(0.03) (0.33) (3.3) (32.8) (328) (16.4) (32.8) (49.2) (65.6)
Transmitted Beam—Margin
1000
100
Operating Margin
10
1
1 10 100
(3.3) (32.8) (328)
Distance [m (ft)]
Typical Spot Size
Model Distance 300 mm 15 m 40 m
Polarized Retroreflective 2 x 3.5 16 x 20 mm —
Diffuse Spot Size 2 x 3.5 — —
Transmitted Beam 2 x 3.5 16 x 20 mm 50 mm x 70 m
Actual spot size may be smaller.

18 mm Right Angle
Product Selection
Output Type/
Sensing Rating/
Supply Distance Adjustment Output Response Connection
Sensing Mode Voltage [mm (in.)] Type Energized Time Type Cat. No.
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- P8KBC-- A2

NPN and PNP/
0.05…15 m 100 mA/
Object Teach Button Dark Operate
to be (0.16…49.2 ft) 1 ms max.
Sensed
4-pin DC micro QD 42EF-- P8KBC-- F4
NPN and PNP/ 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- D8JBA-- A2

Object Single-Turn 100 mA/
300 (11.8) Light Operate
to be
Sensed
Knob 1 ms max. 4-pin DC micro QD 42EF-- D8JBA-- F4
24V DC ±10%
NPN and PNP/ 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- D8JBC-- A2
300 (11.8) Teach Button Light Operate 100 mA/
Standard Diffuse 1 ms max. 4-pin DC micro QD 42EF-- D8JBC-- F4
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- E8EZB-- A2

Light Source NA NA NA
Object 4-pin DC micro QD 42EF-- E8EZB-- F4
to be
Sensed
NPN and PNP/ 2 m 300V cable 42EF-- R7KBB-- A2
0.015…40 m 100 mA/
No Adjustment Dark Operate
(0.05…131.2 ft) 4 ms max. 4-pin DC micro QD 42EF-- R7KBB-- F4
Transmitted Beam

2 m (6.5 ft) 4-pin, DC Micro
889D--F4AC--2
QD Cordset
Microcube reflector for
polarized retroreflective laser 92--118
sensors
Swivel/Tilt bracket allows ±10°
vertical and 360° rotation 60--2649
adjustment
Right Angle Bracket 60--2677

1--111
LaserSightt 9000
Class II Laser Sensor
Specifications
Environmental
Operating Environment NEMA 3,4X,6P,12,13; IP67(IEC529) 1200 psi (8270 kPa) washdown,
IP69K
Optical
Sensing Modes Polarized retroreflective and transmitted beam
Features Sensing Range See Product Selection table on page 1-- 114
S Class II laser light source Field of View See Product Selection table on page 1-- 114
S Long range polarized retroreflective Light Source Class 2 laser
and transmitted beam sensing
modes
Adjustments Single-turn potentiometer for sensitivity
S Visible red beam for easy
alignment Electrical
S Robust 30 mm housing Voltage 10…30V DC , 110…132V AC models, 10…264 V AC/DC models
S Both NPN and PNP outputs (DC) Current Consumption 45 mA max (DC models), 10 mA max (AC/DC models), 70 mA max AC
models
S SPDT relay output (AC)
Sensor Protection Overload (DC only), short circuit (DC only), reverse polarity, false pulse
Outputs
S Micro, mini QD, 2 m cable
connections Response Time See Product Selection table on page 1-- 114
Output Type PNP and NPN (DC only), EM relay
Output Current See Product Selection table on page 1-- 114
Mechanical
Housing Material ValoxR
Connection Types 2 m 300V AC cable, 4-pin DC micro QD, 4-pin DC mini QD, 5-pin DC
micro QD

Sensitivity
OFF Margin < 2.5 Adjustment
Margin/ Light/Dark
Red ON Margin > 2.5
SCP Operate Switch

Output Green
ON Output activated

Power Yellow Red Margin/SCP Yellow Power
Indicator Green Output
ON Sensor powered
Energized Indicator On Indicator

LaserSightt 9000
Wiring Diagrams
DC Models
Cable Model: 42GR_- 9_L0 4-pin DC Micro QD Model: 42GR_- 9_L0- QD 2 4-pin DC Mini QD Model: 42GR_- 9_L0- QD1
Brown 1 1
(+) (+) (+)
White: NPN 2 NPN 2 NPN
Load Load Load
Black: PNP 4 PNP 1 4 PNP
Load Load Load
Blue 3 3
( -- ) ( -- ) ( -- )
3
AC Models 4
Cable Model: 42GR_- 9_L2 5-pin AC Mini QD Model: 42GR_- 9_L2- QD
Brown 4
Black (NO) ~ 1 (NO) ~
White (NC) 5 (NC)
Orange (C) 3 (C)
Blue 2
~ ~
Cable Model: 42GRL- 90L0 AC/DC Mini QD Model: 42GRL- 90L2- QD DC Micro QD Model: 42GRL- 90L0- QD 2
3 1 (+)~
T Brown (+)~ T
(+)~ T 1
Not Used
2
Not Used
4 4
Not Used
1
(- )~ Not Used
2 3
Blue (- )~ (- )~
3
4

All Versions
55.62 Cable Version M5 x 0.8 x 53
(2.190) Combination
15.24 Screws and Nuts
(0.600) (Supplied)
7.62 (0.300) 20.96
103.63 (0.825)
(4.080) 27.05
Max. Travel (1.065)
74.93
(2.950) Ref
69.85 42.41
(2.750) 31.75 47.75 (1.670)
(1.250) (1.880)
5.21 (0.205) X
Cable Length M30 X 1.5 15.87 8.13 (0.320)
2 m (6.5 ft) External (0.625) Slot, 2 PLCS
6.5 (0.255/0.245) Thread 5.46
Dia. 1/2 in. NPSM (0.215)
Internal Thread 24.69
16.76 (0.660) (0.970) Hardware Kit
(#129--130
32.66 (1.286) supplied)
41.91 30.35
40.00 (1.650) (1.195)
(1.575)
Connector Version Micro Style Mini Style Thread Size
M12 x 1
Micro Style
1 Keyway
13.97 (0.550) 17.78 (0.700)
7/8--16 UN
Mini Style
1 Keyway

1--113
LaserSightt 9000

Polarized Retroreflective Transmitted Beam
100 10000
1000
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
10 100
10
1
1
0.3 3 30 300 3 30 300
(1) (10) (100) (1000) (10) (100) (1000)
Distance [m ( ft)] Distance [m ( ft)]
Product Selection
Output Type/
2 m 300V cable 42GRU-- 92L0
PNP/250 mA
10…30V DC 4-pin DC micro
NPN/250 mA 42GRU- 92L0- QD
45 mA
Object 500 ms
to be
Sensed Selectable
0.3…40 m 4-pin DC mini
Light/Dark 42GRU-- 92L0-- QD1
(1…130 ft)
Operate
2 m 300V cable 42GRU-- 92L2

SPDT EM Relay
110…132V AC 2 A/132V AC
Polarized Retroreflective 70 mA 1 A/150V DC
Spot Size: 19 mm (3/4 in.) @ 40 m (130 ft) 15 ms 5-pin mini 42GRU- 92L2- QD
Emitter LED: Visible Laser, 650 nm
2 m 300V cable 42GRL-- 90L0
10…264V AC/DC NA 4-pin micro
300 m (1000 ft) 42GRL-- 90L0-- QD
10 mA Light Source
4-pin mini 42GRL- 90L2- QD
Object 2 m 300V cable 42GRR-- 90L0

to be PNP/250 mA
Sensed 10…40V DC 4-pin micro 42GRR-- 90L0-- QD
NPN/250 mA
25 mA
5 ms max.
Selectable 4-pin mini 42GRR-- 90L0-- QD1
5…300 m
Light/Dark
(16…1000 ft) SPDT EM Relay
Operate 2 m 300V cable 42GRR-- 90L2
2 A/132V AC
Transmitted Beam 70…264V AC/DC
1 A/264V AC
10 mA
Emitter LED: Visible Laser, 650 nm 1 A/150V DC 5-pin mini 42GRR- 90L2- QD
23 ms
Temperature rating - 10…+40_C for 24V DC operation. Reduce by 5_C for 120V AC and 10_C for 220V AC operation.

1.8 m (6 ft) 4-pin mini QD cordset 889N-- F4AF-- 6F
1.8 m (6 ft) 5-pin mini QD cordset 889N-- F5AF-- 6F
2 m (6.5 ft) 4-pin DC micro QD cordset 889D-- F4AC-- 2
Tilt/Swivel Bracket 60-- 2439
Microcube reflector 92-- 118

42CM LaserSightt
18 mm Metal Cylindrical, Class 1 Laser Sensor
Specifications
Environmental
Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 10…+55° (+14…+131°)
Features
Optical
S Class 1 laser
Sensing Modes Polarized retroreflective, diffuse, and transmitted beam
S Small spot size—0.1 mm @ Sensing Range See Product Selection table on page 1-- 118
100 mm sensing distance
Light Source Class 1 laser 650 nm
S Metal housing for heavy duty LED Indicators See User Interface Panel below
industrial applications
Adjustments Sensitivity potentiometer or teach button
S 18 mm industry standard package
Electrical
S Three sensing modes Voltage 10…30V DC
S 30V DC operation Current Consumption 25 mA max
S NPN or PNP outputs Sensor Protection Reverse polarity, overload, short circuit
S Fast response time—less than Outputs

0.7 ms Response Time 0.5 ms (transmitted beam), 0.7 ms (diffuse, polarized retroreflective)
S 2 m cable or micro QD connector Output Type PNP or NPN by cat. no.

Output Mode Complementary light or dark operate
Mechanical
Lens Material Glass
Supplied Accessories 18 mm fastening nuts (871C-- N3)

LED
Color State Status LO Output DO Output
OFF Dark condition OFF ON LED
Yellow Flashing Light condition (excess gain < 2) ON OFF

ON Light condition (excess gain > 2) ON OFF
Green ON Power On — — Sensitivity Adjustment or Teach Button
Transmitted beam receivers do not have a “Flashing” (low margin) state.

1--115
42CM LaserSightt
Wiring Diagrams
Diffuse
NPN Output Face View Male PNP Output
Receptacle (Sensor)
DC Micro
Brown
+ 1 Brown
+ Brown
DO + 1 Brown
+
White DO 2 White DO 2 White Load 2 White DO
Load Load 3 1 Load
Load Load 4 Load Load
Blue LO
-- 3 Blue LO
-- Blue LO
-- 3 Blue LO
--
Transmitted Beam, Polarized Retroreflective

Brown
LO + 1 Brown
LO + Brown
White LO + 1 Brown
White LO +
White 2 White 2
Load Load Load Load
Load Load Load Load
3 3
Blue DO
-- Blue DO
-- Blue DO
-- Blue DO
--
Laser Transmitted Beam Emitter (Standard LED)

Brown 1 Brown
+ +
Black 2 White

Blue 3 Blue
-- --
Black open circuit to enable laser. Tie black to blue/V-- to disable laser.
Pin 2/white open circuit to enable laser. Tie pin 2/white to blue/V-- to disable laser.

Dimension Laser Receiver [mm (in.)] Other Laser Models [mm (in.)]
A 42.7 (1.68) 57.5 (2.26)
B 82.8 (3.26) 97.7 (3.85)
A 6 A 6
19.2 (0.24) 14 19.2 (0.24)
LED (0.69) (0.55) (0.69)
M18 M12x1
x1 M18x1
4.7 (0.19)
Dia. 16.4 18 mm Mounting Nuts (supplied with sensor)
(0.65) LED
Dia.
Sensitivity Adjustment or Teach Button

42CM LaserSightt

Diffuse Laser Polarized Retroreflective Transmitted Beam
100 100 10000
1000
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
White Paper
90%
10 10 100
92-- 118
Reflector
10
Grey Paper
18%
1 1 1
0 100 200 300 400 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50
(3.9) (7.8) (11.8) (15.7) (33) (66) (78) (131) (33) (66) (78) (131) (164)
Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [m (ft)] Distance [m (ft)]
Minimum Detectable Object

Standard Diffuse Polarized Retroreflective
10.0
Minimum Detectable Object [mm (in.)]

Minimum Detectable Object [mm (in.)]
(0.4)
8.0 20
(0.32) (0.8)
6.0
(0.24)
4.0 10
(0.16) (0.4)
2.0
(0.08)
0.0 0
0 100 200 300 400 0 10 20 30
(3.93) (7.8) (11.8) (15.7) (33) (66) (98)
Distance [mm (in.)] Distance [m (ft)]

1--117
42CM LaserSightt
Product Selection
Operating
Voltage Sensing Output Type
Supply Distance Output Capacity Connection
Sensing Mode Current @ 2X Margin Energized Response Time Type Cat. No.
NPN 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- D8MNA-- A2

100 mA
0.7 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- D8MNA-- D4
3…300 mm
Object 10…30V DC (0.12…11.8 in.) L.O./D.O.
to be 25 mA Complementary
Sensed (Teachable) 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- D8MPA-- A2
PNP
Standard Diffuse 100 mA
0.7 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM- D8MPA- D4
Emitter: Class 1—Visible laser 650 nm
NPN 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- P8MNB-- A2

100 mA
Object 0.7 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- P8MNB-- D4
to be 3 mm…30 m
Sensed 10…30V DC (0.12 in…78 ft) L.O./D.O.
25 mA (Teachable) Complementary
PNP 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- P8MPB-- A2
Polarized Retroreflective 100 mA
0.7 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM- P8MPB- D4
Emitter: Class 1—Visible laser 650 nm
2 m 300V cable 42CM-- E8EZB-- A2
NA
Light Source 4-pin DC micro 42CM- E8EZB- D4
Object 3 mm…50 m NPN 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- R8MNB-- A2
to be 10…30V DC 100 mA
Sensed (0.12 in…164 ft)
25 mA 0.5 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM-- R8MNB-- D4
(Adjustable) L.O./D.O.
Transmitted Beam Complementary PNP 2 m 300V cable 42CM-- R8MPB-- A2
Emitter: Class 1—Visible laser 650 nm 100 mA
0.5 ms 4-pin DC micro 42CM- R8MPB- D4

Cordset Accessories
DC micro QD cordset,
4-pin, 2 m
889D-- F4AC-- 2 Mounting bracket 60-- 2657 Micro cube reflector 92-- 118
18 mm fastening nuts 871C-- N3 Swivel/tilt bracket 60-- 2649

45MLD
Laser Background Suppression Sensor
Specifications
Environmental

Description
The 45MLD is a Class 2 laser sensor Optical
designed for packaging, material Sensing Modes Laser background suppression
handling and semiconductor
industries. Offering a 300 mm Sensing Range 50…300 mm (1.96…11.8 in.)
(11.8 in.) adjustable sensing range,
the 45MLD provides background Light Source Class 2 laser
suppression by triangulation,
establishing a fixed focal point and LED Indicators See User Interface Panel below
suppressing anything beyond the Adjustments Optical spot size adjustment knob, 30-turn range adjustment screw
focal point. The rotatable lens also
allows the user to adjust the laser Electrical
beam spot size at the focal point down
to 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) for accurate Voltage 10…30V DC
sensing of small targets such as gap,
chip and crack detection in
semiconductor and packaging Sensor Protection Overload, short circuit
applications. Target presence status is
provided through a discrete NPN or Outputs
PNP output.
Response Time 200 μS
Features Output Type PNP or NPN selectable
S Class 2 laser Output Mode Light or dark operate selectable

S Fast response time Output Current 100 mA @ 30V DC max
S Rotatable focus lens allows
adjustment of laser spot to 0.5 mm Mechanical
(0.01 in.)
Housing Material Polyamide
S 50…300 mm (1.96…11.8 in.)
sensing distance Lens Material PMMA
S Background suppression Connection Types 4-pin pico (M8) QD
S IP65 Optional Accessories See mounting brackets and cordsets on page 1-- 120

OFF No target present Timer
Target Green Target
ON Target present
OFF 40 ms pulse OFF
Timer Range Adj
ON 40 ms pulse ON
Supply
Red ON Normal wiring Brn = (+), Blu = (-- ) (Norm)
Supply
(Norm) Reverse wiring Brn = (-- ),
OFF
Blue = (+)

1--119
45MLD
Laser Diffuse Sensor
Wiring Diagrams
NPN (Light Operate) PNP (Light Operate)
3 Blue 1 Brown Pico
+ + + 4
2
2 White 2 White

4 Black Load 4 Black Load 1 3
1 Brown 3 Blue
-- -- --
NPN (Dark Operate) PNP (Dark Operate)

1 Brown 3 Blue Pico
+ + + 4
2
2 White 2 White

3 Blue 1 Brown
-- -- --
40 ms pulse stretcher ON = Connect white wire to (+) positive terminal.
40 ms pulse stretcher OFF = Open circuit or connect white wire to (--) negative terminal.

60 (2.36) 18
(0.70)
23
(0.90)
Timer
Target
54 Laser 60
(2.12) Optical Axis (2.36)
Supply
(Norm)
9
(0.35)
4.1 (0.16) Dia.

6
(0.23)
Product Selection
Operating Voltage Sensing Distance Output Output Type
Supply Current [mm (in.)] Energized Response Time Connection Type Cat. No.
10…30V DC L.O./D.O. NPN or PNP
50…300 (1.9…11.8) 4-pin DC Pico QD 45MLD- 8LEA1- P4
35 mA Selectable 200 μs

2 m (6.5 ft) 4-pin, DC Pico QD Cordset 889P-- F4AB-- 2

General
Environmental
UL, cULus, and CE Marked for all
Certifications
Enclosure Type Rating IP65
Operating Temperature [C (F)] -30…50° (-22…122°)
Storage Temperature [C (F)] -30…70° (-22…158°)
1-Photoelectric
10…55 Hz, 0.5 mm amplitude, meets or
Vibration
Sensors
Shock
Optical
Absolute Accuracy ± 25 mm (± 0.98 in.)
Repeatability < 5 mm (0.20 in.)
Angle Deviation ± 2° max.
Description Temperature Drift ? 0.25 mm/K
The 45LMS family of long distance laser sensors is available in a
Proximity Sensors
Green: Power
variety of measuring ranges. The 8 m diffuse and 50 m Yellow: Output switching states
retroreflective models use a Class 1 visible red laser and the 15 m Indicator LEDs Green/Yellow Flashing 2.5 Hz: Teach
2-Inductive
diffuse models use a Class 2 visible red laser. The discrete and indication
analog outputs can be easily set using the five-step rotary switch Green/Yellow Flashing 8.0 Hz: Teach error
and the push button. Potential applications include object position Electrical
(analog output) and object detection (background suppression with
10…30V DC (18…30V DC when operating
discrete output). Operating Voltage
in IO-Link mode)
This sensor utilizes the Time of Flight (ToF) principle and has a Current Consumption ?70 mA @ 24V DC
relatively small beam spot even at 50 m away. The sensor is Short circuit, reverse polarity (for NPN/PNP
completely self-contained and does not require any external control Protection Type output); Short circuit, overload protected
devices which add cost and require additional mounting space. (for 4…20 mA analog output)
The 45LMS is easily set up by mounting the sensor such that the Communication Interface
3-Ultrasonic
target is within the operating range of the sensor and teaching in the Interface IO-Link V1.0
appropriate set-points required for the application. All sensors in this
Sensors
Typical Cycle Time 2.3 ms
family have one discrete output with one analog output. The
Baud Rate COM 2 (38.4 kBaud)
discrete output can be wired for either light operate (L.O.) or dark
operate (D.O.) and the analog output is automatically scaled Serial Data Size 16 bit
between the selected set-points with either a positive or negative Outputs
slope. Response Time 10 ms
The 45LMS is an excellent solution for long range detection and 1 PNP/NPN (Push-Pull) output; 1 analog
Output Type
measurement applications including: distance measurement, output 4…20 mA
verifying material position, stack level, thickness measurement, roll Output Function Light or dark operation for discrete output
Proximity Sensors
diameter, positioning fixtures, error proofing inspection, long Output Current 30V DC max./100 mA max.
standoff distance, level monitoring, crane crash protection and other
4-Capacitive
difficult applications that exceed the capabilities of standard diffuse Mechanical
or background suppression photosensors. Housing Material Plastic ABS
Lens Material Plastic pane
Features Connection Type 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD, 90° rotateable
Eye Safe Class 1 or Class 2 laser (by model)

Sensing ranges of 8 m (26 ft), 15 m (49 ft) or 50 m (164 ft),
dependent on model
One discrete output (1 x NPN/PNP) and one analog output (1 x
4…20 mA)
Easy setup of switch points or analog scaling using programming 5-Limit Switches
buttons
IP65 enclosure
Self-contained sensor
Available Models
Diffuse
Retroreflective
6-Encoders

1-1
General
Product Selection
Sensing Mode Light Source Sensing Distance Measuring Rate Spot Size Cat. No.
Class 1 laser, visible red < 10 mm (0.39 in.) at a distance
Diffuse 0.2…8 m (0.66…26.25 ft) 7.8 m (25.59 ft) 45LMS-D8LGC1-D4
660 nm of 8 m (26 ft) at 20°C (68°F)
Class 2 laser, visible red 0.2…15 m < 15 mm (0.59 in.) at a distance
Diffuse 14.8 m (48.55 ft) 45LMS-D8LGC2-D4
660 nm (0.66…49.21 ft) of 15 m (49 ft) at 20°C (68°F)
Class 1 laser, visible red 0.2…50 m < 50 mm (2 in.) at a distance of
Retroreflective 49.8 m (163.38 ft) 45LMS-U8LGC3-D4
1-Photoelectric
660 nm (0.66…164.04 ft) 50 m (164 ft) at 20°C (68°F)

Sensors

14.8 25.8 Mounting Bracket 45LMS-BKT1
(0.58) (1.02)
8 35
(0.32) 23.8 (1.38)
6 7
(0.94)
(0.59)
(0.24) Ø5.2
15
(0.28)
(Ø0.205)
(1.18)
5°
5°
30
5.3
(0.21)
18 20
5.3
12 (0.71) (0.787)
(0.21)
(0.47)
Proximity Sensors
1)
5.3
(0.2
5°
5°
2-Inductive
88 54.9
(2.44)
62
62
(3.47) (2.16)
(2.44) A
(4.41)
112
93
(3.66) 102
(4.02)
60 (0.21)
43 )
(1.69) 5.3
69
(1.
50 )
°
LASER PRODUCT
CLASS 1
dated June 24, 2007
Laser Notice No. 50,
for deviations pursuant to
1040.10 and 1040.11 except
Complies with 21 CFR
IEC 60825-1: 2007 certified
43
1 . 97
(
R3 14
11 2
0.
.5
(.43) (0.08)
(0.12) 35 35
3
(1.38) (1.38)
9 Controls and Indicators

(0.36)
10 9.8 Yellow LEDs - Yellow LEDs -
3-Ultrasonic
(.39) 54.6 (0.39) Signal indicators Set button Signal indicators

(2.15) M12
Sensors
Laser output
Wiring Diagrams
SET
1 Brown + 2
1 A
4 Black LOAD (Q1) B
Q1
2 White ANALOG (Q2) Green LED A
RUN
3 Operating Q2
3 Blue − B
Proximity Sensors
4 indicator
4-Capacitive
Rotary Switch

2 m (6.5 ft) 4-pin, DC
889D-F4AC-2
Micro QD Cordset, Straight
2 m (6.5 ft) 4-pin, DC
889D-R4AC-2
Micro QD Cordset, Right Angle
Mounting Bracket 45LMS-BKT1
5-Limit Switches
6-Encoders

1-2
45CPD
Analog and Discrete Output
Specifications
Environmental
Optical
Sensing Range 0.2…6 m (0.7…19.7 ft)
Spot Size 4 x 7 mm @ 2 m (0.16 x 0.28 in. @ 6.5 ft
4x 12 mm @ 6 m (0.16 x 0.47 in. @19.7 ft
Description Linearity Tolerance ±40 mm (1.57 in.)
The 45CPD sensor is a Class 1 infrared Repeatability Fast/slow: ±15/±10 mm (±0.6/±0.4 in.)
laser sensor that provides long distance Hysteresis 30 mm (1.2 in.) fixed
sensing with both analog and discrete
outputs. It is set up using the Teach--In Temperature Drift 1.3mm/°C
buttons on the top of the sensor and Light Source Sensing beam: Class 1 laser (905 nm)
can be programmed for several modes Alignment beam: Class 2 visible red laser (650 nm)
depending on the application: object
LED Indicators See Features on page 1-- 122
detection (single or dual output), object
position (analog output), object Electrical
detection (background suppression), or Voltage 18…30V DC
object detection (reflector mode).
Current Consumption 125 mA max @ 24V DC
This sensor utilizes the time of flight
Sensor Protection Overload, short circuit, reverse polarity, false pulse, transient noise
principle and has a relatively small
beam spot for applications typical for Outputs
this sensing range (up to 6 m). The Response Time Fast/slow: 13 ms/30 ms
sensor is completely self contained in
an IP67 enclosure and does not require Output Type Discrete: Two PNP outputs, analog output: 4…20 mA current
any external control devices which add Output Mode Light or dark operate for discrete outputs
cost and require additional mounting
space. Output Current 100 mA max for discrete output, 500W max impedance for analog
For convenience purposes, the 45CPD Mechanical

utilizes a visible red Class 2 laser for Housing Material Plastic—ABS
alignment purposes during the set up of
Lens Material PMMA
the sensor in an application. The Class
2 laser is automatically shut down when Connection Types 5-pin DC micro (M12) QD
the sensor is placed in normal
operation and the Class 1 “eye safe”
laser is used. Optional Accessories See mounting brackets and cordsets on page 1-- 122
The 45CPD can be easily set up by The 45CPD is an excellent solution PWR SPEED
mounting the sensor such that the for long range detection and QA QB
As1 0% analog Bs1
target is within the operating range of measurement applications including: INV. INV.
the sensor, and teaching in the distance measurement, verifying As2 100% analog Bs2
appropriate set points required for material position, stack level,

the application. The sensor can be thickness measurement, roll SET
set with any combination of one or diameter, web winding/unwinding, Allen- Bradley
two discrete PNP outputs and positioning fixtures, error proofing,
4…20 mA analog output. The inspection, long standoff distance
discrete outputs can be set for Light (hot or limited space), level
Operate (L.O.) or Dark Operate monitoring, and box width
(D.O.) and the analog output is measurement.
automatically scaled between the
taught set points with either a
positive or negative slope.

1--121
45CPD
Features Teach--In
Pad
S Eye Safe Class 1 laser for
QB Output
operation (Yellow)
S Visible red Class 2 laser for set-up
Speed Mode
S Six meter sensing range (Orange)
S Two discrete outputs (PNP) and

Power
analog output (4…20 mA) (Green)
S Easy set-up using teach-in buttons QA Output
(Yellow)
IP67 enclosure
S Self-contained sensor
Product Selection
Sensing Range [mm (in.)] Measuring Range [mm (in.)] Spot Size Cat. No.
4 x 7 mm @ 2 m
200…6000 (7.87…236.22) 5800 (228.35) 45CPD- 8LTB1- D5
(0.16 x 0.28 in. @ 6.5 ft)
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Wiring Diagrams

45CPD--8LTB1--D5
42 (1.65) 94.39 (3.71) 12.3 (1) Brown
(0.48) 18…30V
(4) Black
Switch Output QA
(2) White
81.5 Switch Output QB
(5) Grey
(3.2) Analog Output 4…20 mA
(3) Blue
0V
M12 x 1
2
93 5
(3.66)
1
20
(0.78) 42 (1.65) 43 (1.69) 5.75 3
(0.226) 4

2 m (6.5 ft) 5-pin, DC
889D-- F5AC-- 2
Micro QD Cordset
Mounting Bracket 45CPD-- BKT1
Mounting Bracket 45CPD--BKT1

3.1 (0.12)
140.5 (5.53) Dia .
11 (0.43)
R30 90.5 (3.56)

25 (0.98)
50 (1.96)
R81.5
45°
53 (2.08)
5.2 (0.2)
28
20°
5.2 (0.2) (1.1)
4 (0.15)
4 (0.15) 14 (0.55) 3 5.2 (0.2)
18 (0.7) (0.11)
3.1 (0.12)
Dia .
32 (1.25)
45
(1.77)
0.06
(0.002)

45BPD Laser Sensor
Specifications
Environmental
Optical
Linearity < 0.25 % of measuring range
Description
Resolution < 0.1% of measuring range
The 45BPD analog output sensor is a
Class 2 visible red laser sensor that Temperature Drift < 0.02%/°C
provides sensing with both an analog Light Source Class 2 visible red laser (650 nm)
and discrete output. It is set up using
the Teach-In buttons and LED LED Indicators See User Interface below
indicators on the top of the sensor. Electrical
This sensor utilizes the triangulation Voltage 18…28V DC
principle for precise measurement and
Current Consumption 40 mA max @ 24V DC
the visible red beam spot is useful for
alignment in small part detection and Sensor Protection Overload, short circuit, reverse polarity, false pulse, transient noise
measurement applications. The sensor
is completely self contained in an IP67 Outputs
enclosure and does not require any Response Time Speed mode: 0.4 ms (applicable with synchronously switched laser and
external control devices which add cost target)
and require additional mounting space. Output Type Discrete: PNP, analog output: 4…20 mA current
The 45BPD can be easily set up by Output Mode Normally open or normally close for discrete output
mounting the sensor such that the
target is within the operating range of Output Current 100 mA max for discrete output, 500Ω max impedance for analog
the sensor and teaching in the Mechanical
appropriate set points required for the
application. The sensor can be set with Housing Material Plastic — ABS
both a discrete PNP output and a 4…20 Lens Material PMMA
mA analog output. The discrete output
Connection Types 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD, 270° rotatable connector
can be set for normally open (N.O.) or
normally closed (N.C.) operation and Supplied Accessories None
the analog output is automatically
scaled between the taught set points Optional Accessories See mounting brackets and cordsets on page 1-- 124
with either a positive or negative slope.
The 45BPD is an excellent solution Features (cont.) User Interface

for several noncontact measurement Teach-In Status
applications including: distance
S Configurable discrete output
Power/ Indicator
(N.O./N.C.)
measurement, part profiling, Teach-In
Analog Output
thickness measurement, error S IP67 enclosure Discrete Output
Status
proofing, inspection, verifying Indicator Q QA
S 270° rotatable connector Averaging Mode Range/Marg
Av OK
material position, hole depth, Nc R Indicator
warpage, and positioning. S Set point adjustment via push Q Output
Factory Reset
buttons Configuration
(N.O./N.C.) 6
Features S Self-contained sensor SET
SET Button for

S Noncontact measurement S Laser-disable control Teach-In 7
S Visible red Class 2 laser S Teach-in lock out Scroll Button
S Analog and discrete outputs S Averaging and speed mode

S Scalable analog output
(4…20 mA)

1--123
45BPD Laser Sensor
Product Selection
1.5 x 3 mm/1.5 x 3.25 mm
30…100 (1.18…3.93) 70 (2.75) 45BPD-- 8LTB1-- D5
(0.06 x 0.12 in./0.06 x 0.13)
1.5 x .53 mm/2.0 x 4.5 mm
80…300 (3.14…11.8) 220 (8.66) 45BPD- 8LTB2- D5
(0.06 x 0.14 in./0.08 x 0.18)
Analog Output
20 20
Analog Current (mA)

Analog Current (mA)
4 4
0% Set Point 100% Set Point 100% Set Point 0% Set Point
Target Position Target Position

Dimensions are not intended to be used for installation purposes. (1) Brown 18…30V DC
(2) White
50 (1.97) 4…20 mA
17 4 (0.16) (3) Blue 0V
(0.67) (4) Black
4.3 (0.17) Switch output
(5) Grey
Control input
46 4 (0.16) Allen-Bradley
(1.81) 50 2
16 (0.63) (1.97) 5
44
(1.73)
1
13.5
(0.53)
4.3 (0.17)
4 (0.16)
3
40 (1.57) 4
M12 x 1
44 (1.73)

2 m (6.5 ft) micro QD cordset 889D-- F5AC-- 2 Mounting brackets 45BPD-- BKT1 Protective mounting bracket 45BPD-- BKT2
Mounting Bracket 45BPD--BKT1 Protective Mounting Bracket 45BPD--BKT2

48.5 (1.9) 13.9 (0.54)
65 (2.55)
10.5 4.3 (0.169) 24°
(0.41) 23.8 14.85 (0.58)
(0.93)
50.97
(2.0) 58
24°
(2.28) 7 x M4
50°
30 4.3 (0.169)
(1.18)
4.3 (0.169)
17 4.3 (0.169)
10.5 (0.41) (0.66)
22 (0.86) 8.5 (0.33)

4.2
(0.165) 38.2 (1.5)
21.2
4.3 (0.83)
(0.169) 2
(0.07)

45BRD Laser Sensor
Analog Output
Specifications
Environmental
Optical
Sensing Range 45…85 mm (1.77…3.35 in.)
Spot Size < 0.8 mm (0.03 in.) beam spot @ 65 mm (2.56 in.)
Measuring Range 40 mm (1.57 in.)
Description
Linearity <1%
The 45BRD analog output sensor is a
Class 2 visible red laser sensor that Resolution 20 μm
provides exceptional resolution at an
Temperature Drift 18 μm/°C
economical cost. This sensor utilizes
the triangulation principle for precise Light Source Class 2 visible red laser (670 nm)
measurement and has a small beam LED Indicators Green: power, red : lens contamination
spot for small part detection and
measurement. The sensor is Electrical
completely self-contained in an IP67 Voltage 18…28V DC
enclosure and does not require any
external control devices which add cost Current Consumption 35 mA max @ 24V DC
and require additional mounting space. Sensor Protection Overload, short circuit, reverse polarity, false pulse, transient noise
The 45BRD can be easily set up by Outputs
mounting the sensor such that the Response Time 30 ms
target is within the operating range of
the sensor. There are no additional Output Type Analog output 0…10V DC
adjustments for the sensor and the Output Current 3 mA max
0…10V output is scaled linearly over
the range of the sensor [45…85 mm Mechanical
(1.77…3.35 in.)]. Housing Material Plastic — ABS
The 45BRD is an excellent solution for Lens Material PMMA
precision noncontact measurement Connection Types 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD, 270° rotatable connector
applications including: distance
measurement, part profiling, thickness Supplied Accessories None
measurement, hole depth, warpage, Optional Accessories See mounting brackets and cordsets on page 1-- 126
and positioning.
Features
S Visible red Class 2 laser
S 20 μm resolution
S 40 mm measuring range
S 0…10V DC analog output
S IP67 enclosure
S 270° rotatable connector
S No user adjustments
S Contamination indicator
S Self-contained sensor

1--125
45BRD Laser Sensor
Analog Output
Product Selection
45…85 (1.77…3.35) 40 (1.57) <0.8 mm @ 65 mm 45BRD-- 8JKB1-- D4
Analog Output
measuring range
10V
0V distance (mm)
45 85

Dimensions are not intended to be used for installation purposes. (1) Brown 18…28V
50 (1.97) (2) White
+
17 4 (0.16)
(0.67) (4) Black --
4.3 (0.17)
(3) Blue
Shield
0V
46 4 (0.16) Allen-Bradley
(1.81) 50
16 (0.63) (1.97)
44
(1.73)
2
3 5 1
13.5 4
(0.53)
4.3 (0.17)
4 (0.16)
40 (1.57)
M12 x 1
44 (1.73)

2 m (6.5 ft) Micro QD Cordset 889D- F4EC- 2 Mounting brackets 45BPD-- BKT1 Protective mounting bracket 45BPD-- BKT2
Mounting Bracket 45BPD--BKT1 Protective Mounting Bracket 45BPD--BKT2

48.5 (1.9) 13.9 (0.54)
65 (2.55)
10.5 4.3 (0.169) 24°
(0.41) 23.8 14.85 (0.58)
(0.93)
50.97
(2.0) 58
24°
(2.28) 7 x M4
50°
30 4.3 (0.169)
(1.18)
4.3 (0.169)
17 4.3 (0.169)
10.5 (0.41) (0.66)
22 (0.86) 8.5 (0.33)

4.2
(0.165)
38.2 (1.5)
21.2
4.3 (0.83)
(0.169) 2
(0.07)

42CRC
Color Registration Control
Specifications
Environmental
Operating Environment NEMA 3,4,12,13; IP66 (IEC 529)
Operating Temperature [C(F)] 0…+70° (32…+158°)
Description Optical
The 42CRC Color Registration Control Sensing Modes Fixed focus color registration
is a specialized photoelectric sensor
designed to detect registration marks Sensing Range 12.7 mm
by sensing the difference in greyscale
response between the mark and Field Depth ± 2 mm
background.
Light Source Visible red LED (630 nm) or visible green (570 nm) selectable
The sensor automatically adjusts the
sensitivity, compensating for variations LED Indicators See User Interface Panel below
in background colors and lens
Electrical
contamination.
Switch selectable red or green light Voltage 10…30V DC
sources provide capability to sense a Current Consumption 70 mA max
wide range of marks and background
colors, including difficult pastels. Sensor Protection Overload, short circuit, reverse polarity, false pulse
Features Outputs
S Automatic or manual sensitivity Response Time 250 μs
adjustment
S Selectable red or green light source
Output Mode Leading edge or trailing edge of a light or dark mark
S Selectable lens position
S Fast 250 μs response time Output Current 100 mA @ 30V DC
S Separate diagnostic output Output Leakage Current 1 μA max
S Adjustable pulse-stretcher
Mechanical
S Selectable latching output with
reset Housing Material Anodized and epoxy coated aluminum
S Selectable gated input operation Lens Material Glass
S Selectable NPN or PNP output
S 5-pin micro QD connection

Automatic/Manual Indicator Orange
Label Color State Status LED “On” in Automatic Mode
AUTO
Output Dwell Time
OFF Margin < 2X Margin Indicator Green LED “On” Adjustment
Margin Green MARGIN When Operating Margin Is at Sensitivity Adjustment (Nonlatch Mode)
Least 2 to 1 (Manual Mode)
ON Margin > 2X
SIGNAL Output Indicator Red LED “On”
When the Control Output Is “On”
OFF Sensor in manual configuration mode TEST POINTS MODE
Auto Orange Test Points to Check
ON Sensor in automatic configuration mode Mark Contrast
SENS DWELL
OFF Sensor output activated Quick-Disconnect 5
6
7 8
9H
G
HAA
B
B0
1 2 3
Mode Selector
4
Signal Red Cable Assembly 4 G C

C Switch
5
ON Sensor output de-activated

F
3 F D 6
0 E ED 9
2 1 8 7

1--127
42CRC
Wiring Diagrams
NPN Output 42CRC-- 4000 NPN Output 42CRC-- 4000
Non-Latched Output—Function Switch Positions Latched Output—Function Switch Positions
“E” Through “H” with or without External Gating “A” Through “D” with or without External Gating
External Connections External Connections

Cable Assembly #889R--F5ECA--2 Cable Assembly #889R--F5ECA--2
42CRC --4000 Connector 42CRC --4000 Connector
Red (+) (+) Supply Red (+) (+) Supply
10…30V DC 10…30V DC
Load Load
Red/White -- NPN Control Output Red/White -- NPN Control Output
*Reset switch
(close to unlatch)
Red/Yellow -- N.C. NPN Diagnostic Output Red/Yellow -- N.C. NPN Diagnostic Output
Red/Black -- Gate ( -- )/Reset ( + ) Red/Black -- Gate ( -- )/Reset (+)
Gating switch, close to Gating switch, close to
inhibit (if used) inhibit (if used)
Green ( -- ) Green ( -- )
( -- ) Supply ( -- ) Supply
Bare Shield Bare Shield
PNP Output 42CRC-- 4001 PNP Output 42CRC-- 4001

Non-Latched Output—Function Switch Positions Latched Output—Function Switch Positions
“E” Through “H” with or without External Gating “A” Through “D” with or without External Gating
Cable Assembly Cable Assembly

External Connections External Connections
#889--F5ECA--2 #889R--F5ECA--2
42CRC --4001 Connector 42CRC --4000 Connector
Red (+) (+) Supply Red (+) (+) Supply
10…30V DC *Reset Switch 10…30V DC
Control (Close to Unlatch)
Red/White -- PNP Control Output Output Red/White -- Control PNP Output
(PNP)
Load Source Load
Red/Yellow -- N.C. NPN Diagnostic Output Red/Yellow -- N. C. NPN Diagnostic Output

Red/Black -- Gate ( -- )/Reset ( + ) Red/Black -- Gate ( -- )/Reset (+)
Gating switch, close to Diagnostic Gating switch, close
inhibit (if used) Output to inhibit (if used)
Green ( -- ) (NPN) Green ( -- )
( -- ) Supply Sink
Bare Shield Bare Shield
ATTENTION
Do not close the reset and gating switches simultaneously.

42CRC

33.32 63.5 (2.5) 11.94
16.62 (1.312) Using Optional 10.64 (0.47)
(0.656) Lens Position (0.419)
Focal Points
(Scanning Distance)
59.87 9.53 (0.375)
(2.357)
47.63
27.94 10.97 (1.875)
85.73
(1.10) (0.432)
(3.375)
M5 X 0.8 Metric
27.94 6.35 (0.250)
36.50 Max. Thread Depth
(1.10)
(1.437) 2 Places
10.54 75.06 (2.955)
M5 X 0.8 Metric 0.250 (6.35
(0.415)
mm) Max. Thread Depth 2 71.12 (2.800)
21.08
Places
(0.830)
5
6 7 89 0 1 2 34
#60--2292 4 5
6.6 Cable Assembly 32 1 0 9 8 76
(0.260)

Relative Sensitivity Relative Sensitivity
(Automatic Mode) (Manual Mode)
1.1 1.1
1.0 5 (0.2) Mark 1.0 5 (0.2) Mark
Relative Sensitivity
Relative Sensitivity
0.6 0.8 2.5 (0.1) Mark

2.5 (0.1)
Mark
0.6
0.4 0.4
0.2 0.2
50.8 254 2540 25.4m 12.7 254 2540 25.4m

(2) (10) (100) (1000in) (0.5) (10) (100) (1000in)
Web Speed mm/second (in/second) Web Speed mm/second (in/second)
Product Selection
Output Type Depth Min
Operating Voltage Output Capacity Diagnostic Focal of Web
Sensing Mode Supply Current Energized Response Time Output Point Field Velocity Cat. No.
NPN
100 mA at 30V DC 42CRC-- 4000
250 μs
Leading
NPN 12.7 ±2 51
Edge or
10…30V DC mm
Trailing Edge 30 mA at mm mm/sec
70 mA max (0.08
of a Light or 30V DC (0.5 in.) (2 in./sec)
in.)
Dark Mark
PNP
100 mA at 30V DC 42CRC-- 4001
250 μs
Emitter LED: Visible red 630 nm or
visible green 570 nm (selectable)

5-pin AC Micro QD Cordset 889R-- F5ECA-- 2 Lens 61-- 6312 Cover 61-- 6333

1--129
ColorSightt 9000
Self-Teach Color Recognition
e
et
ol
bs
O

ColorSightt 9000
e
et
ol
bs
O

1-- 131
ColorSightt 9000
e
et
ol
bs
O

ColorSightt 9000
e
et
ol
bs
O

1-- 133
45CLR ColorSightt
Color Sensor
Specifications
Environmental
Operating Temperature [C(F)] - 10…+55° (14…+131°)
Optical
Sensing Mode True color (diffuse)
Light Source White LED
Description
The 45CLR ColorSight is a
self-contained color detection sensor Adjustments Push buttons
with three output channels, allowing for Electrical
the concurrent sensing of three
different colors. The colors to be Voltage 18…28V DC
sensed are taught quickly and easily Current Consumption 40 mA max @ 24V DC
with the touch of a button on the
sensor or through remote teach. Sensor Protection Overload, short circuit, reverse polarity, false pulse, transient noise
Models are also available with RS--485 Outputs

communications with the capability of Response Time 1 ms on each channel, 2 ms for channel 3 in remote teach
matching up to five colors and
communicate true RGB values for Output Type Discrete: 3 PNP outputs
remote processing of additional colors. RS485 models: 1 PNP or 1 NPN output by cat. no.
The 45CLR ColorSight can be set up to Output Mode Light operate
detect: Output Current 100 mA @ 30V DC max
S A single color per channel with Output Leakage Current 0.1 mA max
adjustable tolerance
S Scan an area of various colors on Mechanical
the same surface Housing Material ABS
S Detect multiple individual colors per Lens Material PMMA
channel
This sensor offers a wide sensing range
tolerance for reliable sensing when Supplied Accessories None
target distance varies from the taught Optional Accessories See mounting brackets and cordsets on page 1-- 136
settings.
Features User Interface
S Wide sensing range tolerance ٛ Button
S Three channel color matching
(3 outputs)
S Gating input (also known as SET Button
inhibiting input)
S Adjustable tolerance for high
precision to general color
matching
S Pulse stretching capability (50 ms
off delay)
Yellow Output Channel LEDs Red Tolerance LEDs
S Teach colors via push buttons
S External teach capability (1 output)
S Teach button lockout Green Indicator LED
S 270° rotatable connector
S Compact size IP67 enclosure

45CLR ColorSightt
Color Sensor
Product Selection
Sensing Range [mm (in.)] Sensing Range Tolerance Spot Size [mm (in.)] Output Type Cat. No.
12…32 (0.47…1.26) ±6 mm (0.24 in.) 4 (0.16) @ 22 (0.86) 3 PNP 45CLR- 5JPC1- D8
15…30 (0.59…1.18) ±5 mm (0.20 in.) 2 x 2 (0.07 x 0.07) @ 22 (0.86) 3 PNP 45CLR-- 5JPC2-- D8
18…22 (0.70…0.86) ±2 mm (0.08 in.) 5 x 1 (0.19) @ 22 (0.86) 3 PNP 45CLR-- 5JPC3-- D8
12…32 (0.47…1.26) ±6 mm (0.24 in.) 4 (0.16) @ 22 (0.86) RS-- 485, 1 PNP 45CLR-- 5LPS1-- D8
12…32 (0.47…1.26) ±6 mm (0.24 in.) 4 (0.16) @ 22 (0.86) RS-- 485, 1 NPN 45CLR-- 5LNS1-- D8
15…30 (0.59…1.18) ±5 mm (0.20 in.) 2 x 2 (0.07 x 0.07) @ 22 (0.86) RS-- 485, 1 PNP 45CLR-- 5LPS2-- D8
15…30 (0.59…1.18) ±5 mm (0.20 in.) 2 x 2 (0.07 x 0.07) @ 22 (0.86) RS-- 485, 1 NPN 45CLR-- 5LNS2-- D8
18…22 (0.70…0.86) ±2 mm (0.08 in.) 5 x 1 (0.19) @ 22 (0.86) RS-- 485, 1 PNP 45CLR-- 5LPS3-- D8
18…22 (0.70…0.86) ±2 mm (0.08 in.) 5 x 1 (0.19) @ 22 (0.86) RS-- 485, 1 NPN 45CLR-- 5LNS3-- D8

BN 2 + DC
50 (1.97)
17 WH 1 Gating Input
4 (0.16) Teach In
(0.67) LEDs GY 5
4.3 Teach Lock
PK 6
(0.17) Q3
YE 4
Q2
GN 3
Q1
Transmitter BU 7
46 4 (0.16) Gnd
(1.81) 11(4.33) 50
Receiver (1.97) Remote Teach
44 16 (0.63) BN 2 + DC
(1.73) 24 (9.45) WH 1 Gating Input
GY 5 Teach Lock
PK 6
13.5 (0.53) Remote Teach
4 (0.16) YE 4
Teach Confirmation
GN 3
40 (1.57) 4.3 (0.17) Q1
BU 7
M12 x 1 Gnd
44 (1.73)
The control input (pin 5) can be used to lock the
Pinout and Color Codes ColorSight push buttons by connecting it to the +DC
(18…28V DC). When working with the sensor in remote
3 GN 2 BN teach, we recommend the use of push button lockout to
8 RD prevent accidental tampering of the configuration.
1 WH
RS--485 Models
4 YE 2 BN +DC
7 BU 4 YE External Scan
5 GY 6 PK 6 PK Remote Teach
8 RD Teach Lock/Trigger
1 WH RS-- 485 A (TX-- )
M12 Male 5 GY
RS-- 485 B (TX+)
3 GN
PNP Output
Pin Color Connection 7 BU
GND
1 White Gate Input
Note: For NPN output models one terminal of the load
2 Brown V+ 12…28V DC should be connected to Pin 3 (output) and the other
terminal of the load should be connected to +DC.
3 Green OUT 1
4 Yellow OUT 2/Teach Confirmation ATTENTION Pin 1 and pin 5 are the RS 485
interface connections and must not
5 Grey Teach Button Lock
be connected to the power supply.
6 Pink OUT 3/Remote Teach This can permanently damage the
7 Blue V-- 0V DC sensor.
8 Red Not Connected

1--135
45CLR ColorSightt
Color Sensor

DC Micro Style QD Cordset, 8-Pin 889D-- F8AB-- 2
Mounting Bracket 45BPD-- BKT1
Mounting Bracket 45BPD-- BKT2
Communications Cable (RS-- 485) for MicroLogix 1763-- NC01

45CRM Contrast Sensor
General
Environmental
UL, cULus, and CE Marked for all applicable
Certifications
directives
Enclosure Type Rating IP67
Operating Temperature [C (F)] -20...60° (-4…140°)
Storage Temperature [C (F)] -40...75° (-40…167°)
1-Photoelectric
10…55 Hz, 0.5 mm amplitude, meets or
Vibration
Sensors
Shock
Optical
Sensing Distance 11 mm ± 2 mm
Angle Deviation ± 3° max.
Light Source 3 LEDs (red, green, blue)
Description Electrical
Proximity Sensors
The 45CRM is a photoelectric contrast sensor that reliably detects 10...30 V DC (18…30V DC when operating
Operating Voltage
registration marks on a web. This sensor features red, green, and in IO-Link® mode)
2-Inductive
blue (RGB) emitter LEDs. During the teach process the sensor Current Consumption ≤ 60 mA @ 24V DC
determines which of the emitter LEDs maximizes the contrast Protection Type Short circuit, reverse polarity
between the registration mark and the web (background). The teach
Communication Interface
process is completed using a simple rotary switch.
Interface IO-Link V1.0
The extremely fast response time enables the control system to
Baud Rate COM 2 (38.4 kBaud)
precisely align web material within the machine, for example, lining
up labels on a web with the cutting blade of the equipment prior to Outputs
the label being placed on a bottle. Response Time 40 μs
Sensitivity Adjustment Rotary switch
Features 2 x PNP/NPN (Push-Pull) complementary
Output Type
outputs
Three emitter LEDs (red, green, and blue)
3-Ultrasonic
Output Mode Light or dark operation
A 40 μs response time
Sensors
Output Leakage Current, Max. ≤ 100 μA per output
Three simple setup methods: dynamic teach, static teach, or IO-
Link configurable Discrete Output Rating 30V DC max./100 mA max.
Adjustable-position micro (M12) quick-disconnect (QD) for Mechanical
mounting flexibility Housing Material Die-cast zinc, nickel-plated
Lens Material PMMA plastic, clear
Connection Type M12, 4-pin , 90° rotateable
Proximity Sensors
4-Capacitive
5-Limit Switches
6-Encoders

1-1
45CRM Contrast Sensor
General
Product Selection Light Spot Orientation [mm (in.)]

Description Spot Size [mm (in.)] Cat. No.
Parallel beam 1 x 3 (0.04 x 0.12) 45CRM-4LHT1-D4
Perpendicular beam 3 x 1 (0.12 x 0.04) 45CRM-4LHT2-D4
Parallel Beam Perpendicular Beam
45CRM-4LHT1-D4 45CRM-4LHT2-D4
1x3 3x1
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] (0.04 x 0.12) (0.12 x 0.04)
1-Photoelectric
17.5
A Optical axis (0.689)
Sensors
B Connector, 90° adjustable
57.5
(2.26) Parallel Orientation
41.5
(1.634) Target/Web Travel
(view from above)
A
Proximity Sensors
49
(1.93) ø4.5 65
2-Inductive
(0.177) (2.56)
22.5 5.3 Target

(0.886) (0.209) Sensor Beam Spot
Target
2 5.5
(0.08) (0.217) 7
(0.28) Select the 45CRM-4LHT1-D4 (parallel beam) when the sensor will be
19.5 B mounted perpendicular to the web travel.
(0.768)
M12x1
10
(0.39) 2 x M4 4 (0.16) Perpendicular Orientation
7.5
(0.295) Target/Web Travel
(view from above)
3-Ultrasonic
15
Sensors
(0.63)
Controls and Indicators

Yellow LEDs
Signal Indicators Target
Sensor Beam Spot
TB Target
S
Select the 45CRM-4LHT2-D4 (perpendicular beam) when the sensor will be

TD
mounted parallel to the web travel.

Proximity Sensors
TM
Green LED
4-Capacitive
Operating Mounting Bracket 45CRM-BRK1-ADAPT [mm (in.)]

Indicator Rotary Switch
21.8
(0.86)
9.9 (0.39)
Wiring Diagrams 2 x 3.8 R 1.5
(0.15) (0.06)
3.8 (0.15)
1 Brown 2
+ 1
4 Black (Q1)
LOAD 2 x 16.3 R 1.5 R 1.5
(0.06) 25.3
2 White (Q2) (0.64) (0.06) (1.0)
LOAD
3 Blue − 3
4
3.1 2 x 4.3
5-Limit Switches
(0.12) (0.17) 41.1 (1.62)

8.4
Cordsets and Accessories (0.33)
2 x 4.3
(0.17) 2 x 3.8
Description Cat. No. 4 x R 3.3 (0.15)
(0.13)
DC micro QD cordset, straight, 4-pin, 2 m
889D-F4AC-2
(6.5 ft)
Mounting Bracket 45CRM-BRK1-ADAPT
2 x 31.8
(1.25)
14
(0.55)
6-Encoders
30.5 (1.2)

1-2
45FVL Visible Red, Blue, Green or White Plastic Fiber Optic
Self-Teach with Digital Display
Specifications
Environmental
Certifications CE Marked for all applicable directives
Operating Environment NEMA 1; IP40
Shock 50 g , 3 directions, 3 times
Ambient Light Immunity Incandescent light 10,000 lux max
Optical
Sensing Mode Diffuse or transmitted beam depends on fiber optic cable selected
Features Light Source Red LED (660 nm), green LED (525 nm), blue LED (470 nm),
white LED
S Choose from, red, green, blue,
white light source LED Indicators See User Interface Panel below
S Self-teach capability Adjustments Push buttons
S Manual or automatic sensitivity Electrical
adjustment
Voltage 12…24V DC
S Back-lit LCD display
S Selectable 40 ms off delay output Current Consumption 50 mA max
timer Sensor Protection Overload, short circuit, reverse polarity, false pulse
S DIN Rail mountable Outputs
S “Power-Bus” option
Response Time Channel 1 = 600 μs, channel 2 = 700 μs
S Dual channel interference
protection Output Type PNP or NPN by cat. no.
S Reverse polarity, false pulse and Output Mode Light or dark operate selectable
transient noise protection (500V) Output Current 100 mA max @ 30V DC max
Mechanical
Housing Material ABS resin
Connection Types 4-pin DC pico (M8) QD, power bus cables
Supplied Accessories 60-- 2638 mounting assembly
Optional Accessories See mounting bracket and cordsets on page 1-- 138
Sensibility Level (1, 2, ...8)

User Interface Panel Margin Indicator
Incoming Light Level
(Green LED) Push Buttons
LED State Condition
OFF Unstable light signal
Green RUN SET
ON Stable light signal Output Indicator
(Orange LED) Operation Selector Switch
Operating Modes Functions
OFF Output OFF
Orange L: Light On L: Locked Mode
ON Output ON
D: Dark On S: Sensitivity Adjustment Status
F: Off Delay T: Teach Mode
Wiring Diagrams
Cable Cable Quick-Disconnect
Cable Cable
Brown: 12…24V DC Brown: 12…24V DC 1 Brown 1 Brown Pico
+ + + +
Load Black: Output 2 4
Black: Output 4 Black Load 4 Black
Load
Blue: - DC
- Load
Blue: - DC - 3 Blue 3 Blue 1 3
- -

1--137
45FVL Visible Red, Blue, Green or White Plastic Fiber Optic
Self-Teach with Digital Display

9
(0.35)
4 (0.16) 60 (2.36) 3
(0.12)
4.8
Receiver (0.19)
5 (0.2) 30 Dia.
(1.18) 3
9 (0.12)
Transmitter 3
(0.35) (0.12)
4 (0.16)
21 (0.83) 16
4.7 (0.63)
(0.19) Cord
11.5 36.5 (1.44)
(0.45) Bushing
2-- 3.2 (0.13) Mounting Bracket

Dia. hole
16 2-- 3.2 (0.13) x 5.2
21 (0.83) (0.63) (0.2) oval hole
Typical Plastic Fiber Optic Cable Selection

Plastic Fiber Diameter
LED Sensing Mode [mm (in.)] Typical Fiber Model Typical Range
1 (0.040) 43PR-- NES57ZS
Diffuse (Bifurcated Fiber)
0.5 (0.020) 43PR-- NJS53ZM
Red
1 (0.040) 43PT-- NJS56FS
Transmitted Beam (Individual Fiber)
0.5 (0.020) 43PT-- NBS52FM
Diffuse (Bifurcated Fiber) 43PR-- NES57ZS Refer to the Fiber Optic
Green
Transmitted Beam (Individual Fiber) 43PT-- NJS56FS section on page 1-- 231.
Diffuse (Bifurcated Fiber) 43PR-- NES57ZS
Blue 1 (0.040)
Transmitted Beam (Individual Fiber) 43PT-- NJS56FS
White
Product Selection
Output
Characteristics Cat. No.
Operating Response Max Load Power Bus
Sensing Mode Voltage Time Type Current LED Cable Pico (QD required)
Red 45FVL-- 2LHE-- A2 45FVL-- 2LHE-- P4 45FVL-- 2LHE-- C4
Green 45FVL-- 3LHE-- A2 45FVL-- 3LHE-- P4 45FVL-- 3LHE-- C4

Object PNP
to be Blue 45FVL-- 6LHE-- A2 45FVL-- 6LHE-- P4 45FVL-- 6LHE-- C4
Sensed
Field of View: Refer to Plastic Fiber 12…24V White 45FVL-- 5LHE-- A2 45FVL-- 5LHE-- P4 45FVL-- 5LHE-- C4
Output:
Optic section page 1-- 270 DC 600 μs
100 ma Red 45FVL-- 2LGE-- A2 45FVL-- 2LGE-- P4 45FVL-- 2LGE-- C4
Emitter LED: Visible red 660 nm, ±10%
Visible green 565 nm Green 45FVL-- 3LGE-- A2 45FVL-- 3LGE-- P4 45FVL-- 3LGE-- C4
or Visible blue 470 nm NPN
Visible white Blue 45FVL-- 6LGE-- A2 45FVL-- 6LGE-- P4 45FVL-- 6LGE-- C4
Indicators: Orange: Output
Green: Stability White 45FVL-- 5LGE-- A2 45FVL-- 5LGE-- P4 45FVL-- 5LGE-- C4
PowerBus master/3 conductor QD = 45F--A3C--A2. PowerBus slave/1 conductor QD = 45F--A1C--A2

Description Cat./Page No. Description Cat./Page No.
Pico QD Cordset, Straight, 4-pin, 2 m 889P-- F4AB-- 2 PowerBus master/3 conductor QD 45F-- A3C-- A2
Fiber Optic Cables 1-- 231 PowerBus slave/1 conductor QD 45F-- A1C-- A2
Fiber Optic Adaptor Replacements PowerBus caps
1.25…2.2 mm O.D. 61-- 6731 Male 45F-- AMC
1.00…2.2 mm O.D. 61-- 6742 Female 45F-- AFC
Mounting Assembly 60-- 2638

45FSL Visible Red or White Plastic Fiber Optic
General Purpose DIN Style
Specifications
Environmental
Shock 10 g , 3 directions, 3 times
Ambient Light Immunity Incandescent light 10,000 lux max
Optical
Sensing Mode Diffuse or transmitted beam depends on fiber optic cable selected
Features Light Source Visible red LED (660 nm), visible white LED
S Choose from red or white light LED Indicators See User Interface Panel below
source
Adjustments 8-turn sensitivity potentiometer
S Dual LED indicators
S Manual sensitivity adjustment Electrical
S Selectable 40 ms on/off delay Voltage 12…24V DC
output timer Current Consumption 40 mA max
S DIN Rail mountable
S “Power-Bus” option
S A 4/8 sensor cross-talk protection Outputs
S Reverse polarity, false pulse and Response Time 30 μs, 250 μs, 500 μs
transient noise protection (500V) Output Type PNP or NPN by cat. no.
Output Current 100 mA max @ 30V DC max
50 mA stability output @ 30V DC max
Mechanical
Housing Material ABS resin
Connection Types 2 m conductor cable (24 AWG), 4-pin DC pico QD, power bus cables
Supplied Accessories 60-- 2638 mounting assembly
Optional Accessories See mounting bracket and cordsets on page 1-- 140

Margin Indicator
LED State Condition (Green LED) 8-Turn Sensitivity Indicator Interference Protection Selector Switch
OFF Unstable light signal

Green
ON Stable light signal
OFF Output OFF Output Indicator Output Timer Selector Switch

Orange
ON Output ON (Orange LED) Light/Dark Operate Switch
Wiring Diagrams
Cable Cable Quick-Disconnect
Cable Cable
Brown: 12…24V DC Brown: 12…24V DC 1 Brown 1 Brown Pico
+ + + +
Black: Output
Black: Output Load 4 Black Load 2 Orange 2 4
Load
Blue: - DC Blue: - DC 2 Orange Load 4 Black Load
Orange: Margin - Orange: Margin Load - 3 Blue 3 Blue Load
- - 1 3
Note: Details regarding connection of Rockwell Automation 45FSL photoelectric sensors to Rockwell Automation Programmable
Controllers can be found in “PHOTOSWITCHR Photoelectric Sensors and Programmable Controller Interface Manual” on
www.ab.com/literature.

1--139
45FSL Visible Red or White Plastic Fiber Optic
General Purpose DIN Style

9
(0.35)
4 (0.16) 60 (2.36) 3
(0.12)
4.8
Receiver (0.19)
5 (0.2) 30 Dia.
(1.18) 3
9 (0.12)
Transmitter 3
(0.35) (0.12)
4 (0.16)
21 (0.83) 16
4.7 (0.63)
(0.19) Cord
11.5 36.5 (1.44)
(0.45) Bushing
2-- 3.2 (0.13) Mounting Bracket
Dia. hole
16 2-- 3.2 (0.13) x 5.2
21 (0.83) (0.63) (0.2) oval hole
Typical Plastic Fiber Optic Cable Selection

Plastic Fiber Diameter
LED Sensing Mode [mm (in.)] Typical Fiber Model Typical Range
1 (0.040) 43PR-- NES57ZS
Diffuse (Bifurcated Fiber)
0.5 (0.020) 43PR-- NJS53ZM
Red
1 (0.040) 43PT-- NJS56FS
Refer to the Fiber Optic section on
Transmitted Beam (Individual Fiber)
0.5 (0.020) 43PT-- NBS52FM page 1-- 231.

White 1 (0.040)
Product Selection
Output
Characteristics Cat. No.
Operating Response Max Load Power Bus
Sensing Mode Voltage Time Type Current LED Cable Pico (QD required)
Red 45FSL-- 2LHE-- A2 45FSL-- 2LHE-- P4 45FSL-- 2LHE-- C4
PNP
Selectable White 45FSL-- 5LHE-- A2 45FSL-- 5LHE-- P4 45FSL-- 5LHE-- C4
250 μs or
Object 500 μs Red 45FSL-- 2LGE-- A2 45FSL-- 2LGE-- P4 45FSL-- 2LGE-- C4
to be NPN Output: 100
Sensed 12…24V White 45FSL-- 5LGE-- A2 45FSL-- 5LGE-- P4 45FSL-- 5LGE-- C4
Field of View: Refer to Plastic Fiber ma
DC
Optic section page 1-- 270 Stability: 50 Red 45FSL-- 2LWE-- A2 45FSL-- 2LWE-- P4 45FSL-- 2LWE-- C4
±10% PNP
Emitter LED: Visible red 660 nm, ma
White 45FSL-- 5LWE-- A2 45FSL-- 5LWE-- P4 45FSL-- 5LWE-- C4
Visible white 30 μs
Indicators: Orange: Output Red 45FSL-- 2LVE-- A2 45FSL-- 2LVE-- P4 45FSL-- 2LVE-- C4
NPN
Green: Stability White 45FSL-- 5LVE-- A2 45FSL-- 5LVE-- P4 45FSL-- 5LVE-- C4
PowerBus master/4 conductor QD = 45F--A4C--A2
PowerBus slave/2 conductor QD = 45F--A2C--A2

Description Cat./Page No. Description Cat./Page No.
Pico QD Cordset, Straight, 4-pin, 2 m 889P-- F4AB-- 2 PowerBus master/4 conductor QD 45F-- A4C-- A2
Fiber Optic Cables 1-- 231 PowerBus slave/2 conductor QD 45F-- A2C-- A2
Fiber Optic Adaptor Replacements PowerBus caps
1.25…2.2 mm O.D. 61-- 6731 Male 45F-- AMC
1.00…2.2 mm O.D. 61-- 6742 Female 45F-- AFC
Mounting Assembly 60-- 2638

42FT Visible Red or Green Plastic Fiber Optic
Self-Teach
Specifications
Environmental
Operating Environment NEMA 1, 4X, 12, 13; IP66 (IEC 529)
Optical
Sensing Mode Fiber optic
Light Source Red or green
LED Indicators See User Interface Panel on page 1-- 142

Description
Adjustments Local teach and remote self teach
The 42FT is a compact, DIN Rail
mount fiber optic photoelectric sensor Electrical
with sophisticated part detection, Voltage 12…24V DC
diagnostic, and self-teach capabilities.
Five LED indicators provide Current Consumption 60 mA max
diagnostic and alignment information. Sensor Protection Overload, short circuit, reverse polarity, false pulse
A dynamic diagnostic output signals
when margin levels are below a Outputs
predetermined threshold for seven Response Time 500 μS
successive detections.
The self-teach capability allows the
Bulletin 42FT to determine an Output Mode Light or dark operate selectable
optimum sensitivity and hysteresis
setting for a specific application. The Output Current 100 mA max @ 24V DC max
remote lockout feature can be used to Mechanical
help prevent unauthorized changes to
these adjustments. A switch Housing Material ABS resin
selectable 50 ms off-delay (“pulse
Connection Types 2 m conductor cable
stretcher”) is useful in high speed
applications where the output pulse Supplied Accessories 60-- 2638 mounting assembly, fiber optic adaptor
must be lengthened to allow time for
the machine logic to respond. Optional Accessories See mounting bracket and cordsets on page 1-- 143
Features
S Choose from red or green light S Selectable hysteresis
source
S Local and remote self-teach S Dual “RUN” modes to prevent
operation
crosstalk with other sensors
S Supports 1.5 mm and 1.25 mm S Both NPN and PNP outputs
plastic fiber optic cables
S Fast 500 μs response time
S Selectable pulse-stretcher

1--141
Self-Teach

Set Indicator
Self Teach
Sensor powered, configuration Button
Set ON + + + Light
-- Set Self Teach
Green verified
3 2 1 1
Flashing Self-teach mode active
- 1... +3 ON 0.8X...1.6X margin
OFF 1X margin, output not activated Mode Switch
Light Red Fiber Optic Normal/Off Light Operate/
ON 1X margin, output activated Cable Clamp Delay Switch Dark Operate Switch
Wiring Diagrams
Cable
NPN Output PNP Output Cable
Cable
Brown: 12V…24V DC Brown: 12V…24V DC
Black: Output Load Black: Output
Load
Orange: Stability Output Orange: Stability Output
Load
Load
Blue: --DC Blue: --DC
Remote Self Remote Self
Pink: External Set Teach Activate Pink: External Set
Teach Activate
Note: Details regarding connection of Allen-Bradley Bulletin 42FT photoelectric sensors to Allen-Bradley Programmable Controllers
can be found in publication 42-2.0. Refer to www.ab.com/literature for more information.

End View Side View 9 4
(0.354) 4 (0.157) (0.157)
13 (0.511) 2 (0.078) 56 (2.204)
4.4
(0.173) Dia.
3 (0.118)
34 12
(1.338) 17 (0.472)
(0.669) 13.5 (0.531)
47 (1.85)
6.7 (0.263) DIN Rail Release
10.5
3 (0.118) 4.5 35.3 (1.389) Dia. 3.2 x 3.6
13.5 (0.413)
(0.177) 9 9 (0.126 x 0.142)
(0.531)
(0.354) (0.354) 2 Places
Mounting Bracket
Mounting Assembly—60--2638
Stainless steel mounting bracket for installing the 42FT without a DIN Rail.
Top View Side View End View
3.2 (0.1) 5.2 (0.2) 35 (1.4) 9 (0.4)
24 (0.9) 7 Both Ends
16 (0.6) (0.3)
12 11.0
(0.5) (0.4) 2.5
(0.1)
6.0
16.0 7 4.0 (0.3)
Dia. 3.2 (0.1) x R0.5 Typ (0.3) Dia. 3.2 (0.1) (0.2)
(0.6) 2 Places 12 (0.5)
5.2 (0.2) 2 Places

Self-Teach
QD Cordsets and Accessories

Description Cat./Page No.
Object
to be Fiber Optic Cables 1-- 231
Sensed
Mounting Assemblies 1-- 293
Fiber Optic Cable 61-- 6731

Adaptors
76 mm (3 in.) Diameter
92-- 39
with Center Mount Hole
32 mm (1.25 in.) Diameter
92-- 47
with Center Mount Hole
Typical Response Curves for Visible Red LED

Retroreflective Diffuse Transmitted Beam
1000 1000 1000
99--90
99--809 99--801
100 99--801 100 100
99--809
Operating Margin
99--823
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
99--819
99--800
99--821
10 10 10
99--800
99--808
99--808
1 1 1
10 100 1000 10000 1 10 100 1000 1mm 10mm 100mm 1000mm
(0.39) (3.9) (39.3) (393.7) (0.03) (0.39) (3.93) (39.4) (0.03in) (0.39in) (3.9in) (39.4in)
Distance to 76 mm Reflector Distance to White Target [mm (in.)] Operating Distance [mm (in.)]
Model 92- 39 [mm (in.)]
Product Selection
Max Sensing Output Type
Operating Voltage Distance Output Emitter Capacity Max Leakage Connection
Supply Current @ 1X Margin Energized LED Response Time Current Type Cat. No.
Red 660 nm PNP 2 m 500V cable 42FT- F2LPA- A2

12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA
Depends on Fiber Green 565 nm 500 μs 2 m 500V cable 42FT-- F3LPA-- A2
Light/Dark
Optic Cable 0.5 mA
Selected Selectable NPN
Red 660 nm 2 m 500V cable 42FT- F2LNA- A2
12…24V DC ±10% Output: 100 mA
Green 565 nm 500 μs 2 m 500V cable 42FT-- F3LNA-- A2

1--143
42FA Visible Red Plastic Fiber Optic
Slim Housing
Specifications
Environmental
Operating Environment NEMA 1, 12, 13; IP65 (IEC 529)
Optical
Sensing Mode Fiber optic
Features Sensing Range Depends on fiber optic selected
S Compact 8 x 10 mm size Field of View Depends on fiber optic selected

S Dual LED indicators: output (red),
stability (green) LED Indicators See User Interface Panel below
Adjustments Sensitivity potentiometer
S Fast 500 μs response time
Electrical
S Visible red light source
Voltage 12…24V DC
S Selectable light or dark operate Current Consumption 30 mA max
S Can be DIN Rail mounted or Sensor Protection Reverse polarity, false pulse, transient noise
mounted separately
Outputs
Mechanical
Housing Material NorylR
Lens Material Not applicable
Connection Types 3-pin DC pico (M8) QD
Supplied Accessories Mounting bracket, adhesive apertures (transmitted beam models),
screwdriver, reflector (retroreflective models)
Optional Accessories See cordsets and 35 mm DIN Rail on page 1-- 146
Label Color State Status Stability Light/Dark

Fiber Attachment Indicator Operate Switch
OFF 0.8X< Margin <1X Screw
STB Green
ON 0.8X> Margin >1X
OUT Red Output Sensitivity
ON Output activated Indicator Adjustment

Slim Housing
Wiring Diagrams
NPN Output PNP Output Face View Male Receptacle (Sensor)
1 Brown: 12…24V DC 1 Brown: 12…24V DC
Load 4
4 Black: Output 1 3
4 Black: Output
Load
3 Blue: --DC 3 Blue: --DC
Note: Details regarding connection of Rockwell Automation Bulletin 42FA photoelectric sensors to Rockwell Automation Programmable
Controllers can be found in the PHOTOSWITCHr Interface Manual. Refer to www.ab.com/literature for more information.

Pico Quick-Disconnect Versions
42FA--F2LPA--P3
42FA--F2LNA--P3 5
(0.196)
10
(0.39)
End of Pico Start of
Receptacle Quick-
Disconnect
65.7 (2.59)
Cable
DIN Rail Mounting Assembly—60--2639 (included with sensor)

Mounting bracket and hardware for DIN rail mounting.

Top View Side View 43.5 (1.7)
6.0 56.0 (2.20) 36.2 (1.4)
(0.24) 30.0 (1.18) 22.3 (0.9)
15.0 (0.59)
12.5 10.5 9.11
(0.49) (0.4) (0.36) 11.0 15.6
7.2 (0.6)
(0.28) (0.4)
3.2 (0.125)
Diameter mounting holes 7.0 (0.3) 3.0 (1.2)
2 places Dia.
7.9
30 (1.18) (0.3)
End View
13.5
(0.5)
15.6
(0.6)
6.0 (0.2)
Note: Replacement mounting assembly and fiber optic cable adaptors are available on page 1--293.

1--145
Slim Housing

Retroreflective Diffuse Transmitted Beam
100 100 100
99--819
99--808 99--800
Operating Margin [mm]

99--801 99--801 99--800

99--821
10 10 10 99--90
99--809
99--809
99--808 99--823
1 1
1
10 100 1000 1 10 100 1 10 100 1000
(0.39) (3.94) (39.4) (0.03) (0.39) (3.94) (0.03) (0.39) (3.94) (39.4)
Distance to 76 mm Reflector Model 92- 39 [mm (in.)] Distance to White Target [mm (in.)] Operating Distance [mm (in.)]
Product Selection
Output Type
Operating Voltage Capacity Max Leakage
Supply Current Response Time Current Connection Type Cat. No.
Object NPN
12…24V DC ±10%
to be 100 mA 3-pin pico 42FA-- F2LNA-- P3
Sensed
25 mA 500 μs
0.5 mA
Field of View: Refer to Fiber Optic section PNP
Emitter LED: Visible red 660 nm 12…24V DC ±10%
100 mA 3-pin pico 42FA- F2LPA- P3
30 mA 500 μs

Description Cat./Page No.
2 m (6.5 ft) 3-pin Pico QD Cordset 889P- S3AB- 2
Plastic Fiber Optic Cables 1-- 270
Adaptor for 1.25 mm Fiber Optic Cables 61-- 6731
DIN Rail Mounting Bracket 60-- 2639

45FPL Visible Red Small Aperture Teachable Fiber Optic
Extended Range with Digital Display
Specifications
Environmental
Certifications UL and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Vibration 10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude, 2 hrs. each in X, Y and Z

directions
Description Shock 500 m/s2 three times each in X, Y and Z directions

DIN rail mountable fiber optic sensors Relative Humidity 35…85% relative humidity (without condensation)
with easy to read LED display and
teach-in functionality. Ambient Light Immunity Incandescent lamp: 3,500 lux max.
The 45FPL photoelectric sensors are
designed for use with fiber optic cables Optical
up to 2.2 mm in diameter. An adaptor is
Sensing Modes Diffuse or transmitted beam, depends on fiber optic cable selected
supplied for use with either 1.0 or 1.25
mm fiber optic cables. No tools are Light Source Visible red LED (660 nm)
required to attach or remove the fiber
optic cables. LED Indicators See User Interface Panel below
Features Adjustments Full auto-teaching and manual adjustment

S Two step static or dynamic teach Electrical
functionality: allows the 45FPL
photoelectric sensor to determine an Voltage 12…24V DC ±10%
optimum sensitivity setting for
applications. Current Consumption PNP type 32 mA, NPN type 25 mA
S Large, easy to read back lit display:
Sensor Protection Reverse polarity, short circuit, surge absorption (overload)
clearly indicates detected light levels,
operating modes, functions and
Outputs
diagnostic information.
S High speed and long range modes: Response Time High speed mode: 190 μs, Long range mode: 1.8 ms
allows for maximum application
flexibility. Output Type PNP or NPN by cat. no.
S Selectable 45 ms OFF delay output
timer: useful for interfacing to slower
systems. Output Current 100 mA @ 30V DC max
S DIN rail mountable: for installation
convenience, a steel bracket is Mechanical
supplied for applications requiring
side mounting. Housing Material Polycarbonate
S Reverse polarity, false pulse and Connection Types 2 m (6.5 ft) cable or 3-pin pico on 300 mm (11.8 in.) pigtail
transient noise protection.
S Selectable L.O. or D.O. operating Supplied Accessories #61-- 6731 fiber optic cable adaptor (Qty 2),
mode. #60-- 2638 Steel mounting bracket (Qty 1)
S Manual override of switching Optional Accessories Cordsets, ArmorBlock I/O, distribution boxes, fiber optic cables
threshold.

The use interface contains a large, easy to read back lit LCD display, a four position thumb switch, two operation mode selection
switches, and LED indicators for configuring and viewing the sensor’s operation and status.
Color State Status Teach Mode 4-Direction
Active Indicator Switch Off Delay
Green Flashing Teach mode active (Green LED) Switch
ON Long range mode Mode OFF D.
Indicator NORM
Yellow (Yellow LED)
D. ON
OFF High speed mode L. ON
ON Output ON Output Incoming Light Operate/

Orange Indicator Light Level Dark Operate
OFF Output OFF (Orange LED) (0--8000) Selector Switch

1
Wiring Diagrams
PNP Output NPN Output
Pico QD (M8)
Brown (1) Brown (1)
+ + 4
Black (4) Black (4)
Load Load
Blue (3) Blue (3) 1 3

- -

10 (0.39)
4 62 (2.44) 3
(0.16) (0.12)
5 8
(0.2) 32
(1.26) (0.32)
4 12
(0.16) (0.47)
3
9 (0.12) 11.5
(0.35) (0.45) 36.5 (1.44) 2 3.2 (0.13) Dia.
21 16 Mounting bracket
(0.83) (0.63)
21 16 2 3.2 x 5.2 (0.13 x 0.21)
(0.83) (0.63) Dia.
Product Selection
Sensing Characteristics Operating Voltage Output Type Connection Type Cat. No.
2 m cable 45FPL-- 2LHE-- A2
Object
to be
Sensed PNP 3-pin pico QD (M8) on
45FPL-- 2LHE-- Y3
300 mm pigtail
12…24V DC ±10%
Emitter LED: Visible red 660 nm 2 m cable 45FPL-- 2LGE-- A2
Sensing Range: Refer to fiber NPN 3-pin pico QD (M8) on
optic selection below 45FPL-- 2LGE-- Y3
300 mm pigtail

Pico cordset 889P-- F3AB-- 2 8-port, 3-pin pico distribution box 898P-- P38PT-- B5
3-pin pico patchcord, 2 m, straight 889P-- F3ABPM-- 2 Fiber optic cables Refer to Sensors catalog
ArmorBlock DeviceNet 8-port sinking input module Fiber optic adaptor (included) 1.0…2.2 mm OD 60-- 6731
1732D-- IB8M8
(for use with PNP sensors only) Mounting assembly (included) 60-- 2638
4-port, 3-pin pico distribution box 898P-- P34PT-- B5
2 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

43GR Glass Fiber Optic Cable Selection

Threaded Bifurcated Cables for Small Aperture Sensors [2.2 mm (0.09 in.)]
Approximate Metric / Standard Distances
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 mm
in.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
45FPL--xxxx 42KL--L2xxx 45FSL--xxxx 45FVL--xxxx
Sensing Tip Fiber Bundle Sheathing
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Material Diameter [mm (in.)] Material Sensing Distance [mm] Cat. No.
10.2 11.2
(0.4) (0.44)
Stainless
Brass 2.2 (0.09) 43GR-- TAB20SS
Steel
0 75 150 225 300
M6 x 1
43PT Plastic Fiber Optic Cable Selection

Threaded Transmitted Beam Cables for Small Aperture Sensors [2.2 mm (0.09 in.)]
Bend Radius Fiber Bundle Sheathing
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] [mm (in.)] Diameter [mm (in.)] Material Sensing Distance [mm] Cat. No.
M4 x 0.7 M2.6 x 0.45
25 (1.0) 1 (0.04) Polyethylene 43PT-- NJS56FS
0 300 600 900 1200

11.0
3.1 (0.12)
(0.43)
15
(0.59)
M4 x 0.7
2.2 40 (1.6) 1.5 (0.06) Polyethylene 43PT-- NAS58FS
(0.09) Dia.
3.1 0 500 1000 1500 2000
(0.12) Dia.
Bifurcated Cables for Small Aperture Sensors [2.2 mm (0.09 in.)]

23
(0.91)
15
(0.59)
1 (0.04) 40 (1.6) 2 x 1.5 (0.06) Polyethylene 43PR- NDS59FS
4.8 0 200 400 600 800

(0.19) Dia.
M6 x 1
M6 x 0.75
4
25 (1.0) 2 x 1 (0.04) Polyethylene 43PR- NES57ZS
(0.16) Dia.
0 75 150 225 300
17 3.1
(0.67) (0.12)
The sensing distance for the 45FPL is two times the sensing distance for the 45FVL when used in long range mode.

3
Ferrule Transmitted Beam for Small Aperture Sensors [2.2 mm (0.09 in.)]
2.2 15 3.0
(0.09) Dia. (0.59) (0.12) Dia.
25 (1.0) 1 (0.04) Polyethylene 43PT-- CBS56FS
0 300 600 900 1200
Notes: Standard length for plastic fiber optic cables is 2 m (78 in.) tip to tip.
Two cables per one plastic transmitted beam cat. no.
The sensing distance for the 45FPL is two times the sensing distance for the 45FVL when used in long range mode.
4 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

ClearSightt
Clear Object Sensors
Specifications
9000 RightSight 7000
Environmental
NEMA 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 (IEC529); 1200 psi (8270 kpa)
Operating Environment
washdown for RightSight and Series 9000 models
- 34…+70° - 25…+55° - 40…+65°

Operating Temperature [C (F)]
(-- 29…+158°) (-- 13…+131°) (+13…+150°)

ClearSight 9000
Ambient Light Immunity Incandescent light: 5000 lux
Optical
Sensing Modes Clear object
Sensing Range 1.2 m max 1 m max 1.5 m max
ClearSight RightSight Light Source Visible red LED (660 nm)
Electrical
10…40V DC;
Voltage 10.8…30V DC 11.8…28V DC
70…264V AC/DC
ClearSight 7000 Current Consumption 30 mA max 35 mA max 46 mA max
Sensor Protection Short circuit, false pulse, reverse polarity, overload
Features
Outputs
Three product families for application
flexibility Response Time See Product Selection table on page 1-- 149
S Configurable ClearSight 9000 for PNP and NPN, SDPT, SS relay, diagnostic output, see Product
Output Type
harsh duty glass and PET bottle Selection table on page 1-- 149
detection
Light or dark operate selectable, light or dark operate by cat. no. (see
S ClearSight RightSight and 7000 for Output Mode
Product Selection table on page 1-- 149)
general purpose plastic film and
stretch-wrap detection Output Current Refer to Product Selection table on page 1-- 149
Mechanical
Housing Material Valoxr Mindelr Valox
Connection Types See Product Selection table on page 1-- 149
Supplied Accessories 92-- 90 Reflector

Wiring Diagrams
For Wiring Diagrams, please refer to
base product specifications:
ClearSight RightSight see page 1--32
ClearSight 9000 see page 1--66
ClearSight 7000 see page 1--103

1--147
ClearSightt

ClearSight 9000
65.23
Cable Version
(2.568)
20.96 (0.825)
100.60 (3.961 ) 13.41 (0.528)
120°
Max. Travel
Top View
25.1
(0.99)
97 42.41 68.07
(3.8) 47.88 (1.670) (2.68)
32.89 (1.885) 5.21 (0.205) x
(1.295) 8.13 (0.320)
Slot, 2 Plcs.
5.46 (0.215)
M30 x 1.5 External
Thread 1/2 in. NPSM
Internal Thread 15.87 (0.625)
24.64 (0.970) } Centerline of Slots
Cable Length
39.50 2 m (6.5 ft) 30.35 (1.195)
(1.555) 41.91
6.47/6.22
(1.65)
(0.255/0.245)
Dia.
Dimensions for ClearSight RightSight and ClearSight 7000 are located on page 1--32 and 1--103, respectively.
9000 RightSight
10 1 20
0.8
0.6 2
Beam Diameter—mm
10
Beam Diameter—mm
Operating Margin
0.4
Operating Margin
0.2
0 0
- 0.2 1
- 0.4
- 10
- 0.6
- 0.8
1 -1 0 - 20
25.4 254 2540 0 304 609 914 1219 10 100 1m 10 0 1 2 3
(1) (10) (100) (12) (24) (36) (48) (0.4) (3.9) (3.3ft) (33ft) (3.3) (6.6) (9.8)
Distance to Reflector [mm (in.)] Distance with 92- 90 Distance to 92- 90 Distance [m (ft)]
Reflector [mm (in.)] Reflector [mm (in.)]
7000
100
30
Operating Margin
10
1
25.4 254 2540
(1.0) (10) (100)
Distance to 92- 90
Reflector [mm (in.)]

ClearSightt
Product Selection
Output Type
On/Off Sensors and Timing
2 m 300V cable 42G⊗C-- 9200
NPN/PNP
10…40V DC 4-pin DC micro 42G⊗C-- 9200-- QD
250 mA
30 mA
2 ms
4-pin mini 42G⊗C-- 9200-- QD1
SPDT EM Relay
2 m 300V cable 42G⊗C-- 9202
Object 70…264V AC/DC 2 A/132V AC/
to be 0.025…1.2 m Light/Dark
Sensed 50/60 Hz 1 A/264V AC
(0.08…4 ft) Selectable
15 mA 1 A/150V DC 5-pin mini 42G⊗C-- 9202-- QD
15 ms
9000 45…264V DC/ Solid State Isolated 2 m 300V cable 42G⊗C-- 9203
Field of View: 1.5_ 40…264V AC N.O. 4-pin mini 42G⊗C-- 9203-- QD
Emitter LED: Visible red 660 nm 50/60 Hz 300 mA
15 mA 2 ms 4-pin AC micro 42G⊗C-- 9203-- QD1
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- C2SCA-- A2

21.6…264V AC/DC N-- MOSFET/100 mA
15 mA 8.3 ms
4-pin AC micro 42EF-- C2SCA-- G4
Object
to be 25 mm…1 m Dark
Sensed (1 in…3.28 ft) Operate
2 m 300V cable 42EF-- C2KBA-- A2
NPN/PNP
10.8…30V DC
RightSight 100 mA
35 mA
4-pin DC micro 42EF-- C2KBA-- F4
Linear Polarized Sensors for Detection of Clear Films
3 m cable 42SMU-- 7250

NPN
100 mA
1 ms
4-pin DC micro 42SMU-- 7250-- QD
Object Comple-
to be 11…28V DC 50 mm…1.5 m mentary
Sensed 46 mA (2 in…4.9 ft) L.O./D.O.
PNP
7000 100 mA
Field of View: 3_ 1 ms
4-pin DC micro 42SMU-- 7251-- QD
⊗ R for standard (i.e. 42GRC--9200)

T for timing (i.e. 42GTC--9200)

1--149
ClearSightt

Output Type
Circular Polarized Sensors for Detection of Clear Objects (Bottles, Clear Packages)

NPN
100 mA
1 ms
Object 4-pin DC micro 42SMU-- 7260-- QD
to be Comple-
Sensed 11…28V DC 50 mm…1.5 m
mentary
46 mA (2 in…4.9 ft)
L.O./D.O.
PNP
100 mA
7000
1 ms
Field of View: 3_ 4-pin DC micro 42SMU-- 7261-- QD

2 m (6.5 ft), 4-pin DC Micro QD Cordset 889D-- F4AC-- 2 Mounting Bracket Swivel/Tilt for ClearSight 7000 60-- 2619
2 m (6.5 ft) 5-pin DC Micro QD Cordset Mounting Bracket Swivel/Tilt for ClearSight
889D-- F5AC-- 2 60-- 2649
RightSight
Mounting Bracket Swivel/Tilt for ClearSight 9000
2 m (6.5 ft), 4-pin AC Micro QD Cordset, Straight 889R-- F4AEA-- 2 60-- 2681
and 10,000
1.8 m (6 ft) 4-pin, Mini QD Cordset 889N-- F4AF-- 6F Reflector 92-- 90 (included)
1.8 m (6 ft) 5-pin Mini QD Cordset 889N-- F5AF-- 6F

45LPT
Optical Label Sensor
Specifications
Environmental
Vibration/Shock 10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm amplitude; meets or exceeds IEC 60947-- 5-- 2
Description Optical
The 45LPT is an optical label sensor Sensing Mode Transmitted beam
designed exclusively for the detection Sensing Gap 3 mm (0.12 in.)
of standard or opaque labels on a
high speed web. The 45LPT provides Light Source Nonpulsed infrared
a solution for packaging industry Adjustments Push button for sensitivity adjustment, local and remote teach
applications such as label counting
and web, “double sheet” and mark Electrical
detection on a translucent film. Voltage 10…30V DC
Features
Sensor Protection Short circuit, overload, transient noise, reverse polarity
S “One Touch” local and remote
Power ON Delay 350 ms
teach capability
Outputs
S 10…30V DC operation
S Fast 50 μsec response time
Output Type PNP or NPN selectable
S User interface lockout feature Output Mode Light or dark operate selectable
S IP65 housing Output Current 100 mA max @ 30 V DC
S Industrial anodized aluminum Output Leakage Current 12V Supply: 0.78 mA @ 10 mA load, 6.9 mA @100 mA load
housing 24V Supply: 0.30 mA @ 10 mA load, 3 mA @ 100 mA load
Mechanical
Housing Material Aluminum
Connection Types 4-pin pico (M8) QD
Optional Accessories Cordsets
User Interface
Label Color State Condition
OFF Sensor power not present
— Green Steady Sensor power present
Flash Fine teach—translucent label teach
OFF Output inactive Teach Button LEDs
— Red Steady Interface lockout
Flash Standard label teach
Red and green LED flash: SCP active or label too translucent or web to opaque.

1--151
45LPT
Optical Label Sensor
Wiring Diagrams
3 Blue 1 Brown Pico
+ + + 4
2
2 White 2 White

1 Brown 3 Blue
-- -- --

1 Brown 3 Blue Pico
+ + + 2 4
2 White 2 White

3 Blue 1 Brown
-- -- --
Remote teach = Connect white wire to (+) positive terminal. IMPORTANT For Label detection use Dark
Remote teach = Connect white wire to (--) negative terminal.
operate. For Web detection use
Note: If remote teach (white wire) is not used, connect it to (--) negative terminal.
Note: In the event of power failure, the sensor remembers the last threshold taught-in. Light operate.

3
4.2 (0.16)
80 (3.15) Dia. 22.5 (0.11)
(0.88)
37.5
12 14 (0.55) (1.47)
23 (0.9)
(0.47) 12
6
(0.47)
(0.23)
Teach Button LEDs 1 (0.03) Optical Axis 6
5 (0.19) 15 60 (2.36) (0.23)
(0.59)
Product Selection
Sensing Gap
Operating Voltage [mm (in.)] Output Energized Output Type Response Time Connection Type Cat. No.
L.O./D.O. NPN or PNP
10…30V DC 3 (0.12) 50 μsec 4-pin Pico 45LPT- 1LEB1- P4
Selectable Selectable
2 m (6.5 ft) pico QD Cordset 889P-- F4AB-- 2

45LFM
Capacitive Label Sensor
Specifications
Environmental
Certifications 45LFM-- CMBA1-- D5 meets CE Marked for all applicable directives
Description Target Detection

The Allen-Bradley 45LFM capacitive
Sensing Modes Capacitive
label sensor uses an innovative
electronic design to sense and/or
Registration Accuracy 0.025 mm (0.01 in.)
count labels. Its unique technology
enables it to sense the leading or Minimum Sensing Gap 0.76 mm (0.03 in.)
trailing edges of labels that are not
detectable by other similar sensors. LED Indicators Edge, zero
The 45LFM provides an auto-teach
function and a display to aid in initial Adjustments Multi-turn potentiometer, selectable output polarity by wire
setup and operational efficiency.
Electrical
Features Voltage 11…28V DC
S Consistently senses the presence Current Consumption 50 mA
of most labels on a web
-- Clear labels on clear backing Sensor Protection Short circuit, overload,reverse polarity
-- Clear labels on opaque backing Power On delay 10 μs

-- Metallic labels on clear backing
Outputs
-- Opaque labels on clear backing
-- Metallic labels on opaque Response Time 10 μS
backing
Output Type PNP and NPN
-- Opaque labels on opaque
backing Output Mode Selectable output polarity by wire
S Count 50,000 labels per minute Output Current 150 mA max

with registration error less than
0.01 inch Output Leakage Current 5 μA max
S Heavy-duty metal housing Mechanical

S Ideal for label counting and label Housing Material Anodized aluminum
registering applications
User Interface—45LFM--CMBA1--D5 User Interface—45LFM--CMBA2--D5

Label Function Label Function
Gain Sensitivity Adjustment Shift Adjusts position of illuminated LED on display
Zero Gap Adjustment Span Sensitivity Adjustment

1--153
45LFM
Capacitive Label Sensor

140 (5.5) 140 (5.5)
W
Span
Shift
Gain Zero
45LFM- CMBA2- D5 A Ser 31.8
L
Adjust Adjust 31.8
Web Label (1.25)
45LFM- CMBA1- D5 Ser A (1.25)
Edge Zero Made in USA Made in USA
24.1 Sensor 24.1

Sensor
(0.95) (0.95)
0.76 (0.03)
Wiring
Designation Lead Color (Cordset) 5-Pin Micro QD Pin Assignment
2
Termination 3 5 1
4
V+ Brown 1
-V Blue 2
PNP Output Black 3
NPN Output White 4
Output Polarity Grey 5
Product Selection
Operating Voltage Labels Sensed Output Type Response Time Connection Type Cat. No.
Opaque
45LFM-- CMBA1-- D5
Clear
11…28V DC Opaque NPN and PNP 10 μs 5-pin DC micro
Clear 45LFM-- CMBA2-- D5
Metallic
2 m (6.5 ft) Micro QD Cordset 889D-- F5AC-- 2
Note: Pin 5 must be connected to +V or ground for reliable detection.

45LSP
Optical Fork Sensor
Specifications
Environmental
Optical
Sensing Modes Transmitted beam
Sensing Gap 30, 50, 80, and 120 mm
Description Adjustments Teach button
The 45LSP is family of optical fork Electrical

sensors housed in a plastic enclosure. Voltage 10…30V DC
Fork sensors offer self-contained Current Consumption 30 mA max
transmitted beam sensing, ideal for
Sensor Protection Short circuit, reverse polarity
applications that require reliable parts
detection. The simple push button Outputs
teach-in sensitivity adjustment, Response Time 250 μS
several connection options and
multiple mounting features (via side Output Type PNP or NPN by cat. no.
thru-holes, rear threaded inserts, or Output Mode Light or dark operate selectable (via teach button or remote)
optional dovetail brackets) make the Output Current 100 mA max
45LSP an economical, easy to use
solution for typical applications such Mechanical
as small parts detection, edge Housing Material Polycarbonate
detection, parts counting, gear tooth Connection Types 4-pin DC pico (M8) QD connector, 3-pin DC pico (M8) QD connector
detection, dimension verifications, etc.
Optional Accessories Cordsets and dovetail mounting brackets
Features
S Detection of objects as small as S Light or dark operate selectable
0.2 mm (0.008 in.) S Multiple mounting options:
S Highly visible power and output LED thru-holes, threaded holes and
indicators with output indication dovetail
along both sides of the fork S Easy installation with no alignment
S Remote teach and teach button lock required
on 4-pin models S 3- and 4-pin pico (M8) QD models
User Interface
LED Color State Status
ON Output energized Teach button Green LED
Orange
Teach mode or short circuit
Flashing
protection active
OFF Power is OFF
Orange LED
Orange LED
Green ON Power is ON
Flashing Teach mode

1--155
45LSP
Optical Fork Sensor
Wiring Diagrams
PNP Models NPN Models
3-Pin 4-Pin 3-Pin 4-Pin
Brown (1) Brown (1) Brown (1) Brown (1) +
+ + +
Black (4) 4 White (2) 2 4
Black (4)
White (2)

Load 1 Black (4) Load Load Black (4)
3 Blue (3)
Load
Blue (3) Blue (3) 1 3 – Blue (3)
– – –
Remote teach.
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Cordsets and Accessories

G F Description Cat. No.
10
(0.39) 2 m (6.5 ft) 3-pin DC pico QD 889P-- F3AB-- 2
2 m (6.5 ft) 4-pin DC pico QD 889P-- F4AB-- 2
B
A Dovetail mounting bracket 44B-- BKT
4
Teach-in D
button E
4.2 (0.17) 3x Dia.

5
(0.2) M4 threaded inserts, 6 mm maximum depth.

4.5 (0.18) Dovetail mounting
4.5 (0.18) 8 (0.31)
C
12 (0.47)
Gap Size A B C D E F G
30 mm 30 (1.18) 50 (1.97) 30 (1.18) 34 (1.34) 59.5 (2.34) 20 (0.79) —
50 mm 50 (1.97) 70 (2.76) 50 (1.97) 54 (2.13) 79.5 (3.13) 20 (0.79) 28 (1.10)
80 mm 80 (3.15) 100 (3.93) 80 (3.15) 54 (2.13) 79.5 (3.13) 20 (0.79) 2 x 28
120 mm 120 (4.72) 140 (5.51) 120 (4.72) 54 (2.13) 79.5 (3.13) 20 (0.79) 3 x 28
Product Selection
Resolution Connection
Sensing Gap [mm (in.)] Operating Voltage Output Mode Type Output Type Cat. No.
PNP 45LSP- 2LPA1- P3
3-pin pico
NPN 45LSP-- 2LNA1-- P3
30 mm 0.2 (0.008)
PNP 45LSP-- 2LPA1-- P4
4-pin pico
3-pin pico
50 mm 0.2 (0.008)
Light or dark 4-pin pico
10…30 V DC operate
selectable PNP 45LSP- 2LPA3- P3
3-pin pico
80 mm 0.2 (0.008)
4-pin pico
3-pin pico
120 mm 0.4 (0.016)
4-pin pico
Not over the entire temperature range. For maximum precision, allow for a heating period of approximately 15 minutes.
For detection of objects less than 0.9 mm (0.035 in.), the object should be placed ≥10 mm away from the LED light source.

45LST
Optical Fork Sensor
Specifications
Environmental
Optical
Sensing Gap 2…225 mm (0.08…8.86 in.)
Light Source Nonmodulated infrared, infrared LED (880 nm)
Description LED Indicators See User Interface below
The 45LST optical fork sensor is Adjustments 25 turn potentiometer

designed for small part detection on Electrical
machines and conveyors. With
available slot widths from 2…225 mm Voltage 10…30V DC
(0.08…8.86 in.), these sensors feature Current Consumption 40 mA max
adjustable sensitivity and selectable
NPN/PNP with L.O./D.O. energized Sensor Protection Short circuit, reverse polarity, transient, overload
output in a heavy-duty IP65 aluminum Power On Delay 129 ms
housing. Applications include label
Outputs
detection on clear substrates, cap
detection on bottles, and part sensing Response Time 1 ms , 30 μS (45LST-- 1LEA1-- P4 only)
on conveyors for the packaging and Output Type PNP or NPN selectable
material handling industries. The
45LST sensors are also ideal for the Output Mode Light or dark operate selectable
automotive, paper, and food Output Current 100 mA max
industries.
Output Leakage Current 12V DC supply : 0.78 mA @ 10 mA load, 6.9 mA @ 100 mA load
24V DC supply : 0.30 mA @ 10 mA load, 3.0 mA @ 100 mA load
Features
Mechanical
S 10…30V DC operation Housing Material Anodized aluminum
S Fast 30 μsec response time for Connection Types 4-pin DC pico (M8) QD connector
selected models
Optional Accessories Cordsets
S NPN/PNP output
S IP65 housing
S Industrial aluminum housing
S cULus Listed and CE Marked for all
User Interface
Label Color State Condition
OFF Sensor power not present
— Green
Steady Sensor power present
OFF Output inactive
— Red Sensitivity Adjustment LEDs
Steady Output active
Red and green LED flash: SCP active

1--157
45LST
Optical Fork Sensor
Wiring Diagrams
3 Blue 1 Brown Pico
+ + +
2 White 2 White 2 4

4 Black Load 4 Black Load
1 3
1 Brown 3 Blue
-- -- --

1 Brown 3 Blue Pico
+ + +
2 4
2 White 2 White

3 Blue 1 Brown
-- -- --
White wire not used.

225 mm 2…120 mm
80 (3.15) 20 (0.79) + B
M8 Plug 12 (0.47) 12 (0.47)
Sensitivity Adjustment LEDs Sensitivity Adjustment

LEDs
4 (0.16) 16 B 15
5 (0.20) B
R = 2.2 (0.63) (0.59)
Optical 15 D 12.25 (0.48)
(0.59) Optical
Axis
20 (0.79) Axis
A C A
22.75
233 (0.89)
(9.17) 4.2 (0.16) Dia.
2 Places
20 6
(0.79) (0.24)
22.5
(0.88)
6
19.5 68 (2.68) (0.24)
(0 77)
Dimensions [mm (in.)]

Fork Size A B C D
2 (0.08) 40 (1.57) 14 (0.55) 6.25 (0.25)
15 (0.59) 40 (1.57) 27 (1.06) 6.25 (0.25)
2…120 30 (1.18) 40 (1.57) 42 (1.65) 6.25 (0.25)

(0.08…4.72) 50 (1.97) 57 (2.24) 40 (1.57) 17.25 (0.68)
80 (3.15) 57 (2.24) 70 (2.75) 17.25 (0.68)
120 (4.72) 57 (2.24) 110 (4.33) 17.25 (0.68)
225 (8.86) 225 (8.86) 60 (2.36) — —

45LST
Optical Fork Sensor
Product Selection
Operating Sensing Gap Output Light Source Response Connection
Voltage [mm (in.)] Energized Output Type Emission Time Type Cat. No.
2 (0.08) Continuous 30 μsec 45LST-- 1LEA1-- P4
15 (0.59) 45LST-- 1LEA2-- P4
30 (1.18) 45LST-- 1LEA3-- P4
LO/DO NPN or PNP
10…30V DC 50 (1.96) 4-pin pico 45LST-- 1LEA4-- P4
Selectable Selectable Modulated 1 ms
80 (3.15) 45LST-- 1LEA5-- P4
120 (4.72) 45LST-- 1LEA6-- P4
225 (8.86) 45LST-- 1LEA7-- P4
2 m (6.5 ft) pico QD Cordset 889P-- F4AB-- 2

1--159
45MLA
Measuring Arrays and Controllers
Specifications
Environmental 45MLA Arrays 45MLA Controller
Operating Environment IP54 Housing IP54, terminal strip
IP20
Operating Temperature [C (F)] 0…55° (32…131°)
Storage Temperature [C (F)] - 20…70° (-- 4…158°) - 25…70° (-- 13…158°)
Vibration 10…55 Hz; amplitude 0.35 mm (0.01 in.); meets or exceeds
IEC 60068-- 2-- 6
Shock Acceleration 10 g, pulse duration 16 ms, 10…55 Hz; amplitude
0.35 mm (0.01 in.); meets or exceeds IEC 60068-- 2-- 29
Relative Humidity 15…95% 15…95%
Optical
Description Sensing modes Transmitted beam pair —
The Allen-Bradley 45MLA is a Sensing Range 0…4 m (0…13 ft) —
measurement sensor that utilizes an Field of View 3.2° —
array of transmitted beam Light Source 940 nm —
photoelectric sensor pairs to detect Beam Spacing 10 mm (0.4 in.) or 25 mm (1.0 in.) —
and measure objects. The array
Resolution 18 mm (0.7 in.) or 33 mm (1.3 in.) —
housing is extremely compact,
allowing for easy installation in a LED Indicators Red: Status Alignment, target present,
Green: Alignment outputs, inputs, power
range of applications.
Electrical
The 45MLA are packaged as
transmitted beam pairs—the emitter Voltage Provided by controller 20.4…27.6V DC ±5% max.
ripple
and receiver arrays are both included.
The system requires an Allen-Bradley Current Consumption — <300 mA with max. no. of
45MLA controller, which must be beams to controller, outputs
not connected
ordered separately. Three versions of
the controller (I/O, RS485, CAN) are Sensor Protection EN61000-- 4-- 2, EN 61000-- 4-- 4 and EN 61000-- 4-- 5; short circuit
(SCP), reverse polarity, and overload
available, each offering a different
communications platform that can be Outputs
selected to function with a range of Response Time See 45MLA Controller User Manual
PLCs. Output Type — NPN and PNP (push/pull
The controller drives the photoelectric output)
elements in the emitter and reads out Output Mode — Dark operate (when
the receiver beam information. Use of connected as PNP)
this external controller allows the Output Current — 150 mA max. each
flexibility to configure up to four Mechanical
separate sensing zones with indepen-
Housing Material Aluminum ABS(FR) UL94-- V0
dent outputs or the communication of
individual beam status via serial Lens Material Polycarbonate —
protocols. Additionally, the 45MLA can Cover Material Aluminum Polycarbonate
also be customized for application Connection Types 8-pin DC micro (M12) female QD Spring loaded terminal
specific overhang and over-height on 500 mm (20 in.) cable connections
detection. pigtail—controller connection only
Supplied Accessories Adjustable mounting kit (445L-- AF6143)
Features Required Accessories Controller
45MLA controller I/O model Cat. No. 45MLA-- CTRL
S Height measuring capability 45MLA controller RS45 Cat. No.: 45MLA-- CTRL-- 485
S Slim profile array housing 45MLA controller CAN Cat. No. 45MLA-- CTRL-- CAN
S Long operating range—4 m (13 ft) Light array to controller connecting cable
3 m (9.8 ft) M12—RJ45 Cat. No. 445L-- AC8RJ3
S Fast reaction time and measure- 5 m (16.4 ft) M12—RJ45 Cat. No. 445L-- AC8RJ5
ment speed 8 m (26.2 ft) M12—RJ45 Cat. No. 445L-- AC8RJ8
S Individual beam status available via Max. system length cannot exceed 10 m (32.8 ft)
controller (serial communication Optional Accessories Flat mounting kit Cat. No. 445L-- AF6145
models only)

45MLA
User Interface
The following table indicates LED status and descriptions for LEDs on the emitter and receiver light arrays.
Location LED Description Status Meaning

Off Arrays not aligned (or target present)
Light array On Arrays aligned (and target not present)
Green
alignment
Emitter and Flashing Low margin/light intensity inadequate
Receiver Arrays
Off Target not present (and arrays aligned)
Red Light array status
On Target present (or arrays not aligned)
The following table indicates the status and description for each LED on the controller’s main PCB.
LED Description Color Meaning

Off Target present or light arrays not aligned
D1 Light Array OK Green Target not present and light arrays aligned
Green flashing Low margin/light intensity inadequate
Off Target not present
D2 Light array status Red Target present
Red Flashing Height Measurement Error
Off Output 1 inactive
D3 Out1
Green Output 1 active
Off Output 2 inactive
D4 Out2
Green Output 2 active
Off Input 1 inactive
D5 In1
Green Input 1 active
Off Input 2 inactive
D6 In2
Green Input 2 active
Off Power off
D7 Power
Green Power on

1--161
45MLA
Wiring Diagrams
The 45MLA is a “Three Box System.” Every setup consists of an emitter array, a receiver array, and an external controller.
Receiver Array
Emitter Array
45MLA Controller
Each controller has the same base PCB and a pre-installed extension PCB with model-specific functionality and additional
connections.
S1
RJ45 Connector
Emitter
D2 LED
Model Specific D1 LED
Extension PCB RJ45 Connector
Receiver
D3 LED Out 1
D4 LED Out 2 Pot 2
D6 LED In 2 Pot 1 Gaps
D5 LED In 1
PNP Out 1
Out 2
In 1 Removable In 1
J14 Spring-- Loaded
NPN Input Connector In 2
PNP Logic N.C.
Jumpers Earth.
In 2
D7 LED - Power NPN 24 V DC
J2 0 V DC

45MLA
Connector J2 on the base PCB has the following pinout for all controller models.
Pin Signal Description

1 0V DC Power
2 +24V DC Power
3 Ground Ground
4 Not connected Not connected
5…8 Model specific functions (see below)
Pins 5…8 on connector J2 (on the base PCB) have different functionality with each controller model. The following tables
show the pin connections for each specific model.
I/O Model RS485 and CAN models

Pin Signal Description Remarks Pin Signal Description Remarks
Trigger and hold DIP switch S1 (7) = 0 5 In 2 Trigger and hold Special function
5 In 2
Overhang back sensor DIP switch S1 (7) = 1 6 In 1 Not used Not used
Not used DIP switch S1 (7) = 0 7 Out 2 Light interrupted 0V = interrupted
6 In 1
Overhang front sensor DIP switch S1 (7) = 1 8 Out 1 Overhang 0V = overhang
0 V DC = interrupted
Light array
7 Out 2 24 V DC = not
interrupted
interrupted
0 V DC = overhang
8 Out 1 Overhang
24 V DC = no overhang
Or over--height (special function)
The extension PCB has connections specific to the functionality of each individual model. Here are the pin connections for
each model. The connectors are labeled on the PCB.
I/O Model RS485 Model CAN Model
Connector J14 Connector J16 Connectors J12 and J13 (RJ45)
Pin Signal 0V DC +24V DC Pin 2 Wire 4 Wire Pin Signal
1 Out 3 Zone Z1 Zone Z1 not 1 0V DC 0V DC 1 CAN H
interrupted interrupted
2 Out 4 Zone Z2 Zone Z2 not 2 — Rx+ 2 CAN L
3 Out 5 Zone Z3 Zone Z3 not 3 Shielding Shielding 3 0V DC
4 Out 6 Zone Z4 Zone Z4 not 4 — Rx-- 4 Not connected
5 B Tx+ 5 Not connected
6 A Tx-- 6 Shield
7 0V DC
8 CAN V+

1--163
45MLA

Arrays
8--pin female M12 (micro) QD
Cable clip 6 mm
white (emitter) 18.5
blue (receiver) (0.73)
B 1.5
(0.06)
20
(0.79)
500 (19.7) A 16
(0.63)
Controller
200 (7.9)
188 (7.4)
176 (6.9)
128 120 80
(5.0) (4.7) (3.1)
4.5
(0.18)4x
31
(1.2) 2x
160 (6.3)
130 (5.1)
5.0
(0.2) 4x
45
(1.8)
Note: The controller can be mounted either on a DIN Rail using the mounting brackets on the back or with four screws through the holes on the tabs extending
from the corners of the housing.

45MLA
Product Selection
Arrays
A B
Housing Height Sensing Height Beam Spacing Length x Width
No. of Beams [mm (in.)] [mm (in.)] [mm (in.)] [mm (in.)] Cat. No.
30 320 (12.6) 300 (11.8) 10 (0.39) 20 x 16 (0.79 x 0.62) 45MLA-- AT0300P10
60 630 (24.4) 600 (23.6) 10 (0.39) 20 x 16 (0.79 x 0.62) 45MLA-- AT0600P10
90 920 (36.2) 900 (35.4) 10 (0.39) 20 x 16 (0.79 x 0.62) 45MLA-- AT0900P10
120 1220 (48.0) 1200 (47.2) 10 (0.39) 20 x 16 (0.79 x 0.62) 45MLA-- AT1200P10
36 920 (36.2) 900 (35.4) 25 (0.98) 20 x 16 (0.79 x 0.62) 45MLA-- AT0900P25
48 1220 (48.0) 1200 (47.2) 25 (0.98) 20 x 16 (0.79 x 0.62) 45MLA-- AT1200P25
Controllers Accessories
I/O Model 45MLA-- CTRL Flat mounting kit (four pieces/set) 445L-- AF6145
RS485 45MLA-- CTRL-- 485 180° adjustable mounting kit

(four pieces/set, included with 445L-- AF6143
CAN 45MLA-- CTRL-- CAN arrays)
Cable—Light array to controller
3 m M12—RJ45 445L-- AC8RJ3
5 m M12—RJ45 445L-- AC8RJ5
8 m M12—RJ45 445L-- AC8RJ8

1--165
45DLA
Discrete Light Arrays
Specifications
Environmental
Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 20°…+55° (-- 4°…+131°)
Vibration 2 g, 10…200 Hz; 20 sweeps each axis; meets or exceeds
EN 60068-- 2-- 6
Shock 15 g, 11 ms, 3 x each axis; 10 g, 16 ms, 100 x each axis; meets or
exceeds EN 60068-- 2-- 27 and EN 60068-- 2-- 29
Relative Humidity 5....95% (noncondensing)
Ambient Light Immunity 75,000 Lux
Optical
Description Sensing Modes Transmitted beam pair
Sensing Range 200…1500 mm (7.9…59 in.) or 1.0…8.0 m (3.3…26.2 ft)
The Allen-Bradley 45DLA discrete
light array is an ON/OFF sensor that Field of View Emitter (long range selected): 15° @ 3.0 m (9.8 ft)
utilizes an array of transmitted beam Receiver (when emitter has long range selected): 35° @ 3.0 m
(9.8 ft)
photoelectric sensor pairs to detect
objects over a much wider span than Light Source Infrared LED (880 nm)
traditional sensors. The 45DLA are LED Indicators Green (transmitter only) = power, orange (receiver only) = target
packaged as transmitted beam pairs present
(the emitter and receiver arrays are
Adjustments Selectable range (by wiring input)
both included). The controls are
integrated into the array housing and Resolution 30 mm (1.2 in.)
no separate controller is required. The Beam Pitch 22 mm (0.87 in.)
emitter and receiver are optically
Number of Beams 4…32 by Cat. No.
synchronized and therefore do not
need to be wired together. Sensing Height 118…734 mm (4.65…28.9 in.) by cat. no.
Electrical
Features Voltage 14…30V DC
S Integrated light array controller Current Consumption 50 mA @ 24V DC without load connected
S IP54 Sensor Protection Short circuit (SCP), reverse polarity
S Simple, flexible mounting Outputs

Response Time 25…165 ms by cat. no.
S Optically synchronized (no
electrical connection between Power-On Time 100 ms + response time
emitter and receiver required) Output Type PNP/NPN (single push/pull output)
S Push/pull (PNP/NPN) outputs Output Mode Dark or light operate selectable (by wiring)
(connect to sinking or sourcing Output Current 120 mA max.
inputs)
Mechanical
S Wiring selectable range and output Housing Material Aluminum
state (light/dark operate)
Housing Height 266…882 mm (10.5…34.7 in.) by cat. no.
S 30 mm resolution
S Sensing height of 118…734 mm Cable Material PVC
(4.6…28.9 in.)
Connection Type 4-pin DC micro (M12) on 150 mm (6 in.) cable pigtail

45DLA

LED Description Status Meaning
Off No Power
Emitter Array Emitter Status
Green Power OK
Off No power OR target not present
Receiver Array Receiver Status
Orange Power OK and target present (or arrays not aligned)
Wiring Diagrams
Emitter
Quick-Disconnect
1 Brown + 2
2 White 3 1
4
4 Black
Not Connected
3 Blue -
Pin 2 (white wire): Connect to 0V or not connected for 1.0…8.0 m (3.3…26.2 ft) range; connect to V+ (24V) for 0.2…1.5 m (0.6…4.9 ft) range.
Note: In applications with multiple 45DLA pairs in one area, it is recommended to use the shorter range option (by connecting Pin 2/white wire to 24V)
to reduce the potential for interference between separate pairs.
Note: For applications with a range of less than 1 m (3.3 ft) it is recommended to use the shorter range option to improve the response time.
Receiver:
The 45DLA uses a push/pull transistor output that can be wired as either a PNP or NPN style output.
Wired as NPN output:
Quick-Disconnect
1 Brown +
2
2 White 3 1
4 Black 4
Load
3 Blue -
Pin 2 (white wire): Connect to V+ (24V) or not connected for D.O.; connect to 0V for L.O.
Wired as PNP output:

Quick-Disconnect
1 Brown +
2 White 2
3 1
4 Black 4
Load
3 Blue -
Pin 2 (white wire): Connect to V+ (24V) or not connected for L.O.; connect to 0V for D.O.

1--167
45DLA

150 (5.9)
24 A
(0.94)
16
(0.6)
B 7
(0.28) 12 (0.5)
C
D 20 (0.79)
Note: Mounting from the front of the array (lens side) requires M4 flat head (countersunk) screws (included). Mounting from the side of the array requires M4
pan head screws (not included).

No. of Beams A: Housing Height B: Mounting Holes C: Sensing Height D: Pitch Cat. No.
4 266 (10.5) 92 (3.6) 118 (4.65) 22 (0.87) 45DLA-- 1LEB1T-- F4
8 354 (13.9) 180 (7.1) 206 (8.11) 22 (0.87) 45DLA-- 1LEB2T-- F4
16 530 (20.9) 356 (14.0) 382 (15.04) 22 (0.87) 45DLA-- 1LEB4T-- F4
24 706 (27.8) 532 (20.9) 558 (21.97) 22 (0.87) 45DLA-- 1LEB6T-- F4
32 882 (34.7) 708 (27.9) 734 (28.9) 22 (0.87) 45DLA-- 1LEB8T-- F4
Product Selection
Sensing Height [mm (in.)] Response Time Cat. No.
118 (4.65) 25 ms 45DLA-- 1LEB1T-- F4
206 (8.11) 45 ms 45DLA-- 1LEB2T-- F4
382 (15.04) 85 ms 45DLA-- 1LEB4T-- F4
558 (21.97) 125 ms 45DLA-- 1LEB6T-- F4
734 (28.9) 165 ms 45DLA-- 1LEB8T-- F4
Note: Both emitter (light source) and receiver arrays are included in the package. To identify the emitter, replace the “T” in the cat. no. with “E.” To
identify the receiver, replace the “T” in the cat. no. with “R.” Example: 45DLA--1LEB2T--F4 contains one 45DLA--1LEB2E--F4 emitter array and
one 45DLA--1LEB2R--F4 receiver array. Emitter and receiver arrays are not sold separately.

Cordset Accessories
889D-- F4AC-- 2 DC Micro Splitter 879D-- F4DM
4-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)
DC Micro QD Patchcord,
889D-- F4ACDM-- 2
4-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft)

45AST Area Array
Specifications
Environmental
Ambient Light Immunity 500 lux max.
Optical
Features Sensing Range See Product Selection table on page 1-- 170
S Introduces Two-Dimensional Array Number of Optical Axis See Product Selection table on page 1-- 170
Scanning Technology Light Source Infrared LED (860 nm)
S PNP or NPN Output LED Indicators Green LED for transmitted, green LED for alignment on receiver, and
S Minimum object resolution from three orange LEDs for output
11…17 mm (0.43…0.66 in.) Electrical
S Sensing ranges up to 2.5 m (8.2 ft) Voltage 12…24V DC ±10% ripple
S IP67 rated housing Current Consumption See Product Selection table on page 1-- 170
S CE Marked for all applicable Sensor Protection Reverse polarity, short circuit protection
directives Outputs
S Easy bracket-free mounting Response Time 4 ms or 8 ms max by cat. no.
S Highly visible alignment LEDs Output Type PNP or NPN by cat. no.
Output Mode Light operate
Mechanical
Housing Material Aluminum
Connection Types 2 m cable, 4-pin DC micro (M12) pigtail
Optional Accessories Mounting brackets, reflectors, cordsets
Wiring Diagrams
Emitter PNP Output NPN Output
Cable Cable Cable
Brown Brown Brown
+ + +
-- +
Black Load
+ --
Black Load
Blue Blue
Blue
-- -- --

1--169
45AST Area Array

Cable Dia. 4 (0.16) 6.5
7.2 PVC: 3 m (9.8 ft) (0.25)
C B (Detecting Width) B 6.5
(0.28) (0.25)
34 (1.33)
8.2
Detecting Width (0.32)
9.0
(0.35)
14.5 E
(0.57)
A
Dia. 116.8 (4.6) x 2
Center of Installation
2--M4 Hole Pitch Center of Axis
F
G (Installation Hole Pitch)
[mm (in.)]
Model A B C D E F G
45AST-- 1JB1-- A2 100 (3.93) 50 (1.96) 22.5 (0.88) 14.5 (0.57) 47.5 (1.87) 4 (0.15) 87 (3.42)
45AST-- 1JB2-- A2 137 (5.39)
150 (5.9) 100 (3.93) 22 (0.86) 15 (0.59) 72 (2.83) 3.5 (0.13)
45AST-- 1JB3-- A2 137 (5.39)
45AST-- 1JB4-- A2 200 (7.87) 150 (5.9) 22 (0.86) 15 (0.59) 97 (3.81) 3.5 (0.13) 187 (7.36)
N = NPN and P = PNP.
Product Selection
Current Consumption
(max.) Resolution Sensing
Number of Response Diameter Height
Transmitter Receiver Range Optical Axis Time (max) [mm (in.)] [mm (in.)] Output Type Cat. No.
0.5…2 m PNP 45AST-- 1JPB1-- A2

70 mA 65 mA 5 4 ms 15 (0.59) 50 (1.96)
(1.6…6.5 ft) NPN 45AST-- 1JNB1-- A2
0.15…0.8 m PNP 45AST- 1JPB2- A2

80 mA 110 mA 10 8 ms 11 (0.43) 100 (3.93)
(0.49…2.62 ft) NPN 45AST-- 1JNB2-- A2
0.5…2.5 m PNP 45AST-- 1JPB3-- A2

80 mA 110 mA 10 8 ms 13 (0.51) 100 (3.93)
(1.6…8.2 ft) NPN 45AST-- 1JNB3-- A2
0.15…0.8 m PNP 45AST- 1JPB4- A2

80 mA 110 mA 10 8 ms 17 (0.66) 150 (5.9)
(0.49…2.62 ft) NPN 45AST-- 1JNB4-- A2
NPN versions available with longer lead times.
Micro QD (M12) connector on pigtail models available. Refer to www.ab.com/sensors for more information.

45PVA Verification Array
Slim Type Picking Sensor
Specifications
Environmental
Operating Temperature [C (F)] Transmitted beam: 0…+50° (32…+122°)
Retroreflective/diffuse: - 10…+50° (14…+122°)
Vibration 10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm amplitude, 2 hours, X, Y, and Z direction
Shock 500 m/s, 3 times X, Y, and Z direction
Ambient Light Immunity 10,000 lux max
Optical
Sensing Modes Transmitted beam or retroreflective/diffuse selectable
Sensing Range Transmitted beam or retroreflective: 2 m (6.5 ft),
Description Diffuse: 400 mm (15.7 in.)
Field of View
The Allen-Bradley 45PVA is a
photoelectric Parts Verification Array Light Source Infrared LED (880 nm) or visible red (640 nm)
designed for bin picking applications
LED Indicators See Approximate Dimensions on page 1-- 173
and object detection in the parts
assembly industry. When used as part Adjustments DIP switches
of a suitably configured bin-picking
Electrical
system, the 45PVA effectively
prevents mispicks to enhance Voltage 12…264V DC
efficiency and minimize down time. It Current Consumption 46 mA max
is also the ideal solution to address
the “error proofing” initiatives prevalent Sensor Protection Short circuit protection
in the automotive industry. Outputs
The 45PVA uses an array of LEDs to Response Time See Product Selection table on page 1-- 174
create a light screen that can be
Output Type PNP or NPN output selectable
spanned across bins at an assembly
station. By mounting the sensors on Output Mode Light or dark operate selectable
parts bins and wiring them into a
controller programmed with the
necessary logic, a virtually error-free Output Leakage Current 10 μA max
bin-picking process can be achieved.
Mechanical
“Job lights” on the 45PVA will not only
show the assembler the bins required Housing Material Aluminum
to complete the current process, but
will also indicate the correct picking
sequence. In the event the assembler End Plate Material Resin
attempts to pick an incorrect part, a Connection Types 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD on 2 m pigtail
selectable warning light on the 45PVA
will illuminate to indicate the error; Supplied Accessories Basic mounting brackets, reflective tape (retro/diffuse models)
additional fault enunciation can be Optional Accessories See mounting brackets, reflectors, and cordsets on page 1-- 174
achieved via controller logic in
conjunction with a tower light or
In addition to increasing efficiency and Features S Two frequency dip switch selectable
quality control by preventing faults in S Robust metal enclosure with super crosstalk protection
the bin-picking process, the 45PVA is S Different sizes are available for
slim 13 mm profile
instrumental in personnel stress different component racks.
reduction and the simplification of S Large highly-visible job indicator
lights Transmitted beam models are
personnel training—especially in available in four sizes (100 mm
multi-lingual facilities. S Optional red fault light indicator to
(4 in.), 225 mm (9 in.), 300 mm
notify operator of incorrect
(12 in.), and 375 mm (15 in.)).
component selection
Retroreflective/diffuse models are
S Dip switch selectable lighting available in two sizes (100 mm (4 in.)
operation for job lights and 225 mm (9 in.)).
S NPN or PNP dip switch selectable
output reduces inventory

1--171
Input/Output Circuit and Wiring Diagrams

The NPN/PNP input of the job indicator and the NPN/PNP output are selected by mode switch.
Transmitted Beam Receiver Face View Male Receptacle
Transmitter and Retroreflective/Diffuse (Sensor) DC Micro
1 1 2
Pin 1 (Brown): 12 to 24V DC Pin 1 (Brown): 12 to 24V DC
NPN Output 4
(selected) Pin 4 (Black): Output (NPN)
Pin 3 (Blue): 0V Pin 3 (Blue): 0V
4 1
Job Job
2
Pin 2 (Pink or White):
2 Pin 2 (Pink or White): 3
Job Indicator Input
Job Indicator Input 4
Transmitter Receiver
1 Pin 1 (Brown): 12 to 24V DC 1 Pin 1 (Brown): 12 to 24V DC
PNP Output
(selected) 4 Pin 4 (Black): Output (NPN)
4 Pin 3 (Blue): 0V 3 Pin 3 (Blue): 0V
Job Job
2 2 Pin 2 (Pink or White):
Pin 2 (Pink or White):
Job Indicator Input
Job Indicator Input
Transmitter (not required for Transmitted Beam Receiver

Retroreflective/Diffuse models) and Retroreflective/Diffuse
Face View Male Receptacle

(Sensor) DC Micro
2
3
4
4
Black: Out
1
Brown: 12 to 24V DC
3 (PNP Output
Blue: 0V (NPN Output
2 Selected) Selected)
White: Job Indicator Input


Dimensions are not intended to be used for installation purposes.
2 m (6.5 ft)
Switch Cover L1
M
P
18 32
(0.7) (1.25)
4.0 (0.15)
13 57 (2.24) 51 (2.0)
(0.51) L2
Job
Light Status Indicator, Indicator 4.5 (0.17) Dia.
Green/Orange (Receiver) Dark Indicator, Orange (Receiver)
Power, Green (Retro/Diffuse) Power Indicator, Green (Transmitter)
Output ON Indicator, Orange (Retro/Diffuse)
45PVR--1LEB1--F4 Ser A

N M L1 L2 P Cat. No.
5 100 (3.9) 130 (5.1) 140 (5.5) 25 (1.0) 45PVA-- 1LEB1-- F4
10 225 (8.9) 255 (10.0) 265 (10.4) 25 (1.0) 45PVA-- 1LEB2-- F4
13 300 (11.8) 330 (13.0) 340 (13.4) 25 (1.0) 45PVA-- 1LEB3-- F4
16 375 (14.8) 405 (16.0) 415 (16.3) 25 (1.0) 45PVA-- 1LEB4-- F4
4 87 (3.4) 130 (5.1) 140 (5.5) 29 (1.1) 45PVA-- 2LEA1-- F4
8 203 (8.0) 255 (10.0) 265 (10.4) 29 (1.1) 45PVA-- 2LEA2-- F4
Minimum Detectable Object Size

Retroreflective Mode
90
80
Minimum Object Size [mm]
70
60
50 Specified
Typical
40
30
20
10
0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2
(1.6 ft) (3.3 ft) (4.9 ft) (6.6 ft)
Distance [m (ft)]

1--173
Product Selection
Number of Optical Detection Width Current
Sensing Mode Light Source Axis [mm (in.)] [mm (in.)] Consumption Response Time Cat. No.
Standard:
Standard: Light on: 35
5 100 (3.93) 130 mA ms/Dark on: 25 ms 45PVA-- 1LEB1-- F4
Interference Protection:
Light on: 45 ms/Dark on:
28 ms
ms/Dark on: 42 ms
10 225 (8.85) 140 mA Interference Protection: 45PVA-- 1LEB2-- F4
Infrared LED, Light on: 84 ms/Dark on:
Transmitted Beam Wave-length 52 ms
880 nm
ms/Dark on: 42 ms
54 ms
ms/Dark on: 58 ms
72 ms
Retroreflective/ Visible Red LED, 4 100 (3.93) 68 mA 45PVA-- 2LEA1-- F4

120 ms
Diffuse 640 nm 8 225 (8.85) 78 mA 45PVA-- 2LEA2-- F4
Accessories
Mounting Brackets
#60--2773 (2 brackets) 16 18 6 11
(included) (0.63) (0.7) (0.23) (0.43)
20 10 10
(0.78) (0.39) (0.39)
40 (1.57) 4.6
4.6
(0.18) Dia. (0.18) Dia.
23
(0.91)
2 (0.07)

Optional Mounting Brackets

Mounting brackets available as an option (not included with sensor).
Plastic Bracket
#60-- 2779 (2 brackets) 34.0 (1.34)
17.0 (0.67)
7.6 (0.30)
66
(2.60)
26.9
(1.06) Dia.
18.0
(0.71)
20.1
7.4 (0.29) (0.79)
4.4 (0.17)
18.8 (0.74)
Metal Bracket
#60- 2772 (2 brackets)
51.8 (2.04)
18.0
(0.71)
2 x M5 x 0.8
18.0 (0.71) 7.0 (0.27)
7.4 (0.29)
28.0 (1.10)
Dia.
2.5
(0.10)
68.3 (2.69)
5.2 (0.20)
Dia.
4 x M4 x 0.7
32.0
(1.26)
2 x 16.0 16.0
(0.63) (0.63)
28 (1.1)
9.2 (0.36)

1--175
Protective Metal Bracket

#60- 277x- 1 (2 brackets for transmitted beam models)
#60- 278x- 1 (1 bracket for retro/diffuse models) 4 x 4.97
17.5 R 3.05 (0.196) Dia.
(0.689) (0.12) 2 x R 2.03
(0.08)
2 x 18
(0.709)
8.99
(0.354) Ref.
L1 12.34
(0.486)
111.3 (4.38) 10.0

68.3 (2.69) (0.39)
51.3 (2.02)
35°
10.0 27.3 (1.07)
13.99
7.01 (0.39) 16.3 (0.64) (0.55) 9.5 (0.37)
(0.27) 4 x R 5.08
(0.20) R08Ref.
R.02Ref. External Radii
Internal Radii
L2 32.5 (1.28)
L1 L2 Cat. No. Cat. No.

[mm (in.)] [mm (in.)] Material (1 Bracket) (2 Brackets)
130 (5.11) 148.36 (5.84) 60-- 2785-- 1 60-- 2775-- 1
254 (10.03) 273.35 (10.76) 60-- 2786-- 1 60-- 2776-- 1
Galvanized Steel
330 (12.99) 348.36 (13.71) NA 60-- 2777-- 1
405 (15.94) 423.34 (196.6) NA 60-- 2778-- 1
Reflective Tape (included with retroreflective/diffuse models)
Dimensions
Reflective Tape Included with
Width [mm (in.)] Length [mm (in.)] Cat. No. Cat. No.
50 (2) 120 (4.7) — 45PVA-- 2LEA1-- F4
50 (2) 245 (9.6) — 45PVA-- 2LEA2-- F4
25 (1) 2540 (100) 92-- 100 —

44N Zone Control Sensor
Specifications
Environmental
Operating Environment NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 12; IP67
Operating Temperature [C(F)] - 20…+70° (-- 4…+158°)
Description Optical
The 44N provides an economical, Sensing Modes Polarized retroreflective
noncontact, solution to zero pressure
accumulation conveyor systems by Sensing Range 50.8 mm…4.8 m (50.8 in…16 ft) with 92-- 39 reflector
combining built-in zone control with a
photoelectric sensor. This simple Field of View 1.5°
approach replaces the conventional Light Source Visible red (660 nm)
mechanical switch sensing device,
central PLC, and large quantities of Adjustments On delay (200 ms…10 s), DIP switch
interconnecting wiring.
LED Indicators Green output LED indicator
The use of a photoelectric sensor
eliminates the need for minimum Electrical
weight restrictions required by
mechanically actuated switches. The Voltage 10…30V DC
polarized retroreflective sensing mode
ensures reliable detection of even
shiny packages over a 4.8 m (16 ft) Sensor Protection Overload, short circuit, reverse polarity, false pulse
range.
The 44N comes complete with micro Outputs
QD connections to both an upstream Response Time 2 ms
and downstream 44N along with a
variety of connection options for Output Type PNP
common pneumatic valves. Power for
Output Mode Light or dark operate selectable by dip switch (1 L.O., 0 D.O.)
the 44N and the valve is distributed
through these connections. Output Current 100 mA @ 30V DC max
The zone logic of the 44N ensures
that product being loaded on the Mechanical
conveyor will be separated into zone Housing Material Valoxr
length gaps thus providing zero
pressure accumulation throughout the Lens Material Acrylic
conveyor system. Once product has
Connection Types 838 mm (33 in.) pigtail with 4-pin DC male micro QD (downstream)
accumulated, it may be released
838 mm (33 in.) pigtail with 4-pin DC female micro QD (upstream)
individually (singulate) or Cable connector for load (see Product Selection table)
simultaneously as a train (slug). This
release is activated through an Supplied Accessories 129-- 130 mounting nut
external contact closure.
Features
S Singulation release
S Slug release
S Adjustable 200 ms…10 secs ON
(run) delay
S NEMA 4X rated

1--177
System Overview, Installation, and Operation

Install one 44N at the downstream side Figure 1. System Overview
of each zone and make both upstream
ZONE 4 ZONE 3 ZONE 2 ZONE 1
and downstream connections using the
micro QD connectors. Connect the Direction of Product Flow
actuator lead of the 44N to the valve
within its zone. Using an 889D--F4BC--2 P4 P3 P2 P1
cordset, connect 24V DC to a suitable
power supply. A 4A supply will provide Singulation
power for up to 25 zones when using a valve valve valve valve Release
1W pneumatic valve. Connect the black Slug Release
lead to the singulation release push +24V DC
button and the white lead to the slug
release push button. Both push buttons
should be normally open and Figure 2. Loading the Conveyor
maintained.
Loading Product Onto the Conveyor Direction of Product Flow
With power applied to the system, all
zones will immediately drive feeding
product onto the conveyor. As product P4 P3 P2 P1
passes the 44N mounted at the infeed

zone, a gap will be formed equal to the valve valve valve valve Singulation
zone length. This will ensure zero Release
Slug Release
pressure throughout the system. Once
the first product reaches the discharge +24V DC
zone (1), it will stop and await release
from the conveyor.
Figure 3. Singulation Release of Accumulated Product
Release of Product from the
Conveyor:
Once product has been transported and Direction of Product Flow
accumulated at the discharge end of
the conveyor (Zone 1), it may be
P4 P3 P2 P1
released in one of two manners.
Singulation Release valve valve valve valve Singulation

With the singulation release signal Release
Slug Release
active, only product in the discharge
zone (1) will release. As the product +24V DC
clears the sensor, the adjacent
upstream zones will advance into the
discharge zone. Product will continue to Figure 4. Slug Release of Accumulated Product
discharge as long as the zone release ZONE 4 ZONE 3 ZONE 2 ZONE 1
push button remains closed.
Direction of Product Flow
Slug Release
With the slug release push button P4 P3 P2 P1
closed and maintained, all accumulated
product on the conveyor will release
simultaneously. When the slug release valve valve valve valve Singulation
Release
push button is released, the remaining
Slug Release
product will resume normal
accumulation. This function overrides +24V DC
Refer to www.ab.com/sensors for more information.
the 44N logic and can be used to load
and unload product as a slug.

Wiring Diagrams
Upstream Downstream
(Pin 1) (Pin 1)
(+) (+)
(Pin 2) (Pin 2)
2 Slug Slug 2
(Pin 4) (Pin 4)
3 5 1 Singulation Singulation 3 1
4 (Pin 3) (Pin 3)
( -- ) ( -- ) 4
Brown
Blue
Female Output load 30V DC Male
100 mA, PNP
1 2
Product comes with 22 AWG cable. Contact Rockwell Automation for DIN valve connection options.
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Typical Response Curve

55.62 100
(2.19) 80
40 76 mm (3 in.)
Reflector
Operating Margin
20 32 mm
103.63 (4.08) 10
Max. Travel (1.25 in.)
74.93 8 Reflector
5.21 (0.205) x
(2.950) Ref 8.13 (0.320) 4
Slot, 2 Places 5.46 (0.215)
2 16 mm
(0.625 in.)
1 Reflector
15.87 (0.625)
31.75 51mm 152mm 0.3 1.5 3 6 15
(1.250) M30 x 1.5 External Thread (2 in.) (6 in.) (1) (5) (10) (20) (50)
1/2 in. NPSM Internal
32.66 (1.286) 30.35 Thread Operating Distance [m (ft)]
40 (1.575) (1.195)
41.91
(1.65)
See Product Selection table below for connection information.

838 (33) pigtail for 44NSP--2JPBD5--Z01 and 44NSP--2JPBD5--Z02.
381 (15) pigtail for 44NSP--2JPBD5--Z03.
Product Selection
Output Type Load
304.8 mm
44NSP-- 2JPBD5-- Z01
(12 in.) cable
Object
to be PNP
Sensed 50.8 mm…
10…30V DC Light 100 mA
40 mA 4.87 m Variable 200 ms to 44NSP-- 2JPBD5-- Z02
Operate
(2 in…16 ft) 10 seconds 533.4 mm
(21 in.) right
angle pico (M8)
Polarized Retroreflective female QD
44NSP-- 2JPBD5-- Z03
Field of View: 1.5_
See Approximate Dimensions.

Male cordset, 2 m cable 889D-- M4BC-- 2 Patchcord, 3.3 ft 889F-- F4BCDM-- 1 Torx screw 129-- 135
Reflector, 3 in. diameter 92-- 39 Cordset, for external release 889D-- F4BC-- 2 Torx screwdriver 57-- 144
Mounting Bracket, for 44N 60-- 2439 Power Supply (24V DC/4 A) 1606-- XLP100E

1--179
22ZC Zone Controller
Specifications
Environmental
Zone Control
Description
Zone Logic Switch selectable single or basic operating modes for zero and low
The 22ZC Zone Controller bridges the pressure accumulation with singulation and slug release
gap between the 44N Zone Control
Sensor and the 1799 embedded I/O Advanced Zone Logic JAM respond function, sleep function, air-to-drive or air-to-brake
module solutions. It offers the operation, ON/OFF time delays
simplicity of a smart sensor, yet Adjustments Rotary switches, DIP switches
provides many of the advanced zone
logic functions found in a networked, LED Indicators Orange (zone status, fault)
programmable device.
Electrical
By placing the zone logic in a single
zone controller, the user is given the Voltage 24V DC
flexibility to choose from a variety of
both sensor input types (mechanical,
optical) and actuator types Sensor Protection Over-voltage, reverse polarity, short-circuit (SCP)
(pneumatic, powered roller, DC
motor). Outputs/Inputs
The 22ZC uses a proven, industrial, Response Time 1 ms
IDC displacement flat media scheme
for a high power transfer to maximize Sensor Input NPN
the number of zones connected to a Actuator Output NPN
single power supply.
Output Mode Light or dark operate selectable by dip switch (1 L.O., 0 D.O.)
The 22ZC offers two basic, switch
selectable operating modes. First, is Actuator Output Current 100 mA @ 24V DC max
the single zone operation which is a
run-on-demand system ideally suited Mechanical
for powered roller and DC motor Housing Material Valoxr
applications. The second is a basic
mode which provides a constant drive Lens Material Acrylic
for both zero and low pressure
accumulation. Connection Types Input: 3-pin MOLEX; Output: 4-pin MOLEX; Power/Signal: IDC Cable
Other advanced logic functions Required Accessories Sensing device, actuating device, flat media
include selectable ON (RUN) and
OFF (STOP) time delays, power
conservation, jam detection, along
with air-to-drive and air-to-brake
operation.

System Overview for Pneumatically will advance into the discharge zone. sensor is blocked or the zone feed input
Driven Conveyor Systems Product will continue to discharge as is closed and maintained. As product
Install one 22ZC in each zone of the long as the singulation release signal passes the sensor mounted at the
conveyor and attach a suitable sensing remains active. infeed zone, a gap will be formed equal
and actuating device. Note that the Slug Release (Figure 4 on page to the zone length. This will ensure zero
infeed module (22ZC--343) must be 1--182) pressure throughout the whole system.
installed at the beginning of your zone Once the first product reaches the
With the slug release signal active, all discharge zone (zone 1), it will stop and
control system (zone 4 on Figure 1 on accumulated product on the conveyor
page 1--182) and the master module await release from the conveyor. If a
will release simultaneously. When the low pressure accumulation is desired, a
(22ZC--413) at the discharge end of slug release signal is deactivated, the
your system (zone 1 on Figure 1). Size, system wide OFF time delay can be
remaining product will resume normal configured to minimize product spacing
cut and install the flat media between accumulation. Predetermined slug
each controller. Connect a suitable 24V on the conveyor.
lengths can be configured through the
DC power supply to any controller use of the slug respond switch on each Release of Product
within the system. It is recommended to controller. Once the product has been transported
make this connection to the center
and accumulated at the discharge end
controller for balanced power For more information on these and
of the conveyor (zone 1) it may be
distribution. A 4 A power supply will other features refer to the 22ZC
release in one of two manners:
provide power for up to 25 zones when installation instructions or visit our
using a 1 W pneumatic valve. Wire the website at www.ab.com/sensors. Singulation Release (Figure 3 on
infeed and discharge zone external page 1--182)
System Overview for Powered Roller
connection as required using the wiring Driven Conveyor Systems With the singulation release signal
diagram shown on Figure 1. activate, only product in the discharge
Install one 22ZC in each zone of the
Loading Product Onto the Conveyor end of the conveyor (zone 1) will
conveyor and attach a suitable sensing
(Figure 2 on page 1--182) release. As the product clears the
and actuating device. Note that the
sensors, the adjacent upstream zones
With power applied to the system, all infeed module (22ZC--343) must be
will advance into the discharge zone.
zones will immediately drive feeding installed at the beginning of your zone
Product will continue to discharge as
product onto the conveyor. As product control system (zone 4 on Figure 1) and
long as the singulation release signal
passes the sensor mounted at the the master module (22ZC--413) at the
remains active.
infeed zone, a gap will be formed equal discharge end of your system (zone 1
to the zone length. This will ensure zero on Figure 1). Size, cut and install the flat Slug Release (Figure 4 on page
pressure throughout the whole system. media between each controller. 1--182)
Once the first product reaches the Connect a suitable 24V DC power With the slug release signal active, all
discharge zone (zone 1), it will stop and supply to any controller within the accumulated product on the conveyor
await release from the conveyor. system. It is recommended to make this will release simultaneously. When the
Release of Product connection to the center controller for slug release signal is deactivated, the
balanced power distribution. Note that remaining product will resume normal
Once the product has been transported the power for the powered roller and accumulation. Predetermined slug
and accumulated at the discharge end amplifier are not provided by the 22ZC, lengths can be configured through the
of the conveyor (zone 1) it may be only the RUN signal. Wire the infeed use of the slug respond switch on each
release in one of two manners: and discharge zone external connection controller.
Singulation Release (Figure 3 on as required using the wiring diagram
page 1--182) shown on Figure 1. For more information on these and
other features refer to the 22ZC
With the singulation release signal Loading Product onto the Conveyor installation instructions or visit our
activate, only product in the discharge (Figure 2 on page 1--182)
website at www.ab.com/sensors.
end of the conveyor (zone 1) will With power applied to the system, all
release. As the product clears the zones will be OFF until either the infeed
sensors, the adjacent upstream zones

1--181
Figure 1. System Overview


P4 P3 P2 P1

Z4 Z3 Z2 Z1
Singulation
Zone Feed Release
Slug Release
Zone State Zone State
Load Load
+24V DC Signal
Figure 2. Loading the Conveyor

P4 P3 P2 P1

Z4 Z3 Z2 Z1
Zone Feed Singulation

Release
Slug Release
Load Load
+24V DC Signal
Figure 3. Singulation Release of Accumulated Product

P4 P3 P2 P1

Z4 Z3 Z2 Z1
Singulation
Zone Feed Release
Slug Release
Load +24V DC Load Signal
Figure 4. Slug Release of Accumulated Product

P4 P3 P2 P1

Z4 Z3 Z2 Z1
Singulation
Zone Feed Release
Slug Release
Load +24V DC Load Signal
Amplifier or Valve

System Overview for Powered Roller and the zone feed push buttons should the conveyor (Zone 1), it may be
Driven Conveyor Systems be normally open and maintained. released in one of two manners.
Install one 22ZC in each zone of the Loading Product onto the Conveyor Singulation Release
conveyor and attach a suitable sensing
and actuating device. Size, cut and With power applied to the system, all With the zone release push button
install the flat media between each zones will be OFF until either the infeed closed and maintained, only product in
controller. Using a 22ZC--PWR cordset, sensor is blocked or the zone feed the discharge zone (1) will release. As
connect to a suitable 24V DC power contact is closed and maintained. As the product clears the sensor, the
supply to any controller within the product passes the sensor mounted at adjacent upstream zones will advance
system. It is recommended to make this the infeed zone, a gap will be formed into the discharge zone. Product will
connection to the center controller for equal to the zone length. This will continue to discharge as long as the
maximum power distribution. A 4A ensure zero pressure throughout the zone release push button remains
supply will provide power for up to 50 system. Once the first product reaches closed.
zones. Note that the power for the the discharge zone (1), it will stop and
await release from the conveyor. If a Slug Release
powered roller and amplifier are not With the slug release push button
provided by the 22ZC, only the RUN low pressure accumulation is desired, a
system-wide, 1 second OFF time delay closed and maintained, all accumulated
signal. Wire the infeed and discharge product on the conveyor will release
zone external connections as required can be configured to minimize product
spacing on the conveyor. simultaneously. When the slug release
using the wiring diagram to the right. push button is released, the remaining
Note that the zone and slug release, Release of Product product will resume normal
Once product has been transported and accumulation. Predetermined slug
accumulated at the discharge end of lengths can be configured through the
use of the SLUG RESPOND switch on
each controller.
110.7
(4.36)
68.5
(2.70)
30
(1.18)

22ZC-- 413 (master) Flat Media, 75 m spool 1485C-- P1L75 Reflector, 3 in. diameter 92-- 39
Zone Controllers 22ZC-- 223 (basic) Power Supply, 24V DC/4 A 1606-- XLP100E Mounting Bracket, sensor 60-- 2657
22ZC-- 343 (infeed) Power Tap 22ZC-- PWR
Photoelectric Sensor 44RSP-- 2JNE3-- Z6 Power Tap, IDC 1485T-- P1H4-- R5
Refer to www.ab.com/sensors for more information.

1--183
Series 9000
Intrinsically Safe
Specifications
Environmental
Certifications UL Listed, FM Approved, and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Operating Environment NEMA 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13; IP67, 1200 psi washdown, IP69K
Relative Humidity 5…95% max

Description Ambient Light Immunity Incandescent light 5000 lux
The Series 9000 transmitted beam
photoelectric sensors are designed Optical
and approved as an intrinsically safe Sensing Modes Transmitted Beam
device under the FM and CSA entity
concept. It may be installed into a Light Source Infrared LED (880 nm)
Class I, II, III; Division 1 hazardous
location when connected to an LED Indicators Red LED for output indication
appropriate safety barrier. The sensor
is also approved as non-incendive for Adjustments Sensitivity potentiometer
installation into Class I; Division 2 Electrical
hazardous locations without the need
for a safety barrier. Voltage 13…30V DC
Typical applications Current Consumption 25 mA max
S Automotive Sensor Protection Overload, short circuit, reverse polarity, false pulse
S Petrochemical
S Grain processing Outputs
Response Time 10 ms max
Information on the Series 897H Output Type PNP and NPN
intrinsic safety barriers may be found
on page 12--2. Output Mode Light operate and dark operate selectable
Output Current 8.5 mA for PNP, 15 mA for NPN

Features
S Intrinsically safe to North American
standards Mechanical
S Transmitted beam sensing mode
S Compatible with Series 897H
intrinsic safety barriers Lens Material Acrylic
S 30 mm harsh duty package Connection Types 2 m cable, 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD, 4-pin DC mini QD
S Fast response time
S Variety of connection types
Optional Accessories Series 897H intrinsic safety barriers, cordsets, mounting brackets
Selection Guide for Intrinsic Safety Barriers

The 42GRx--95x0 is approved as an sensor may be used. Note that the Table 1
intrinsically safe apparatus under the sensor is also approved as Entity Parameters
entity concept by FM and CSA. non--incendive (FM) for installation into
Therefore, any safety barrier which Class I; Division 2 hazardous locations Sensor Barrier
meets both the stated operational and without the need for a safety barrier. Vmax 31.5V ≥ Vt
safety requirements (see Table 1) of the
Imax 150 mA ≥ It
Pmax 0.95 W ≥ Pt
Ci + Cleads 0 uF ≤ Ca
Li + Lleads 0 mH ≤ La

Series 9000
Intrinsically Safe
User Interface
Output Green
OFF Margin <2.5
Margin/SCP Red ON Margin>2.5
Power Yellow
ON Sensor powered
Wiring Diagrams
42GRL Light Source
Class I, II, III; Division 1 or 2; Nonhazardous Location
Group A, B, C, D, E, F, G
Hazardous Location DIN Rail
Power Supply
24…26V DC
+
T 1
3
3
4
897H- S120
1
--
2
Intrinsic Safety Barrier
G G
I.S. Ground Conductor
42GRR Receiver with PNP Output

Power Supply
DIN Rail 24…26V DC
+
T 1 3
897H- S214
1
RLoad --
4 4 2
3 G G
Discrete Input
Module
42GRR Receiver with NPN Output

DIN Rail Power Supply
24…26V DC
T 1 3
897H- S150
1
+
--
2 4 2 RLoad
3 G G
3 1
4 897H- S150 2 Discrete Input Module
G Intrinsic Safety Barrier G
IMPORTANT See Control Drawing #75002--200.

1--185
Series 9000
Intrinsically Safe

55.62 Cable Version Transmitted Beam
(2.190) 10000
15.24
(0.600)
4000
7.62 (0.300) 20.96
103.63 (0.825)
(4.080) 27.05 1000
Max. Travel (1.065)
74.93
400
(2.950) Ref
Operating Margin
69.85 42.41
(2.750) 31.75 47.75 (1.670) 100
(1.250) (1.880)
5.21 (0.205) X 40
Cable Length M30 X 1.5 15.87 8.13 (0.320)
2 m (6.5 ft) External (0.625) Slot, 2 PLCS
10
6.5 (0.255/0.245) Thread 5.46
Dia. 1/2 in. NPSM (0.215)
Internal Thread 24.69 4
16.76 (0.660) (0.970)
32.66 (1.286) 1
41.91 30.35
40.00 (1.650) (1.195) 0.3 1.8 3 15 30 150
(1.575) (1) (5) (10) (50) (100) (500)
Operating Distance [m (ft)]
Product Selection
Output Type
Operating Voltage Output Capacity Connection
Sensing Mode Supply Current Sensing Distance Energized Response Time Type Cat. No.
2 m 300V cable 42GRL-- 9540
14…30V DC 25.4 mm…106 m 4-pin micro 42GRL-- 9540-- QD
Light Sources 16 mA (2 in…350 ft)
— —
4-pin mini 42GRL-- 9540-- QD1
Receivers
2 m 300V cable 42GRR-- 9500

Object
to be
Sensed NPN/15 mA
13…30V DC 25.4 mm…106 m Light/Dark
PNP/8.5 mA 4-pin micro 42GRR-- 9500-- QD
25 mA (2 in…350 ft) Operate
10 ms max.
Transmitted Beam
Field of View: 1.5_ Receiver 4-pin mini 42GRR-- 9500-- QD1

1.8 m (6 ft) 4-pin, Mini QD Cordset 889N-- F4AF-- 6F
2 m (6.5 ft) 4-pin, DC Micro QD
889D-- F4LC-- 2
Blue Cordset
Intrinsically Safe wiring labels 897H--L1 or 897H--L2 must be applied every 7.6 m (25 ft).
Blue cable does not require labels to denote intrinsically safe wiring.

Series 5000
Intrinsically Safe
Specifications
Environmental
Certifications UL Listed, FM Approved, and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Operating Environment NEMA 3, 4, 12, 13; IP66
Relative Humidity 90% max
Optical
Description Sensing Modes Retroreflective, diffuse, polarized retroreflective, fiber optic
The Series 5000 intrinsically safe Sensing Range See Product Selection table on page 1-- 189
sensors are designed for the
installation in hazardous locations.
They can be used in Class I, II, III; Light Source Infrared LED (880 nm)
Division 1, 2; groups A, B, C, D, E, F, LED Indicators Red LED for output indication
and G locations with intrinsic Safety
Zener Diode Barriers. They can also Adjustments Sensitivity potentiometer
be used in Class I, II, II; Division 2 Electrical
only without intrinsic safety zener
Voltage 24V DC with suitable intrinsically safe barrier
diode barriers.
Features Sensor Protection False pulse
S Intrinsically Safe to North American Outputs
standards Response Time 1 ms
S Nonincendive for Division 2 Output Type PNP and NPN
hazardous (classified) locations
Output Mode Light and dark operate selectable
S Modular package for increased Output Current 20 mA @ 28V DC
flexibility
Output Leakage Current 1 μA
S Wide variety of sensing modes Mechanical
S Selectable light/dark operation Housing Material Valoxr
S Both NPN and PNP outputs Lens Material Acrylic (glass on polarized lens)
S Screw terminal connections Connection Types 2 m (6.5 ft) cable, screw terminal
User Interface
Output Red

1--187
Series 5000
Intrinsically Safe
Wiring Diagrams
Photohead and Terminal Base with PNP Output
Hazardous Location Nonhazardous Location
DIN Rail Power Supply

24…26V DC
+
+ 3 897H- S120 1
3 4 Intrinsic Safety Barrier RLoad --
2
2 G G
-- 3 897H- S140 1
4 Intrinsic Safety Barrier Discrete Input
2
Module
G G
Photohead and Terminal Base with NPN Output—Groups C--G only

Power Supply
DIN Rail 24…26V DC
+
+ 3 1
897H- S150 --
1 4
Intrinsic Safety Barrier 2 RLoad
-- G G
3 1
897H- S150
4
Intrinsic Safety Barrier 2 Discrete Input Module
G G
IMPORTANT See Control Drawing #133--451.
Approximate Dimensions (Applies to all versions) [mm (in.)]

Terminal Style Power Base To Remove
Photohead 24.2 Top View
(0.95)
8.7 Min. 11.9 Quick-
36.5
(1.03) (0.47) Disconnect 19.4
(1.44)
Screw (0.77) 36.5
(1.44)
2.7. 15.4 55.5
(0.11) (0.45) (2.19)
LED
71.0 Indicator
(2.80)
139.5
(5.52) Bottom View
13.8
106.5 1/2--14 (0.55)
(4.25) NPSM
65.8
(2.59) 38.3
(1.50)
27.7
(1.09)
55.5 33.3
(2.19) (1.31) 10--32 UNF 8.3
2 Holes (0.33)
Note: Hardware included with sensor: two (2) nickel-plated 10--32 mounting screws.

Series 5000
Intrinsically Safe

Retroreflective Polarized Retroreflective Standard Diffuse
200 40 100
76 (3) Short
100
Reflector 20 76 (3) 40 Range
Reflector
40
10
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
8 20 Long Range
10
20 4
10 16 (0.625) 3 4
Reflector 2 32 (1.25)
4 Reflector 2
32 (1.25)
Reflector 1 1
2
1
25.4 152 609.6 3m 6m 15m 2.54 25.4 152 609.6 3m 15m 25.4 152 609.6 3m 15m
(1.0) (6.0) (24) (10 ft) (20 ft)(50 ft) (0.1) (1.0) (6.0) (24) (10 ft) (50 ft) (1.0) (6.0) (24) (10 ft) (50 ft)
6.1m (20 ft)
Operating Distance [mm (in.)] Operating Distance [mm (in.)] Operating Distance [mm (in.)]
Large Aperture Fiber Optic Fixed Focus Lens Wide Angle Lens
1000 1000 1000
400 76 (3)
Reflector
200 16
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
(0.625) 100 100
40
White
20 32
Paper
(1.25) 10 10
4
1 1 1
2.54 25.4 152 609.6 3m 15m 12.7 25.4 127 12.7 25.4 254 508
(0.1) (1.0) (6.0) (24) (10 ft) (50 ft) (0.5) (1.0) (5.0) (0.5) (1.0) (10) (20)
Fibers #43GR-- FAS25SL through #43GR-- BAA72ML
See Fiber Optic section in this catalog for additional information.
Product Selection
Photohead
Output Output Type
Sensing Mode Sensing Distance Energized Capacity Response Time Cat. No.
Object
to be
Sensed 50.8 mm…10 m
NPN and PNP
(2 in…33 ft) with Light/Dark
20 mA at 29.5V 1 ms 42DRU-- 5500
76 mm (3 in.) Selectable DC
Reflector
Retroreflective
Field of View: 2.5_
Object 50.8 mm…6 m

to be NPN and PNP
Sensed (2 in…20 ft) with Light/Dark
20 mA at 29.5V 1 ms 42DRU-- 5700
76 mm (3 in.) Selectable DC
Reflector
Field of View: 2.5_
Emitter LED: Visible 660 nm

1--189
Series 5000
Intrinsically Safe

Photohead
Output Output Type
Sensing Mode Sensing Distance Energized Capacity Response Time Cat. No.
Object
to be 50.8 mm (2 in.)…Short
Sensed NPN and PNP
Range: 0.4 m (16 in.) Light/Dark
20 mA at 29.5V 1 ms 42DRP-- 5500
Long Range: 2.1 m (7 ft) Selectable DC
with White Paper
Standard Diffuse
Field of View: 3_
Object
to be
Sensed NPN & PNP
Light/Dark
— 20 mA at 29.5V 1 ms 42DRA-- 5500
Selectable DC
Large Aperture Fiber Optic
Field of View: Depends on the glass fiber
optics and lens type
Lens assembly required, see below.
Power Base
Style Operating Voltage Supply Current Cat. No.
26 mA max at 13V DC
Terminal 13…29.5V DC 42DTB-- 5500
30 mA max at 29.5V DC
Lens Assembly Cordsets and Accessories

Lens Type Cat. No. Description Page No.
Fiber Optic 61-- 5550 Mounting Assemblies 1-- 293
Fixed Focus 61-- 5551 Intrinsic Safety Barriers 12-- 2
Wide Angle 61-- 5611 76 mm (3 in.) Diameter
92-- 39
Reflector
32 mm (1.25 in.) Diameter
92-- 47
Reflector

48MS MultiSightt
Vision Sensor
Specifications
Standard Models EtherNet/IP Models
Certifications cULus Certified and CE Marked for all applicable directives
Lighting and Optics

Imager 640 x 480 pixels, CCD-monochrome; 256 level (8-bit) greyscale
Lighting Integrated LEDs; 6 x white, 2 x red
Lens Type 6 mm or 12 mm integrated lens, adjustable focus
Field of View 12 mm Lens: @ 200 mm; X = 60 mm, Y = 40 mm
6 mm Lens: @ 200 mm; X = 150 mm Y = 100 mm
(see Field of View table for details)
Sensing Range Min. range: 20 mm; max. range: infinite but dependent on illumination
Depth of Field ±5% of focusing distance
Description
Electrical
The MultiSight is an optical multi-pixel
sensor with a pass/fail PNP output. Operating Voltage 24V DC ±10%
The MultiSight uses several different Current Consumption ≤200 mA
methods of evaluation (pattern
matching, contrast, brightness, and Open Circuit Protection Short circuit, overload, false pulse, transient noise, reverse polarity
contour matching) to detect or Outputs OUT1 (pass/fail), OUT2 (position), OUT3 (illumination), OUT4 (ready)
differentiate objects by means of
previously defined optical Output Type 4 x PNP type (sourcing MOSFET)
characteristics, e.g. for separating Output Rating 200 mA per output; max. 9.6 W
“good” and “bad” parts. The main
Input Type IN1 (trigger) and IN2 (control); high 10…30V DC, low 0…3V DC
applications are in the field of
industrial automation for quality Ethernet Interface Configuration only Configuration (TCP/IP) and I/O
assurance purposes. The MultiSight is (EtherNet/IP)
an easy-to-use economical alternative Mechanical
to conventional vision systems for
Housing Material Aluminum and ABS Plastic
detecting presence or absence,
completeness, position, markings, Lens Material Plastic (PMMA)
labeling, packaging, and components.
LED Indicators Green: Power; Red: Error; Yellow (2): Q1, Q2 output
Connection Type Power-- I/O: 8-pin micro QD (M12); Power-- I/O: 8-pin micro QD (M12);
Features Ethernet: 8-pin micro QD (M12) Ethernet: 4-pin d-code micro QD
S Standalone vision sensor (M12)
S Easy handling and setup Enclosure Type Rating IP67
S Compact, sturdy industrial housing Vibration 10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm amplitude; 3 planes; meets or exceeds IEC
with IP67 rating 60947-- 5-- 2
S Integrated lighting Shock 30 g; 11 ms; meets or exceeds IEC 60947-- 5-- 2
S Optional EtherNet/IPt connection
Operating Temperature [C (F)] 0…50° (32…122°)
with RSLogixt 5000 Add-On
Profile for I/O data Accessories
S Adjustable focus from 20 mm to Supplied Accessory Dovetail bracket (48MS-- BKTDT), focus adjustment screwdriver, 3
infinity mounting screws, Allen-wrench, software CD
S Short evaluation time (50…250 ms) Additional Required Accessory PWR and I/O cordset, ethernet cable
S Multiple evaluation methods:
Optional Accessory Mounting brackets, cordsets, external lighting, trigger sensors
pattern matching, brightness,
contrast, and contour matching Detectors
S Ten or 32 virtual detectors Detector Types Pattern matching, brightness, Pattern matching, brightness,
S Individual virtual detectors can be contrast contrast, contour matching
logically linked or grouped for Number of Detectors Up to 10 detectors Up to 32 detectors
evaluation of different objects with
Angular Displacement ±5° (for pattern matching); 360° (for contour matching)
several characteristics for
inspection Typical Cycle Time Pattern 50…100 ms; brightness 40…50 ms; contrast 40…50 ms;
S Ethernet connection for setup contour 120…500 ms
Number of Job Selects Combination of 10 detectors and Combination of 32 detectors and
job selections job selections

1--191
48MS MultiSightt
Vision Sensor
Benefits
S Perform multiple inspections with one S Simple inspection tools for detecting
sensor presence or absence, completeness,
S Simple setup using PC and position, markings, labeling,
configuration software packaging, and components
S Multiple job storage to facilitate S Economical alternative to

flexible product changeovers conventional vision system
Product Selection
Focal Length of Lens Field of View EtherNet/IP Cat. No.
12 mm @ 200 mm; X = 60 mm,
12 mm No 48MS-- SE1PF2-- M2
Y = 40 mm
6 mm @ 200 mm; X = 150 mm,
6 mm No 48MS-- SE1PF1-- M2
Y = 100 mm
12 mm @ 200 mm; X = 60 mm,
12 mm Yes 48MS-- SN1PF2-- M2
Y = 40 mm
6 mm @ 200 mm; X = 150 mm,
6 mm Yes 48MS-- SN1PF1-- M2
Y = 100 mm
The 6 mm lens models typically require external lighting because the integrated lighting does not illuminate the entire field of view, i.e., the edges of the image
are dark.
Field of View
12 mm Lens 6 mm Lens
200 400
350
X X
150 300
Field of View [mm]
250
Field of View [mm]
Y
100 200
Y
150
50 100
50
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
(3.93) (7.87) (11.8) (15.7) (19.6) (23.6) (3.93) (7.87) (11.8) (15.7) (19.6) (23.6)
Operating Distance [mm (in.)] Operating Distance [mm (in.)]

48MS MultiSightt
Vision Sensor

Standard Models
45 (1.77) 12.7 64 (2.52) 30.5
(0.5) (1.2)
Optical
Axis
30.5
43
(1.2)
(1.69)
22.7
M12 x 1 (0.97)
11.6
(0.46)
2 14
(0.79) (0.55)
22.5 (0.89)
13.1
(0.51)
31.9
(1.25)
EtherNet/IP Models
16.5 30.5
45 (1.77) 64 (2.52)
(1.77) (1.2)
Optical
Axis 30.5
43 (1.2)
(1.69)
22.7
11.6 (0.97)
(0.46)
2 14 22.5 (0.89)
(0.79) (0.55)
13.1
(0.51)
31.9
(1.25) Connection: M12 (Micro) 8-pin Male
QD (PWR and I/O; Ethernet on
standard models)
Rear View of the MultiSight 3 2
8 1
LED Indicators
4
7
5
6
Focus Adjustment
Connection: 4-pin D Code Female QD

PWR-- I/O ENET
(Ethernet connection for
M12 Connection Socket EtherNet/IP models)
ENET
M12 Connection Socket 1 2
24 V DC and I/O
4
3

1--193
48MS MultiSightt
Vision Sensor
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] (continued)

Dovetail Bracket—48MS--BKTDT Angle Bracket—48MS--BKTANG Angle Bracket for Ring Light—
(included with MultiSight) 5 R2.25 48MS--BKTANG2 5 R2.25
(0.19) (R.088) (0.19) (R.088)
M4
9 (0.35) 13 (0.51)
23 90° 60° 60°
35 30 90°
(0.90) 10 (1.37) 4.5 4.5
3 (1.18)
(0.39) (0.17) Dia. 3 (0.17) Dia.
(0.11) (0.11)
10 10 10
(0.39) (0.39) (0.39)
35 30
(1.37) (1.18)
60° 60°
15 10 10
(0.39) (0.39)
(0.59) R2.25 R2.25
14.25 (R.088) 14.25 (R.088)
8 1.8 (0.56) (0.56)
10
(0.31) 605 (0.07)
(0.39)
20 (0.78) 4.5 10 4.5 10
12.4 (0.17) (0.39) (0.17) (0.39)
(0.48) Dia. Dia.
14.5
20 (0.78) 20 (0.78)
(0.57)
Rod Bracket—48MS--BKTROD Mounting Rod 200—48MS--ROD200

10 12.5
(0.39) (0.49) 200 (7.87)
12 (0.47) Dia. M6
32
10 (0.39)
(1.26)
Rod Clamp—48MS--CLAMP
32
MADE
48MS--
ALLE
(1.26)
20 (0.78) 10 (0.39)
M4 (10X)
Mounting Rod 400—48MS--ROD400

400 (15.74)
M6
12 (0.47) Dia.
Mounting Plate—48MS--MTPLATE Rod Link—48MS--RODLINK

150 (5.90) 12 (0.47)
100 (3.93) Dia. M4
50 (1.96)
20
20 20
(0.78)
(0.78) (0.78)
20 10 (0.39) 10 (0.39)
(0.78) 16
A 16
(0.63) (0.63)
54 (2.13) 54 (2.13)
A 60 (2.36)
11 (0.43)
(4X)
6.8 (0.26) 10 (0.39)
6.3 (0.24) Dia.

48MS MultiSightt
Vision Sensor
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] (continued)

Area Light (White Light)—48MS--ALWH
45 (1.77) 12.7 24 30.5
(0.50) (0.94) (1.20)
Power OUT
43
(1.69) 30.5
IN
31.4 (1.20)
M12 Male 22.65
11.6 8-pin QDs (0.89)
(0.45)
14 22.5
(0.55) (0.88)
13.1
(0.51)
31.9 (1.25)
Ring Light (White Light)—48MS--RLWH
12.7 30°
25 10
(0.98) (0.50) (0.39)
65 (2.55) 115 (4.52) 35°
Dia. Dia.
2 x M12 Male
8-pin QDs
53.5
(2.10)
3X120°=360°
M4
Mounting Setup
Dovetail Bracket
(48MS-- BKTDT)
Rod Clamp Angle Bracket

(48MS-- (48MS--
RODLINK) BKTANG)
Rod Bracket
(48MS--
BKTROD)
Mounting Rod
(48MS--
RODxxx)
Mounting Plate
(48MS--
MTPLATE)

1--195
48MS MultiSightt
Vision Sensor
Wiring
Power I/O Connection
Pin (M12) Color Use
1 White IN1 (external trigger)
2 Brown 24V DC (V+)
3 Green OUT1 (pass/fail); display LED = Q1
4 Yellow OUT4 (ready)
5 Grey IN2 (control input)
6 Pink OUT3 (external illuminated trigger)
7 Blue GND (V+)
8 Red OUT2 (position); display LED = Q2
Indicates sensor evaluation is valid for OUT1 and OUT2, except in special cases as noted in the MultiSight User Manual.
Ethernet (Standard Models)

Pin (M12) Use
1 —
2 —
3 —
4 TxD--
5 RxD+
6 TxD+
7 RxD--
8 —
Ethernet (EtherNet/IP Models)

Pin (M12 D-Code) Use
1 Tx+
2 Rx+
3 Tx--
4 Rx--
Setup and Wiring

Trigger Standard Models Trigger EtherNet/IP Models
Sensor Sensor
Enet Crossover Patchcord Enet Cordset

(48MS--ECSCROSS--3) (1585D--M4TBDM--2 )
Enet Connector
(1585A--DD4JD)
48MS--M12CVR
Cordset 8-Pin Micro Cordset
Trigger (889D--F8AB--2 ) Trigger
(48MS--CS--2 ) Sensor
Sensor Output
Output Enet Cable
Power (1585J--M8TBJM--2*)
48MS Power
48MS
I/O Enet
I/O Switch
Inspection Target Inspection Target
Other lengths available: replace 2 with length in meters (5 m and 10 m are standard lengths).

48MS MultiSightt
Vision Sensor
Accessories
Product Descriptor Cat. No.
Dovetail Bracket 48MS-- BKTDT
Angle Bracket 48MS-- BKTANG
Rod Bracket 48MS-- BKTROD
Mounting Rod 200 mm 48MS-- ROD200
Mounting Rod 400 mm 48MS-- ROD400
Rod Link 48MS-- RODLINK
Rod Clamp 48MS-- CLAMP
Mount Plate 48MS-- MTPLATE
RJ45 Connector 48MS-- RJ45CONN
Ethernet Crossover Cable, RJ45 to RJ45 48MS-- ECROSS
Area Light—White Light 48MS-- ALWH
Ring Light—White Light 48MS-- RLWH
Angle Bracket for Ring Light 48MS-- BKTANG2
Lighting Cable 48MS-- LCS
Lighting Cable Right Angle 48MS-- LCRT
MultiSight Test Box 48MS-- TESTBOX
Standard Model
Cordset 2 m 48MS-- CS-- 2
Cordset Right Angle 2 m 48MS-- CSRT-- 2
Cordset Right Angle 5 m 48MS-- CSRT-- 5
ENET Cordset Crossover 3 m 48MS-- ECSCROSS-- 3
ENET Cordset 3 m 48MS-- ECS-- 3
Sealing Cap—M12 Male Connector 889A-- DCAP
EtherNet/IP Model
Power and I/O cordset—M12 8-- pin female, 2 m 889D-- F8AB-- 2
Cable Connector Cover (nonconducting)—M12 48MS-- M12CVR
Sealing Cap—M12 Female Connector 1485A-- M12
Ethernet Patchcord M12 D-code to RJ45—2 m 1585D-- M4TBJM-- 2
Ethernet Patchcord M12 D-code to M12 D-code—2 m 1585D-- M4TBDM-- 2
Ethernet M12 D-code to RJ45 converter 1585A-- DD4JD
Ethernet Cable RJ45 to RJ45—2 m 1585J-- M8PBJM-- 2
Ethernet Patchcord Crossover M12 D-code to RJ45—3 m 48MS-- EPC-- 3
Included with MultiSight Sensor.
Other lengths available: replace 2 with length in meters (5 m and 10 m are standard lengths).
Note: Additional accessories (longer cordsets and additional LED colors for external lighting) available with longer lead times. Consult your local Rockwell
Automation sales office or Allen--Bradley distributor for additional information.

1--197
Series 9000
Gate Entry
Specifications
Environmental
Relative Humidity 5…95% noncondensing
Operating Environment NEMA 2, 4, 4X, 6P, 13; IP67 (IEC 602529), 1200 psi (8270 kPa)
washdown
Certifications UL 325 Recognized component for US and Canada and CE Marked for
all applicable directives
Optical
Sensing Mode Retroreflective, transmitted beam
Description Sensing Distance 25.4 mm…9.15 m (1 in…30 ft) with AB #92-- 39 reflector,
These UL 325 Recognized and 25.4 mm…6 m (1 in…20 ft) transmitted beam
UL 508 Listed photoelectric sensing Transmitting LED Visible red 660 nm, infrared (880 nm)
solutions are based on the industry
proven Series 9000 and are Field of View 1.5°
specifically designed for noncontact Operating Mode Light or dark operate selectable
detection of vehicles in automatic
access control (gate entry) Sensitivity Adjustment See User Interface on page 1-- 199
applications. These sensors are Electrical
available individually or as bundled
kits. Supply Current 40 mA
Power Consumption 2.2 W/1.6V A
Features Protection False pulse, reverse polarity, overload, short circuit
S Complete sensing solutions based Output Type SPDT EM Relay
on the industry proven Series 9000
photoelectric sensors Output Load Current/Voltage 1 A @ 264V AC, 2 A @ 132V AC, 1 A @ 150V DC
S SPDT electro-mechanical relay Response Time 23 ms max.
output
Leakage Current Not applicable
S 24V AC/DC and 120/220V AC/DC
models Mechanical
S --34…+70°C (--29…+158°F) Housing Material Valoxr
operating temperature range
S NEMA 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 14 (IP 67)
environmental rating Mounting Bracket #12 steel impact bracket
S 1200 psi washdown rating Connection Type 2 m 300V cable, 5-pin, AC mini QD
S Offered as kits or individual
components

Series 9000
Gate Entry
User Interface
Label Color State Status Top View Detail Light/Dark
Operate Switch
Output Green
OFF Margin < 2.5 Sensitivity

Adjustment
Margin/SCP Red ON Margin > 2.5
OFF Sensor not powered Red Margin/

Power Yellow SCP Indicator Green Output Yellow Power On
ON Sensor powered Energized Indicator Indicator
Wiring Diagrams
Cable Models 5--Pin AC/DC Mini QD Models
Brown (+) L1 4 Brown (+) L1
Black (NO) 1 Black (NO)
White (NC) 5 White (NC)
Orange (C) 3 Orange (C)
Blue (--) L2 2 Blue (--) L2

100
80 76 mm (3 in)
63.5 Reflector
(2.5) 40
20
10
8
32 mm (1.25 in)
4 Reflector
Mini Connector
2
75.0 Mini Style 1
(2.9) 51 mm 0.3 m 0.6 m 1.5 m 3 m 15 m
(2 in) (1 ft) (2 ft) (5 ft) (10 ft) (50 ft)
17.78 (0.700)

1--199
Series 9000
Gate Entry
Product Selection—UL 325 Rated Retroreflective Sensor Kits
Description Contents Sensor Operating Voltage Cat. No.

Sensor: 60-- 2728
Mounting Bracket: 60-- 2421
24V UL 325 Kit 10…55V DC/20…40V AC 60-- GR1-- 24UL325
Reflector: 92-- 39
Impact Bracket: 60-- 2725
Sensor: 60-- 2730
Mounting Bracket: 60-- 2421
120/220V UL 325 Kit 70…264V AC/DC 60-- GR1-- 120UL325
Reflector: 92-- 39
Impact Bracket: 60-- 2725
Product Selection—UL 508 Rated Sensor Kits (General Purpose)
Description Contents of Kit Cat. No.

24V AC/DC Retroreflective Kit 42GRU-- 9001, 60-- 2421 Bracket, 92-- 39 Reflector 60-- GR1-- 24
120/220V AC/DC Retroreflective Kit 42GRU-- 9002, 60-- 2421 Bracket, 92-- 39 Reflector 60-- GR1-- 120
24V AC/DC Transmitted Beam Kit 42GRL-- 9000, 42GRR-- 9001, 60-- 2421 Bracket (2 pcs.) 60-- GRR1-- 24
120/220V AC/DC Transmitted Beam Kit 42GRL-- 9000, 42GRR-- 9002, 60-- 2421 Bracket (2 pcs.) 60-- GRR1-- 120
Refer to Series 9000 in the Sensors catalog for detailed specifications for sensor models included in above kits.
Replacement Sensors Product Selection
Description Details Cat. No.

Retroreflective with 2 m Cable 60-- 2728
24V UL 325 Retroreflective
Retroreflective with 5-pin Mini QD 60-- 2729
Retroreflective with 2 m Cable 60-- 2730
120/220V UL 325 Retroreflective
Retroreflective with 5-pin Mini QD 60-- 2731

Spare impact bracket for Series 9000 photoelectric sensor 60-- 2725
Spare mounting bracket for Series 9000 photoelectric sensor 60-- 2421
Spare reflector, 76 mm (3 in.) diameter with mounting hole 92-- 39
Spare reflector, 32 mm (1.25 in.) diameter with mounting hole 92-- 47
1.8 m (6 ft) 5-pin, mini QD cordset 889N-- F5AF-- 6F

Series 9000
Diagnostic
Specifications
Environmental
Operating Environment NEMA 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13; IP67 (IEC 529) 1200 psi (8270 kPa)
washdown, IP69K
Optical
Description Sensing Modes Retroreflective, polarized retroreflective, diffuse, transmitted beam
The Series 9000 photoelectric Sensing Range See Product Selection table on page 1-- 205
sensors with diagnostic output are
designed to provide both a visual and Field of View See Product Selection table on page 1-- 205
electrical indication of a “dirty lens” Light Source Visible red (660 nm), Infrared (880 nm)
condition. This is useful in applications
where dirt and dust build-up on the LED Indicators See User Interface on page 1-- 202
optic lens are expected. This action Adjustments Single-turn potentiometer for sensitivity
will reduce the return light signal to the
sensor thereby reducing its capability Electrical
to reliably detect passing targets. Voltage 10…30V DC, 95…264V AC/DC models
Current Consumption 30 mA max (DC models), 15 mA max (AC/DC models)
Features Sensor Protection Overload, short circuit, reverse polarity, false pulse
S Both visual and electrical indication Outputs
of “dirty lens” condition
Response Time 2 ms (DC models), 15 ms (AC/DC models)
S Supports both static and diagnostic
modes of operation Output Type PNP and NPN both sensor and diagnostic output (DC models)
S Harsh duty 30 mm package SPST relay (sensor) with SPDT relay for diagnostic (AC/DC models)
S Wide selection of sensing modes Output Mode Light or dark operate selectable
S Both DC and AC/DC operation Output Current 100 mA max @ 30V DC, 2 A @ 132V (AC/DC sensor and diagnostic),
S Fast response time 11 A @ 264V (AC/DC sensor and diagnostic)
S Variety of connection types Output Leakage Current 10 μA max

Mechanical
Connection Types 4-pin DC micro QD, 4-pin DC mini QD, 5-pin DC micro QD

1--201
Series 9000
Diagnostic
User Interface
Diagnostic Operating Mode
Label Color State Static Dynamic
On Steady Sensor Power On
POWER 1.0 < Margin > 1.5 for seven successive operations
FLASHING Yellow Unstable operation Diffuse: Target margin too low
TGT SIGNAL LOW Flashing
(0.7 < Margin < 1.5) Retro/Polarized Retro: Reflector margin too low
Transmitted Beam unbroken beam margin too low
0.7 < Margin > 1.0 for seven successive operations
FLASHING NON-TGT Unstable operation Diffuse: Background margin too high
Green Flashing
SIGNAL HIGH (0.7 < Margin < 1.5) Retro / Polarized Retro: Target margin too high
Transmitted Beam broken beam margin to high
On Steady Stable operation (Margin < 0.7 or Margin > 1.5)
STABILITY Off Unstable operation (0.7 < Margin < 1.5)
FLASHING SCP Red
Flashing Overload or short circuit at sensor output
OUTPUT Green On Output energized
To prevent potentially confusing indications during rapid signal transitions, the red STABILITY indicator has a typical delay of 100 ms before it turns off.
As a result, the indicator will not turn off for quick, brief events. (The Diagnostic Output has no delay.)
10…30V DC sensors only.

Series 9000
Diagnostic
User Interface Panel—DC model shown

DYNAMIC Operating Mode
P
DIAG S
T CONDITION 1 CONDITION 2
N N D A SENSITIVITY
P C K T INPUT SIGNAL
STABILITY LEVEL
FLASHING
SCP 7 INPUTS TRIPS DIAGNOSTIC
OUT
OUTPUT AND YELLOW LED
N N L D
P O T Y
N N
POWER 1.5:1
FLASHING
FLASHING
TGT SIGNAL LOW
NON-- TGT
SIGNAL HIGH
1
ON 1:1 INSTABILITY
RANGE
OFF
2
0.7:1
4 GREEN
OUTPUT
LED
3
3 RED LED
STABILITY INDICATOR ON OFF ON OFF ON
FLASHING
2 GREEN LED
NON-- TARGET SIGNAL HIGH
YELLOW LED - POWER ON FLASHING
1 TARGET SIGNAL LOW (FLASHING) ON STEADY OFF
OR DIAGNOSTIC LOCATION (OFF)
User Interface Panel—DC model shown (continued)

STATIC Operating Mode
DIAG S INPUT SIGNAL OUTPUT ON OUTPUT OFF
P T LEVEL
N N D A SENSITIVITY
P C K T ON
STABILITY MARGIN 1.5:1
FLASHING
SCP
OUT HYSTERESIS INSTABILITY RANGE
N N L D
P O T Y MARGIN 0.7:1
N N
OFF
POWER
FLASHING
FLASHING NON-- TGT
TGT SIGNAL LOW SIGNAL HIGH
4 GREEN LED
OFF ON OFF
OUTPUT
3 RED LED ON OFF ON OFF ON

STABILITY INDICATOR
2 GREEN LED
OFF OFF
NON-- TARGET SIGNAL HIGH
FLASHING FLASHING
1 YELLOW LED - POWER ON ON ON ON
TARGET SIGNAL LOW (FLASHING)
DIAGNOSTIC
OUTPUT OFF ON OFF ON OFF
TIME

1--203
Series 9000
Diagnostic
Wiring Diagrams
DC Sensors
Brown (1) Micro Quick-Disconnect Mini Quick-Disconnect
( + ) 10…30 V DC Version (QD) Version (QD1)
NPN 2
Black (4)
Sensor Output
PNP 100 mA at 30V DC max.
1
NPN White (2) Diagnostic Output 3

100 mA at 30V DC max. 4
PNP
Blue (3) ATTENTION
( -- )
DO NOT connect both an NPN and
PNP load at the same time!
AC Sensors
Normally Open Mini Quick-Disconnect
Brown (4) ( + ) L1 Version (QD)
Black (1) Sensor Output
2 A at 120V AC
Orange (3)1 A at 240V AC 90…264V AC
White (5) Diagnostic Output 95…264V DC
1 A at 120V AC
Blue (2) 0.5 A at 240V AC
( -- ) L2
Diagnostic output switch selectable
for either N.O. or N.C.
Normally Closed
Brown (4) ( + ) L1
Black (1) Sensor Output
2 A at 120V AC
Orange (3)1 A at 240V AC 90…264V AC
White (5) Diagnostic Output 95…264V DC
1 A at 120V AC
Blue (2) 0.5 A at 240V AC
( -- ) L2
Diagnostic output switch selectable
for either N.O. or N.C.

All Versions
55.62 Cable Version
(2.190)
15.24
(0.600)
7.62 (0.300) 20.96
103.63 (0.825)
(4.080) 27.05
Max. Travel (1.065)
74.93
(2.950) Ref
69.85 42.41
(2.750) 31.75 47.75 (1.670)
(1.250) (1.880)
5.21 (0.205) X
Cable Length M30 X 1.5 15.87 8.13 (0.320)
2 m (6.5 ft ) External (0.625) Slot, 2 PLCS
6.5 (0.255/0.245) Thread 5.46
Dia. 1/2 in. NPSM (0.215)
Internal Thread 24.69
16.76 (0.660) (0.970)
32.66 (1.286)
41.91 30.35
40.00 (1.650) (1.195)
(1.575)

Series 9000
Diagnostic

Retroreflective Polarized Retroreflective Standard Diffuse Transmitted Beam
100 40 40 10000
76 (3) 76 (3)
40 Reflector Reflector 20
20
1000
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
20 10 10
10 100
32 (1.25) 32 (1.25) White Paper
Reflector 4 Reflector 4 216 x 279.4
4
(8.5 x 11) 10
16 (0.625) 16 (0.625) 2
Reflector 2
2 Reflector
1 1 1 1
51 152 609.6 1.5 m 3 m 6 m 15 m 51.0 152 0.3 m 1.5 m 3 m 6 m 15 m 51.0 152 0.3 m0.6 m 1.5 m 3 m 0.3 m 1.8m 3 m 15 m 30 m 150 m
(2.0) (6.0) (24) (5 ft)(10 ft) (20 ft)(50 ft) (2.0) (6.0) (1 ft) (5 ft) (10 ft)(20 ft)(50 ft) (2.0) (6.0) (1 ft) (2 ft) (5 ft) (10 ft) (1 ft) (5 ft) (10 ft) (50 ft) (100 ft)(500 ft)
Product Selection
Operating Voltage Sensing Output Output Type Connection
NPN and PNP 4-pin DC micro 42GDU-- 9000-- QD
10…30V DC (Sensor and Diagnostic)
30 mA 100 mA @ 30V DC
4-pin mini 42GDU-- 9000-- QD1
2 ms
SPST Relay N.O.
Object 50.8 mm (Sensor)
to be …9.14 m 15 ms
Sensed 5-pin mini 42GDU-- 9004-- QD
(2 in…30 ft) Light/Dark SPDT Relay, N.O. and
with 76 mm Selectable N.C. (Diagnostic)
90…264V AC (3 in.) 15 ms
95…264V DC Reflector
15 mA SPST Relay N.C.
(Sensor)
Retroreflective 15 ms
5-pin mini 42GDU-- 9005-- QD
SPDT Relay, N.O. and
Field of View: 1.5_ N.C. (Diagnostic)
Emitter LED: Visible Red 660 nm 15 ms
NPN and PNP 4-pin DC micro 42GDU-- 9200-- QD
30 mA 100 mA @ 30V DC
4-pin mini 42GDU-- 9200-- QD1
2 ms
SPST Relay N.O.
Object 50.8 mm… (Sensor)
to be 4.87 m 15 ms
Sensed 5-pin mini 42GDU-- 9204-- QD
(2 in…16 ft) Light/Dark SPDT Relay, N.O. and
with 76 mm Selectable N.C. (Diagnostic)
90…264V AC (3 ft) 15 ms
95…264V DC Reflector
15 mA SPST Relay N.C.
(Sensor)
Polarized Retroreflective 15 ms
5-pin mini 42GDU-- 9205-- QD
SPDT Relay, N.O. and
Field of View: 1.5_ N.C. (Diagnostic)
Emitter LED: Visible Red 660 nm 15 ms

1--205
Series 9000
Diagnostic
Product Selection
Operating Voltage Sensing Output Output Type/ Connection
NPN and PNP

Object 4-pin DC micro 42GDP-- 9000-- QD
to be 30 mA 100 mA @ 30V DC/2 ms
Sensed
SPST Relay N.O. (Sensor)

50.8 mm… 15 ms
1.52 m Light/Dark 5-pin mini 42GDP-- 9004-- QD
SPDT Relay, N.O. and N.C.
(2 in…5 ft) to Selectable
(Diagnostic)/15 ms
90…264V AC White Paper
95…264V DC
Standard Diffuse 15 mA SPST Relay N.C. (Sensor)
15 ms
Field of View: 3.5_ SPDT Relay, N.O. and N.C.
5-pin mini 42GDP-- 9005-- QD
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 (Diagnostic)/15 ms
nm
For Light Sources
4-pin DC micro 42GRL-- 9000-- QD

25.4 mm…
10…264V AC/DC
61 m — —
Object 15 mA
to be (1 in…200 ft)
Sensed 4-pin mini 42GRL-- 9002-- QD
4-pin DC micro 42GRL-- 9040-- QD

25.4 mm…
10…264V AC/DC
Transmitted Beam 152 m — —
15 mA
(1 in…500 ft)
Field of View: 1.5_ 4-pin mini 42GRL-- 9042-- QD
For Receivers
Receiver NPN and PNP 4-pin DC micro 42GDR-- 9000-- QD
10…30V DC
— Light/Dark (Sensor and Diagnostic)
30 mA 4-pin mini 42GDR-- 9000-- QD1
Selectable 100 mA @ 30V DC/2 ms
Object SPST Relay N.O. (Sensor)
to be
Sensed 15 ms
5-pin mini 42GDR-- 9004-- QD
SPDT Relay, N.O. and N.C.
90…264V AC (Diagnostic)/15 ms
Light/Dark
95…264V DC —
Selectable SPST Relay N.C. (Sensor)
15 mA
Transmitted Beam 15 ms
5-pin mini 42GDR-- 9005-- QD
Field of View: 1.5_ SPDT Relay, N.O. and N.C.
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm (Diagnostic)/15 ms

1.8 m (6 ft) 4-pin, 2 m (6.5 ft) 4-pin, 76 mm (3 in.) Diameter with
889N-- F4AF-- 6F 889D-- F4AC-- 2 92-- 39
Mini QD Cordset DC Micro QD Cordset Center Mount Hole
1.8 m (6 ft) 5-pin,
889N-- F5AF-- 6F Mounting Bracket 60-- 2439 32 mm (1.25 in.) Diameter 92-- 47
Mini QD Cordset

Series 6000
Compact
Specifications
Environmental
Operating Environment NEMA 3, 4X, 6, 12, 13; IP67
Features Optical
Sensing Modes Retroreflective, polarized retro, diffuse, fixed focus, sharp cutoff, wide
S Compact cylindrical package angle, transmitted beam
S Wide selection of sensing modes Sensing Range See Product Selection table on page 1-- 210
S Universal supply voltage models Field of View See Product Selection table on page 1-- 210
S Both NPN or PNP outputs (DC) Light Source Visible red LED (660 nm), infrared LED (880 nm)
S Fast response time LED Indicators Red LED for output indication
S Variety of connection types Adjustments 4-turn sensitivity potentiometer

Electrical
Voltage 10…30V DC, 20…264V AC/DC
Sensor Protection Reverse polarity, false pulse
Outputs
Response Time See Product Selection table on page 1-- 210
Output Type PNP and NPN (DC models); MOSFET (AC/DC models)
Output Current See Product Selection table on page 1-- 210
Mechanical
Housing Material Noryl
Connection Types 3 m (9.8 ft) cable, 4-pin DC micro (M12) QD, 4-pin AC micro (M12) QD
Supplied Accessories Mounting kit # 129-- 106-- 1 and 129-- 106-- 2
Optional Accessories See mounting brackets on page 1-- 212

Output Red

1--207
Series 6000
Compact
Wiring Diagrams
DC All Models Except Transmitted Transmitted Beam Source High Speed Diffuse
Beam Source and High Speed Diffuse (42SRL--6000) (42SRP--6302)
Cable Version Cable Version Cable Version—NPN Outputs
Models: 42SR_- 6_ _2 and 6_ _3
Cable Cable Red ( + )
Red 100ma 10…30V DC
Red (+)
( + )10…30V DC
Orange Load Load
Floating Current 10…30V DC Green (N.O.)
Gray Source (PNP)
Load 100 ma
Blue Floating PNP Output
Black
( -- ) Load
Black Current Sink (NPN) White (N.C.)
( -- ) Black ( -- )
Quick-Disconnect Versions Quick-Disconnect Version Quick-Disconnect Version

Models: 42SR_- 6__2- QD and 6__3- QD
White (NPN) Output White Not Used White (NPN) N.C.
( -- ) Blue 2 Brown ( + ) ( -- ) Blue 2 Brown ( + ) ( -- ) Blue 2 Brown ( + )

3 1 3 1 3 1
4 4 4
Black (PNP) Output Black Not Used Black (PNP) N.O.
AC/DC All Models Except Transmitted Beam Source

Cable Versions Quick-Disconnect Versions
Models: 42SR_- 6_ _4 and 6_ _5 Models: 42SR_- 6_ _6 and 6_ _7 Models: 42SR_- 6_ _4- QD thru 6_ _7- QD
Cable Cable
Green (GND) Not Used
White Brown
(+) 20…132V DC (+) 20…264V DC
(L2) 20…132V AC (L2) 20…264V AC
Orange Black
Load Load Red w/Black Trace (L1) -- Output Red
Black Blue
( -- ) ( -- )
(L1) (L1)
Red w/White Trace + (L2)
Transmitted Beam Source (42SRL--6006)

Cable Version Quick-Disconnect Version
Cable
Brown Green (GND) Not Used
(+)
20…264V AC or DC
Red w/Black Trace (L2)-- Red (Not Used)
Blue
( -- )
Red w/White Trace + (L1)
Note: Details regarding connection of Allen-Bradley Series 6000 photoelectric sensors to Allen-Bradley Programmable Controllers can be
found in publication 42-2.0.
All wire colors shown refer to Allen-Bradley quick-disconnect cables.

Series 6000
Compact

DC Models
All Models Except Fiber Optic 6.4 6.4
6.4 (0.25) (0.25)
1--20 UNEF (0.25) Rear 4 Turn Sensitivity Pot
2A Thread View Red Indicator LED
2.5 4--Conductor Cable
3.8 (0.10) 3.2 (0.125) Dia. M12 x 1
25.4 (0.15) 7.6 Max
(1.0) 14 (0.30) 14.61
(0.55) 5 (0.57)
(0.19) 3.6 (0.14) Dia.
12.7 20.4 31.8 Clearing for #6--32
(0.50) (0.80) (1.25) HDW (2 holes)
66 304 34.93
(2.60) (12.0) (1.38)
Fiber Optic Models 6.4
11.8 6.4 6.4
1--20 UNEF (0.25)
(0.46) (0.25) (0.25) 2A Thread
2.5
(0.10)
25.4 7.6 19 Max M12 x 1
(1.0) (0.30) (0.75) 14.61
(0.57)
3.6 (0.14) Dia.
6.4 24.9 31.8 Clearing for #6--32
(0.25) (1.05) (1.25)
12.7 HDW (2 holes)
(0.50) 73.7 34.93
304 (12.0) (1.38)
(2.90)
Quick-disconnect cable length shown. Cable versions length is 3 m (10 ft).
Connector Version Thread Size

Micro Style
AC DC
1/2-- 20 UNF M12 x 1

13.97 (0.55) Micro 2 Keyways 1 Keyway
All Models Except Fiber Optic 6.4 6.4

6.4 (0.25) (0.25)
1--20 UNEF Rear 4 Turn Sensitivity Pot
2A Thread (0.25)
View Red Indicator LED
2.5 3 Conductor Cable
3.8 (0.10) 5.8 (0.230) Dia.
25.4 (0.15) 7.6 Max 1/2--20 UNEF
(1.0) 14 (0.30) 14.6
(0.55) 5
(0.57)
(0.19) 3.6 (0.14) Dia.
12.7 20.4 57.2 (2 holes)
(0.50) (0.80) (2.25)
91.4 304 34.93
(3.60) (12.0) (1.375)
Fiber Optic Models 6.4
11.8 6.4 6.4 1--20 UNEF (0.25)
(0.46) (0.25)(0.25) 2A Thread
2.5
(0.10)
25.4 7.6 Max 1/2--20 UNEF
19
(1.0) (0.30) (0.75) 14.6
(0.57)
3.6 (0.14) Dia.
6.4 24.9 57.2
Clearing for #6--32
(0.25) (1.05) (2.25)
12.7 HDW (2 holes)
(0.50) 99.06 304 34.93
(3.90) (12.0) (1.38)
Quick-disconnect cable length shown. Cable versions length is 3 m (10 ft).
Supplied Accessories Slip Pad Vibration Mount Plastic Nuts

Mounting Kit #129--106--1 contains two Slip Pad Plastic Nuts
plastic nuts, anti-vibration mount, and 1--20 UNEF 34.9
2A Thread (1.37)
slip pads. Dia.
31.8
Mounting Kit #129--106--2 contains two (1.25)
3.8
plastic nuts, anti-vibration mount, slip (0.15)
pads, and fiber optic mounting 7.6
hardware. (0.30)
Series 6000 Sensor
Plastic Nuts

1--209
Series 6000
Compact

Retroreflective Polarized Retroreflective Retroreflective Code Reader Standard Diffuse
40 10 100
100
76 (3) 40 7 279 x 431
40
40 Reflector 76 (3) 6 (11 x 17)
20 Reflector
16 (0.625) 20 White Paper
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
20 Reflector 5 Response
10 4 10
10 32 (1.25)
Reflector 3
4 4 16 (0.625) 2 4
32 (1.25)
Reflector Reflector
2 2
2
1 1
1 1
25.4 152 0.6m 1.5m 3 m 6m 15m 25.4 152 0.6m 1.5m 3 m 6m 15m 25.4 76.2 152 254 2.54 25.4 152 0.6m 3m
(1.0) (6.0) (2ft) (5ft) (10 (20 (50 (1.0) (6.0) (2ft) (5ft) (10 (20 (50 (1.0) (3.0) (6.0) (10) (0.1) (1.0) (6.0) (2ft) (10
ft) ft) ft) ft) ft) ft) ft)
Fixed Focus Diffuse Sharp Cutoff Diffuse Wide Angle Diffuse Transmitted Beam
100 10,000
100X
4000 279 x 431 Transmitted Beam
White 80X
(11 x 17) Operating Range Selection
Paper 100 White Paper 40X
40 1000
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
20 40 20X
Recommended operating
10 20 100 10X range derating for “dirty”
8X industrial environments.
10 279 x 431
4 (11 x 17) 30.5m (100
4X Recommended operating ft)
4 White Paper 10 White range derating for “normal”
2 Thread 2X
2 industrial environments.
1 1 36.6m (120 ft)
1 1X
2.5 9.39 25.4 76.2 152 2.54 7.62 25.4 76.2 152 2.54 7.62 25.4 76.2 0.3 m 0.6m 10 20 30 40 50 80 100
(0.1) (0.37) (1.0) (3) (6.0) (0.1) (0.3) (1.0) (3) (6.0) (0.1) (0.3) (1.0) (3.0) (1ft) (2ft)
Product Selection
Sensing
Operating Voltage Distance @ Output Output Type Connection
Sensing Mode Supply Current 1X Margin Energized Response Time Type Cat. No.
3 m cable 42SRU-- 6002
Light
NPN and PNP 4-pin DC micro 42SRU-- 6002-- QD
10…30V DC 200 mA
35 mA 25.4 mm… 3 m cable 42SRU-- 6003
1 ms
Object 9m Dark
to be (1 in…30 ft) 4-pin DC micro 42SRU-- 6003-- QD
Sensed with 76 mm 3 m cable 42SRU-- 6004
Retroreflective (3 in.) Light
20…132V AC/DC Reflector Power MOSFET 4-pin AC micro 42SRU-- 6004-- QD
Field of View: 3_ 50…60 Hz 300 mA AC/DC
1.2V A 12 ms AC, 5 ms DC 3 m cable 42SRU-- 6005
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm Dark
4-pin AC micro 42SRU-- 6005-- QD
3 m cable 42SRU-- 6202
Light
NPN and PNP 4-pin DC micro 42SRU-- 6202-- QD
10…30V DC 200 mA
35 mA 50.8 mm… 1 ms 3 m cable 42SRU-- 6203
Object Dark
to be 3m
(2 in…10 ft) 4-pin DC micro 42SRU-- 6203-- QD
Sensed
with 76 mm 3 m cable 42SRU-- 6204
Polarized Retroreflective (3 in.) Light
Field of View: 3_ 20…132V AC/DC Reflector Power MOSFET 4-pin AC micro 42SRU-- 6204-- QD
Minimum Sensing Distance: 50.8 mm (2 in.) 50…60 Hz 300 mA AC/DC
1.2V A 12 ms AC, 5 ms DC 3 m cable 42SRU-- 6205
Emitter LED: Visible Red 660 nm Dark
Indicator LED: Red: Output 4-pin AC micro 42SRU-- 6205-- QD

Series 6000
Compact
Product Selection
Sensing
Operating Voltage Distance @ 1X Output Output Type Connection
Sensing Mode Supply Current Margin Energized Response Time Type Cat. No.
3 m cable 42SRP-- 6002
Light
NPN and PNP 4-pin DC micro 42SRP-- 6002-- QD
10…30V DC
200 mA
35 mA 3 m cable 42SRP-- 6003
Dark 1 ms
Object 2.54…760 mm 4-pin DC micro 42SRP-- 6003-- QD
to be (0.1…30 in.)
Sensed to White Paper 3 m cable 42SRP-- 6004
Standard Diffuse Light
20…132V AC/DC Power MOSFET 4-pin AC micro 42SRP-- 6004-- QD
Field of View: 7.5_ 50…60 Hz 300 mA AC/DC
1.2V A 12 ms AC, 5 ms DC 3 m cable 42SRP-- 6005
4-pin AC micro 42SRP-- 6005-- QD
Light
10…30V DC
200 mA
Object 35 mA 3 m cable 42SRP-- 6023
Dark 1 ms
to be 27.9…28 mm 4-pin DC micro 42SRP-- 6023-- QD
Sensed (1.098…1.10 in.)
to White Paper 3 m cable 42SRP-- 6024
Light
Fixed Focus Diffuse 20…132V AC/DC Power MOSFET 4-pin AC micro 42SRP-- 6024-- QD
50…60 Hz 300 mA AC/DC
Field of View: 1.52 mm (0.06 in.) square 1.2V A 12 ms AC, 5 ms DC 3 m cable 42SRP-- 6025
Dark
Emitter LED: Visible Red 660 nm 4-pin AC micro 42SRP-- 6025-- QD
Light
10…30V DC
200 mA
35 mA 3 m cable 42SRP-- 6033
Dark 1 ms
Object Back-
to be ground 5…76 mm 4-pin DC micro 42SRP-- 6033-- QD
Sensed (0.2…3 in.)
to White Paper 3 m cable 42SRP-- 6034
Light
Sharp Cutoff Diffuse 20…132V AC/DC Power MOSFET 4-pin AC micro 42SRP-- 6034-- QD
50…60 Hz 300 mA AC/DC
Field of View: 7.5_ 1.2V A 12 ms AC, 5 ms DC 3 m cable 42SRP-- 6035
Dark
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm 4-pin AC micro 42SRP-- 6035-- QD
Object Back-
to be ground 20…264V AC/DC 5…76 mm Power MOSFET
Sensed 50…60 Hz (0.2…3 in.) Dark 150 mA AC/DC 4-pin AC micro 42SRP-- 6037-- QD
1.2V A to White Paper 18 ms AC, 10 ms DC
Field of View: 7.5_
Light
10…30V DC
200 mA
35 mA 3 m cable 42SRP-- 6013
Dark 1 ms
Object 2.54…380 mm 4-pin DC micro 42SRP-- 6013-- QD
to be (0.1…15 in.)
Sensed to White Paper 3 m cable 42SRP-- 6014
Wide Angle Diffuse Light
20…132V AC/DC Power MOSFET 4-pin AC micro 42SRP-- 6014-- QD
Field of View: 62_ 50…60 Hz 300 mA AC/DC
1.2V A 12 ms AC, 5 ms DC 3 m cable 42SRP-- 6015
4-pin AC micro 42SRP-- 6015-- QD

1--211
Series 6000
Compact
Product Selection
Sensing
Output
Operating Voltage Distance @ 1X Output Type Connection
Energized
Sensing Mode Supply Current Margin Response Time Type Cat. No.
For Light Source
10…30V DC 2.54 mm…36.6 m
— — 3 m cable 42SRL-- 6000
15 mA (0.1 in…120 ft)
Object
to be 10…30V DC
Sensed — 4-pin DC micro 42SRL-- 6000-- QD
15 mA
2.54 mm…36.6 m
Transmitted Beam — — 3 m cable 42SRL-- 6006
20…264V AC/DC (0.1 in…120 ft)
Field of View: 7.5_ 50…60 Hz
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm 1V A — 4-pin AC micro 42SRL-- 6006-- QD
For Receiver
3 m cable 42SRR-- 6002
Light
NPN and PNP 4-pin DC micro 42SRR-- 6002-- QD
10…30V DC
— 200 mA
15 mA 3 m cable 42SRR-- 6003
Object
Dark 5 ms
to be 4-pin DC micro 42SRR-- 6003-- QD
Sensed
3 m cable 42SRR-- 6006
Transmitted Beam Light
20…264V AC/DC Power MOSFET 4-pin AC micro 42SRR-- 6006-- QD
Field of View: 7.5_ 50…60 Hz — 300 mA AC/DC
1V A 18 ms AC, 10 ms DC 3 m cable 42SRR-- 6007
4-pin AC micro 42SRR-- 6007-- QD
Light 4-pin DC micro 42SRF-- 6002-- QD
NPN and PNP
10…30V DC 3 m cable 42SRF-- 6003
Object 200 mA
35 mA Dark
to be 1 ms
Sensed 4-pin DC micro 42SRF-- 6003-- QD
Depends on Fiber
Optic cable 3 m cable 42SRF-- 6004
Large Aperture Fiber Optic selected Light
20…132V AC/DC Power MOSFET 4-pin AC micro 42SRF-- 6004-- QD
Field of View: Depends on Glass Fiber
50…60 Hz 300 mA AC/DC
Optics selected. See Glass Fiber Optic 1.2V A 12 ms AC, 5 ms DC 3 m cable 42SRF-- 6005
section, page 1-- 234. Dark
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm 4-pin AC micro 42SRF-- 6005-- QD
3 m cable 42SRF-- 6102
Light
NPN and PNP 4-pin DC micro 42SRF-- 6102-- QD
Object 10…30V DC
to be 200 mA
35 mA 3 m cable 42SRF-- 6103
Sensed 1 ms
Dark
Depends on Glass 4-pin DC micro 42SRF-- 6103-- QD
Small Aperture Fiber Optic or Plastic Fiber
Optics selected 3 m cable 42SRF-- 6104
Field of View: Depends on Plastic or Light
20…132V AC/DC Power MOSFET 4-pin AC micro 42SRF-- 6104-- QD
Glass Fiber Optics selected. See Plastic
50…60 Hz 300 mA AC/DC
Fiber optic section, page 1-- 270 and 1.2V A 12 ms AC, 5 ms DC 3 m cable 42SRF-- 6105
Glass Fiber Optic section, page 1-- 234. Dark
Emitter LED: Visible 660 nm 4-pin AC micro 42SRF-- 6105-- QD
See below for cordsets and accessories.

2 m (6.5 ft) 4-pin 76 mm (3 in.) Diameter
889D-- F4AC-- 2 Mounting Brackets 60-- 2618 92-- 39
DC Micro QD Cordset Reflector
2 m (6.5 ft) 4-pin 32 mm (1.25 in.) Diameter
889R-- F4AEA-- 2 Right Angle Reflector 60-- 2052 92-- 47
AC Micro QD Cordset Reflector

Series 5000
Modular
Specifications
Analog
Red Line Blue Line Green Line Output
Environmental
Features --40…+52° (--40…+125°) --40…+65° (--40…+150°)

Operating for TRIAC output --40…+65° for EM relay --40…+65°
S Wide selection for increased Temperature [C (F)] --40…+65° (--40…+150°) (--40…+150°) --40…+52° (--40…+125°) (--40…+150°)
for all others for solid state
application flexibility
S Quick-disconnect design reduces
down time Shock 30 g with 1 ms pulse duration, meets or exceeds IEC 60947--5--2
-- No disruption of alignment or Relative Humidity 90% max

wiring Ambient Light
Incandescent light: 5000 lux
Immunity
S Three power base styles:
-- Terminal base can eliminate Optical
need for separate junction box Retroreflective, diffuse, long range diffuse, fiber optic, background suppression, transmitted beam
Sensing Modes
-- 3 m (10 ft) cable base for lower (see Product Selection table on page 1--220)
profile (red and blue line only) Sensing Range See Product Selection table on page 1--220
-- Pre-wired mini-style Field of View See Product Selection table on page 1--220
quick-disconnect (green line
only) Light Source Visible red LED (660 nm), infrared LED (880 nm)
S False turn-on pulse protection Electrical

Voltage 12…30V DC, 120V AC (see Product Selection table on page 1--220)
S Switch selectable light or dark
operating mode Current Consumption Depends on power base (see Product Selection table on page 1--220)
S Adjustable sensitivity Sensor Protection False pulse

Reverse polarity
False pulse
False pulse,
and false pulse short circuit
S Choice of relay or solid--state
outputs Outputs
Determined by plug-in
S Highly visible LED output indicator Response Time 1…8 ms 1 ms
module
100 ms
Output Type PNP and NPN, FET,SPDT relay,TRIAC, analog output (see Product Selection table on page 1--220)
Light or dark operate selectable, selectable positive or negative slope for analog models (see
Output Mode
Product Selection table on page 1--220)
Determined by plug-in See Product
Output Current 30 mA…2A max 100 mA
module Selection table
Output Leakage
1mA max 1 μA — 10 μA
Current
Mechanical
Lens Material Acrylic (glass on polarized models)
Connection Types See Product Selection table on page 1--220
Optional Accessories See mounting brackets, reflectors, and cordsets on page 1--226

Output Red

1--213
Series 5000
Modular
Plug-In Output Module (required for green line only)

Output Type
Capacity Max Leakage Current Output Response Time Cat. No.
SPDT EM-Relay 10 ms On 8-- 590
—
2 A, 120V AC/1 A, 240V AC 15 ms Off 8-- 594
SP-- N.O. FET SS Relay
10 mA 1 ms 8-- 591
30 mA Cont./0…120V AC/DC
SP-- N.O. AC Power TRIAC SS Relay
1 mA 8 ms 8-- 592
0.75 A Cont. 10 A Inrush/24…240V AC
NPN and PNP
1 μA 1 ms 8-- 593
100 mA 30V DC
Plug-In Control Function Module (optional for green line only)

Adjustable Time Delay (s)
Function On Off Adjustable Dwell (s) Cat. No.
0.05…1.0 0.05…1.5 60-- 1790
On and/or 0.5…10 0.5…15 60-- 1791
—
Off Delay
2…4.0 2…6.0 60-- 1798
0.005…0.5 60-- 1792
One-Shot — —
0.5…15 60-- 1793
0.05…1.5 60-- 1796
Motion Detector —
0.5…15 60-- 1797
Add sensor and output response time for total response time.
Use with 42MTB--5004 base ONLY. Other output modules will not function with 5004 base.
Red Line Wiring Diagrams

With Terminal Style Power Base 42LRC-- 5210,
42LRC-- 5220, 5010, 5020
5000, 5200
EM NC Solid State C L1
Relay C L1 Relay NO
Output NO Output L2
L2
42LTB--5000 120V AC 50/60Hz

42LTB--5000 120V AC 50/60Hz 42LTB--5001 240V AC 50/60Hz
42LTB--5001 240V AC 50/60Hz
42LRC-- 5010,
42LRC-- 5020, 5210,
With Cable Style Power Base 5000, 5200 5220
42LCB 42LCB
5000 5000
No Connection
L1 NC Black L1
120V AC Black Orange 120V AC Orange
EM
50/60HZ L2 C Yellow 50/60HZ L2 C Isolated Solid
Relay White Yellow
White NO NO State Output
Blue Output Blue
Note: Details of connection of Allen-Bradley Series 5000 photoelectric sensors to Allen-Bradley Programmable Controllers can be found in
publication 42-2.0. Refer to www.ab.com/literature for more information.

Series 5000
Modular
Blue Line Wiring Diagrams

Terminal Style Power Base. DTB--5000 Cable Style Power Base, DCB--5000
3
2
1
( + ) Red Orange
10…30V DC
( — ) Black Grey
(—) (+)
Shield Blue
10…30V DC
NPN Output Connection (Sinking) PNP Output Connection (Sourcing)

Terminal Style Cable Style Terminal Style Cable Style
Power Base Power Base Power Base Power Base
( + ) 10…30V DC ( + ) 10…30V DC
Red (+) Red
(+)
Load
3 Orange
Blue 2 Grey
1 Load
( -- ) ( -- )
( -- ) Black ( -- ) Black
Floating Shield Floating Shield
Green Line Wiring Diagrams

With Terminal Style Power Base
With EM Relay With Solid State With NPN and PNP
Output Module Output Module Output Module
42MRR 42MRR 42MRR
42MRL 42MRU
Photohead Photohead 42MRU Photohead 42MRU
Photohead 42MRP 42MRP 42MRP
42MRA 42MRA 42MRA
+ L1 NC + L1 3
C C 2
-- L2 NO NO 1
-- L2
42MTB--5000 120V AC 42MTB--5000 120V AC 42MTB--5000 120V AC 42MTB--5004 24V DC

42MTB--5001 240 VAC 42MTB--5001 240V AC 42MTB--5001 240V AC Only
42MTB--5002 48V AC/DC 42MTB--5002 48V AC/DC 42MTB--5002 48V AC/DC
42MTB--5003 24V AC 42MTB--5003 24V AC 42MTB--5003 24V AC
42MTB--5004 24V DC 42MTB--5004 24V DC Only
With Mini Quick-Disconnector Style Power Base

42MTB- 5004QD4- 1 42MTB- 5000QD5- 1
With EM Relay
Output Module
Black (PNP) Output White (NPN) Output Black (NC) White (NO)
Blue ( - ) Brown ( + ) Blue ( - ) L1 Brown ( + ) L2
Orange (Common)
Note: Details of connection of Allen-Bradley Series 5000 photoelectric sensors to Allen-Bradley Programmable Controllers can be found in
publication 42-2.0.
Wire colors shown refer to Allen-Bradley quick-disconnect cables.

1--215
Series 5000
Modular
Analog Output Wiring Diagrams

Current Output Connections Voltage Output Connections NPN Set Point Output Connections
Terminal Style Cable Style Terminal Style Cable Style Terminal Style Cable Style
Power Base Power Base Power Base Power Base Power Base Power Base
(+) 22…28V DC (+) 22…28V DC ( + ) 22…28V DC
+ Red + Red + Red
Current Load ( + ) 10…30V DC
Sensor Grey 3 Orange
(+) 40V DC Max Analog Output
2 Grey 2 1 Blue
RMAX = Supply Voltage -- 10V Voltage Sensor
R = 3k Ohm Minimum Load = 100 Load ( + ) 10…30V DC
Black 20 mA Black Black
(--) (--) mA max (--)
-- -- Floating Shield --
Floating Shield Floating Shield
Note: Details of connection of Allen-Bradley Series 5000 Photoelectric sensors to Allen-Bradley Programmable Controllers can be found in
publication 42-2.0.
Approximate Dimensions (Applies to all versions) [mm (in.)]

Terminal Style Power Base To Remove
Photohead 24.2 Top View
(0.95)
8.7 Min. 11.9 Quick-
36.5
(1.03) (0.47) Disconnect 19.4
(1.44)
Screw (0.77) 36.5
(1.44)
2.7. 15.4 55.5
(0.11) (0.45) (2.19)
LED
71.0 Indicator
(2.80)
139.5
(5.52) Bottom View
13.8
106.5 1/2--14 (0.55)
(4.25) NPSM
65.8
(2.59) 38.3
(1.50)
27.7
(1.09)
55.5 33.3
(2.19) (1.31) 10--32 UNF 8.3
2 Holes (0.33)
Note: Hardware included with sensor: two (2) nickel plated 10--32 mounting screws.
Cable Style Power Base 24.2

(0.95)
11.9
(0.47)
15.4
(0.61) 2.7
(0.11)
Bottom View
8.3
10--32 UNC (0.33)
101.2 2 Holes
(3.98)
73.0 1/4--18 19.0
(2.875) NPSM (0.75) 38.3 55.5
(1.50) (2.19)
27.3
(1.08)
3 m (10 ft)
1/4--18 NPSM Cable

Series 5000
Modular
Approximate Dimensions (Applies to all versions) [mm (in.)] (continued)

Quick-Disconnect Style Power Base To Remove
Photohead
36.5 8.7 Min.
(1.44) (1.03)
2.7
(0.11)
71.0
(2.8)
65.8
(2.59)
15 (0.59)
7/8 x 16 UN
1 Keyway 55.5
(2.19)
Red Line Typical Response Curve

Retroreflective Standard Diffuse Polarized Retroreflective
10
1000 1000
7 76 mm
6 (3 in.) Reflector
76 mm (3 in.)
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
100 100 5
Reflector
4
3
32mm
10 10 2 (1.25in)
White Paper Reflector
1 1 1
25.4mm 0.3 1 4.5 15 25.4mm 0.3 1 4.5 15 25.4mm 76.2mm 0.3 0.6 1.5 3 15
(1.0in) (1) (3.5) (15) (50) (1.0in) (1) (3.5) (15) (50) (1.0in) (3.0in) (1) (2) (5) (10) (50)
Operating Distance [m (ft)] Operating Distance [m (ft)] Operating Distance [mm (in.)]
Blue Line Typical Response Curve

Retroreflective Polarized Retroreflective Standard Diffuse Background Suppression
200 40 100 1000X
76 (3)
100
Reflector 20 50 Short Range
76 (3)
40
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
10 Reflector 20 100X
Long Range
20 10
4
10 5
16 (0.625) 3
Reflector 2 10X
4 2
32 (1.25)
32 (1.25) Reflector
2 Reflector 1 1
1 1X
25.4 152.4 0.6 m 1.5m 3 m 6 m 15m 2.54 25.4 152.4 3m 15m 2.54 25.4 152.4 0.6 m 3 m 15m 2.54 20.32 101.6 304.8
(1.0) (6.0) (2 ft) (5 ft) (10 ft)(20 ft)(50 ft) (0.1) (1.0) (6.0) (10 ft) (50 ft) (0.1) (1.0) (6.0) (2 ft) (10 ft) (50 ft) (0.1) (0.8) (4.0) 203.2 (12.0)
2.5m 4.5m (8.0)
Operating Distance [mm (in.)] (8ft) (15 ft) Operating Distance [mm (in.)] Operating Distance [mm (in.)]
Operating Distance [mm (in.)]

1--217
Series 5000
Modular
Green Line Typical Response Curve

200 76 (3) 40 100 42MRP- 5000P 100
100 Reflector
20 40 40
76 (3)
40 Reflector
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
10
8 20 42MRP- 5000
20 4 10 20
10 16 (0.625) 3
Reflector 10
4 2 32 (1.25) 4
4
32 (1.25) Reflector
Reflector 1 2 2
2
1 1 1
25.4 152.4 609.6 3m 15m 2.54 25.4 152.4 3m 15m 2.54 25.4 152.4 609 3 m 6.1 m 17 34 51.2 85.3 170
(1.0) (6.0) (24) (10 ft) (50 ft) (0.1) (1.0) (6.0) (10 ft) (50 ft) (0.1) (1.0) (6.0) (24) (10 ft) (20 ft) (56) (112) (168) (280) (560)
2.5m 4.5m
Operating Distance [mm (in.)] (8ft) (15 ft) Operating Distance [mm (in.)] Operating Distance [m (ft)]
Operating Distance [mm (in.)]
Fixed Focus Lens Wide Angle Lens 1000X
1000 1000
Operating Margin
100X
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
100 100
10X
10 10
1X
1 1 2.54 20.32 101.6 304.8
12.7 25.4 127 12.7 25.4 254 508 (0.1) (0.8) (4.0) 203.2 (12.0)
(0.5) (1.0) (5.0) (0.5) (1.0) (10.0) (20.0) (8.0)
Example: Operating distance set at 203.2 mm (8 in.).

Series 5000
Modular
Analog Output Typical Response Curve

Retroreflective Standard Diffuse
Voltage Output Slope Current Output Slope Voltage Output Current Output
10 20 10 20
15 in. x 15 in. 15 in. x 15 in.
9 18 9 18
3 m 7590 3 m 7590
8 16 8 16
7 Positive Negative 14 Positive Negative 7 Positive Negative 14
DC Current (mA)
DC Current (mA
Slope Slope Slope Slope Slope Slope Positive
DC Voltage
DC Voltage
6 12 6 12 Negative
Slope Slope
5 10 5 10
4 8 4 8
3 6 3 6
2 4 2 4
1 2 1 2
0 0 0 0
0.3 0.9 1.5 2.1 2.7 3.3 3.9 4.5 0.3 0.9 1.5 2.1 2.7 3.3 3.9 4.5 0 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.5 0 152mm 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.5
(1) (3) (5) (7) (9) (11) (13) (15) (1) (3) (5) (7) (9) (11) (13) (15) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6in) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Operating Distance [m (ft)] Operating Distance [m (ft)] Operating Distance [m (ft)] Operating Distance [m (ft)]
Infrared Glass FO/Fixed Focus/Wide Angle Diffuse

Voltage Output Current Output
10 20
9 18
8 16
7 Positive 14 Positive
DC Current (mA
Negative Negative
Slope Slope
DC Voltage
6 Slope 12 Slope
5 10
4 8
3 6
2 4
1 2
0 0
100 200 300 400 100 200 300 400
(3.94) (7.87) (11.81) (15.75) (3.94) (7.87) (11.81) (15.75)
Operating Distance— [mm (in.)] Operating Distance— [mm (in.)]
Product Selection Guidelines

1. Select photohead (see pages 1--220 to 1--225).
2. Select power base (see page 1--226).
3. Select output module for green line models only (see page 1--226).
4. Select plug-in control function optional module on page 1--226 (green models only).

1--219
Series 5000
Red Line/Blue Line
Red Line Product Selection [mm (in.)]

1. Select Photohead.
Response Time
Sensing Distance Output Output Type
Sensing Mode [mm (in.)] Energized Capacity Sensor Output Cat. No.
EM Relay (SPDT)
On 10 ms
2.0 A-- 120V AC 42LRC-- 5000
Off 15 ms
1.0 A-- 240V AC
50.8 mm…6 m
(2 in…20 ft) with AC/DC Solid State
76 (3) FET (SP-- N.O.)
Object to Reflector Light/Dark 1 ms 42LRC-- 5010
Be Sensed 30 mA 5 ms
Selectable
50.8 mm…1.5 m 0…120V AC/DC
Red Line—Retroreflective/Standard
Diffuse (2 in…5 ft) with
AC Solid State TRIAC
White Paper
Field of View: 3_ (SP-- N.O.)
8 ms 42LRC-- 5020
Emitter LED: Infrared 880 nm 0.75 A
240V AC cont.
EM-Relay (SPDT)
On 10 ms
2.0 A-- 120V AC 42LRC-- 5200
Off 15 ms
1.0 A-- 240V AC
AC/DC Solid State

50.8 mm…6 m FET (SP-- N.O.)
Object to (2 in…20 ft) with Light/Dark 1 ms 42LRC-- 5210
30 mA 5 ms
Be Sensed 76 (3) Reflector Selectable
0…120V AC/DC
Red Line—Polarized Retroreflective
AC Solid State
Field of View: 3_ TRIAC (SP-- N.O.)
Emitter LED: Visible Red 660 nm 8 ms 42LRC-- 5220
0.75 A
240V AC cont.
Blue Line Product Selection [mm (in.)]
50.8 mm…10 m
Object to Light/Dark NPN and PNP
(2 in…33 ft) with 1 ms 42DRU-- 5000
Be Sensed Selectable 100 mA
76 (3) Reflector
Blue Line—Retroreflective
Field of View: 2.5_
50.8 mm…6 m
Light/Dark NPN and PNP
Object to (2 in…20 ft) with 1 ms 42DRU-- 5200
Be Sensed Selectable 100 mA
76 (3) Reflector
Blue Line—Polarized Retroreflective
Field of View: 2.5_
Emitter LED: Visible Red 660 nm
Object to
Be Sensed Long Range:
50.8 mm…2.1 m Light/Dark NPN and PNP
1 ms 42DRP-- 5000
(2 in…7 ft) with Selectable 100 mA
White Paper
Blue Line—Standard Diffuse
Field of View: 3_
Add Sensor and Output for total response time.

Series 5000
Blue Line
Blue Line Product Selection [mm (in.)] (continued)

Output Type
Sensing Mode Sensing Distance Output Energized Capacity Response Time Cat. No.
Object to
Be Sensed
Depends on Fiber Light/Dark NPN and PNP
1 ms 42DRA-- 5000FO
Optic selected. Selectable 100 mA
Blue Line—Large Aperture Fiber Optic
Field of View: Depends on fiber optics or lens
selected or lens type
Blue Line Product Selection [mm (in.)] (continued)

Sensing Timing
Distance Output Response
Sensing Mode [mm (in.)] Energized Output Function Range Time Cat. No.
Background
Suppression
Object to Point
Be Sensed Adjustment
Light/Dark
Range NPN & PNP — — 42DBS-- 5000
Selectable
50.8 (2) to
Blue Line—Background Suppression 63.5…304.8
without Timing (2.5…12)
Field of View: 3_
5 ms
Selectable
Background On Delay
Suppression Off Delay
Object to Point On & Off Delay
Be Sensed Adjustment Delayed One-shot 0…1.5 s
Light/Dark
Range NPN & PNP One-shot 0…15 s 42DBS-- 5100
Selectable
50.8 (2) to Selectable
Blue Line—Background Suppression 63.5…304.8
with Timing (2.5…12)
Field of View: 3_

1--221
Series 5000
Green Line
Green Line Product Selection [mm (in.)]

Sensing Distance Sensor Response
Sensing Mode [mm (in.)] Output Energized Time Cat. No.
50.8 mm…10 m
Object to (2 in…33 ft) with Light/Dark Selectable 1 ms 42MRU-- 5000
Be Sensed 76 (3) Reflector
Green Line—Retroreflective
Field of View: 2.5_
50.8 mm…6 m
Object to (2 in…20 ft) with Light/Dark Selectable 2.5 ms 42MRU-- 5200
Be Sensed 76 (3) Reflector
Green Line—Polarized Retroreflective
Field of View: 2.5_
Object to
Be Sensed Short Range: 50.8 mm…
3 m (2 in.…10 ft) with Light/Dark Selectable 2.5 ms 42MRP-- 5000
White Paper
Green Line—Standard Diffuse
Field of View: 3_
Object to
Be Sensed Long Range: 50.8 mm…
4.8 m (2 in…16 ft) with Light/Dark Selectable 2.5 ms 42MRP-- 5000P
White Paper
Green Line—Long Range Diffuse
Field of View: 3_
Add Sensor and Output for total response time.

Series 5000
Green Line
Green Line Product Selection [mm (in.)] (continued)

1. Select Photohead (continued).
Sensing Distance Sensor Response
Sensing Mode [mm (in.)] Output Energized Time Cat. No.
42MRR-- 5000
Object to 25.4 mm…171 m
Light/Dark Selectable 5 ms Order one receiver and one
Be Sensed (1 in…560 ft)
light source
Green Line—Transmitted Beam Receiver
Field of View: 3_
42MRL-- 5000
Object to 25.4 mm…171 m
— N/A Order one receiver and one
Be Sensed (1 in…560 ft)
light source
Green Line—Transmitted Beam Light Source
Field of View: 3_
Object to
Be Sensed
Depends on Fiber Optic
Light/Dark Selectable 2.5 ms 42MRA-- 5000FO
selected.
Green Line—Large Aperture Fiber Optic
Field of View: Determined by fiber optics
or lens type
Object
to be
Sensed
5.08 mm…172 m
Light/Dark Selectable 2.5 ms 42MRA-- 5000FF
(0.2 in…564 ft )
Green Line—Fixed Focus

Object
to be
Sensed
5.08 (0.2)…508 (20) Light/Dark Selectable 2.5 ms 42MRA-- 5000WA
Green Line—Wide Angle Diffuse

Prewired for use with output 8--593 only.

1--223
Series 5000
Green Line/Analog Output
Green Line Product Selection [mm (in.)] (continued)

1. Select Photohead (continued).
Timing Sensor
Sensing Distance Output Response
Sensing Mode [mm (in.)] Energized Function Range Time Cat. No.
Background
Suppression Point
Object to Adjustment Range
Be Sensed Light/Dark
50.8 (2) to — — 5 ms 42MBS-- 5000
Selectable
63.5…304.8
Green Line—Background Suppression
(2.5…12)
without Timing
Field of View: 3_
Background
Selectable On
Suppression Point
Object to Delay
Be Sensed Adjustment Range 0…1.5 s
Light/Dark Off Delay
50.8 (2) to 0…15 s 5 ms 42MBS-- 5100
Selectable On & Off Delay
63.5…304.8 Selectable
Green Line—Background Suppression One-shot
(2.5…12)
with Timing Delayed One-shot
Field of View: 3_
Analog Output Product Selection [mm (in.)]

Supply Output Type Response
Sensing Mode Current Sensing Distance Analog Output Capacity Time Slope Cat. No.
Voltage
1…10V DC Two Adjustable
600 mm (2 ft)… Selectable
Set Points NPN
Object to 70 mA Total: 4.6 m (15 ft) 100 ms Positive or 42DRU-- 5400
Be Sensed 100 mA (30V
Linear 4.0 m (13 ft) Negative
Max)
Analog Output—Retroreflective
Current 1…20 mA
Field of View: 3_
Time needed for full analog swing.

Series 5000
Analog Output
Analog Output Product Selection [mm (in.)] (continued)
Sensing Distance Output Type Response

Sensing Mode [mm (in.)] Analog Output Capacity Time Slope Cat. No.
Object to
Be Sensed 150 (6)… Two Adjustable Set Selectable
Voltage 1…10V DC
Total: 1.5 m (5 ft) Points NPN 100 ms Positive or 42DRP-- 5400
Linear: 1.2 m (4 ft) Current 1…20 mA 100 mA (30V max) Negative
Analog Output—Standard Diffuse
Field of View: 3_
Object to
Be Sensed
Two Adjustable Set Selectable
Depends on Fiber Voltage 1…10V DC
Points NPN 100 ms Positive or 42DRA-- 5400FO
Analog Output—Large Aperture Fiber Optic selected. Current 1…20 mA
100 mA (30V max) Negative
Optic
Field of View: Depends on fiber optics
(refer to fiber optic
section) or lens type
Object
to be
Sensed
5.08…101 Voltage 1…10V DC
Points NPN 100 ms Positive or 42DRA-- 5400FF
(0.2…4) Current 1…20 mA
Analog Output—Fixed Focus
Analog Output Product Selection [mm (in.)] (continued)

Sensing Output Type Response
Sensing Mode Distance Analog Output Capacity Time Slope Cat. No.
Object
to be
Sensed
5.08 (0.2 in.)… Voltage 1…10V DC
Points NPN 100 ms Positive or 42DRA-- 5400WA
152 mm (6 in.) Current 1…20 mA
Analog Output—Wide Angle Diffuse

Time needed for full analog swing.

1--225
Series 5000
Power Base
Power Base Product Selection [mm (in.)]

2. Select Power Base.
Style Operating Voltage Supply Current Cat. No.
Red Line
120V AC, 50/60 Hz 2V A 42LTB-- 5000
Terminal
240V AC, 50/60 Hz 4V A 42LTB-- 5001
Cable 120V AC, 50/60 Hz 2V A 42LCB-- 5000
Blue Line
Terminal 42DTB-- 5000
10…30V DC 35 mA
Cable 42DCB-- 5000
Cat. No.
Operating Voltage Supply Current Terminal Style Mini QD Style

Green Line
102…132V AC, 50/60 Hz 2V A 42MTB-- 5000 42MTB-- 5000QD5-- 1
204…254V AC, 50/60 Hz 4V A 42MTB-- 5001 —
40…54V AC/DC, 50/60 Hz 42MTB-- 5002 —
20…30V AC, 50/60 Hz 1V A 42MTB-- 5003 —
20…30V DC 42MTB-- 5004 42MTB-- 5004QD4-- 1
Operating Voltage Supply Current Connection Type Cat. No.

Analog Output Line
70 mA maximum Screw Terminal 42DTB-- 5000
All sensing modes 22…28V DC
70 mA maximum 3 m 300V Cable 42DCB-- 5000
3. Select Output module (green line models only) (required).

4. Select plug-in control function optional module (green line models only).

Description Cat./Page No. Description Cat. No. Description Cat. No.
Terminal Chambers 8-- 1 Right Angle Bracket 60-- 1785 76 mm (3 in.) Diameter Reflector 92-- 39
Conduit Adaptor 1/2 inch 32 mm (1.25 in.) Diameter
Screw Terminal 42MTB-- 5000 60-- 2213 92-- 47
NPT Reflector
5-pin DC Mini QD 42MTB-- 5000-- QD5-- 1 Armored Cable Adaptor 60-- 1577 Heavy Duty Protective Guard 60-- 2083
Flexi-mount Mounting Limit Switch Type
60-- 2014 60-- 2230 Heavy Duty Mounting Assembly 60-- 1748
Assembly Mounting Assembly

Series 4000B
Specifications
Environmental
Certifications UL Listed, CSA Approved
Optical
Sensing Modes Retroreflective, polarized retroreflective, diffuse, transmitted beam
Light Source Visible red LED (660 nm), infrared LED (880 nm)
Features
S Harsh duty package
Adjustments Sensitivity adjustment potentiometer
S Screw terminal connections
Electrical
S Long-range sensing modes Voltage See Product Selection table on page 1-- 230
S Plug-in logic and output modules Current Consumption See Product Selection table on page 1-- 230
S Both DC and AC/DC operation Sensor Protection False pulse
S Selectable light/dark operation Outputs

Response Time 5 ms plus plug-in module delay
Output Type EM relay, TRIAC, FET, PNP/NPN
Output Current Determined by plug-in module, see Product Selection table on
page 1-- 230
Mechanical
Housing Material Norylr
Lens Material Acrylic, glass for polarized sensor
Connection Types Nickel-plated screw terminal
Supplied Accessories 8-- 670 DPDT relay module

Power Yellow
ON Sensor powered

1--227
Series 4000B
Optional Timing and Logic Modules

These plug-in modules can be added to any series 4000B Photoelectric sensor.
Adjustable Time Delay(s)
Function On Off Adjustable Dwell (s) Cat. No.

0.040…0.250 60-- 1612-- 1
One-shot — —
0.5…15 60-- 1612-- 2
0.05…1.0 0.05…1.5 60-- 1613

On and/or Off Delay —
0.5…10 0.5…15 60-- 1614
0.10…1.5 0.040…0.250 60-- 1625

Delayed One-shot —
1.0…15 0.040…0.250 60-- 1626
0.05…1.5 60-- 1660

Motion Detector — —
0.5…15 60-- 1661
Preset Counter 2…999 Counts 0.040…0.250 60-- 1716
Wiring Diagrams
All Sensing Modes Except
Transmitted Beam Light Source
Alignment Indicator Additional Output Connections
#8--651, 8--652,
Alignment Test Points and 63--116 #63--115
Relay Pull-in: 2.5V DC
Sensitivity Adjustment Relay Drop-Out: 2.0V DC --
Optimum 5.0V DC
Optional Plug-In 2C Load 1C
Timing and Logic Module +
D Light/Dark
Selection Switch 2N0 1N0
Plug-In Output Relay
L
1C 2C
Output Relay Output Relay
1NO 2NO Contacts
Contacts
1NC 2NC
L1 L2
Model 4000B: 120V AC, 50/60 Hz
Model 4001B: 240V AC, 50/60 Hz
Model 4002B: 48V AC, 50/60 Hz
Model 4003B: 24V AC/DC, 50/60 Hz
Power Supply Model 4200B: 120V AC, 50/60 Hz
Note: Details regarding connection of Allen-Bradley Series 4000B sensors to Allen-Bradley Programmable Controllers can be found in
publication 42-2.0.
Transmitted Beam Light Source

Power Indicator
No Connection No Connection
L1 L2
Model 4000B: 120V AC 50/60 Hz

Model 4001B: 230V AC 50/60 Hz
Power Supply

Series 4000B

79.4 61.9
(3.125) Dia. (2.437)
LED
Indicator
203.2
(8) 247.6
(9.75)
17.5 146
(0.687) (5.75)
Optional Mounting Bracket
P/N 60--1479
86.4
(3.4) Adjustment Slots
90.5
7.1 25.4 (1) (3.562)
(0.281) 2 Notes
(50.8)
1. Sensor may be mounted without bracket,
50.8 (2) Dia. either using 3, 1/4--20NC mtg. holes or on a
Bolt Circle 3/4 -- 14NPSM
3/4 in. threaded pipe, thread pitch
1/4 - 20NC x 5/8 LG 3/4--14NPSM.
Flanged Hex Head
2. Bracket allows 360°adjustment.
3 Mounting Holes
120° Apart In Sensor 3. Screws included with mounting bracket.
ATTENTION
DO NOT use lockwashers with supplied whiz-lock mounting screws.

1000 100 1000 100
76 (3)
400 Reflector 76 (3) 400
40 Reflector 40X
200 200
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
Operating Margin
100 20 100 20
40 10 40 10
20
20 4 5
10 10
2 3
4 4
2
3 1 2
2 1
1 1
2.54 76.2 0.3m 1.5m 6m 15m 2.54 76.2 0.3m 1.5m 3m 15m 25.4 152.4 0.6m 3m 6m 10% 55m 82m 137m 274m
(0.1) (3) (1 ft) (5 ft) (20 ft) (50 ft) (0.1) (3) (1 ft) (5 ft) (10 ft) (50 ft) (1.0) (6.0) (2 ft) (10 ft) (20 ft) (180 ft)(270 ft) (450 ft) (900 ft)
4.5m 9.1m 2.74m
(15 ft) (30 ft) (9 ft)
Operating Distance [mm (in.)] Operating Distance [mm (in.)] Operating Distance [mm (in.)] Operating Distance [ m ( ft)]

1--229
Series 4000B
Product Selection
1. Select sensor.
Operating Voltage/ Sensing Range Output Sensor
Sensing Mode Power Consumption [mm (in.)] Energized Response Time Cat. No.
102…132V AC/
42RLU-- 4000B
2V A
195…253V AC/
42RLU-- 4001B
2V A
Object to 50.8 mm…10.6 m Light/Dark
5 ms
Be Sensed 40…58V AC/ (2 in…35 ft) Selectable
42RLU-- 4002B
Retroreflective 2V A
Field of View: 1.5_ 18…28V AC/DC/2V A

42RLU-- 4003B
Emitter LED: Infrared 940 nm 20…32V DC
102…132V AC/ 50.8 mm…7 m Light/Dark

Object to 5 ms 42RLU-- 4200B
Be Sensed
2A (2 in…23 ft) Selectable
Series 4000B Polarized Retroreflective
Field of View: 2_
Object to
Be Sensed 102…132V AC/ 50.8 mm…3.6 m Light/Dark
5 ms 42RLP-- 4000B
2V A (2 in…12 ft) Selectable
Standard Diffuse
Field of View: 4_
Object to
Be Sensed
102…132V AC, 50/60 Hz/ 50.8 mm…274 m Light/Dark
5 ms 42RLR-- 4000B
Transmitted Beam 2V A (2 in…900 ft) Selectable
Field of View: 3_
Light sources and receivers must be
ordered separately. Any light source is
compatible with any receiver.
2. Select optional plug-in timing and logic module, page 1--227.

3. Select optional plug-in output module.
Sensing Mode Type Max Load Current Output Response Time Cat. No.
DPDT 5 A, 120V AC 10 ms On
8-- 670
EM-Relay (included) 2.5 A, 240V AC 15 ms Off
SP-N.O.
1 A, 265V AC, 20 mA min 8 ms 8-- 651
AC TRIAC
SP-N.O.
All sensing modes 30 mA, 0…120V AC/DC 1 ms 8-- 652
AC/DC FET
Open Collector
250 mA, 30V DC 63-- 115
NPN
1 ms
DC Voltage
30 mA, 17V DC 63-- 116
Output Adaptor
Add sensor response time and output response time for total response time.
8--670 relay output module supplied with sensor.

Fiber Optic Cables
Introduction
Fiber optic sensors permit the temperatures; glass fiber optic cables General Information
attachment of “light pipes” called fiber with a stainless steel sheath are rated Sensor and Sensing Tip
optic cables. Light emitted from the up to 260°C (500°F). Special glass Selection . . . . . page 1--232 and 1--233
source is sent through transparent cables can be obtained with
fibers in the cables and emerges at the temperature ratings of up to 482°C
end of the fiber. The transmitted or (900°F). Most glass cables are
reflected beam is then carried back to available with a choice of PVC or Application
the receiver through different fibers. flexible stainless steel sheath. While Recommendations . . . . . . . page 1--234
Ideal for sensing small objects, fiber PVC-sheathed cables are typically less Large Aperture Fibers . . . . page 1--235
optic cables can be mounted in expensive, stainless steel sheathing Small Aperture Fibers . . . . page 1--251
locations that would otherwise be offers greater durability and allows the Custom Fiber
inaccessible to photoelectric sensors. cables to operate in higher Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--258
Other characteristics/advantages of temperatures. Glass fibers can be used Sensing Tip Drawings . . . . page 1--260
fiber optic sensors include: with infrared or visible LED light
sources. Standard Bundle Sizes . . . page 1--268
S Some glass fiber optic tips have the Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--269
ability to withstand high temperatures Light transmission is maximized with a
(up to 482°C (900°F)) thicker bundle diameter. It is also
important to note that attenuation Plastic Fiber Optic Cables
S Withstand extreme shock and increases as fiber optic cable length Application
vibration increases. For further details, see the Recommendations . . . . . . . page 1--270
Application Recommendations section Small Aperture Fibers . . . . page 1--271
S Often have the fastest response on page 1--234 . Miniature Aperture Fibers . page 1--277
times
Plastic fiber optic cables are Special Purpose Fibers . . . page 1--280
S Immunity to electrical interference constructed of a single acrylic Custom Fiber
(EMI, RFI). monofilament and, since plastic fibers Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--281
absorb infrared light, they are most Sensing Tip Drawings . . . . page 1--283
efficient when used with visible red LED
Fiber Optic Cables—Types sources. It is recommended that plastic
Standard Bundle Sizes . . . page 1--286
Fiber optic cables can be made of glass fiber optic cables are used with visible Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1--287
or plastic and categorized as either light sources. Considered less durable Cross Reference . . . . . . . . page 1--292
individual (transmitted beam) or than glass cables, plastic fibers are
bifurcated (diffuse). generally less expensive and can be
Glass fiber optic cables contain multiple used in applications where continuous
strands of very thin glass fiber that are flexing of the cable is required. For that
bundled together in a flexible sheath. reason, coiled plastic cables are also
Typically more durable than their plastic available for such applications.
counterparts, glass fiber optic cables
will withstand much higher

1--231
Fiber Optic Cables

Introduction
Selection Process G Less expensive. G Light loss is approximately 6%

3. Mechanical considerations per foot for glass and 3% for
1. Determine the sensing mode
plastic
S Transmitted beam (two separate S Glass has a more restrictive bending
radius. S Use of extended range lens
cables required) assemblies significantly increases
G Greater distance from sensing S Select sensing tip configuration sensing distance.
tip to the object based on mounting space availability
G Reflectivity of the object is low G Threaded tip versus ferruled Custom Fiber Optic Cables
G Generally darker colors reflect G Straight tip versus 45° or 90°
less light. Rockwell Automation/Allen-Bradley can
bend
provide custom glass fiber optic cables
S Diffuse (one bifurcated cable) G Straight tip with light exiting at
to meet nearly any application
G Distance from sensing tip to the 90°. requirement.
object is small 4. Select fiber bundle size for the
Typical cable modifications include:
G Reflectivity of the object is high application.
G Generally lighter colors reflect S The smaller the bundle size, the S Custom lengths up to 15.2 m (50 ft)
more light.
smaller the light spot size for seeing
2. Choose between glass or plastic smaller objects.
S Custom temperature ratings up to
fiber optic cables 482_C (900_F) applies to glass fiber
S The larger the bundle size, the optic cables
S Glass greater the sensing distance
G Higher temperature rating (up S Custom configurations including
5. Cable length multiple sensing tips
to 482°C (900°F) possible)
G Used with infrared or visible red S Determine distance from sensor to S Custom sensing end tips— nearly
light sources object including required bending any modification is possible
G More expensive. radii
S Plastic S Reference pages 1--258…1--259 for
S Longer (custom length) cables have glass and 1--281…1--282 for plastic.
G Typically used for visible light shorter sensing distances due to light
sources Note: For more information contact
loss
G Lower temperature applications product support at 1.440.646.5800.
(lower than 70°C (158°F))
ATTENTION
Fiber optic cables are not recommended for explosion-proof applications in hazardous
environments. The fiber optic cable can provide a path for explosive fumes to travel from the
hazardous area to the safe area.
Sensing Modes
The standard photoelectric sensors, Standard diffuse sensing with fiber Individual fiber optic cables may be
fiber optic sensors are offered in two optic cables is similar to sensing with used for more specialized diffuse mode
sensing modes: transmitted beam and lensed photoelectrics. When adjusted to applications. For instance, aiming the
diffuse. Reflective sensing can be maximum sensitivity these sensors, two separate sensing tips of the cables
accomplished in a diffuse mode or using bifurcated fiber optic cables, can at the target can create sharp cutoff,
retroreflective mode. detect extremely small targets. fixed focus and mechanically
convergent sensing modes.
Bifurcated Cable (Diffuse/Retroreflective)
To the
sensor Target
Standard retroreflective sensing is reduce the sensitivity of the sensor to individual fiber optic cables. Targets are
possible with fiber optics, but polarized prevent diffuse detection of the target. detected when they break the light path
retroreflective sensing is not. In some Transmitted beam sensing, the most established between the emitter and
applications, it will be necessary to reliable sensing mode, requires two receiver cables.

Fiber Optic Cables
Introduction
Individual Cable (Transmitted Beam)

To the To the
sensor Target sensor
Sensing End Tip Selection S Distance to the object various fiber diameters and arrays,
bending radii, threaded and smooth
One of the most important decisions to S Mounting options body configurations, etc. The following
be made when selecting fiber optic
pages are designed to assist in the
cables is the sensing end tip S Environmental conditions selection of the proper sensing end tip
configuration. Among the many
for the application. Once a selection
considerations: S Moving parts surrounding the object
has been made, proceed to the fiber
S Size of the object to be sensed S Sensing mode optic cables section to select the
appropriate fiber optic cable part
S Rate of travel of the target object Based on these factors, there are many number.
sensing tips to select from offering
45FVL/45FSL Light Source Selector Guide for Color Contrast Sensing

Target
Background White Yellow Orange Red Green Blue Black
White B B B R R R
Yellow B G G R R R
Orange B G G G G R
Red B G G R B R
Green R R G R B G
Blue R R G B B B
Black R R R R G B
R = Red; B = Blue; G = Green
45CLR ColorSight sensor suggested for shades of same color.
Note: White LED light source can be used selectively in place of red, blue and green.
Cork Detection with Work Piece Detection with

Bifurcated Fiber Optic Cables Individual Fiber Optic Cables

1--233

Introduction
Minimum Cable Bend Radius cable are to be used for

Minimum Bend
retroreflective sensing, the
Bundle Diameter Radius sensitivity of the sensor must be
[mm (in.)] [mm (in.)] adjusted low enough to avoid
unwanted diffuse response from the
0.68 (0.027) 12.7 (0.50)
targets to be sensed.
1.16 (0.046) 12.7 (0.50) 10. Glass fiber optic cables have a wide
1.6 (0.063) 15.8 (0.625) field of view, typically 82_. A
smaller field of view can be
2.28 (0.090) 15.8 (0.625) achieved by attaching an Extended
3.17 (0.125) 19.0 (0.75) Range Lens Assembly to the
sensing end of the fiber. These lens
3.96 (0.156) 25.4 (1.0) assemblies will also increase the
4.57 (0.180) 31.7 (1.25) available sensing distance. Refer to
the Accessories section for more
4. Glass fiber optic cables cannot be information.
cut, spliced or repaired. 11. Most glass fiber optic cables have
5. Glass fiber optic cables tip cannot round sensing tips with the glass
be bent. Only special plastic fiber fibers arranged in a circular
optic cable sensing end tips can be configuration. Other cables such as
bent as specified in the Selection 43GT--FIS40SL offer sensing tips
Guide. When using bendable end with a rectangular shaped
Application Recommendations opening for the glass fibers,
tips, bend should not be attempted
1. Many glass fiber optic cables are closer than 19 mm (0.75 in.) to the referred to as “slotted” cables (see
available with different glass fiber sensing end of the cable. illustration below).
bundle diameters.
6. Some applications call for glass
Larger diameter bundles contain fiber optic cables to be used to
more fibers to carry light between isolate the sensor from high Sensing
Control
the sensor and application. These voltage. Custom cables with special Interface End Tip
cables will generally offer longer nonconductive components must be End Tip
sensing ranges. ordered for these applications.
Smaller diameter bundles provide 7. X-RAY or GAMMA radiation will Use these equivalent diameters to
greater resolution and the ability to cause glass fibers to eventually determine the approximate
detect smaller targets. become opaque. Custom cables performance of slotted cables.
2. Glass fiber optic cables can be constructed with special optical
applied in high shock and vibration quartz fibers must be ordered for Round Sensing
applications, but secure the cables use in areas with high radiation. Tip Equivalent
to prevent excess flexing. Do not Slot Dimensions Diameter
8. Use Transmitted Beam sensing in [mm (in.)] [mm (in.)]
use glass cables in applications submerged applications when
where they are constantly flexing. possible. Spiral-wound stainless 2.5 x 0.5 (0.1 x 0.02) 1.2 (0.046)
They will break. Plastic fiber optic steel sheathing is generally not 0.5 x 2.5 (0.02 x 0.1) 1.2 (0.046)
cables provide better performance suitable for wet applications. Fiber
in these applications. 5.1 x 0.25 (2.0 x 0.01) 1.2 (0.046)
optic cables with PVC sheathing
3. Avoid sharp bends. The individual should be used for these 9.7 x 0.8
3.1 (0.125)
applications. (0.382 x 0.032)
glass fibers in the cable can be
broken. Don’t exceed the following 9. A glass fiber optic sensor with a Formula:
bend tolerances with PVC sheathed bifurcated cable can provide Approximate diameter = 1.128 x Length x Width
cables: retroreflective or diffuse sensing
depending upon the distance to the
target and the sensitivity adjustment
on the sensor. If the sensor and
ATTENTION

Cables for Large Aperture Sensors [4.6 mm (0.187 in.)]
Glass Fiber Optic Cables for use 42GxF--900x

with Large Aperture Sensors
Large Aperture: 4.6 mm (0.187 in.) diameter
The fiber optic cables on pages
1--236…1--250 are for use with the 4.6 mm (0.187 in.) diameter fiber control tips
large aperture sensors shown below.
Large Aperture Sensors:
42SRF--60xx 42KL--G1xxx
42SRF--65xx
42GTGF--100x0 42GxF--900x 42EF--G1xxA
42GTGF--103x0 42xRx--5x00FO
Note: Nominal Sensing Distance

• Due to the variation between fiber optic cables, sensing distance can vary widely
• The sensing distance of bifurcated cables is measured with white paper (90% reflectivity). Other surfaces may be
less reflective and therefore would have shorter sensing distances.
• The published numbers are based on extensive testing and are conservative
• The sensing distance of transmitted beam cables is measured from tip to tip
• Application considerations that effect distance
• Sensor selected
• Reflectivity of target
• Environment
• Accessories such as range extending lenses
• Length of the cable
• Consult with product support for additional information.
All dimensions indicated are typical. The fiber optic cables on pages 1-- 236…1--250
are for use with large aperture sensors as seen on the following pages:

1--235
43GR Glass Fiber Optic Cables

Threaded Bifurcated Cables for Large Aperture Sensors [4.6 mm (0.187 in.)]
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 mm
42GxF--900x 42KL--G1xx 42EF--G1xxA 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 in.
Fiber
Sensing Bundle
Tip Diameter Sheathing
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Material [mm (in.)] Material Sensing Distance [mm] Cat. No.
Stainless
43GR-- TBB25SL
Steel
3.2 (0.125)
PVC 43GR-- TBB25ML
Stainless
43GR-- TBB15SL
Steel
1.6 (0.062)
PVC 43GR-- TBB15ML
Brass
Stainless
43GR-- TBB30SL
Steel
13.4 38.1 4.0 (0.156)
7.9
(0.31) (0.53) (1.5) PVC 43GR-- TBB30ML
5/16 x 24UNF
Stainless
Thread 2.5 x 0.5 43GR-- TBB40SL
Steel
(0.1 x 0.02)
E-W Slot PVC 43GR-- TBB40ML
Stainless
43GR-- TBS15SL
Steel
1.6 (0.062)
PVC 43GR-- TBS15ML
Stainless
Steel Stainless
43GR-- TBS25SL
Steel
3.2 (0.125)
PVC 43GR-- TBS25ML
10.2 11.2 Stainless
5.8 (0.23) (0.4) (0.44) 43GR-- TAS20SL
Steel
M6 x 1 Stainless 2.3 (0.09)
Thread Steel PVC 43GR-- TAS20ML
#8-32
Thread Stainless
43GR-- TFS10SL
Steel
Stainless 1.2 (0.046)
4.5 Steel
(0.18) 13.4 12.7 PVC 43GR-- TFS10ML
(0.53) (0.5)
3/8 x 24 Thread
Stainless
43GR-- TGB33SL
Steel
Brass 4.6 (0.180)
12.7 38.1
(0.5) PVC 43GR-- TGB33ML
(1.5)
13.5 15.2 Stainless
7.9 (0.31) (0.53) (0.6) 43GR-- XDB25SL
Steel
5/16 x 24 Brass 3.2 (0.125)
Thread PVC 43GR-- XDB25ML
15.9 (0.63) 15.2

(0.6) 3.1 (0.12) Stainless
43GR-- TCS10SL
Steel
9.7 (0.38)
4.5 (0.18) 2.36 (0.09) Stainless 1.2 (0.046)
Steel
6.4R 12.7
(0.25) (0.5) PVC 43GR-- TCS10ML
#8--32 Thread
Note: Standard length for glass fiber optic cables is 0.91 m (36 in.) tip to tip.

Fiber
Sensing Bundle
15.9 27.9 Stainless
(0.63) (1.1) 43GR-- TMC25SL
Steel
3.1 (0.12) 3.2 (0.125)
Brass/ PVC 43GR-- TMC25ML
20.3 Stainless
Steel Stainless
4.75 (0.8) 43GR-- TMC15SL
7.5 Steel
(0.19) 1.6 (0.062)
(0.3)
PVC 43GR-- TMC15ML
12.7
(0.5)R 38.1 Stainless
(1.5) 43GR-- TMS25SL
Stainless Steel
3.2 (0.125)
Steel
5/16 x 24 PVC 43GR-- TMS25ML
Thread
7.9 14.0 38.1 15.7 Stainless
43GR-- TQC25SL
(0.31) (0.55) (1.5) (0.62) Steel
3.2 (0.125)
Brass/ PVC 43GR-- TQC25ML
28 Stainless
12.7 (1.1) Steel Stainless
5/16 x 24 (0.5) R 2.5 x 0.5 43GR-- TQC40SL
Steel
Thread (0.1 x 0.02)
4.7 (0.18) E-W Slot PVC 43GR-- TQC40ML
14.0 38.1 18.3
(0.55) (1.5) (0.72) Stainless
43GR-- TRC30SL
Steel
Stainless
28 4.0 (0.156)
Steel
12.7 (1.1)
7.9
(0.31) (0.5) R
5.5 PVC 43GR-- TRC30ML
5/16 x 24
Thread (0.22) Dia.
3.1 (0.12)
14.0
38.1 (1.5)
(0.55)
27.0 (1.06) Stainless
43GR-- TXC25SL
Steel
7.9 20.6 Stainless

3.2 (0.125)
(0.31) 5/16 x 24 (0.81) Steel
12.7 (0.5)
Thread
PVC 43GR-- TXC25ML
4.75 (0.187)
3.1 (0.12)
15.8 (0.62)
43GR-- THC25SL
Steel
4.75 45_ Stainless

7.4 (0.29) (0.187) 3.2 (0.125)
Steel
19.1 5/16 x 24
(0.75) Thread
PVC 43GR-- THC25ML
38.1 (1.5)

1--237

Fiber
Sensing Bundle
12.7 38.1 (1.5)
(0.5) Stainless
43GR-- TKC25SL
Steel
Brass/
45° 3.2 (0.125)
12.7 Stainless
7.9 (0.5) R 19 Steel
(0.31) 5/16x24
Thread (0.75) 4.7 (0.19) PVC 43GR-- TKC25ML
Dia.
Stainless
5/16 x 24 5.3 43GR-- TTS20SL
7.9 (0.31) 25.4 Steel
Thread (0.21) 2.3 (0.09)
(1.0)
PVC 43GR-- TTS20ML
Stainless
38.1 Steel Stainless
13.9 (0.55) 43GR-- TTS10SL
(1.5) Steel
1.2 (0.046)
Side View Sensing 3.1 (0.12)
PVC 43GR-- TTS10ML
14.0 25.4 72 (2.85)

(0.55) (1.0) 12.7 57 (2.25) Stainless
43GR-- TUS46SL
(0.5) 51 (2.00) Steel
51 x 0.25 Characterization not available at time
Stainless
3.0 (2.0 x 0.01) of publication
3/8--24 Thread 3.1 (0.12) Steel
(0.12) (N--S)
7.1 (0.28) Dia.
8.13 PVC 43GR-- TUS46ML
(0.32)

Ferrule Bifurcated Cables for Large Aperture Sensors [4.6 mm (0.187 in.)]
Fiber
Sensing Bundle
12.7 12.7 Stainless

7.5 (0.5) (0.5) 43GR-- FAS25SL
4.8 (0.19) Stainless Steel
(0.3) 3.2 (0.125)
Dia. Steel
PVC 43GR-- FAS25ML
12.7 27.0
7.5 (0.3) (0.5) (1.06) Stainless
3.2 (0.125) 43GR-- FBS25SL
Steel
Stainless
Steel
4.8 3.2 (0.125) PVC 43GR-- FBS25ML
(0.19)
Stainless
25.5 (1.0) 43GR-- MAS00SL
0.7 (0.027)
Steel
PVC 43GR-- MAS00ML
25.5 (1.0)
Stainless
43GR-- MDS10SL
Steel
Stainless
1.2 (0.046)
Steel
4.1 1.5
(0.16) 12.7 (0.06) Dia. PVC 43GR-- MDS10ML
(0.5)
35.6 76
Stainless
(1.4) (3.0) 43GR-- MHS15SL
Steel
Stainless
1.6 (0.062)
Steel
2.36
(0.93) Dia PVC 43GR-- MHS15ML
7.9 (0.31) Dia
14.0 12.7 12.7
(0.55) (0.5) (0.5) Stainless
43GR-- MVS00SL
Steel
Stainless
0.7 (0.027)
Steel
4.8 1.1
7.5 (0.19) 3.1 PVC 43GR-- MVS00ML
(0.3) (0.12) (0.04)
16.0 28
(0.63) (1.1) Stainless
43GR-- FIS25SL
Steel
20 Stainless
3.2 (0.125)
7.5 (0.8) Steel
12.7
(0.3) (0.5) R 4.7 PVC 43GR-- FIS25ML
(0.19)
16.0 28 (1.1)
(0.63) Stainless
3.1 (0.12) 5.54 43GR-- FJS30SL
Steel
(0.22) Stainless
4.0 (0.156)
25.4 Steel
7.5 12.7
(0.3) (1.0)
(0.5) PVC 43GR-- FJS30ML
1.4 25.4
Stainless
(35.6) (1.0) 43GR-- MOS10SL
Steel
1.2 (0.046)
7.9 Steel
1.5 3.1
(0.31) Dia. (0.06) Dia. (0.12)R PVC 43GR-- MOS10ML

1--239

Ferrule Bifurcated Cables for Large Aperture Sensors [4.6 mm (0.187 in.)]
Fiber
Sensing Bundle
35.5 (1.4) 25.4 (1.0)
Stainless
3.1 (0.12) 43GR-- MQS15SL
Steel
6.4 Stainless
1.6 (0.062)
(0.25) Steel
7.9
(0.31) 3.1 (0.12) PVC 43GR-- MQS15ML
2.36
(0.083)
13.97 12.7
(0.55) (0.5) 25.4 (1.0) Stainless
43GR-- MKS00SL
3.1 (0.12) Steel
Stainless
0.7 (0.027)
Steel
4.83 (0.19)
7.5 4.75 2.29
(0.18) 1.09 PVC 43GR-- MKS00ML
(0.30) (0.09)
(0.043)
15.8
7.5 (0.62) 9.6 Stainless
(0.3) Dia. (0.38)
43GR-- FGS25SL
Steel
Stainless
3.2 (0.125)
45° Steel
12.7
(0.5) R 19
4.8 (0.19) PVC 43GR-- FGS25ML
(0.75)
Dia.
13.9 25.4 4.75 (0.18)

Stainless
(0.55) (1.0) Dia. 43GR-- FOS20SL
Steel
Stainless
2.3 (0.09)
Steel
3.1 PVC 43GR-- FOS20ML
Side View Sensing (0.12)
35
(1.38) Stainless
43GR-- FPS20SL
Steel
6.3 (0.25) Dia. Stainless
2.3 (0.09)
Steel
Side View Sensing 3.1 (0.12) PVC 43GR-- FPS20ML
Dia.
35 Stainless
(1.38) 2.5 x 0.5 43GR-- FRS40SL
Stainless Steel
6.3 (0.25) Dia. (0.1 x 0.02)
Steel
(E--W)
Side View Sensing PVC 43GR-- FRS40ML
3.9 (0.15) Dia.

Block Bifurcated Cables for Large Aperture Sensors [4.6 mm (0.187 in.)]
Fiber
Sensing Bundle
Tip Diameter Sheath.
6.4 (0.25) 14.0 25.4 (1.0)

(0.55) 6.4 Stainless
9.7 x 0.8 43GR-- BAA72SL
11.7 (0.25) Steel
(0.382 x
(0.46) Aluminum 120 mm Nominal
0.032)
3.2 (0.13) Dia. 19 19 (E--W)
PVC 43GR-- BAA72ML
(2 places) (0.75) (0.75)
14.0 (0.55) 38.1 (1.5)

9.4
31.7 (1.25) (0.37) Stainless
7.5 43GR-- BCA73SL
Steel
(0.3)
50.8 38.1 x 0.3 Characterization not available at
25.4 38.1 Aluminum
(2.0) (1.5 x 0.01) time of publication
(1.0) (1.5)
6.3 PVC 43GR-- BCA73ML

4.8 (0.19) (0.25)
2 places
13.9 (0.55) 38.1 (1.5) 9.4

31.7 (1.25) (0.37) Stainless
7.5 43GR-- BRA79SL
Steel
(0.3)
25.4 x 0.4 Characterization not available at
25.4 25.4 38.1 Aluminum
(1.0 x 0.015) time of publication
(1.0) (1.0) (1.5)
6.4 PVC 43GR-- BRA79ML

4.7 (0.19) (0.25)
2 places
19.1 (0.75)
12.7 (0.5) 6.4
43GR-- BTA70SL
(0.55) Steel
6.3
(0.25) 3.9 x 0.5 Characterization not available at
Aluminum
11.7 3.9 19.1 (0.154 x 0.02) time of publication
(0.46) (0.15) (0.75)
3.7 (0.15) PVC 43GR-- BTA70ML

3.2 (0.125)
Dia. 2 places

1--241
43GT Glass Fiber Optic Cables

Threaded Transmitted Beam Cables for Large Aperture Sensors [4.6 mm (0.187 in.)]
Fiber
Sensing Bundle
Stainless
43GT-- TBB25SL
Steel
3.2 (0.125)
PVC 43GT-- TBB25ML
Stainless
43GT-- TBB15SL
Steel
1.6 (0.062)
PVC 43GT-- TBB15ML
13.5 38.1 Brass
43GT-- TBB30SL
Steel
4.0 (0.156)
5/16 x 24UNF PVC 43GT-- TBB30ML
7.9 (0.31) Thread
Stainless
2.5 x 0.5 43GT-- TBB40SL
Steel
(0.1 x 0.02)
E-W Slot PVC 43GT-- TBB40ML
Stainless
43GT-- TBS25SL
Stainless Steel
3.2 (0.125)
Steel
PVC 43GT-- TBS25ML
Stainless
43GT-- TFS00SL
13.5 12.7 Steel
0.7 (0.027)
(0.53) (0.5)
PVC 43GT-- TFS00ML
Stainless
Steel Stainless
4.5 #8-32 43GT-- TFS10SL
Steel
(0.18) Thread 1.2 (0.046)
PVC 43GT-- TFS10ML
13.5 101.6
Stainless
(0.53) (4.0) 43GT-- TYS25SL
Steel
Stainless
3.2 (0.125)
Steel
7.6 (0.3) 5/16 x 24UNF PVC 43GT-- TYS25ML
Thread
Stainless
43GT-- MRS00SL
#8-32 Thread 1.65 Steel
0.7 (0.027)
(0.06) Dia.
PVC 43GT-- MRS00ML
Stainless
Steel Stainless
4.75 12.7 12.7 43GT-- MRS10SL
Steel
(0.187) (0.5) (0.5) 25.4 (1.0) 1.2 (0.046)
PVC 43GT-- MRS10ML
15.9 27.9 (1.1)
(0.63) Stainless
43GT-- TMC15SL
3.1 (0.12) Steel
1.6 (0.062)
20.3
(0.8) PVC 43GT-- TMC15ML
4.75 Brass/
7.5 (0.19)
(0.3) Stainless
Steel
12.7 Stainless
38.1 43GT-- TMC25SL
(0.5) Steel
(1.5)
3.2 (0.125)
5/16 x 24 PVC 43GT-- TMC25ML

Thread
Note: Two transmitted beam fiber cables required for each sensor.
Standard length for glass fiber optic cables is 0.91 m (36 in.) tip to tip.

Fiber
Sensing Bundle
15.9
27.9
(0.63)
(1.1)
43GT-- TMS25SL
Steel
20.3
7.5 (0.19) 3.2 (0.125)
(0.3) Steel
12.7
(0.5) 38.1
(1.5) PVC 43GT-- TMS25ML
5/16 x 24
Thread
15.8 28 (1.1)
(0.63)
Stainless
20 43GT-- TOC30SL
Steel
5.5 (0.8)
7.5
(0.3) (0.22) 12.7 Stainless
4.0 (0.156)
(0.5)R Steel
38.1
5/16 x 24 (1.5) PVC 43GT-- TOC30ML
Thread
Stainless
43GT-- TQC25SL
Steel
3.2 (0.125)
14.5 (0.55) 38.1 (1.5) 15.7 (0.62) PVC 43GT-- TQC25ML
Stainless
43GT-- TQC15SL
28 (1.1) Stainless Steel
12.7 1.6 (0.062)
7.9 Steel
(0.31) (0.5) R PVC 43GT-- TQC15ML
5/16 x 24 4.7 (0.19)
Thread Stainless
2.5 x 0.5 43GT-- TQC40SL
Steel
(0.1 x 0.02)
E-W Slot PVC 43GT-- TQC40ML
38.1 (1.5) 15.7 (0.62)

43GT-- TQS25SL
Steel
28 Stainless
12.7 3.2 (0.125)
(1.1) Steel
7.9 5/16 x 24 (0.5) R
(0.31) PVC 43GT-- TQS25ML
Thread 4.7 (0.18)
14.0 (0.55) 38.1 (1.5)

18.3 (0.72)
Stainless
43GT-- TRC30SL
Steel
28 Brass/
12.7 (1.1) Stainless 4.0 (0.156)
7.9 (0.5) R Steel
(0.31) 5/16 x 24
Thread 5.5 (0.218) PVC 43GT-- TRC30ML
Dia.

1--243

Fiber
Sensing Bundle
14.0 (0.55) 38.1 (1.5) 18.3 (0.72)

Stainless
43GT-- TRS30SL
Steel
28 Stainless
12.7 (1.1) 4.0 (0.156)
Steel
7.9 (0.5) R
(0.31) 5/16 x 24 43GT-- TRS30ML
5.5 (0.218) PVC
Thread
Dia.
14.0 (0.55) 38.1 (1.5) 15.7 (0.62)
Stainless
43GT-- TWC25SL
Steel
40.6 Stainless
12.7 3.2 (0.125)
7.9 (1.6) Steel
(0.5) R
(0.31) 5/16 x 24 PVC 43GT-- TWC25ML
Thread 4.7 (0.19) Dia.
#8-32 Thread 25.4

(1.0) Stainless
43GT-- MUS10SL
Steel
6.35 Stainless
(0.25) 1.2 (0.046)
Steel
4.75 12.7 12.7 1.65 3.1 (0.12) R
(0.18) Dia. (0.5) (0.5) (0.065) PVC 43GT-- MUS10ML
Dia.
3.1 (0.12)
14.0 38.1
(1.5) 26.9
(0.55) (1.06) Stainless
43GT-- TXC25SL
Steel
Stainless
7.9 20.6 3.2 (0.125)
(0.81) Steel
(0.31) 5/16 x 24 12.7 (0.5)
Thread
PVC 43GT-- TXC25ML
4.7 (0.19)
15.8 (0.62)
7.5 (0.29) 9.6 (0.38)
Stainless
45_ 43GT-- THC25SL
Steel
4.75
12.7 (0.187) 5/16 x 24 Stainless
19 3.2 (0.125)
(0.5)R Thread Steel
(0.75)
PVC 43GT-- THC25ML
38.1
(1.5)
15.8 (0.62)
7.5 (0.29) 9.6 (0.38)
Stainless
45_ 43GT-- TJC30SL
Steel
5.54
12.7 (0.318) 5/16 x 24 Brass/
(0.5)R Stainless 4.0 (0.156)
19 Thread
Steel
(0.75)
38.1 PVC 43GT-- TJC30ML
(1.5)
13.9 (0.55) 38.1 (1.5) 1.5 (0.06) Stainless

43GT-- TKC25SL
Brass/ Steel
45o Stainless 3.2 (0.125)
12.7 Steel
5/16x24 (0.5)R 19 43GT-- TKC25ML
4.7 (0.19) PVC
Thread (0.75) Dia.

Fiber
Sensing Bundle
38.1 (1.5) 1.5 (0.06)

43GT-- TLC30SL
Steel
Stainless
45o 4.0 (0.156)
5/16x24 12.7 Steel
Thread (0.5)R 19 5.5 (0.21 PVC 43GT-- TLC30ML
(0.75) Dia.
4.75 3.0 (0.12)

9.65 (0.38)
(0.18)
12.7 (0.5) 12.7 (0.5) Stainless
43GT-- MSS10SL
Steel
45_
Thread Stainless
1.2 (0.046)
#8--32 12.7 Steel
(0.5)
19
(0.75) PVC 43GT-- MSS10ML
1.65
(0.065)
5/16 x 24 25.4
Thread (1.0)
Stainless
5.3 (0.21) 43GT-- TTC20SL
Steel

14.0 3.2 2.3 (0.090)
Steel
(0.55) (0.12)
PVC 43GT-- TTC20ML

4.7 (0.19) Dia. Side View Sensing
5/16 x 24 25.4
Thread (1.0)
Stainless
5.3 (0.21) 43GT-- TZC40SL
Steel
2.5 x 0.5
14.0 3.9 (0.1 x 0.02)
Steel/ Brass
(0.55) (0.155) (E-W)
PVC 43GT-- TZC40ML

4.7 (0.19) Dia. Side View Sensing
72 (2.85)
14.0 (0.55) 25.4 12.7 (0.50)
57 (2.25) Stainless
(1.0) 43GT-- TUS46SL
51 (2.0) Steel
51 x 0.25
Stainless
3.1 0.25 (2.0 x 0.01) 130 mm Nominal
Steel
(0.12) (0.01) 3.1 (N-S)
3/8--24 Thread 7.1 Stainless Steel (0.12)
(0.28) DIa. PVC 43GT-- TUS46ML
8.13 (0.32)

1--245

Ferrule Transmitted Beam Cables for Large Aperture Sensors [4.6 mm (0.187 in.)]
Fiber
Sensing Bundle
Stainless
43GT-- FAS25SL
Steel
12.7 12.7 3.2 (0.125)
(0.5) (0.5) 4.8 (0.18) PVC 43GT-- FAS25ML
7.5 (0.3) Stainless
Steel Stainless
43GT-- FAS30SL
Steel
4.0 (0.156)
PVC 43GT-- FAS30ML
Stainless
43GT-- MBS00SL
14.0 12.7 25.4 Steel
7.5 (0.3) 0.7 (0.027)
(0.55) (0.5) (1.0)
PVC 43GT-- MBS00ML
Stainless
Steel Stainless
4.8 1.7 43GT-- MBS10SL
(0.19) 3.1 Steel
(0.07) 1.2 (0.046)
(0.12)
PVC 43GT-- MBS10ML
Stainless
25 (1.0) 43GT-- MCS10SL
Stainless Steel
1.2 (0.046)
Steel
PVC 43GT-- MCS10ML

43GT-- MDS10SL
DIa. Steel
Stainless
Steel 1.2 (0.046)
4.1
(0.16) Dia. 12.7 25.4
(0.5) (1.0) PVC 43GT-- MDS10ML
35.6 (1.4) 76 (3.0)

Stainless
43GT-- MHS15SL
Steel
Stainless
1.6 (0.062)
Steel
7.9 2.4
(0.31) Dia PVC 43GT-- MHS15ML
(0.09) Dia
12.7 25.4 (1.0) Stainless

43GT-- MIS15SL
(0.5) Stainless Steel
1.6 (0.062)
Steel
2.3 (0.09) Dia PVC 43GT-- MIS15ML
16.0
(0.62) 28 (1.1)
Stainless
43GT-- FIS25SL
Steel
7.5 (0.3)
20 (0.8) Stainless
12.7 (0.5) R 3.2 (0.125)
Steel
PVC 43GT-- FIS25ML

4.7 (0.19)
27.94 (1.1)
Stainless
43GT-- FSS25SL
Steel
20.32
(0.8) Stainless
12.7 (0.5) R Steel 3.2 (0.125)
PVC 43GT-- FSS25ML

4.75 (0.187)

Ferrule Transmitted Beam Cables for Large Aperture Sensors [4.6 mm (0.187 in.)]
Fiber
Sensing Bundle
25.4 (1.0)
Stainless
43GT-- MMS10SL
Steel
6.35 Stainless
(0.25) Steel 1.2 (0.046)
4.0 (0.16)
12.7 3.1 (0.12) 1.65 PVC 43GT-- MMS10ML
(0.5) R (0.065)
25.4 (1.0)
35.5 (1.4)
43GT-- MOS10SL
Steel
6.4 Stainless
(0.25) Steel 1.2 (0.046)
7.9
(0.31) 3.1 (0.12)
1.65 PVC 43GT-- MOS10ML
(0.065)
14.0 (0.55) 12.7 25.4 (1.0)

(0.5) Stainless
3.1 (0.12) 43GT-- MKS00SL
Steel
Stainless
4.7 Steel 0.7 (0.027)
7.5 (0.29) 4.7 2.3 (0.09) (0.19)
(0.19) PVC 43GT-- MKS00ML
1.1 (0.04)
Stainless
43GT-- FOS10SL
Steel
14.0 (0.55) 25.4 5.3 1.2 (0.046)
(1.0) (0.21) PVC 43GT-- FOS10ML
Stainless
Steel Stainless
43GT-- FOS20SL
Side View Sensing Steel
3.1 (0.12) 2.3 (0.09)
PVC 43GT-- FOS20ML
Stainless
35.0 (1.38) 43GT-- FPS10SL
Steel
1.2 (0.046)
7.1 (0.28)
Stainless PVC 43GT-- FPS10ML
3.1 (0.12) Steel Stainless
Dia. 43GT-- FPS20SL
Steel
6.4 (0.25) 2.3 (0.09)
Side View Sensing PVC 43GT-- FPS20ML
13.9 72.3 (2.85)

(0.55) 12.7 57.1 (2.25) 3.0 Stainless
(0.5) 51 (2.0) (0.12) 43GT-- FQS46SL
Steel
51 x 0.25
Stainless
(2.0 x 0.01) 130 mm Nominal
Steel
3.0 (0.12) 0.25 (N-S)
Stainless Steel (0.01)
7.49 7.1 (0.28) Dia. PVC 43GT-- FQS46ML
(0.29) Dia. 8.13
(0.32)
35 (1.38)
Stainless
7.1 (0.28) Dia. 43GT-- FRS40SL
Steel
Stainless 2.5 x 0.5
Steel (0.1 x 0.02)
3.1 (0.12)
Dia. PVC 43GT-- FRS40ML
6.4 (0.25) Dia.
Side View Sensing

1--247

Block Transmitted Beam Cables for Large Aperture Sensors [4.6 mm (0.187 in.)]
Fiber
Sensing Bundle
14.0 25.4
6.34 (0.55) (1.0) Stainless
(0.25) 6.4 43GT-- BAA72SL
(0.25) Steel
9.7 x 0.8
19 Aluminum (0.382 x 0.032) 500 mm Nominal
(0.75)
(E-W)
19 43GT-- BAA72ML
3.2 (0.13) 11.7 PVC
(0.75)
(2) Dia. (0.46)
38.2 (1.5) 9.4

6.4 (0.37)
(0.25) Stainless
43GT-- BCA73SL
Steel
25.4 51 38 x 0.25
Characterization not available at
(1.0) (2.0) Aluminum (1.5 x 0.01)
time of publication
12.7 (0.5) (E-W)
4.7 PVC 43GT-- BCA73ML

(0.19) (2) 0.25
(0.01)
3.6
6.4 (0.14) 3.2 6.4
(0.13) (0.25) Stainless
(0.25) 43GT-- BEA72SL
Steel
9.7 x 0.8
25.4 Characterization not available at
Aluminum (0.382 x 0.032)
19 (1.0) time of publication
(0.75) 19.0 (E-W)
(0.75)
PVC 43GT-- BEA72ML
12.7
(0.5)

Bifurcated Specialty Cable for Large Aperture Sensors [4.6 mm (0.187 in.)]
Fiber
Sensing Bundle
5/16 x 24 Thread
Characterization not available at time

Brass 2.8 (0.11) Stainless Steel 43GR-- 4TBB22SL
of publication
16 (0.63) Dia.
Aluminum Junction
13.4 38.1
(0.53) (1.5)
Stainless Characterization not available at time

7.4 12.7 12.7 3.2 (0.125) Stainless Steel 43GR-- 2FAS25SL
Steel of publication
(0.29) Dia. (0.5) (0.5)
4.7 (0.19) Dia.

1--249

Transmitted Beam Specialty for Large Aperture Sensors [4.6 mm (0.187 in.)]
Fiber
Sensing Bundle
Tip Diameter Sheath.
Aluminum Block 5/16 x 24

1.75 square x 0.38 wide Thread
25.4 Stainless Characterization not available at

Brass 1.6 (0.062) (x6) 43GT--6TBB15SL
(1.0) Steel time of publication
12.7
(0.5) Dia.
32 (1.25) 13.4 38.1
4.0 (0.16) (2) (0.53) (1.5)
12.7 12.7
7.4 (0.5) (0.5)
(0.29) Dia.
Stainless Stainless
2.3 (0.090) (x2) 200 mm Nominal 43GT--2FAS20SL
Steel Steel
4.7 (0.19)
Dia.

Cables for Small Aperture Sensors [2.2 mm (0.09 in.)]
Glass Fiber Optic Cables for use with Small Aperture Sensors
The glass fiber optic cables cables on pages 1--252…1--257 are for use with small aperture sensors.
45Fxx-- xxxx-- xx 42GxF-- 910x
2.2 mm (0.09 in.) Dia. 2.2 mm (0.09 in.) Dia.

Fiber Control Tips Fiber Control Tips
Receiver
Small Aperture
2.2 mm (0.09 in.)
Diameter
Transmitter
Small Aperture
2.2 mm (0.09 in.) Dia.
Small Aperture Sensors:
42SRF--61xx 42KL--L2xxx
42SRF--63xx 45FVL--xxxx
with 61--6374 adaptor 45FSL--xxxx 42GTGF--101x0 42GxF--910x 42SMF--71xx
42xRF--5x00FO
with 61--6374 adaptor
Note: Nominal Sensing Distance

• The sensing distance of bifurcated cables is measured with white paper (90% reflectivity). Other surfaces may be
less reflective and therefore would have shorter sensing distances.
• Sensor selected
• Environment
• Accessories such as range extending lenses
• Consult with product support for additional information.
All dimensions indicated are typical.

1--251

The fiber optic cables on pages 1--252…1--257 are for use with small aperture sensors
including the following:
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 mm
in.
42GxF--910x
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
42KL--L2xxx 45FSL--xxxx 45FVL--xxxx
Fiber
Sensing Bundle
Sensing Distance [mm]
Dimensions—[mm (in.)] Material [mm (in.)] Material Cat. No.
10.2 11.2 Stainless

43GR-- TAB20SS
(0.4) (0.44) Steel
Brass 2.2 (0.09)
PVC 43GR-- TAB20MS

M6 x 1
10.2 (0.4) 11.2 (0.44) Stainless

43GR-- TAS20SS
Steel
Stainless
2.2 (0.09)
Steel
PVC 43GR-- TAS20MS
M6 x 1
5/16 x 24 Thread
Stainless
43GR-- TBS20SS
Steel
Stainless
2.2 (0.09)
Steel
13.4 38.1 PVC 43GR-- TBS20MS
(0.53) (1.50)
M4 x 0.7
Stainless
43GR-- XAS10SS
Steel
Stainless
1.2 (0.046)
Steel
10.2 12.7 PVC 43GR-- XAS10MS
(0.40) (0.50)
1.65
#8-32 Thread (0.06) DIa. Stainless
43GR-- MRS00SS
Steel
Stainless
0.7 (0.027)
Steel
12.7 12.7 25.4 PVC 43GR-- MRS00MS
(0.5) (0.5) (1.0)
15.8 28
(0.625) (1.1) Stainless
43GR-- TMS20SS
Steel
0.8
Stainless
4.75 (0.187) (20) 2.2 (0.09)
Steel
12.7 (0.5) R 38.1
(1.50) PVC 43GR-- TMS20MS
5/16 x 24 Thread

Fiber
Sensing Bundle
Dimensions—[mm (in.)] Material [mm (in.)] Material Sensing Distance [mm] Cat. No.
10.1 12.7
43GR-- TIS10SS
Steel
8.7
Stainless
(0.35) 1.2 (0.046)
Steel
2.36 3.81 15.2
(0.93) (0.15)R (0.60) PVC 43GR-- TIS10MS
M6 x 0.75
14.0 38.1 15.7

(0.55) (1.5) (0.62) Stainless
43GR-- TQS20SS
Steel
Stainless
28 2.2 (0.09)
Steel
12.7 (1.1)
(0.5) R
5/16 x 24 Thread PVC 43GR-- TQS20MS
4.7 (0.19)
10.2 12.7 8.9

(0.4) (0.5) (0.35) Stainless
43GR-- TDS10SS
Steel
Stainless
12.7 1.2 (0.046)
Steel
(0.5)
3.1 (0.12) 7.2 M4 x 0.7 12.7 PVC 43GR-- TDS10MS
Dia. (0.285) Thread (0.5)R
12.7 12.7 25.4

(0.5) (0.5) (1.0) Stainless
43GR-- MUS10SS
Steel
3.0 (0.12)
Stainless
1.2 (0.046)
6.35 Steel
(0.25)
3.05 (0.12)
Thread PVC 43GR-- MUS10MS
#8--32
16.5 (0.65)
3.05 (0.12)
4.75 9.65 (0.38)
(0.18)
12.7 (0.5) 12.7 (0.5)
Stainless
43GR-- MSS10SS
Steel
45_
Stainless
#8--32 1.2 (0.046)
Steel
Thread
19
(0.75) PVC 43GR-- MSS10MS

1--253

Ferrule Bifurcated Cables for Small Aperture Sensors [2.2 mm (0.09 in.)]
Fiber
Sensing Bundle
Stainless
25.5 (1.0) 43GR-- MAS00SS
0.7 (0.027)
Steel
PVC 43GR-- MAS00MS
1.65 (0.06)
DIa. Stainless
43GR-- MDS10SS
Steel
Stainless
1.2 (0.046)
Steel
12.7 25.4 PVC 43GR-- MDS10MS

(0.5) (1.0)
2.36
10.2 12.7 (0.093) OD Stainless
(0.4) (0.5) 43GR-- FTS10SS
Steel
Stainless
10.2 1.2 (0.046)
Steel
(0.4)
12.7 PVC 43GR-- FTS10MS
(0.5)R
13.97 12.7 25.4

3.1 (0.55) (0.5) Stainless
(0.12) (1.0) 43GR-- MKS00SS
Steel
0.7 (0.027)
4.83 Steel
4.75 2.29 (0.19)
7.49 (0.09) PVC 43GR-- MKS00MS
(0.29) (0.19) 1.09 (0.043)
35.6 25.4
43GR-- MOS10SS
Steel
6.35 Stainless
(0.25) 1.2 (0.046)
Steel
1.6
(0.06) Dia. PVC 43GR-- MOS10MS
3.1
(0.12)R
10.2 12.7
43GR-- MYS10SS
Steel
Stainless
4.8 1.2 (0.046)
Steel
(0.19)
1.57 PVC 43GR-- MYS10MS
3.1
(0.62) Dia.
(0.12)R
13.9 (0.55)
9.65 (0.38)
3.05 (0.12)
Stainless
43GR-- MJS10SS
Steel
4.75 1.65 45_

(0.18) (0.065) Stainless
Steel 1.2 (0.046)
Dia.
12.7 19 PVC 43GR-- MJS10MS

(0.5)R (0.75)

Threaded Transmitted Beam for Small Aperture Sensors [2.2 mm (0.09 in.)]
Fiber
Sensing Bundle
22.9 Stainless
(0.90) 43GT-- TAB15SS
Steel
M6 x 1 Brass 1.6 (0.062)
11.2 PVC 43GT-- TAB15MS
(0.44)
22.9
Stainless
(0.90) M6 X 1 43GT-- TAS15SS
Steel
Stainless
1.6 (0.062)
Steel
11.2 PVC 43GT-- TAS15MS
(0.44)
5/16 x 24 Thread
Stainless
43GT-- TBS15SS
Steel
Stainless
1.6 (0.062)
Steel
13.5 38.1 PVC 43GT-- TBS15MS
(0.53) (1.5)
M4 x 0.7
Stainless
43GT-- XAS10SS
Steel
Stainless
1.2 (0.046)
Steel
10.2 12.7
(0.40) (0.50) PVC 43GT-- XAS10MS
1.6
#8-32 Thread (0.06) DIa. Stainless
43GT-- MRS00SS
Steel
Stainless
0.7 (0.027)
Steel
12.7 12.7 25.4 PVC 43GT-- MRS00MS
(0.5) (0.5) (1.0)
10.1 12.7
(0.40) (0.50) Stainless
43GT-- TIS10SS
Steel
8.8 Stainless
(0.35) 1.2 (0.046)
2.36 (0.093) Steel
3.81 (0.15)R 15.2
PVC 43GT-- TIS10MS
(0.60)
M6 x 0.7 Thread
15.8
(0.625) 28 (1.1)
Stainless
43GT-- TMS15SS
Steel
20
Stainless
4.8 (0.187) (0.8) 1.6 (0.062)
Steel
12.7 (0.5) R 38.1
(1.5) PVC 43GT-- TMS15MS
5/16 x 24 Thread
14.0 38.1 15.7

(0.55) (1.5) (0.62) Stainless
43GT-- TQS15SS
Steel
Stainless
1.6 (0.062)
28 (1.1) Steel
12.7
5/16 x 24 Thread (0.5) R
PVC 43GT-- TQS15MS
4.7
(0.19)

1--255

Threaded Transmitted Beam for Small Aperture Sensors [2.2 mm (0.09 in.)]
Fiber
Sensing Bundle
10.1 12.7 8.9

(0.40) (0.50) (0.35) Stainless
43GT-- TDS10SS
Steel
Stainless
1.2 (0.046)
12.7 Steel
12.7 (0.5)
M4 x 0.7 (0.5) R PVC 43GT-- TDS10MS
2.36
(0.093)
#8-32 Thread 25.4

(1.0) Stainless
43GT-- MUS10SS
Steel
6.35 Stainless
(0.25) 1.2 (0.046)
Steel
12.7 12.7 1.65 (0.065) 43GT-- MUS10MS
3.1 PVC
(0.5) (0.5) Dia.
(0.12) R
4.75 3.0 (0.12)

(0.18) 9.65 (0.38)
12.7 (0.5)12.7 (0.5) Stainless
43GT-- MSS10SS
Steel
45_
Stainless
Thread 12.7 1.2 (0.046)
#8--32 Steel
(0.5)R
19
(0.75) PVC 43GT-- MSS10MS
1.65
(0.065)

Fiber
Sensing Bundle
Stainless
25.5 1.09 43GT-- MAS10SS
Stainless Steel
(1.0) (0.043) 1.2 (0.046)
Steel
PVC 43GT-- MAS10MS
12.7 (0.5)
43GT-- MDS10SS
Steel
1.65 Stainless
1.2 (0.046)
(0.065) Steel
4.06 3.0 (0.12) 43GT-- MDS10MS
PVC
(0.16)
10.1 (0.40) 12.7 (0.50)
Stainless
43GT-- FTS10SS
Steel
10.16 Stainless
(0.4) 1.2 (0.046)
Steel
12.7 (0.5)
PVC 43GT-- FTS10MS
2.36 (0.093)
13.9 (0.55) 9.65 (0.38)

43GT-- MJS10SS
Steel
4.75 45_
(0.18) Stainless
1.2 (0.046)
Steel
12.7
(0.5)R 19
(0.75) PVC 43GT-- MJS10MS
1.65 (0.065)
10.1 (0.40) 12.7 (0.50) Stainless
43GT-- MYS10SS
4.8 Steel
Stainless
(0.19) 1.2 (0.046)
Steel
1.57 PVC 43GT-- MYS10MS
(0.062)
34.3
(1.35) 3.3 (0.13)
4.7 3.1 (0.12)
(0.19)
Stainless
43GT-- BSA80SS
15.2 Steel
(0.6)
3.6 (0.14) 8.9

2 places (0.35) 6.35 x 0.3
Aluminum 215 mm Nominal
(0.25 x 0.012)
40.6 7.9
(1.6) (0.31)
PVC 43GT-- BSA80MS
0.3 (0.01) wide fiber line

x 6.4 (0.25) long 9.7
(0.38)

1--257

Additional Cables for Large Aperture Sensors [4.6 mm (0.187 in.) OD Sensor End Tip]
Custom Fiber Optic Cables

Rockwell Automation/Allen-Bradley can provide custom glass fiber optic cables to meet nearly any application requirement.
S Custom lengths up to 15.2 m (50 ft)
S Custom temperature ratings up to 482_C (900_F)
S Custom configurations including multiple sensing tips
S Custom sensing end tips—nearly any modification is possible
For more information contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.
To Build a Custom Fiber Optic for a Large Aperture Sensor:
43 — L
Fiber Optic
Cable Overall Length (in.)
Standard lengths are 36 inches and
do not require these spaces to be filled
Fiber Material in. If a special length is required,
G = Glass complete the above with the number of
Q = Quartz total inches, i.e. 024 for a two foot cable.
Lengths typically ordered:

Sensing Mode 24 inches = 024
R = Reflective (Bifurcated) 48 inches = 048
T = Transmitted Beam (Individual) 60 inches = 060
72 inches = 072
96 inches = 096
108 inches = 108
Sensing End Tip Style (see 120 inches = 120
pages 1--260…1--267)
Threaded Any length over 120 inches, please
Axial contact product support.
Angled
Side view
Ferruled Fits large aperture (4.6 mm/
Axial 0.187 in. OD) sensors
Angled
which include:
Side view
42EF--G1xxA
Block
42EF--KL--G1xxx
Axial
42GxF--900x
Side view
42GTGF--100x0
42GTGF--103x0
42SRF--60xx
Sensing End Tip and Nut Material 42SRF--65xx
A = Aluminum (block tips only) 42xRx--5x00FO
B = Brass
C = Combination Brass/Stainless Steel Sheathing
S = Stainless Steel E = Stainless Steel Flexible Conduit 600_F
F = Stainless Steel Flexible Conduit 900_F
M = PVC 200_F
Fiber Bundles S = Stainless Steel Flexible Conduit 500_F
See page 1--268 for dimensions. PVC
Stainless Steel
Flexible Conduit

Additional Cables for Small Aperture Sensors [2.2 mm (0.09 in.) OD Sensor End Tip]

Rockwell Automation/Allen-Bradley can provide custom glass fiber optic cables to meet nearly any application requirement.
S Custom lengths up to 15.2 m (50 ft)
To Build a Custom Fiber Optic for Small Aperture Sensor:

43 G — S
Fiber Optic Overall Length (in.)

Cable Standard lengths are 36 inches and do
not require these spaces to be filled in. If
a special length is required, complete the
Fiber Material above with the number of total inches, i.e.
G = Glass 024 for a two foot cable.
Lengths typically ordered:

Sensing Mode 24 inches = 024
R = Reflective (Bifurcated) 48 inches = 048
T = Transmitted Beam (Individual) 60 inches = 060
72 inches = 072
96 inches = 096
108 inches = 108
Sensing End Tip Style (see 120 inches = 120
pages 1--260…1--267)
Threaded Any length over 120 inches, please
Axial contact factory.
Angled
Side view
Ferruled Fits small aperture (2.2 mm/
Axial 0.09 in. OD) sensors which
Angled include:
Side view 42KL--L2xxx
Block 42GxF--910
Axial 42GTGF--101x0
Side view 42SMF71xx
42SRF--61xx w/61--6374 adaptor
42SRF--63xx w/61--6374 adaptor
Sensing End Tip and Nut Material 42xRx--5x00FO w/61--6374 adaptor
A = Aluminum (block tips only) 45FVL--xxxx--xx
B = Brass 45FSL--xxxx--xx
C = Combination Brass/Stainless Steel Sheathing
S = Stainless Steel E = Stainless Steel Flexible Conduit 600_F
F = Stainless Steel Flexible Conduit 900_F
M = PVC 200_F
S = Stainless Steel Flexible Conduit 500_F
Fiber Bundles
See page 1--268 for dimensions. PVC
Stainless Steel
Flexible Conduit

1--259
Glass Fiber Optic Cable Tips

Use with Configurators on page 1--258 and 1--259.
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Code [mm (in.)] A B C D
TA 2.29 (0.09) 10.16 (0.40) 11.18 (0.44) 5.84 (0.23) M6 x 1 class 6g
TB 3.2 (0.125) 13.46 (0.53) 38.1 (1.5) 7.92 (0.312) 5/16 x 24 UNF
TF 3.2 (0.125) 13.46 (0.53) 12.7 (0.5) 4.45 (0.175) #8--32
A B TG 1.2 (0.046) 13.46 (0.53) 38.1 (1.5) 9.53 (0.375) 3/8 x 24 UNF
C TV 4.0 (0.156) 13.46 (0.53) 139.7 (5.5) 7.92 (0.312) 5/16 x 24 UNF
D TY 3.2 (0.125) 13.46 (0.53) 101.6 (4.0) 7.62 (0.3) 5/16 x 24 UNF
XA 1.2 (0.046) 10.16 (0.40) 12.7 (0.5) 4.75 (0.187) M4 x 0.7
XB 1.2 (0.046) 10.16 (0.40) 12.7 (0.5) 4.75 (0.187) M6 x 0.75
XD 3.2 (0.125) 13.46 (0.53) 15.24 (0.6) 7.92 (0.312) 5/16 x 24 UNF
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Code Standard Bundle [mm (in.)]

12.7 12.7
(0.5) (0.5) 25.4 (1.0)
3.1 (0.12)
MR 1.2 (0.046)
4.75 1.65
(0.18) #8-32 Thread (0.065)
Approximate Standard Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)]

Dimensions Bundle
[mm (in.)] Code [mm (in.)] A B C D E F G H
H F
3.1 (0.12) TM 3.2 (0.125) 4.75 (0.187) 12.7 (0.5) 5/16 x 24 38.1 (1.5) 20.3 (0.8) 27.9 (1.1) 7.49 (0.295) 15.8 (0.625)
G
E
A
B TO 4.0 (0.156) 5.54 (0.218) 12.7 (0.5) 5/16 x 24 38.1 (1.5) 20.3 (0.8) 27.9 (1.1) 7.49 (0.295) 15.8 (0.625)
D
TC 1.2 (0.046) 2.36 (0.093) 6.35 (0.25) 8 -- 32 12.7 (0.5) 9.65 (0.38) 15.2 (0.6) 4.45 (0.175) 15.8 (0.625)
C
TI 1.2 (0.046) 2.36 (0.093) 3.81 (0.15) M6 x 0.75 15.2 (0.6) 8.89 (0.35) 12.7 (0.5) 4.75 (0.187) 10.1 (0.40)
Standard Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)]

Approximate Dimensions Bundle
[mm (in.)] Code [mm (in.)] B C D E F G H
H 3.1 (0.12) TQ 3.2 (0.125) 27.9 (1.1) 4.75 (0.187) 15.75 (0.62) 5/16 x 24 38.1 (1.5) 7.92 (0.312) 13.97 (0.55)
F
D
G TR 3.98 (0.156) 27.9 (1.1) 5.54 (0.218) 18.29 (0.72) 5/16 x 24 38.1 (1.5) 7.92 (0.312) 13.97 (0.55)
E 12.7 (0.5) B TW 3.2 (0.125) 40.6 (1.6) 4.75 (0.187) 15.75 (0.62) 5/16 x 24 38.1 (1.5) 7.92 (0.312) 13.97 (0.55)
TX 3.2 (0.125) 20.6 (0.81) 4.75 (0.187) 26.9 (1.06) 5/16 x 24 38.1 (1.5) 7.92 (0.312) 13.97 (0.55)
C TD 1.2 (0.046) 12.7 (0.5) 2.36 (0.093) 8.89 (0.35) M4 x 0.7 12.7 (0.5) 4.75 (0.187) 10.16 (0.40)

Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Code Standard Bundle [mm (in.)] A B C
12.7 12.7 25.4

4.75 (0.5) (0.5) (1.0)
MT 0.70 (0.027) 1.09 (0.043) 2.29 (0.09) 4.83 (0.19)
(0.18)
3.0 (0.12)
C
B
Thread MU 1.2 (0.046) 1.65 (0.065) 3.05 (0.12) 6.35 (0.25)
#8--32
A
Standard Bundle—[mm
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Code (in.)] Dimension A [mm (in.)]
3.0 (0.12)
15.75 (0.62)
9.65 (0.38)
TH 3.2 (0.125) 4.75 (0.187)
45_
7.49 (0.29) A
19 (0.75)
Thread: 5/16 x 24
TJ 4.0 (0.156) 5.54 (0.218)

38.1 (1.5)
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Code Standard Bundle [mm (in.)] Dimension A [mm (in.)]
1.52 (0.06)
13.9
(0.55)
38.1 (1.5) 3.0 (0.12) TK 3.2 (0.125) 4.75 (0.187)
45_
7.92
Thread: 12.7
(0.31) 19 (0.75)
5/16 x 24 (0.5)
TL 4.0 (0.156) 5.54 (0.218)

3.0 (0.12)
4.75 9.65 (0.38)
(0.18)
12.7 (0.5) 12.7 (0.5)
45_
Thread MS 1.2 (0.046)
#8--32 12.7
(0.5)R
19 1.65
(0.75) (0.065)

1--261

3.0 (0.12)
38.1 25.4
13.9 (1.5) (1.0)
(0.55) TT 2.29 (0.09) 3.2 (0.125)
5.3 (0.21)
4.75 (0.18) Dia.

TZ 2.5 x 0.5 (0.1 x 0.02) 3.94 (0.155)
7.92
(0.31) 5/16 x 24UNF Side View
Thread Sensing
25.4 72.39
(1.0) (2.85)
13.9 3.0 (0.12) 57.15
(0.55) (2.25) 3.0 (0.12)
12.7 (0.5)
7.11 TU 51 x 0.3 (2.0 x 0.01)

(0.28)
8.13 (0.32)
7.9
(0.31)
Thread
3/8 x 24
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Code Standard Bundle [mm (in.)] A B
FA 12.7 (0.5) 12.7 (0.5)

Fiber
A B Bundle FB 12.7 (0.5) 26.9 (1.06)
FC 3.2 (0.125) 12.7 (0.5) 31.7 (1.25)
4.75 7.49 FD 12.7 (0.5) 50.8 (2.0)

(0.18) (0.29)
FE 35.5 (1.4) 76.2 (3.0)
25.5 MA 0.70 (0.027) 1.09 (0.043)

(1.0) A
MC 1.2 (0.046) 1.65 (0.065)
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Code Standard Bundle [mm (in.)] A B C D
MD 1.2 (0.046) 12.7 (0.5) 4.06 (0.16)

B D 1.65 (0.065) 25.4 (1.0)
A MG 1.2 (0.046) 35.5 (1.4) 7.87 (0.31)
C
MH 1.6 (0.062) 35.5 (1.4) 7.87 (0.31) 76.2 (3.0)
3.0 (0.12) 2.36 (0.093)
MI 1.6 (0.062) 12.7 (0.5) 7.87 (0.31) 25.4 (1.0)

Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Code [mm (in.)] A B
14.0 12.7 MB 1.2 (0.046) 1.65 (0.065) 25.4 (1.0)

(0.55) (0.5) B
A
7.49 MF 1.2 (0.046) 1.65 (0.065) 50.8 (2.0)
(0.29)
4.75 3.0 (0.12)
MV 0.70 (0.027) 1.09 (0.043) 12.7 (0.5)
(0.18)

Standard Bundle
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Code [mm (in.)] A B C D E
E A FI 3.2 (0.125) 27.9 (1.1) 20.3 (0.8) 4.75 (0.187) 7.49 (0.295) 15.8 (0.625)
3.0 (0.12)
D FJ 4.0 (0.156) 27.9 (1.1) 25.4 (1.0) 5.54 (0.218) 7.49 (0.295) 15.8 (0.625)
FK 3.2 (0.125) 27.9 (1.1) 27.9 (1.1) 4.75 (0.187) 7.49 (0.295) 15.8 (0.625)
12.7 B
(0.5)
FL 3.2 (0.125) 27.9 (1.1) 35.0 (1.38) 4.75 (0.187) 7.49 (0.295) 15.8 (0.625)
FM 3.2 (0.125) 47.7 (1.88) 47.7 (1.88) 4.75 (0.187) 7.49 (0.295) 15.8 (0.625)
C
FT 2.2 (0.09) 12.7 (0.5) 10.16 (0.40) 2.36 (0.093) 4.75 (0.187) 10.4(0.4)
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Code Standard Bundle [mm (in.)] A B C
B
12.7 (0.5)R FS 3.2 (0.125) 27.9 (1.1) 20.3 (0.8) 4.75 (0.187)
25.4 (1.0)
6.4 (0.25)
3.1 ML 1.2 (0.046)
(0.12)
1.6
(0.06)

1--263

Standard Dimensions [mm (in.)]

Bundle
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Code [mm (in.)] A B C D E F
B D MM 1.2 (0.046) 1.65 (0.065) 12.7 (0.5) 4.06 (0.16) 25.4 (1.0) 6.35 (0.25) 3.05 (0.12)
3.1 (0.12)
C MO 1.2 (0.046) 1.65 (0.065) 35.5 (1.4) 7.87 (0.31) 25.4 (1.0) 6.35 (0.25) 3.05 (0.12)
E
MQ 1.6 (0.062) 2.36 (0.083) 35.5 (1.4) 7.87 (0.31) 25.4 (1.0) 6.35 (0.25) 3.05 (0.12)
F
A MY 1.2 (0.046) 1.57 (0.062) 10.16 (0.40) 4.83 (0.19) 12.7 (0.5) 4.83 (0.19) 3.05 (0.12)
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Code [mm (in.)] A B C D
13.97 12.7
(0.55) (0.5) MK 0.70 (0.027) 1.09 (0.043) 25.4 (1.0) 4.83 (0.19) 2.29 (0.09)
B
3.1 (0.12)
7.49
(0.29)
C
4.75 D MN 1.2 (0.046) 1.65 (0.065) 12.7 (0.5) 31.7 (1.25) 19 (0.75)
(0.18) A
9.65
(0.38)
15.8 FG 3.2 (0.125) 4.75 (0.187)
(0.62)
3.0 (0.12)
7.49 (0.29)
45°
FH 4.0 (0.156) 5.54 (0.218)

12.7 19.0 A
(0.5) (0.75)
13.9 (0.55) 3.0 9.65 (0.38)

(0.12)
4.75 45_
(0.18) MJ 1.2 (0.046)
12.7
(0.5)
19.0 1.65
(0.75) (0.065)

25.4
13.9 (1.0) 5.3
(0.55) (0.21)
Side View
Sensing
FO 2.29 (0.09)
3
(0.12)
6.1 4.75
(0.24) Stainless Steel (0.18) Dia.
(Type 303) Fitting
35 (1.38)
FP 2.29 (0.09) 3.2 (0.125)

7.1 (0.28)
Side View
Sensing
A
FR 0.5 x 2.5 (0.2 x 0.01) N-S slot 3.94 (0.155)

6.3 (0.25)
13.9 72.3 (2.85)

(0.55)
12.7 57.1 (2.25) 3.0
(0.5) (0.12)
FQ 51 x 0.3 (2.0 x 0.01) N-S slot

7.11
(0.281)
3.0 (0.12)
7.49 (0.29) 8.13 (0.32)
25.4 (1.0)
13.9 19 6.35 (0.25)
(0.55) (0.75)
BA 9.7 x 0.8 (0.382 x 0.032) (E-W)

6.35 (0.25) 19
11.6 (0.46)
(0.75)
3.1 (0.125) 3.6 (0.14)

1--265


13.9
(0.55)
38.1 (1.5) 9.4 (0.37)
31.7 (1.25)
BC 38.1 x 0.3 (1.5 x 0.01)

50.8
7.49 (0.29) 25.4 38.1
(2.0)
(1.0) (1.50)
4.75 (0.18) 12.7 (0.5)

13.9
(0.55) 38.1 (1.5)
9.4
(0.37)
31.7 (1.25)
7.49
(0.29)
BR 25.4 x 0.4 (1.0 x 0.015)

25.4 25.4 38.1
(1.0) (1.0) (1.5)
6.3
(0.25)
4.75 (0.18)
19.0 (0.75)
6.3 (0.25)
13.9 (0.55) 12.7 (0.5)
BT 3.9 x 0.5 (0.154 x 0.02)

3.9 19
6.3 (0.25) 11.6 (0.46)
(0.15) (0.75
3.1 (0.12) 3.6 (0.14)

3.56
12.7 (0.5) (0.14) 3.2
(0.12)
6.35
(0.25)
25.4
19 (1.0)
(0.75) 9.7 x 0.8 (0.382 x 0.032)
BE
(E-W)
9.7 (0.382)
0.8 (0.032) 6.35 (0.25)
19 (0.75)
57.1
(2.25) 1.52 (0.06) x 45_ chamfer all
around as shown
22.2 (0.87)
11.18 (0.44) 34.8 (1.37) 11.4

28.5 (1.12) (0.44) 5.84 (0.23)
17.8 (0.70) 21.4 (0.84)
7.92 (0.31) BP 2.79 x 2.79 (0.11 x 0.11)
centerline of fiber bundle ref. 17.4 28.5 (1.12
(0.68)
9.5
(037)
7.14 (0.28) OD x 6.35 (0.25) dia., x
15.2 (0.6) long st. 10.67 (0.42) DP
steel collar 4.75 (0.18) drill thru
C’bore 8.71 (0.34)
dia., 3.2 (0.12) )
34.2 3.3 (0.13)

(1.35)
3.0 (0.12)
4.83
(0.19)
15.2
(0.6)
3.56 (0.14) 8.89

(0.35) BS 0.3 x 6.35 (0.012 x 0.25) N-S slot
2 places
40.6
(1.6)
7.87 (0.31)
0.3 (0.012) wide fiber line

x 6.35 (0.25) long 9.65
(0.38)

1--267

Bundle Sizes
These bundle size codes are used with the configurators on page 1--258 and 1--259.
Glass Fiber Bundle with Cylindrical Sensing End Tips
Diameter 2.2 mm Control End Tip 4.6 mm Control End Tip
Code mm inches Arrangement Transmitted Beam Bifurcated Transmitted Beam Bifurcated

00 0.70 0.027 Randomized X X X X

20 2.29 0.090 Randomized X X X
22 2.79 0.110 Randomized X X

33 4.57 0.180 Randomized X
35 5.59 0.220 Randomized X
40 2.5 x 0.5 0.10 x 0.02 E--W Slot X X X X
41 0.5 x 2.5 0.02 x 0.10 N--S Slot X X X X

45 22 x 0.5 0.875 x 0.02 Randomized X X
46 51 x 0.3 2.0 x 0.01 N--S Slot X X
X = Suitable for use with glass fiber bundle.
Glass Fiber Bundle with Block Sensing End Tips

Diameter
Code mm inches
70 3.9 x 0.5 0.154 x 0.020
72 9.7 x 0.8 0.382 x 0.320
73 38 x 0.25 1.50 x 0.010

74 51 x 0.25 2.00 x 0.010
77 0.4 x 0.25 0.154 x 0.010
78 0.3 x 0.25 0.110 x 0.110

79 25.4 x 0.4 1.00 x 0.015
80 6.4 x 0.3 0.25 x 0.012
Note: Typical fiber optic cable construction is normally randomized. Other options, such as half or
shimmed half moon, are available. Please contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or
Allen-Bradley distributor.

Accessories
Extended Range Lens Fiber Optic Field of View Standard Fibers Spot Size
Assemblies (With Extended Range Lens Assembly) (Diameter Focus Range
[mm (in.)] [mm (in.)] [mm (in.)]
Extended range assemblies provide
12° 0 31.8 (1.25) 127 (5)
greater sensing range and reduce the
field of view for detecting smaller 2.54 (0.1) 12.7 (0.5)
51…89
Adjustable Fixed Focus (2…3.5)
objects at a greater distance. Without
the extended range lens assembly the Sensing Lens 5.08 (0.2) 7.62 (0.3)
38…51
(1.5…2)
field of view is a divergent beam of 82_, Consult your local Rockwell Automation
7.62 5.08 33…38
leaving the end of the fiber optic cable sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor (0.3) (0.2) (1.3…1.5)
tip. With the extended range lens the for special applications. All the lens
10.16 3.81 28…33
beam is reduced to 12_, thus permitting assemblies shown can provide fixed (0.4) (0.1) (1.1…1.3)
the sensing of smaller objects. focus sensing with glass fiber optic
cables. The distance between the lens It is necessary to reduce the sensitivity
Fiber Optic Field of View Standard Fibers of the sensor when using lens
(Without Extended Range Lens Assembly) and sensing tip can be adjusted, thus
varying the focal point and spot size. An assemblies with bifurcated cables to
example of this using the Cat. No. avoid detecting the rear surface of the
60--1844 lens is shown as follows: adaptor lens.
82°
Description Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Cat. No.
38.1 (1.5) 60-- 1844

(One Cat. No. = One Lens Assembly)
14.2
Sensing end tips with a 4.74 mm (0.187 in.)
(0.56) Dia.
diameter
Extended Range Lens Assembly—260_C (500_F)
48.5 (1.91) 60-- 2559
14.2 (One Cat. No. = One Lens Assembly)

24.1 Sensing tips with 4.74 mm (0.187 in.)
(0.56) (0.95) diameter
Extended Range Lens Assembly—260_C (500_F)
47.5 (1.87) 60-- 2323

14.3 (One Cat. No. = One Lens Assembly)
Extended Range Lens Assembly—260_C (500_F) (0.56) Sensing end tips with 5/16 x 24 threads
(Thread mount 5/16 x 24) 5/16 x 24
61-- 5550
(One Cat. No. = One Lens Assembly)
Adaptor Kit for Series 5000 Green Line Sensors
38.1
(1.5)
25.4
(1.0)
Glass Fiber Optic Cable Bracket M3 60-- 2696

3/8I M4 42.8
31.8
(1.25) M8 M6 (1.7)
#8
19 (0.74) reflector
(92- 105, 92- 106)
6.35 (0.25)
approx. 6 turns
Threads are 50.8 (2.0)
ColorSight Lens Extender 5/16 x 24 60-- 2738
22
(0.88)

1--269
Plastic Fiber Optic Cables

Introduction
3. Avoid sharp bends that can sensitivity of the sensor must be

permanently deform the cable. adjusted low enough to avoid
Minimum radius bend is listed for unwanted diffuse response from the
each part. targets to be sensed.
4. Some plastic fiber optic cables can 10. Plastic fiber optic cables have a
be cut to length. A very sharp right wide field of view. A smaller field of
angle cut is essential to provide view can be achieved by attaching
good performance. The supplied an Extended Range Lens Assembly
cable cutter Cat. No. 57--127, must such as the Cat. No. 63--118 (see
be used. Each opening in the cutter page 1--288) to the sensing end of
can be used only once. the fiber. These lens assemblies will
5. Some sensing tips cannot be bent. also increase the available sensing
Only special sensing tips can be distance.
bent as specified. Bends should 11. Plastic fiber optics cables can be
only be attempted in the areas used in applications where constant
shown in the illustrations. Do not motion or flexing of the cable is
exceed the minimum bend radius fo required. Coiled cables (such as
Application Recommendations the cable. 43PR--NES57VS) are particularly
6. Plastic fiber optic cables are suitable well suited for these applications.
1. Many plastic fiber optic cables are
for applications where the sensor 12. Plastic fiber optic cables can be
available in different core diameters.
must be isolated from high voltage. successfully applied in most
Larger core diameter cables can
industrial environments. However,
carry more light between the sensor 7. X-RAY or GAMMA radiation will
cause plastic fibers to eventually where abrasion or occasional
and application. These cables will
become opaque. Custom cables impact to the cable is a concern,
generally offer longer sensing
constructed with special optical glass fiber optic cables may provide
ranges.
quartz fibers must be ordered for more durability.
Smaller core diameter cables use in areas with high radiation. 13. Chemical Resistance: Acid and
provide greater resolution and the alkali solvents could damage the
ability to detect smaller targets. 8. Use Transmitted Beam sensing in
Polyethylene Fiber Core. The jacket
submerged applications when
2. Note that different sensing distances possible. will offer some washdown protection
can be achieved depending upon but long term use in chemical
9. A plastic fiber optic sensor with a environments could destroy the core
the cable core diameter. These
duplex cable can provide material.
sensing distances must be de-rated
Retroreflective or Diffuse sensing
for adverse environments. 14. The maximum temperature rating of
depending upon the distance to the
Longer custom cables will standard plastic fiber optic cables is
target and the sensitivity adjustment
attenuate the light and reduce the 70_C (158_F) . Custom cables with
on the sensor. If the sensor and
operating range. Light loss is temperature ratings of 115_C
cable are to be used for
approximately 3% per foot for (239_F) are available.
Retroreflective sensing, the
Plastic Fiber Optic cables. Contact
your local Rockwell Automation
sales office or Allen-Bradley
distributor for application assistance.
ATTENTION

Cables for Small Aperture Sensors [2.2 mm (0.09 in.)]
Plastic Fiber Optic Cables for Cable Adaptor

use with Small Aperture Sensors Adaptor Cap
The plastic fiber optic cables on pages

1--272…1--280 are for use with small
The drawing of the Cat. No. 61--6731 adaptor shows how
aperture sensors. The cables shown on 1.0/1.25 mm (0.04/0.05 in.) OD fibers (shown on pages 1--277
pages 1--277…1--279 require an and 1--279) can be used with most small aperture sensors.
Some sensors have adaptors for this purpose included. Product
adaptor (included with the cable). selection pages for each sensor will indicate if an adaptor is
1.0 or 1.25 mm included as standard.
Diameter Cable
45Fxx-- xxxx-- xx 42GxF-- 910x Glass Cable

Glass Cable 2.2 (0.09) Dia.
[mm (in.)]
2.2 (0.09) Dia. Fiber Control Tips
Fiber Control Tips
Small Aperture Plastic Cable

2.2 (0.09) Dia. (cut to length)
Plastic Cable
Receiver (cut to length) 2.2 (0.09) Dia.
2.2 (0.09) Dia.
Small Aperture
2.2 (0.09) Dia.
1.25
Transmitter (0.05) Dia. With 61- 6731
Adaptor
1.25 (0.05) Dia. With 61- 6731
Adaptor
Small Aperture Sensors:
42SRF--61xx 42KL--L2xxx
42SRF--63xx 45FVL--xxxx
with 61--6374 adaptor 45FSL--xxxx 42GTGF--101x0 42GxF--910x 42SMF--71xx
42xRF--5x00FO
with 61--6374 adaptor
Note: Sensing Distance
• The sensing distance of bifurcated cables is measured with white paper (90% reflectivity). Other surfaces may be less reflective and
therefore would have shorter sensing distances.
• Sensor selected
• Environment
• Accessories such as focusing lens
• Length of the cable
• The cut of the plastic. Re-cutting the cable with the proper tool (Cat. No. 57--127) will typically give a better surface for the sensor to
interface with, allowing a longer sensing distance.
• Bending a bendable tip beyond the minimum bend radius of the cable will reduce sensing distance.
• Consult product support for additional information.
All dimensions indicated are typical. Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales
office or Allen-Bradley distributor for exact dimensions.

1--271
43PR Plastic Fiber Optic Cables

The fiber optic cables on pages 1--272…1--279 are for use with small aperture sensors such as follows:
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 mm
45FSL--xxxx
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 in.
42GxF--910x 42KL--L2xxx 45FVL--xxxx
Bend
Radius Fiber Core Sheathing
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] [mm (in.)] Diameter Material Sensing Distance [mm] Cat. No.
23
(0.91)
40
15 2 x 1.5 (0.06) 43PR-- NDS59FS
(1.6)
(0.59)
1 (0.04) Polyethylene
4.8
(0.19) Dia. 25 (1.0) 2 x 1 (0.04) 43PR-- NDS57ZS
M6 x 1
M6 x 0.75
4 25 (1.0) 2 x 1 (0.04) Polyethylene 43PR-- NES57ZS

(0.16) Dia.
17 3.1
(0.67) (0.12)
M6 x 0.75 4
(0.16) Dia.
25 (1.0) 2 x 1 (0.04) Polyethylene 43PR-- NES57VS
250.0 17 3.1
(10.0) (0.67) (0.12)
15
(0.59) 25 (1.0) 2 x 1 (0.04) 43PR-- NKS57FS
M6 x 0.75 3.1 Polyethylene

(0.12)
1 x 0.75
2.5 20 Characterization not available at
(0.03) 43PR-- NKS61FS
(0.1) Dia. (0.8) time of publication
4 x 0.5 (0.02)
43PR--NKS61FS has coaxial optics for more precise sensing 2 Characterization not available at
2 x 0.5 (0.02) 1 R Polyflex 43PR-- NKS65YS
(0.08) time of publication
23
(0.9)
3.1 (0.12)
M6, P=1 15 2 Characterization not available at time
(0.59) 2 x 1.0 (0.04) 1 R Polyflex 43PR-- NLS65YS
(0.08) of publication
4.8
(0.19) Dia.
Note: Standard length for plastic fiber optic cables is 2 m (78 in.) tip to tip.

Bend
Radius Fiber Sheathing
23 35
(0.91) (1.38)
15 10 10
(0.59) (0.39) 10R (0.39)
15 (0.6) 2 x 0.5 (0.02) Polyethylene 43PR-- PES53FS
1.25
(0.05) Dia.
M6 x 1 Bend Here
23 70
(0.91) (2.75)
15 10 10
(0.59) (0.39) 10R (0.39)
15 (0.6) 2 x 0.5 (0.02) Polyethylene 43PR-- PFS53FS
1.25
(0.05) Dia.
M6 x 1 Bend Here
M6 x 0.75
Bendable Probe
25 (1.0) 2 x 1 (0.04) Polyethylene 43PR-- PIS57ZS

2.5
(0.10) Dia.
17 90.0
(0.67) (3.5)
M6 x 0.75 Bendable Probe
25 (1.0) 2 x 1 (0.04) Polyethylene 43PR-- PIS57VS

2.5
(0.10) Dia
250 17 90
(10) (0.67) (3.5)
1.0 (0.040) Dia x 2
1.27 15 (0.6) 2 x 0.5 (0.02) Polyethylene 43PR-- PJS53ZS

(0.05) Dia.
11.49 90.0
(0.45) (3.5)
1.0 (0.040) Dia x 2

15 (0.6) 2 x 0.5 (0.02) Polyethylene 43PR-- PJS53VS

1.27
(0.05)
Dia.
11.49 90.0
(0.45) (3.5)

1--273

Ferrule Bifurcated Cables for Small Aperture Sensors [2.2 mm (0.09 in.)]

Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] [mm (in.)] Diameter Material Sensing Distance Cat. No.
14 15.2
(0.55) (0.6)
3.1 (0.12)
Brazing Fillet 44.5 Characterization not available at

5.08 (1.75) 25 (1.0) 2 x 1 (0.04) Polyethylene 43PR-- RAS57ZS
(0.2) time of publication
12.7 (0.5)
max ref.
3.2
(0.125)
Specialty Cables for Small Aperture Sensors [2.2 mm (0.09 in.)]

28.2 (1.11)
11.9 (0.47) 4.7 (0.187)
2.0 (0.08)
3.8 (0.15) 25 (1.0) 2 x 1 (0.04) Polyethylene 43PR-- SBS57ZS
time of publication
1.6 (0.06) x 2.5 (0.1)
5.5 (0.22) M5, P=0.8 oblong hole for
dia. collar side view
17 (0.67)
55.9 (2.2)
2.5 (0.1)
2.5 25 (1.0) 2 x 1 (0.04) Polyethylene 43PR-- SCS57ZS
time of publication
(0.1)
Side View
M6 x 0.75 thread Sensing
3.2 (0.125) 23.9 2.0
Dia. 2 Places (0.94) (0.08)
The sensing distance is the

7.1 (0.28) Optical 23.8 width of the gap (11.9 mm).
Axis 11.9 (0.47) (0.94) 25 (1.0) 1 (0.04) Polyethylene The target must cross the 43PR-- UAA56MS
optical axis between the two
prongs of the fork
22.1
6.0 5.01
(0.87)
(0.235) (0.2)
30.0 (1.18)

43PT Plastic Fiber Optic Cables
Bend Fiber
Radius Bundle Sheathing
M4 x 0.7 M2.6 x 0.45
25 (1.0) 1 (0.04) Polyethylene 43PT-- NJS56FS
11.0
3.1 (0.12)
(0.43)
M4 x 0.7
M2.6 x 0.45
4 (0.16) Dia.
25 (1.0) 1 (0.04) Polyethylene 43PT-- NJS56GS
11.0
250.0 (0.43)
3.1 (0.12)
(10.0)
15
(0.59)
40 (1.6) 1.5 (0.06) Polyethylene 43PT-- NAS58FS
M4 x 0.7
2.2
(0.09) Dia.
3.1
(0.12) Dia. Characterization not available at time
2 (0.08) 1.0 (0.04) 1 R Polyflex 43PT-- NAS66RS
of publication
15 35
(0.59) (1.38)
10R 0.87
M4 x 0.7 (0.034)
10 10
(0.39) Dia.
(0.39) 15 (0.6) 0.5 (0.02) Polyethylene 43PT-- PAS52FS
1.0 (0.04)
Dia. 5
(0.2)
Bend Here
15.0
(0.59) 69.9
(2.75) 0.76
(0.03)
15 (0.6) 0.5 (0.02) Polyethylene 43PT-- PBS52FS
2.54 1.0
M4, P=0.7 (0.04)
(0.1)
Notes: Standard length for plastic fiber optic cables is 2 m (78 in.) tip to tip.
Two cables per one plastic transmitted beam cat. no.

1--275

Fiber
Bend
Bundle Sheathing
Radius
25 (1.0) 1 (0.04) Polyethylene 43PT-- PKS56FS

1.27
17 90.0 (0.05)
(0.67) (3.5) Dia.
1.27
(0.05) 25 (1.0) 1 (0.04) Polyethylene 43PT-- PKS56GS
Dia.
17
250.0 (0.67) 90.0
(10.0) (3.5)
1.0 (0.04) Dia. M3 x 0.5 Bendable Probe
15 (0.6) 0.5 (0.02) Polyethylene 43PT-- PLS52FS

0.9
(0.035)
11.0 90.0 Dia.
(0.43) (3.5)
M3 x 0.5
Bendable Probe
15 (0.6) 0.5 (0.02) Polyethylene 43PT-- PLS52GS

0.9
(0.035)
11.0 Dia.
250.0 (0.43) 90.0
(10.0) (3.5)
Fiber
Bend
Bundle Sheathing
Radius
2.2 15
(0.09) Dia. (0.59) 25 (1.0) 1 (0.04) Polyethylene 43PT-- CBS56FS
3.0
(0.12) Dia.
20 5
(0.79) (0.19)
M5 x 0.8 12
2.2 (0.47)
(0.09) Dia.
4 Characterization not available at time
25 (1.0) 1 (0.04) Polyethylene 43PT-- SAS56FS
(0.16) of publication
Dia.
2 (0.08)
2.2
(0.09) Dia.
Side View Sensing
Two cables per one plastic transmitted beam Cat. No.

Threaded Bifurcated Miniature Cables for Small Aperture Sensors (adaptor required)
Bend Fiber
M4 x 0.7 15
(0.59) 25 (1.0) 2 x 1 (0.04) 43PR-- NAS57ZM
3.1 Polyethylene
(0.12) Dia.
1 x 0.5 (0.02)
15 (0.6) 4 x 0.25 43PR-- NAS60FM
of publication
43PR--NAS60FM has coaxial optics for more precise sensing (0.01)
M3, P=0.5 10
(0.39)
2 x 0.25 Characterization not available at time
2 (0.08) 1 R Polyflex 43PR-- NBS63YM
3.1 (0.01) of publication
(0.12) Dia.
15
M4 x 0.7 (0.59) 3.1
(0.12)
15 (0.6) 2 x 0.5 (0.02) Polyethylene 43PR-- NFS53FM
2.5
(0.1) Dia.
15 (0.59)
70.0 (2.75)
10.9
1.3
(0.43)
(0.05) 15 (0.6) 2 x 0.5 (0.02) Polyethylene 43PR-- PHS53ZM
2 1.5
M3, P=0.5 (0.08) (0.06)
Ferrule Bifurcated Miniature Cables for Small Aperture Sensors (adaptor required) [2.2 mm (0.09 in.)]
Bend Fiber
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] [mm (in.)] Diameter Material Sensing Distance [mm] Cat. No.5
15 3.1 (0.12)
(0.59) Dia.
15 (0.6) 2 x 0.5 (0.02) Polyethylene 43PR-- CBS53ZM
15
15
(0.59) 5
(0.59)
(0.2)
15 (0.6) 2 x 0.5 (0.02) Polyethylene 43PR-- AAS53ZM
3.1 (0.12) 1.5 1.25

Dia. (0.06) Dia. (0.05) Dia.

1--277

Ferrule Bifurcated Miniature Cables for Small Aperture Sensors (adaptor required)
Bend Fiber
15 20
(0.59) (0.79) 1.48
(0.06) Dia.
3.1 (0.12)
Dia.
0.8 15 (0.6) 2 x 0.5 (0.02) Polyethylene 43PR-- VBS53ZM
1 of publication
(0.03)
Side View Sensing (0.04)
0.9
(0.03)

Threaded Transmitted Beam Miniature Cables for Small Aperture Sensors (adaptor required)
Bend Fiber
25 (1.0) 1 (0.04) 43PT-- NBS56FM
1.25 M3 x 0.5
10 Polyethylene
(0.05) Dia. (0.39)
15 (0.6) 43PT-- NBS52FM

0.5 (0.02)

2 (0.08) 1R Polyflex 43PT-- NBS64RM
of publication
M3 x 0.5 15 15
1.25 (0.59) (0.59)
(0.05) Dia.
15 (0.6) 0.5 (0.02) Polyethylene 43PT-- PCS52FM
0.87
(0.03) Dia.
Ferrule Transmitted Beam Miniature Cables for Small Aperture Sensors

(adaptor required [2.2 mm (0.09 in.)])
Bend Fiber
15 20
(0.59) (0.79)
1.25 2 1.0
(0.05) Dia. (0.08) (0.04) Dia. Characterization not available at time
15 (0.6) 0.5 (0.02) Polyethylene 43PT-- VCS52FM
0.9 of publication
(0.04)
0.8
(0.03) Dia.
Side View Sensing
Two cables per one plastic transmitted beam Cat. No.

1--279

Special Purpose

Sensing Tip Material Fiber Diameter Sheathing Material Nominal Sensing Ref. Cat. No.
6.35 (0.25)
1.25 (0.05) PTFE Tube Dia.
7.0 Adaptor 61-- 6731

(0.28) required.
50.0 (1.97)
Do not bend fiber in this area.
800.0 200.0
(31.5) (7.87)
PTFE 1.25 (0.049) x 2 PTFE NA 99-- 193-- 1
6.35 (0.25)
1.25 (0.05) PTFE Tube Dia.
7.0 Adaptor 61-- 6731

(0.28) required.
50.0 (1.97)
Do not bend fiber in this area.
500.0 2000.0
(19.69) (78.74)
PTFE 2.2 (0.090) x 2 PTFE NA 99-- 197-- 1

Additional Cables for Small Aperture Sensors [2.2 mm (0.09 in.) OD Sensor End Tip]

Rockwell Automation/Allen--Bradley can provide custom plastic fiber optic cables to meet nearly any application
requirement.
S Custom lengths are available

To Build a Custom Fiber Optic
43 P — S
Fiber Optic
Standard lengths are
78 inches and do not
Fiber Material require these spaces to be
P = Plastic filled in. If shorter lengths
are required, the plastic
fiber optic cable can be
Sensing Mode cut to the desired length
R = Reflective (Bifurcated) using the cutting tool
T = Transmitted Beam (Individual) provided in the package
with the cable.
Sensing End Tip Style Fits large aperture (0.187 in.

Threaded OD) sensors which include:
Axial page 1--283 42KL--L2xx
Probe page 1--283 42GxF--910x
Side view page 1--283 42GTGF--101x0
U-Shaped page 1--284 42SMF--71xx
Ferrule 42SRF--61xx w/61--6374 adaptor*
Axial page 1--284 42SRF--63xx w/61--6374 adaptor*
Side view page 1--284 42Fx--Fxxxx
Right angle page 1--284 42xRF--5x00FO
*Adaptors must be ordered

separately.
Sensing End Tip
S = Stainless Steel
U = Plastic U Shape Sheathing
F = Polyethylene 158_F
G = Plastic Coiled
Z = Zipped Plastic
Fiber Bundles
V = Zipped & Coiled
See pages 1--286 for dimensions.
R = Polyflex
H = XPE (cross linked poly) 239_F
Y = Zipped Polyflex

1--281

Additional Cables for Small Aperture Sensors [1.0/1.25 mm (0.04/0.05 in.) OD Sensor End Tip]

Rockwell Automation/Allen-Bradley can provide custom plastic fiber optic cables to meet nearly any application
requirement.
S Custom lengths are available

To Build a Custom Fiber Optic
43 — M
Fiber Optic
Standard lengths are 78
inches and do not require
Fiber Material these spaces to be filled
P = Plastic in. If shorter lengths are
required, the plastic fiber
optic cable can be cut to
the desired length using
Sensing Mode the cutting tool provided in
R = Reflective (Bifurcated) the package with the
T = Transmitted Beam (Individual) cable.
Sensing End Tip Style

Threaded Fits small aperture sensors
Axial page 1--283 with adaptor included with the
Probe 1--283 fiber optic cable:
Side view page 1--283 to 42KL--L2xxx w/61--6731 adaptor*
U-Shaped page 1--284 42GxF--910x w/61--6731 adaptor*
Ferrule 42GTGF--101x0 w/61--6731 adaptor*
Axial page 1--284 45FVL--xxxx--xx w/supplied adaptors
Side view page 1--284 45FSL--xxxx--xx w/supplied adaptors
Right angle page 1--284
*Adaptors must be ordered separately.
Sensing End Tip and Nut Material

S = Stainless Steel
Sheathing
F = Polyethylene 158_F
G = Plastic Coiled
Z = Zipped Plastic
V = Zipped & Coiled
Fiber Bundles R = Polyflex
See page 1--286 for dimensions. Y = Zipped Polyflex

Plastic Fiber Optic Cable Sensing Tips

Bundle
Approximate Dimensions Code [mm] A B C D E F
NA 0.5 14.9 (0.59) — M4, P=0.7 0.51 (0.02) 3.0 (0.12) —
NB 0.5 9.9 (0.39) — M3, P=0.5 NA — —
NC 0.25 11.9 (0.47) — M4, P=0.7 3.05 (0.12) 1.02 (0.04) —

B
D ND 1.5 13.9 (0.55) 23.1 (0.91) M6, P=1 1.02 (0.04) 4.8 (0.19) —
A NE 1.0 17.0 (0.67) — M6, P=0.75 3.05 (0.12) 4.06 (0.16) —
NF 0.5 11.9 (0.47) — M4, P=0.7 3.05 (0.12) 2.54 (0.10) —

F E
NG 0.75 10.9 (0.43) 14.9 (0.59) M3, P=0.5 NA — 3.05 (0.12)
NJ 1.0 11.9 (0.47) — M4, P=0.7 3.05 (0.12) — —

C
NK 0.5 11.9 (0.47) — M6, P=0.75 3.05 (0.12) 2.54 (0.10) —
NL 0.5 14.9 (0.59) 23.1 (0.91) M6, P=1 4.8 (0.19) 6.1 (0.24) 6.1 (0.24)

Bundle
Approximate Dimensions Code [mm] A B C D E F G
PA 0.5 14.9 (0.59) 35.0 (1.38) 2.54 (0.1) 1.02 (0.04) 0.76 (0.03) M4, P=0.7 —
PB 0.5 14.9 (0.59) 69.8 (2.75) 2.54 (0.1) 1.02 (0.04) 0.76 (0.03) M4, P=0.7 —
G
A B PD 0.5 9.9 (0.39) 69.8 (2.75) 2.03 (0.08) 1.02 (0.04) 0.76 (0.03) M3, P=0.5 —
PE 0.5 14.9 (0.59) 35.0 (1.38) 2.54 (0.1) 1.52 (0.06) 1.27 (0.05) M6, P=1 23.1 (0.91)
PF 0.5 14.9 (0.59) 69.8 (2.75) 2.54 (0.1) 1.52 (0.06) 1.27 (0.05) M6, P=1 23.1 (0.91)
F C D E
PG 0.5 14.9 (0.59) 69.8 (2.75) 2.54 (0.1) 1.52 (0.06) 1.27 (0.05) M4, P=0.7 —
PH 0.5 10.9 (0.43) 69.8 (2.75) 2.03 (0.08) 1.52 (0.06) 1.27 (0.05) M3, P=0.5 14.9 (0.59)

Bundle
Approximate Dimensions Code [mm] A B C D
A B PC 0.5 14.9 (0.59) 14.9 (0.59) 0.76 (0.03) M3, P=0.5
PI 1.0 17.0 (0.67) 88.9 (3.5) 2.54 (0.1) M6, P=0.75
PJ 0.5 11.4 (0.45) 88.9 (3.5) 1.27 (0.05) M3, P=0.5

C
PK 1.0 17.0 (0.67) 88.9 (3.5) 1.27 (0.05) M6, P=0.75
D PL 0.5 10.9 (0.43) 88.9 (3.5) 0.86 (0.034) M3, P=0.5
Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] Code Standard Bundle [mm]
20.1 (0.79)
4.8 (0.19)
11.9
(0.47) 2.0 (0.08)
4.06 (0.16) SA 1.0

Dia.
M5, P=0.8 2.2 (0.09) Dia.

Side View
Sensing

1--283

14.9 14.9 2.29

(0.59) (0.59) (0.09)
2.49
(0.098) VC 0.5
1.52
(0.06)
Side View 0.81
Sensing (0.032)
28.1
(1.11)
11.9 4.7
(0.47) (0.18)
(2.03
(0.08)
3.81 SB 1.0
(0.15)
1.63 (0.064) x
5.54 (0.21) M5, P=0.8 Side View 2.5 (0.098)
dia. collar Sensing 1mm pair
17.0 55.8
(0.67) (2.2)
3.0
(0.12)
2.54
(0.1) SC 1.0
Side View 2.54

Sensing (0.1)
M6 x 0.75
thread
15.24 (0.6)
13.97
(0.55) 3.05 (0.12)
5.08
(0.2)
12.7 44.45
(0.5) (1.75) RA 1.0
3.18 (0.125)

15.0 (0.59) 20.0 (0.79)
1.0 (0.04)
1.27 (0.05)
1.0 VA 0.5
(0.04)
Side View
Sensing
0.76 (0.03)
14.99 14.99
(0.59) (0.59)
5.08 (0.20)
AA 0.5
1.52 1.27
3.05 (0.05)
(0.12) (0.06)

14.99 (0.59)
CA 1.0
2.8 (0.11)

1--285

The bundle size codes are used with the configurators on page 1--281 and 1--282.
Code Diameter [mm] Bend Radius [mm (in.)] Arrangement
52 0.50 15 (0.6) Single
53 0.50 15 (0.6) Pair Zipped
56 1.0 25 (1.0) Single
57 1.0 25 (1.0) Pair Zipped
58 1.5 40 (1.6) Single

59 1.5 40 (1.6) Pair
0.50 x 1
60 15 (0.6) Coaxial
0.25 x 4
0.75 x 1
61 20 (0.8) Coaxial
0.50 x 4
64 0.50 2 (0.08) Single Flexible
65 0.50 2 (0.08) Pair Flexible

66 1.0 2 (0.08) Single Flexible
67 1.0 2 (0.08) Pair Flexible

Accessories
19.05
(0.75)
57-127
Cutting Tool for plastic Fiber Optic cable. For use with all cutable 44.45
cables. One cutter tool is packaged with each fiber optic cable. (1.75)
61-6310
Molded Fiber Optic Adaptor Kit to be used with Type 42DRF and
Type 42MRF Series 5000.
7 4.3
(0.28) (0.17) Dia.
9.5 7.2 61-6374

(0.38) Dia. (0.28) Dia.
2/package
Control End Adaptor Kit for 2.3 mm (0.09 in.) OD Plastic Fiber Optic 19.7
cable. Use with Series 9000, 10,000, 5000 and 6000. (0.78)
34
(1.34)
129- 125- 5
Control End Adaptor Kit for Series 7000.
2/package
Cable Adaptor
Adaptor Cap
1.25 mm outer jacket adaptor for the 42FA and 42FT (included with
sensor) and MiniSight, Series 9100 and 10,000 (adaptor not 61- 6731
included)
1.25 mm Diameter Cable
1.0 mm outer jacket adaptor for 45FVL/45FSL 61- 6742
2.2 mm outer jacket adaptor for the 42FB (included with sensor) Cable 61- 6733
Adaptors
Locking Cap
Plastic Fibre
(supplied withn sensor)
Optic Cables

1--287

Accessories
Lenses (One per package)

9.3
(0.37)
63-118
M2.6 x 0.45
Range extender lens adaptor for 1 mm (0.04 in.) dia. Internal Thread 2.8 (0.11) Dia.
transmitted beam plastic cable. 3.8 Glass Lens
(0.16) Dia.
6 4
Fixed focus lens adaptor used with reflective cables (0.24) (0.16)
with 4 mm (0.16 in.) x 0.7 pitch threaded sensing tips.
Plastic housing
60- 2646
One Cat. No. = one adaptor 6
(0.24)
15
(0.59)
15
(0.59)
9.5 5.5 (0.22)
Right angle lens adaptor used with transmitted beam (0.37)
cables with 4 mm (0.16 in.) x 0.7 pitch threaded 3 (0.12)
sensing tips.
60- 2648
Metal housing
One Cat. No. = one adaptor 5 (0.2)
Side View Sensing 2.3 (0.92)
10
(0.39)
Range extender lens adaptor used with transmitted
beam cables with 4 mm (0.16 in.) x 0.7 pitch threaded 0.3 (0.01)
sensing tips.
60- 2652
Metal housing
6.7 (0.26) 6.7 (0.26)
One Cat. No. = one adaptor

Fiber Optic Lens Assemblies (Field Attachable)

Operating Temperature [C (F)] - 25…+60_ (-- 13…+140_)
Acceptable Fiber 2.2 mm (0.08 in.) outer diameter
Fiber Optic Cable Bifurcated = 99-- 854
Individual = 99-- 850

Nominal Sensing Distance
Description Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] [mm (in.)] Cat. No.
50.8 (2.0)
Range extending
lens for ColorSight 114 (4.5) 60-- 2738
22.35
9000
(0.88)
5/16--24 Thread
28 (1.10)
Lens for diffuse
sensing. Accepts Optic
2.2 mm plastic
bifurcated fiber 70 (2.75) 60-- 2745
optic cable.
One Cat. No. = one
lens assembly 5.5 (0.21) Dia.
8 (0.31) Dia. M8
L = 10
Range extending
16 (0.62)
lens for transmitted
beam sensing. 9
Accepts 2.2 mm (0.35)
plastic individual 200 (7.87) 60-- 2746
fiber optic cable.
One Cat. No. = two 3 (0.11) Dia.
lens assemblies 5 (0.19) Dia.
Range extending 16 (0.62)

lens for transmitted 9
beam sensing. (0.35) Optic
Accepts 2.2 mm
fiber optic cable.
One Cat. No. = two 3 (0.11) Dia.
lens assemblies 5 (0.19) Dia.
Range extending 25 (0.98)

lens for transmitted Optic
beam sensing.
Accepts 2.2 mm
fiber optic cable.
One Cat. No. = two M6
lens assemblies 6 (0.23) Dia. L = 10

1--289

Fiber Optic Lens Assemblies (Field Attachable)

Nominal Sensing Distance
Description Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)] [mm (in.)] Cat. No.
8
(0.31)
Optic
9
Range extending (0.35)
lens for transmitted
beam sensing.
Accepts 2.2 mm
plastic individual 3a10 1200 (47.24) 60-- 2749
fiber optic cable. 30
(1.18)
One Cat. No. = two
lens assemblies
M6
8 (0.31) Dia.
35 (1.37)
Range extending
lens for transmitted Optic
beam sensing.
Accepts 2.2 mm
fiber optic cable.
One Cat. No. = two
lens assemblies 8 (0.31) M12 L = 25
Dia.
32 (1.25)
Splicer for single

2.2 mm plastic fiber
optic cable — 60-- 2751
One Cat. No. = two
splicers
M6
0 to 8 (0 to 0.31)
25% Attenuation Drilling 6.2 (0.24) Dia.
Note: Nominal sensing reference is included to aid in the selection of fiber optic lens assemblies.

Accessories
Unterminated Plastic Fiber Optic Cables

Single Fiber
Optical Fiber
1.0 (0.04) 2.2 (0.09)
Jacket (PE) 99- 850
30 m
Simplex (98.5 ft)
Zipped
1.0 Optical Fiber

(0.04) 2.2(0.09)
4.4 Jacket (PE)
(0.18) 99- 854
Duplex 30 m
(98.5 ft)
Single Fiber
0.5 (0.02)
Optical Fiber
1.0 (0.04) 99- 852
Jacket (PE)
30 m
(98.5 ft)
Simplex
Zipped
0.5 (0.02) Optical Fiber
1.0 (0.04)
Jacket (PE)
2.0 (0.08) 99- 853
30 m
Duplex (98.5 ft)
The above cat. nos. are unterminated simplex (individual) and duplex (dual) plastic fibers.
These plastic fiber optic cables can be used with plastic fiber optic sensors and require no control end tip to interface to the
sensor.
A cutting tool for these unterminated plastic fiber optic cables is packaged with the fiber cable.

1--291
Fiber Optic Cable Cross Reference
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
99-- 1000-- 1 43GR-- TAS20ML 99-- 461-- 1 43GT-- MMS10ML 99-- 721-- 1 43GT-- MIS15ML
99-- 1003-- 1 43GR-- XDB25SL 99-- 477-- 1 43GT-- TFS00ML 99-- 722-- 1 43GT-- TMS25ML
99-- 108 43PT-- PLS52FS 99-- 479-- 1 43GT-- MUS10ML 99-- 723-- 1 43GT-- TMS15MS
99-- 109 43PT-- PLS52GS 99-- 487-- 1 43GT-- MRS10ML 99-- 751-- 1 43GR-- XAS10SS
99-- 110 43PR-- PJS53ZS 99-- 490-- 1 43GT-- MHS15SL 99-- 752-- 1 43GR-- TIS10SS
99-- 116-- 1 43GT-- MIS15SL 99-- 491-- 1 43GT-- MHS15ML 99-- 753-- 1 43GR-- FTS10SS
99-- 161-- 1 43GR-- TAB20SS 99-- 494-- 1 43GT-- BCA73SL 99-- 755-- 1 43GR-- TDS10SS
99-- 181-- 1 43GT-- TWC25SL 99-- 495-- 1 43GT-- BCA73ML 99-- 794-- 1 43GR-- BRA79SL
99-- 184-- 1 43GT-- 2FAS20SL 99-- 500-- 1 43GT-- TBS25SL 99-- 800 43PR-- NDS59FS
99-- 201-- 1 43GR-- FOS20ML 99-- 50-- 1 43GT-- FAS25SL 99-- 801 43PR-- NDS57ZS
99-- 206-- 1 43GR-- FPS20SL 99-- 501-- 1 43GT-- TBS25ML 99-- 802 43PR-- NAS57ZM
99-- 214-- 1 43GR-- FJS30SL 99-- 502-- 1 43GT-- TBB30SL 99-- 803 43PR-- NAS60FM
99-- 222-- 1 43GR-- TMC25SL 99-- 504-- 1 43GT-- TQC25SL 99-- 804 43PR-- NKS57ZS
99-- 224-- 1 43GR-- TMC15SL 99-- 505-- 1 43GT-- TQC25ML 99-- 805 43PR-- NKS61FS
99-- 238-- 1 43GR-- FGS25SL 99-- 508-- 1 43GT-- TRC30SL 99-- 806 43PR-- NFS53FM
99-- 275-- 1 43GR-- TFS10ML 99-- 51-- 1 43GT-- FAS25ML 99-- 808Z 43PR-- NGS53ZM
99-- 279-- 1 43GR-- MUS10ML 99-- 52-- 1 43GT-- TBB25SL 99-- 809Z 43PR-- NGS55ZM
99-- 283-- 1 43GR-- MSC10ML 99-- 530-- 1 43GT-- TTC20SL 99-- 810 43PR-- PES53FS
99-- 290-- 1 43GR-- MHS15SL 99-- 53-- 1 43GT-- TBB25ML 99-- 811 43PR-- PFS53FS
99-- 291-- 1 43GR-- MHS15ML 99-- 54-- 1 43GT-- FIS25SL 99-- 814 43PR-- CBS53ZM
99-- 294-- 1 43GR-- BCA73SL 99-- 55-- 1 43GT-- FIS25ML 99-- 816 43PR-- AAS53ZM
99-- 300-- 1 43GR-- TBS25SL 99-- 56-- 1 43GT-- BAA72SL 99-- 818 43PR-- VBS53ZM
99-- 30-- 1 43GR-- FAS25SL 99-- 57-- 1 43GT-- BAA72ML 99-- 819 43PT-- NAS58FS
99-- 301-- 1 43GR-- TBS25ML 99-- 58-- 1 43GT-- MKS00SL 99-- 820 43PT-- NBS56FM
99-- 302-- 1 43GR-- TBB30SL 99-- 59-- 1 43GT-- MKS00ML 99-- 821 43PT-- NBS54FM
99-- 304-- 1 43GR-- TQC25SL 99-- 614-- 1 43GR-- MQS15SL 99-- 822 43PT-- NBS52FM
99-- 308-- 1 43GR-- TRC30SL 99-- 623-- 1 43GR-- 2FAS25SL 99-- 823 43PT-- PAS52FS
99-- 31-- 1 43GR-- FAS25ML 99-- 626-- 1 43GT-- 6TBB15SL 99-- 825 43PT-- PCS52FM
99-- 315-- 1 43GR-- TKC25ML 99-- 643-- 1 43GR-- 4TBB22SL 99-- 827 43PT-- CBS56FS
99-- 32-- 1 43GR-- TBB25SL 99-- 68-- 1 43GR-- MVS00ML 99-- 828 43PT-- SAS56FS
99-- 330-- 1 43GR-- TTS20SL 99-- 69-- 1 43GT-- TMC25SL 99-- 833 43PR-- SCS57ZS
99-- 33-- 1 43GR-- TBB25ML 99-- 700-- 1 43GR-- TBS20MS 99-- 838 43PR-- SBS57ZS
99-- 34-- 1 43GR-- FIS25SL 99-- 701-- 1 43GR-- TBS15ML 99-- 85-- 1 43GR-- TGB33SL
99-- 350-- 1 43GR-- FRS40SL 99-- 702-- 1 43GR-- TAS20MS 99-- 90 43PT-- NJS56FS
99-- 35-- 1 43GR-- FIS25ML 99-- 704-- 1 43GR-- TAS20SS 99-- 900 43PR-- RAS57ZS
99-- 36-- 1 43GR-- BAA72SL 99-- 705-- 1 43GR-- TMS25ML 99-- 91 43PT-- NJS56GS
99-- 37-- 1 43GR-- BAA72ML 99-- 706-- 1 43GR-- TMS20MS 99-- 92 43PT-- PKS56FS
99-- 39-- 1 43GR-- MKS00ML 99-- 708-- 1 43GR-- TQS20MS 99-- 93 43PT-- PKS56GS
99-- 400-- 1 43GT-- FOS20SL 99-- 710-- 1 43GT-- TBS15MS 99-- 94 43PR-- NES57ZS
99-- 408-- 1 43GT-- FPS10SL 99-- 714-- 1 43GT-- TAS15SS 99-- 95 43PR-- NES57VS
99-- 424-- 1 43GT-- TMC15SL 99-- 714-- 1 43GT-- TAS15SS 99-- 951-- 1 43GT-- XAS10SS
99-- 426-- 1 43GT-- TOC30SL 99-- 715-- 1 43GT-- TFS10ML 99-- 952-- 1 43GT-- TIS10SS
99-- 436-- 1 43GT-- FAS30SL 99-- 716-- 1 43GT-- TOS30ML 99-- 953-- 1 43GT-- FTS10SS
99-- 453-- 1 43GT-- TJC30ML 99-- 717-- 1 43GT-- TQS25ML 99-- 955-- 1 43GT-- TDS10SS
99-- 458-- 1 43GT-- MBS10SL 99-- 718-- 1 43GT-- TQS15MS 99-- 96 43PR-- PIS57ZS
99-- 46-- 1 43GR-- TXC25SL 99-- 720-- 1 43GT-- TRS30ML 99-- 97 43PR-- PIS57VS

Accessories
Mounting Brackets/Adaptor
Description Cat. No. Used for Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)]
10_ Adjustment in
each direction
60- 2649 RightSight
Series 9000 28.6

60- 2439 Color Sight (1.13)
LaserSight
57.15
(2.25) 7.95
50.08 (0.31)
(2.0)
Swivel/Tilt bracket
allows 10_ vertical
and 360_ rotation 60- 2681 ClearSight 9000
adjustment. 10_ Adjustment in
each direction
60- 2619 Series 7000
28.6
(1.13)
87.0
60- 2618 Series 6000 (3.42)
7.95
50.08 (0.31)
(2.0)
18 (0.70)
Dia. 38.1
(1.50)
MiniSight
60- 2664
42CA, 42CB
45.5 31.8
Right angle mounting (1.79) (1.25)
bracket allows 30_
horizontal adjustment.
18 (0.70) 35.8
Dia. (1.41)
RightSight
60- 2657 MiniSight
42CA, 42CB
42.4
35.8
(1.67)
(1.41) )
Right angle mounting 71.1 71.1

67.3 67.3
bracket permits a (2.65) (2.8) (2.8)
(2.65)
360_ rotation
Series 9000
adjustment. The Cat. 60.2
60- 2421 ClearSight 9000 (2.37)
No. 60-- 2513 bracket 119.4
60- 2513 ColorSight
has mounting hole (4.70)
LaserSight
patterns compatible
with the Cat. No.
60-- 1785.

1--293
Accessories
Mounting Brackets
Right angle mounting

bracket allows 40_
horizontal rotation.
60- 2151
The Cat. No. Series 7000 53.85
60- 2152
60-- 2152 permits a (2.12)
30_ horizontal
rotation.
24.64
(0.97) 12.95
(0.51)
49.3
(1.94)
bracket with 25.4 mm
60- 2006 Series 6000
(1 in.) knockout for
Series 6000 sensor.
63.5
(2.5)
35.8
(1.41)
Tilt mounting bracket

provides 30_ vertical 60- 2007 Series 6000
height adjustment. 31.75
66.8 (1.25)
(2.63)
13.97
(0.55)
84.1
(3.31)

bracket allows for 41.2
60- 2008 Series 6000
both horizontal and (1.66)
vertical adjustment.
34.9
(1.36)
73.4
(2.89)
Right angle mounting 42.9

bracket provides (1.69)
60- 1785 Series 5000
vertical height and
360_ rotation.
67.56
(2.66)

Accessories

76.2
Right angle mounting 120.6 (3.0)
bracket intended for (4.75)
use with Unistrutt
channel provides 60- 2014 Series 5000
many vertical and 67.3
horizontal (2.65)
adjustments.

102
bracket allows 360_ (4.0)
rotation and has hole
60- 2230 Series 5000
patterns to match
standard NEMA style
limit switches.
71.0 67.0
(2.8) (2.65)
90.5
(3.56)
42.9
Right angle mounting (1.69)
bracket provides 60- 1479 Series 4000
360_ rotation.
79.4
(3.13)
Straight mounting RightSight 70.0

(2.75)
bracket provides 30_ 60- 2656 MiniSight
horizontal rotation. 42CA, 42CB
42.0
(1.65)
Side mounting 20.1

bracket provides 30_ (0.79)
60- 2663 MiniSight
of vertical and 20_ of
horizontal rotation. 40.39 31.75
(1.59) (1.25)
101.6
(4.0)
RightSight
Photoelectric sensor
60- 2721 (2 x 4 in.) MiniSight
vertical height
60- 2722 (2 x 6 in.) Series 9000
adjustment bracket
60- 2723 (2 x 8 in.) ClearSight 9000 50.8
slotted for any swivel/ 60- 2724 (2 x 10 in.) H
ColorSight (2.0)
tilt bracket.
LaserSight
152.4
(6.0)

1--295
Accessories
Mounting Brackets

29.97
(1.18)
Stainless steel 44B

60- BKTL- SS 46.48
mounting bracket 42JS VisiSight (1.83)
Mounting bracket 60- 2677 45MLD 100.0

(3.94)
45.0 (1.77) 76.0 (2.99)
32 13
(1.26) (0.512)
Clamp style bracket RightSight 29.4

fits any 18 mm 871A- BP18 MiniSight (1.16)
sensor. 42CA, 42CB
45
(1.77)
Flush mount adaptor

allows any 18 mm RightSight
sensor to be mounted 60- 2590 MiniSight
flush against panel 42CA, 42CB
surface.
140
RightSight (5.5)
MiniSight A 100
60- 2695 (3.9)
Series 9000
Heavy duty impact A = 76 mm (3 in.) ColorSight 121.9 (4.8)
bracket of #12 steel LaserSight
can be used with 19
(0.75)
swivel/tilt bracket.
60- 2702 45
ClearSight 9000 (1.8)
A = 117 mm (4.6 in.)
63.5
(2.5)
Heavy duty impact

bracket of #12 steel
60- 2725 Series 9000
can be used with 75
swivel/tilt bracket. (2.9)

Accessories
Heavy duty mounting

bracket designed for
use in high vibration
applications provides 60- 1748 Series 5000
both horizontal and
vertical height
adjustment.
79.4
(3.13)
Heavy duty impact 196.8

bracket of #12 steel (7.75)
can be used with the 60- 2083 Series 5000
Cat. No. 60-- 1785
mounting bracket.
130.2
(5.13)
Heavy duty impact

bracket protects
sensor and provides 60- 1665 Series 4000
60_ horizontal
adjustment.
16 (062) 18 (0.7)
20 10 10
(0.78) (0.39) (0.39)
Mounting bracket 59 (2.32)

60- 2773 45PVA
(included with sensor) 4.6 4.6
(0.18) Dia. (0.18) Dia.
20
(0.78) 2 (0.07)
34.0 (1.34)
17.0 (0.67)
7.6 (0.30)
Plastic bracket
60- 2779 45PVA 26.9
(2 brackets) 66
(1.06) Dia.
(2.60)
18.0
(0.71) 20.1
7.4 (0.29) (0.79)
4.4 (0.17)
18.8 (0.74)

1--297
Accessories
Mounting Brackets

51.8 (2.04)
18.0
2 x M5 x 0.8 (0.71)
18.0 (0.71) 7.0 (0.27)

28.0 (1.10) 7.4 (0.29)
Dia. 2.5
(0.10)
Metal brackets
60- 2772 45PVA
(2 brackets)
68.3 (2.69)
5.2 (0.20) Dia.
4 x M4 x 0.7
32.0
16.0 (1.26)
2 x 16.0 (0.63)
(0.63)
9.2 (0.36)
28.0 (1.10)
4 x 4.97
17.5 R 3.05 (0.196) Dia.
(0.689) (0.12) 2 x R 2.03
Galvanized steel 60- 2775- 1 45PVA - 1LEB1-- F4 (0.08)
2 x 18 (0.709)
8.99
(0.354) Ref.
L1 12.34
111.3 (4.38)
68.3 (2.69)
51.3 (2.02)
10.0 27.3 (1.07)
7.01 (0.39) 16.3 (0.64)
(0.27) 4 x R 5.08
L2
4 x 4.97
17.5 R 3.05 (0.196) Dia.
(0.689) (0.12) 2 x R 2.03
(0.08)
2 x 18 (0.709)
8.99
(0.354) Ref.
L1 12.34
111.3 (4.38)
68.3 (2.69)
51.3 (2.02)
10.0 27.3 (1.07)
7.01 (0.39) 16.3 (0.64)
(0.27) 4 x R 5.08
(0.20)
L2

Accessories
15°
12.0
(0.47)
18.6
Mounting bracket 60- BJS- L1 42JS VisiSight (0.73)
33.0
(1.30)
R.25.4
(R.1.00)
8.0
(0.32)
14.0
24.0 (0.55)
(0.95)
20°
10°
Mounting bracket 60- BJS- L2 42JS VisiSight 38.9 8.0

(1.53) (0.32)
12.0
(0.47)
14.0 18.6
(0.55) R.25.4 (0.73)
(R.1.00) 33.0
(1.30)
60-- AJS-- 18
18 mm snap-on
60- AJS- 18 42JS VisiSight
adaptor
60-- 2657

1--299
Accessories
Protective Brackets and Apertures
Dovetail mounting 44B

44B- BKT
bracket 45LSP
18 mm mounting kit
contains lockwasher,
nuts, and screws for 60- 2716 RightSight
both body or thru-hole
mounting.
RightSight
18 mm mounting nut,
871T- N3 MiniSight
plastic (2 each).
42CA, 42CB
18 mm mounting nut, RightSight

stainless steel 871T- N4 MiniSight
(2 each). 42CA, 42CB
RightSight
18 mm lockwasher,
871A- LWN18 MiniSight
metal
42CA, 42CB
30 mm mounting kit
Series 9000
contains lockwasher,
ColorSight
nuts, and screws for 129- 130
LaserSight
both body or thru-hole
ClearSight 9000
mounting.
Series 9000
Replacement user ColorSight
60- 2620
interface cover. LaserSight
ClearSight 9000

Accessories

Torx screw set to
prevent tampering of Series 9000
sensor settings (set ColorSight
129- 135
contains 25 pieces). LaserSight
Requires Torx ClearSight 9000
screwdriver 57- 144.
Series 9000
ColorSight
Torx screwdriver 57- 144
LaserSight
ClearSight 9000
60- 2673 (1 mm)

Snap-on Aperture
60- 2674 (2 mm)
60- 2675 (4 mm) MiniSight
60- 2676 (1, 2, 4
Apertures are used mm)
on transmitted beam
sensing models to
decrease the field of
view. This is helpful in
applications where
small targets must be
detected with
precision. Note that 60- 2660 (1 mm)
the sensing range will 60- 2661 (2 mm)
be reduced by as 60- 2662 (4 mm) RightSight Snap-on
Aperture
much as 90% when 60- 2659 (1, 2, 4
using apertures. mm)
Apertures should be
fitted to both the
source and receiver
models for proper
operation. Each kit
comes with 20
apertures except as
noted.
61- 6726 (1 mm)
61- 6727 (2 mm)
42KB
61- 6728 (3 mm)
61- 6729 (1x5 mm)
Replacement cover
60- 2679 MiniSight
and locking clip.
4 each per kit

10 pieces per kit

1--301
Accessories

Fiber Retaining
Clip
Replacement fiber
optic retaining clip 60- 2680 MiniSight
(set of 5 pieces).
Grooved Fiber
Optic End Tip
Snap on mirror
permits side viewing
of targets. Only for
retroreflective and
60- 2052 Series 6000
transmitted beam
sensing models and
will reduce sensing
range by 30%.
Snap on mirror
permits side viewing
of targets. Only for
retroreflective,
diffuse, and 60- 1840 Series 5000
transmitted beam
sensing models and
will reduce sensing
range by 30%.
4-pin mini QD
receptacle simplifies 60- 2668 42BC
installation.
Replacement cover
for user interface 60- 2669 42BC
panel.
60 (2.36)
Replacement right
angle mounting 60- 2637 42BC 28
bracket. (1.1)
Replacement
37.5 18
mounting bracket side 60- 2633 42KB (0.71)
view. (1.48)

Accessories
Replacement
mounting bracket end 60- 2632 42KB 21.5
view. (0.85)
24.0
(0.94) 12.0
(0.47)
Replacement
60- 2635 42KC
mounting bracket.
30 (1.18)
Replacement 14
mounting bracket end 60- 2634 42KC (0.55)
view.
30 (1.18)
Replacement right
angle mounting 60- 2636 42BA
bracket. 14
(0.55)
Replacement 42KB
92- 93
reflector. 42KC
Conduit mounting
adaptor permits
connection of sensor
to 1/2 in. NPT 60- 2213 Series 5000
conduit. Gasketed to
maintain NEMA 4
rating.

1--303
Accessories
Adaptor contains 3 m
(10 ft) or armoured
cable to protect PVC
60- 1577 Series 5000
cable found on Series
5000 cable style
bases.
Counter/Totalizer
module provides
reliable high-speed
counting capability Series 5000 Green
60- 2072
and six digit, 5 mm Line
high, LCD display.
Battery powered for
minimum 5 year life.
3.2 5.2
(0.1) (0.2)
Replacement adaptor
42FT 12.0±0.2 11.0
permits mounting of
60- 2638 45FVL (0.5) (0.4)
sensor to 35 mm DIN
45FSL
rail.
16.0 Dia. 3.2 (0.1) x
(0.6) 5.2 (0.2)
2 Places
56.0 (2.20)
6.0
(0.24) 30.0 (1.18)
Replacement adaptor
permits mounting of 12.5 10.5 9.11
60- 2639 42FA (0.49) (0.4) (0.36)
sensor to 35 mm DIN
rail.
3.2 (0.125)
diameter mounting holes
2 places
35 mm DIN rail (1 m)
42FT
for mounting sensor
64- 134 45FVL
and other control
45FSL
equipment.

Accessories
Mounting Brackets and Reflectors
92-- 39
Right angle reflector 92-- 89
304.8
bracket set for 92-- 46 (12.0)
60- 2717
mounting up to 3 in. 92-- 47
diameter reflectors. 92-- 105
92-- 106
101.6
(4.0)
101.6
(4.0)
92-- 39
Reflector vertical
92-- 89
height adjustment 60- 2718 (2 x 8 in.)
92-- 46
bracket for mounting 60- 2719 (2 x 10 in.)
92-- 47
up to 3 in. diameter 60- 2720 (2 x 12 in.) H
92-- 105 50.8
reflectors. (2.0)
92-- 106
152.4
(6.0)
Reflector
Reflector bracket
92-- 39 Clamp Bracket
provides both vertical
92-- 89
and horizontal height
92-- 46
adjustment. Bracket 60- 2685
92-- 47
comes with 3 in.
92-- 105 Base Bracket
reflector Cat. No.
92-- 106
92-- 39.
92--47 Reflector
60--2657 Right
Mounting bracket with Angle Bracket
Cat. No. 92-- 47
60- 2692 92-- 47
reflector mounted at
right angle
42.4
35.8
(1.67)
(1.41)
38.1
(1.5)
25.4
(1.0)
Right angle mounting 92-- 105
bracket for both 92-- 106 6mm Dia.
60- 2696
reflectors and fiber 92-- 47
optic cables 92-- 46 42.8
31.8 (1.7)
(1.25)

1--305
Accessories
Reflectors, Reflective Tape
Specifications Approximate Dimensions [mm (in.)]

Cat. No. 92- 39 92- 124
Reflector, 76 mm (3 in.) dia. with center mount

Description
hole. (Plastic back) (ABS)
Suitable for Polarized Sensor Yes
Cube Style Corner cube
Optimum Range 150 mm (6 in.)…2 m (80 in.)
Suitable for general purpose applications up to 84

Recommended Application
65°C (150°F). (3.3)
Cat. No. 92- 89
Reflector, 76 mm (3 in.) dia. with center mount 4.8

Description
hole. (Aluminum back) (0.19)
Suitable for Polarized Sensor Yes 78 9

(3.063) (0.35)
Optimum Range 150 mm (6 in.)…2 m (80 in.)
Suitable for general purpose applications up to

65°C (150°F).
Cat. No. 92- 47
Reflector, 32 mm (1.25 in.) dia. Requires

Description 35.81
adhesive backing.
(1.41)

5.3
Optimum Range 150 mm (6 in.)…1.5 m (5 ft) (0.22)
31.8 (1.250)
2.5
Suitable for general purpose applications up to (0.10)
65_C (150_F). #92-47
Cat. No. 92- 105 10.2 34.5

(0.4) (1.36)
Description Reflector, 32 mm (1.25 in.) dia. with M5 screw 10.0
(0.4)
Cube Style Corner cube M5
Optimum Range 150 mm (6 in.)…1.5 m (5 ft)

65_C (150_F). #92-105
Optimum range varies with sensor optics. See table on page 1--315 for reflectivity performance.

Accessories

Cat. No. 92- 106 7.4 34.5
(0.3) (1.36)
Reflector, 32 mm (1.25 in.) dia. with snap fit 12.6
Description
post (0.5)
Optimum Range 150 mm (6 in.)…1.5 m (5 ft) 5.5

(0.22)
65_C (150_F). #92-106
Cat. No. 92- 46
Reflector, 16 mm (0.625 in.) dia. Requires 20.8

Description
adhesive backing. (0.82)
Cube Style Corner cube 5.3

(0.22)
Optimum Range 51 mm (2 in.)…150 mm (6 in.) 15.9
(0.625) 2.8
Recommended Application #92-46
65_C (150_F).
Cat. No. 92- 90 ∅4.3

(0.169)
Reflector, 86 mm (3 in.) dia. with mounting
Description
tabs.
Cube Style Corner cube 63

(2.48)
9
Optimum Range 51 mm (2 in.)…1.5 m (5 ft) 74
(0.354)
(2.91)
Suitable for ClearSight photoelectric sensors 86
Recommended Application and general purpose applications up to 65_C (3.38)
(150_F). #92-90
Cat. No. 92- 114

7.4 34.5
Reflector, 34 mm (1.35 in.) dia. Requires 2.8 (0.3) (1.36)
Description (0.11)
adhesive backing.
Suitable for Polarized Sensor Yes 0.8

(0.03)
Cube Style Micro cube
Optimum Range
Ideal for laser-based photoelectric sensors

Recommended Application such as LaserSight as well as general purpose
#92-114
applications up to 65_C (150_F).
Cat. Nos. 92--47 and 92--46 can be mounted with adhesive tape (not included).

1--307
Accessories

Cat. No. 92- 115 7.4
34.5
(0.3)
Reflector, 34 mm (1.35 in.) dia. with snap fit (1.36)
Description 12.6
post. (0.5)

Cube Style Micro cube
Optimum Range 6.5
Ideal for laser-based photoelectric sensors (0.26)
Recommended Application such as LaserSight as well as general purpose ~2--3
applications up to 65_C (150_F). #92-115
Cat. No. 92- 116 9.2 34.5

(0.36) (1.36)
Reflector, 34 mm (1.35 in.) dia. with threaded
Description
post.
Cube Style Micro cube M5
Optimum Range
Ideal for laser-based photoelectric sensors
8.4
Recommended Application such as LaserSight as well as general purpose (0.33)
applications up to 65_C (150_F). #92-116
Cat. No. 92- 109 51.5

8 (2.03)
(0.32)
Reflector, 51 x 61 mm (2 x 2.5 in.) rectangular
Description
with mounting tabs.
51
Suitable for Polarized Sensor Yes (2.01) 61
(2.40)
4.3 10
Optimum Range 51 mm (2 in.)…3.0 m (10 ft) 5.2 (0.39)
(0.17)
(0.21) 20
(0.79)
65_C (150_F).
#92-109
Cat. No. 92- 118 51.0 (2.01)

7.0
(0.28) 38.0 (1.50)
Reflector, 51 x 61 mm (2 x 2.5 in.) rectangular
Description
with mounting tabs.
40.0 51.0
Cube Style Micro cube (1.58) (2.01) 60.7
(2.39)
Optimum Range
Suitable for general purpose applications up to 3.5
65_C (150_F). The Cat. No. 92-- 118 is also (0.14) 10 (0.39)
Recommended Application 20 (0.79)
suitable for laser-based photoelectric sensors
such as LaserSight. #92-118

Accessories
Cat. No. 92- 108 100

(4)
9 92
Reflector, 100 x 100 mm (4 x 4 in.) square (0.35) (3.62)
Description
with mounting tabs.
3.5
100
(0.14)
Suitable for Polarized Sensor Yes (4)
92
Cube Style Corner cube (3.62)

65_C (150_F). #92-108
Cat. No. 92- 107 18.5

6.5 (0.73)
(0.26)
Reflector, 18.5 x 120 mm (0.73 x 4.72 in.)
Description
rectangular with mounting tabs. 4
(0.16) 120
(4.72)
110

65_C (150_F). #92-107
Cat. No. 92- 93 23 7

(0.91) (0.28)
Reflector, 23 x 42.5 mm (0.91 x 1.67 in.)

Description rectangular with mounting tabs and bracket. 42.5
Right angle bracket and adhesive tape. (1.67)
21.3 25 30.8
Suitable for Polarized Sensor Yes (0.84) (0.98) (1.21)
Cube Style Corner cube 12

Clearance (0.47) 5
for M3 9.5
(0.37) (0.2)
Optimum Range 51 mm (2 in.)…150 mm (6 in.) hardware 14
(supplied) (0.55)
#60--2635 mounting
Suitable for general purpose applications up to bracket, hardware, and
Recommended Application adhesive supplied with
55_C (130_F). #92-93 reflector

1--309
Accessories

Cat. No. 92- 111
72.5 (2.85)
Reflector, 19 x 72.5 mm (0.75 x 2.85 in.) 63.0 (2.48)
Description
rectangular with mounting tabs. 54.0 (2.13)
Suitable for Polarized Sensor Yes 19
(0.75)
(0.14)
Optimum Range 8.4 3.5
(0.33) (0.14)
55_C (130_F).
Cat. No. 92- 112

55.0 (2.17)
Reflector, 23.5 x 55 mm (0.924 x 2.17 in.) 48.0 (1.89)
Description
rectangular with mounting tabs. 40.0 (1.58)
(0.92)
(0.14)
Optimum Range
8.0 3.5
(0.31) (0.14)
55_C (130_F).
Cat. No. 92- 113 40.5 (1.6)

7.2 34.0 (1.34)
Reflector, 40.5 x 60 mm (1.6 x 2.36 in.) (0.28)
Description
rectangular with mounting tabs.
60.0
Suitable for Polarized Sensor Yes (2.36)
52.0
Cube Style Corner cube 3.5 (2.05)
(0.14)
Optimum Range

Recommended Application (0.14)
55_C (130_F). #92-113
Cat. No. 92- 117

40.0 (1.58)
Reflector, 40.5 x 60 mm (1.6 x 2.36 in.) 4.8
Description (0.19) 34.0 (1.34)
rectangular with mounting tabs.

(2.36)
Cube Style Micro cube 40.0
(1.58) 52.0
Optimum Range (2.05)

55_C (130_F). The 92- 117 is also suited for (0.14) 3.5
Recommended Application (0.14)
laser-based photoelectric sensors such as #92-117
LaserSight.

Accessories

Cat. No. 92- 119 7.5 50.6
(0.3) (1.99)
Reflector, 51 x 101 mm (2 x 4 in.) rectangular
Description
with adhesive backing.

101.0
Optimum Range
65_C (150_F). #92-119
Cat. No. 92- 97 50.8

(2.00)
Reflective tape, 51 mm (2 in.) square, sheet of
Description 50.8
16 pieces with adhesive backing.
(2.00)
Cube Style Glass bead

Recommended Application 121_C (250_F). Also suitable for polarized
retroreflective sensors. #92-97
Cat. No. 92- 91

Reflective metal, 100 x 100 mm (4 x 4 in.)
Description
square. 101.6
(4)
Suitable for Polarized Sensor No
Optimum Range 150 mm (6 in.)…1.5 m (5 ft) 101.6
(4)
The Cat. No. 92-- 91 is intended for use in high
Recommended Application temperature applications up to 480_C (900_F) #92-91
but not with polarized retroreflective sensors.
76.2
Cat. No. 92- 98 (3.00)
Reflective tape, 76 mm (2.75 in.) square, 76.2

Description (3.00)
sheet of 9 pieces with adhesive backing.

#92-98

1--311
Accessories

Cat. No. 92- 104
Reflective tape, 215.9 x 279.4 mm

Description
(8.5 x 11 in.) sheet with adhesive backing.
279.4
Suitable for Polarized Sensor Yes (11)

215.9
Recommended Application 60_C (140_F) with polarized retroreflective #92-104
sensors.
Cat. No. 92- 99
Reflective tape, roll of 25 x 2540 mm

Description
(1 x 100 in.).
Optimum Range 150 mm (6 in.)…1.0 m (40 in.)

65_C (150_F). (1.00)
2540
Cat. No. 92- 100 (100)
Description Reflective tape, 25 x 2540 mm (1 x 100 in.).
#92-99 & #92- 100
Suitable for Polarized Sensor No
Optimum Range 150 mm (6 in.)…1.0 m (40 in.)

79_C (175_F).

Accessories
Round Reflectors
Approximate
Diameter [mm (in.)] Cube Style Mounting Temperature Dimensions [mm (in.)] Cat. No.
76.2 (3) 92- 39
Thru-Hole
76.2 (3) 92- 89
31.75 (1.25) Corner Cube Adhesive Diameter 92- 47
31.75 (1.25) M5 Screw 92- 105
31.75 (1.25) Snap-Fit 92- 106
≤65_C (150_F)
31.75 (1.25) Adhesive 92- 114
31.75 (1.25) Micro Cube Snap-Fit 92- 115
31.75 (1.25) M5 Screw 92- 116
19.05 (0.75) Adhesive 92- 46
Corner Cube
57.15 (2.25) Thru-Hole x 2 92- 90
Reflective Tape
Length x Height Approximate
[mm (in.)] Cube Style Mounting Temperature Dimensions [mm (in.)] Cat. No.
50 x 50 (2 x 2)
92- 97
(16 per sheet)
<121_C (250_F)
76 x 76 (3 x 3)
92- 98
(9 per sheet)
H
Glass Bead Adhesive <60_C (140_F) 92- 104
100 x 100 (3.94 x 3.94)
<480_C (900_F) 92- 91
L
2510 x 25 (98.8 x 0.98) ≤65_C (150_F) 92- 99
(1 roll) <79_C (175_F) 92- 100
Rectangular Reflectors
40.5 x 60 (1.59 x 2.36) Thru-Hole x 2 <55_C (130_F) 92- 113

H
50.6 x 101 (1.99 x 3.98) Adhesive L 92- 119

<65_C (150_F) 92- 112, 92- 111, 92- 107
18.5 x 120 (0.73 x 4.72) 92- 107
Corner Cube
55 x 23.5 (2.17 x 0.93) H 92- 112
Thru-Hole x 2
72.5 x 19 (2.85 x 0.75) <55_C (130_F) 92- 111
L
42 x 22 (1.65 x 0.87) 92- 93
92- 113, 92- 117, 92- 119

1--313
Accessories
Square Reflectors
100 x 100 (3.94 x 3.94) 92- 108

H
51.5 x 61 (2.08 x 2.40) Corner Cube L 92- 109
92- 108, 92- 117

Thru-Hole x 2 ≤65_C (150_F)
40 x 60 (1.57 x 2.36) 92- 117

H
51 x 60.7 (2.01 x 2.39) Micro Cube 92- 118

L
92- 109, 92- 118
For more detailed dimensions, please refer to www.ab.com/e- tools.

Accessories
Relative Reflectivity
Reflectivity varies with distance and by a class of sensors relative to the 10,000, 5000, and 4000.
with sensor optics. The table below is standard 92--39 3 in. round reflector. The miniature optics are used in the
designed to be used as a comparison The two classes of sensors shown smaller sensor families: RightSightt,
between reflectors. The numbers represent optic styles. The standard MiniSightt, 5000, 6000, and 7000
represent a reflectivity at a given range size optic includes the Series 9000, Series.
Standard Polarized Sensors Miniature Polarized Sensors Laser-Based Sensors

Reflector RightSight, MiniSight,
Series 10,000, 9000, 5000, and 4000 Series 6000, 7000, and 42xx LaserSight
3.0 m 1.5 m 0.61 m 450 mm 200 mm 100 mm 15.2 m 3.05 m
Cat. No. Description
(10 ft) (5 ft) (2 ft) (18 in.) (8 in.) (4 in.) (50 ft) (10 ft)
92- 39,
Reflector, 3 in. round 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
92- 89
92- 46 Reflector, 3/4 in. round — — 50 50 40 25 — 100
92- 47 Reflector, 1 1/4 in. round — 40 100 100 80 30 — 90
92- 90 Reflector, 2 in. hexagon 70 150 150 350 150 200 130 100
92- 91 Reflective tape, high temperature — — — — — — — —
92- 93 Reflector, 3/4 x 1.5 in. rectangular — — 50 50 50 25 — 100
92- 97 Reflector, 2 in.2 — 90 150 200 80 50 — 80
92- 98 Reflector, 2 3/4 in.2 — 100 150 200 80 50 — 70
92- 99 Reflective tape, polarized — 40 70 100 50 30 — —
92- 100 Reflective tape, nonpolarized — — — — — — — —
92- 104 Reflective tape, 8.5 x 11 in. 25 50 50 70 30 40 — 70
92- 105 Reflector, 1 1/4 in. round — 40 75 100 120 200 70 90
92- 106 Reflector, 1 1/4 in. round — 40 75 100 120 200 70 90
92- 107 Reflector, 3/4 x 4 3/4 in. rectangular — 50 100 100 60 60 — 110
92- 108 Reflector, 4 in.2 square 250 150 100 120 90 150 — 100
92- 109 Reflector, 2 in.2 square 100 150 100 100 90 150 150 110
92- 111 Reflector, 2 x 1, rectangular 20 50 90 100 60 100 — —
92- 112 Reflector, 2.8 x 3/4 in. rectangular 20 60 100 100 60 110 — 100
92- 113 Reflector, 1.6 x 2 1/4 in. rectangular 90 115 50 90 50 170 210 110
92- 114 Reflector, 1 1/4 in. round 20 70 70 90 20 — 110 110
Reflector, 1 1/2 x 2 1/4 in.

92- 117 30 130 140 200 60 50 30 100
rectangular
92- 118 Reflector, 2 x 2 rectangular 80 70 50 50 30 — 260 90
For more information on the theory of retroreflective sensing, see page 1--22. Some variation may be seen across the reflector. Data was measured with reflector
rotating to normalize reflectance.

1--315
Notes


Allen-Bradley PhotoSwitches

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Allen-Bradley PhotoSwitches

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PHOTOSWITCHR Photoelectric Sensors

Miniature Sensors Zero Pressure Accumulation Control

[ For information on these products, please visit our web site at

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

42EF 42KL 44R 42CA

Operating Voltage • 10.8…30V DC • 10.8…30V DC • 10…30V DC • 10…30V DC

Response Time • 1…16 ms • DC = 1 ms • 10 ms • 1 ms

Enclosure • Mindel, Acrylic • NorylR, Acrylic • ValoxR • PBT

1--2 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

42CM 42CF Series 9000 44B 42BT

• 10…30V DC • 10…30V DC • 10…40V DC • 20…30V DC • 12…24V DC

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

42BC 42BA 42JS 42KA

Operating Voltage • 12…24V DC ±10% 30 mA • 11…26V DC • 10…30V DC • 12…24V DC

Response Time • 20 ms • 0.35 ms • 1 ms • 0.5 ms

Enclosure • Polycarbonate • Polyarylate/ABS • ABS/PMMA • Polyester

1--4 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

42KB 42KC Series 7000 Series 7000 42EF

• 0.35 ms • 0.5 ms • 0.5…1 ms • 1 ms • 1 ms (4 ms for transmitted

• Polyarylate • Polyarylate • ValoxR • ValoxR • Mindel/Acrylic

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Series 9000 42CM 45MLD 45CPD

Operating Voltage • 10…40V DC • 10…30V DC • 10…30V DC • 18…30V DC

Response Time • 500 μsec…15 ms • 0.7 ms • 200 μsec • Fast/slow: 13 ms/30 ms

Connections • 300V PVC cable 2 m • 2 m cable • 4-pin pico QD • Micro QD

Enclosure • Valox®, Acrylic • Nickel-plated brass/glass • Polyamide • ABS/PMMA

1--6 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

45BPD 45BRD 42CRC Series 9000 45CLR

• 18…30V DC • 18…30V DC • 10…30V DC • 10…30V DC • 18…30V DC

• ABS/PMMA • ABS/PMMA • Epoxy-coated aluminum • Valoxr, Acrylic • ABS/PMMA

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

45FVL 45FSL 42FT 42FA

Operating Voltage • 12…24V DC • 12…24V DC • 12…24V DC • 12…24V DC ±10%

Enclosure • ABS • ABS • ABS resin • NorylR

1--8 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

ClearSightt Seriesk 45LPT 45LFM 45LSP 45LST

• 10…40V DC • 10…30V DC • 11…30V DC • 10…30V DC • 10…30V DC

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

45MLA 45DLA 45AST 45PVA

Operating Voltage • 12…24V DC • 12…24V DC • 12…24V DC • 12…24V DC

1--10 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

44N 22ZC Series 9000 Series 5000

• Variable 200 ms…10 s • 1 ms • 10 ms max. • 1 ms

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

48MS Series 9000 Series 9000 Series 9000

Operating Voltage • 24V DC • 10…55V DC/20…40V AC • 10…30V DC • 10…40V DC

Response Time • 50…250 ms • 23 ms • 2…15 ms • 2…23 ms

Connections • Power I/O • 2 m cable • Mini quick-disconnect • 300V PVC cable 2 m

1--12 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Series 6000 Series 5000 Series 4000B Series 10,000

• 0.2…18 ms • 1…20 ms • 5…20 ms • Selectable 250 μsec…4 ms

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Object Standard Diffuse 1.5 m (5 ft) Series 9000 1-- 69

1--14 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Clear Bottles, Films ClearSight 9000 1-- 147

1 m (3.28 ft) ClearSight RightSight 1-- 150

12…32 mm (0.4…1.26 in.) 45CLR ColorSight 1-- 134

12.7 mm (0.5 in.) 42CRC 1-- 127

Long Range Sensing

Laser 300 m (1000 ft) LaserSight 1-- 112

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

Positive Standard Diffuse 1.5 m (5 ft) Series 5000 1-- 213

Retroreflective 9 m (30 ft) SmartSight 9000 10-- 10

1--16 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs.